courses of instruction - Lafayette College

LAFAYETTE COLLEGE CATALOGT1999-2001 

r * 

Jvr",,A^'. 

,.*k-.V^*5/- 

LAFAYETTE

Lafayette College Catalog 

1999-2001 

LAFAYETTE COLLEGE 

Easton, Pennsylvania

DIRECTIONS TO LAFAYETTE: The college is located off Route 22 in Easton at the 

Delaware River boundary between Pennsylvania and New Jersey. From the west, take 

Interstate 78. Exit at Route 22 (Whitehall) and continue east to Easton. Stay to your right 

and take the Fourth Street exit. Bear left to Third Street. Turn left on Third, under the 

Route 22 overpass. Third turns into College Avenue. At the top of the hill, turn left on 

McCartney Street. At the first stop sign, turn left on High Street and proceed two blocks 

to the Markle parking deck. From the east, take Route 22 (Alpha, Exit 3). Stay to the right, 

and take the Easton exit. At the foot of the exit ramp, turn right on College Avenue. 

Follow rest of directions as above. 

Lafayette College reserves the right in its sole judgment to amend any policy or program 

described herein without prior notice to persons who might thereby be affected. At its sole 

option, the College may suspend or eliminate courses, academic departments, or degree 

programs; change curricular offerings, graduation requirements, and regulations on stand 

ing of students, alter its class schedule and academic calendar; or make changes of any 

nature whenever in its judgment such changes are desirable for any reason. The provisions 

of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the College 

and the student. Payment of tuition or attendance at any classes shall constitute acceptance 

by the student of the College's rights as set forth in this paragraph. 

Lafayette College complies with all applicable federal and state legislation and does not 

in any way discriminate in educational programs or in employment on the basis of gender, 

race, color, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, age, physical ability, or sexual orienta 

tion. 

Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act (EADA) Statement: In response to a new federal law, the 

"Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act" (EADA), Lafayette has prepared an annual report 

covering the prior year which contains financial information, rates of participation, and 

other data related to women's and men's athletic programs. A copy of this report will be 

available for review after October 1 each year at Skillman Library, the Office of Admis 

sions, the Office of Financial Aid, and the Department of Athletics and Physical Education. 

In accordance with the new law, Lafayette is informing all students and potential students 

of the availability of the information contained in the report, and will provide a copy of the 

EADA Report to students, potential students, and the public, upon their request. 

May 1999 

Printed by Phillips Brothers Printing 

Cover photo by Kevin Worthen 

Lafayette College 

Easton, PA 18042-1770 

(610) 330-5000 

Admissions 330-5100; Registrar 330-5090 

www.lafayette.edu

Contents 

Introduction 

Mission................................................................. 4 

History.................................................................. 5 

Lafayette Today.................................................... 6 

Academic Program 

Degrees.................................................................8 

Graduation Requirements................................. 8 

The Major............................................................ 12 

The Minor........................................................... 13 

Five-Year, Two-Degree Programs .................... 13 

Attendance and Standing................................. 13 

Course Registration........................................... 16 

Advisers and Advising System .......................18 

Part-Time Studies ..............................................18 

Honors.................................................................21 

Special Academic Opportunities .....................29 

Library Resources ..............................................31 

Computing and Network Services..................32 

Admission and Costs 

Preparation ......................................................... 33 

Advanced Placement ........................................33 

Academic Scholarships.....................................33 

Transfer Students...............................................33 

International Students.......................................34 

Fees ......................................................................34 

Courses of Instruction 

First-Year Seminar .............................................37 

Values and Science/Technology (VAST) 

Seminar .........................................................46 

Africana Studies............................................. ....52 

American Studies...............................................55 

Anthropology and Sociology........................... 56 

Art........................................................................ 61 

Behavioral Neuroscience ..................................65 

Biochemistry.......................................................66 

Biology ................................................................66 

Chemistry ...........................................................72 

Computer Science..............................................75 

Economics and Business................................... 77 

Education............................................................83 

Engineering ........................................................84 

Chemical ....................................................... 87 

Civil and Environmental............................ 91 

Electrical and Computer............................. 95 

Mechanical.................................................. 100 

English............................................................... 103 

Foreign Languages and Literatures .............. 110 

Geology and Environmental Geosciences ..... 121 

Government and Law ........................................ 125 

Government and Law and Foreign 

Language ..................................................... 131 

History............................................................... 132 

History and Government and Law............... 139 

International Affairs ........................................ 139 

Mathematics ..................................................... 141 

Mathematics and Economics ......................... 145 

Military Science................................................ 146 

Music................................................................. 149 

Philosophy........................................................ 152 

Physics............................................................... 154 

Psychology........................................................ 158 

Religion ............................................................. 163 

Religion and Politics........................................ 167 

Russian and East European Studies.............. 167 

Interdisciplinary Studies ................................ 168 

Classical Civilization................................ 169 

East Asian Studies .................................... 169 

Environmental Science............................. 169 

Ethical Studies........................................... 171 

Health Care and Society .......................... 172 

Jewish Studies ........................................... 172 

Technology Studies.................................... 172 

Women's Studies........................................ 173 

Interim Session................................................. 174 

Athletics and Physical Education................ 178 

Officers of the College 

Trustees ...................................................... 179 

Faculty........................................................ 181 

Administration.......................................... 196 

Academic Calendar 1999-2000 ..................... 202 

Academic Calendar 2000-2001 ..................... 203 

The Lafayette Experience ............................... 204 

Lafayette Web Site Index ................................ 205 

Index.................................................................. 206

INTRODUCTION 

MISSION 

In an environment that fosters the free ex 

change of ideas, Lafayette College seeks to 

nurture the inquiring mind and to inte 

grate intellectual, social, and personal 

growth. The College strives to develop 

students' skills of critical thinking, verbal 

communication, and quantitative reason 

ing and their capacity for creative endeav 

or; it encourages students to examine the 

traditions of their own culture and those 

of others, to develop systems of values 

that include an understanding of personal, 

social, and professional responsibility, and 

to regard education as an indispensable, 

life-long process. 

PROFILE 

Lafayette College was founded in 1826 by 

citizens of Easton, Pennsylvania, as an 

all-male liberal arts institution. Through 

out its history, the College has continually 

shaped itself in ways that best serve its 

educational purpose, remaining support 

ive of the tradition of liberal education 

while being responsive to changes and 

challenges of society and the times. For 

example, in 1838, it became one of the 

first colleges to implement a teacher- 

training program, thus recognizing the 

connections within education at all levels. 

In 1854, the College formed a mutually 

supportive association with the Presbyte 

rian Church. In 1866, as industrialism 

was changing the Western world, it estab 

lished courses in engineering, chemistry, 

and mining. At a local level, it acknowl 

edged the educational needs of the East 

on area by introducing a part-time 

evening degree program in 1953. More re 

cently, as the role of women in society un 

derwent redefinition, the College, in 1970, 

began coeducation to prepare both men 

and women to lead the nation into a new 

century. Today, Lafayette is an indepen 

dent, coeducational, residential, under 

graduate institution with a faculty of dis 

tinction and 2,100 full-time men and 

women students of high intellectual 

promise and diverse backgrounds.The 

student body is 52 percent men and 48 

percent women. 

The College's curriculum is distin 

guished by the rare combination, on an 

undergraduate campus, of degree pro 

grams in the liberal arts and in engineer 

ing. Students who come to Lafayette may 

choose among a range of disciplinary and 

interdisciplinary courses and pursue the 

Bachelor of Arts degree in 25 fields or the 

Bachelor of Science degree in nine fields of 

science and four fields of engineering. In 

addition, part-time students may seek the 

A.B. in engineering or economics and busi 

ness and the B.S. in electrical engineering. 

Those who pursue professional career prep 

aration do so within programs rooted in 

and enriched by the liberal arts. Lafayette 

alumni/ae remain unusually active and 

supportive of the College and its goals. 

Effective and challenging teaching is the 

first priority of the faculty both in the class 

room and in a variety of independent and 

collaborative learning experiences. Easton's 

proximity to New York and Philadelphia 

helps students extend their learning experi 

ences, as do Lafayette's full co-curricular in 

tellectual, cultural, athletic, and social pro 

grams. Faculty research and scholarship are 

encouraged and supported in the belief that 

such professional involvement extends the 

individual faculty member's intellectual re 

sources, strengthens and complements 

teaching effectiveness, facilitates student/ 

faculty research, and contributes to the 

scholarly and professional communities 

outside the College. 

In addition to a campus of great beauty, 

Lafayette offers a well-equipped physical 

plant. Its programs are supported by a 

library with over 475,000 volumes and 

an extensive array of electronic resources; 

modern computer facilities and laborato 

ries accessible to students; a thriving Cen 

ter for the Arts; a large College Center 

for dining and other communal activities; 

an athletic complex compatible with its 

intercollegiate Patriot League commitment 

and its extensive intramural program; 

two chapels serving a variety of religious 

commitments; and a diversity of living 

situations. Lafayette's endowment per 

student is in the top 2 percent of all 

institutions in the country.

VISION 

In the coming decade, Lafayette expects to 

strengthen its position among liberal arts 

colleges and engineering programs of the 

first rank; through judicious commitment 

of its considerable resources, it seeks to 

advance the quality of its students, its 

faculty, and its programs. 

Lafayette will continue to enroll 

students who show evidence not only of 

academic achievement but of intellectual 

curiosity and who show promise of becom 

ing engaged citizens within and beyond 

the College community. It will continue 

to recruit and support a faculty of teacher/ 

scholars of high quality who see under 

graduate teaching as their primary goal 

and who are committed to scholarship and 

to an active professional life. 

Lafayette will continue to shape its 

academic program with the goal of assur 

ing that a clear, consistent, and demand 

ing curriculum is in place for all students, 

requiring study in the arts, the sciences, 

and technology, and encouraging such 

study beyond the introductory level. In 

addition, it will continue to work toward 

greater integration of A.B. and B.S. pro 

grams so that all students may be the 

beneficiaries not only of specialized in 

quiry but of connected, interdisciplinary 

inquiry as well. And it will continue to 

develop a curriculum that furthers the 

traditional values of a liberal education 

while remaining responsive to emerging 

societal needs. As part of its commitment, 

Lafayette will seek ways to assure that 

ethical studies are a regular component 

of each student's course of study. 

The College will strengthen its honors 

and independent study programs, with 

the goal of engaging more students in 

scholarly projects and involving more 

faculty and students in collaborative 

learning. Individual attention to students 

and faculty-student interaction outside the 

classroom, always goals of the College, 

will be encouraged through an increasingly 

favorable student-faculty ratio and small 

class size. At the same time, the College, 

understanding the value of exposure to 

other cultures, will continue to increase 


opportunities for students to study abroad 

and will continue to work in other ways 

to internationalize the campus. 

Because Lafayette knows the potential 

for learning and growth outside the aca 

demic program, it will continue to nurture 

a campus environment that stimulates 

and nourishes students both as individuals 

and as members of a community. With the 

College Center and the Center for the Arts 

as hubs of activity, the College will foster 

an atmosphere characterized by a diversity 

of opportunities for participation, volun 

teer service, and student leadership. It will 

offer an expanding array of living options 

that encourage healthy relations between 

women and men and provide an environ 

ment that encourages personal growth. It 

will also continue to increase opportunities 

for students of color and to work to achieve 

greater racial and ethnic diversity among 

students, faculty, and staff. 

Members of the Lafayette community 

have always believed in working together 

to create a College that they and others 

value; their collective commitment for the 

coming years is to extend and enhance the 

value of the Lafayette experience and the 

prestige of the Lafayette College degree. 

HISTORY 

On Christmas Eve 1824, the Eastern Centi- 

nel carried a notice calling upon residents 

of Northampton County "friendly to the 

establishment of a COLLEGE at Easton" 

to meet three days later at White's Hotel 

on Center Square. Led by James Madison 

Porter, a prominent local lawyer; Joel 

Jones, another lawyer and graduate of 

Yale; and Jacob Wagener, a local miller's 

son notable for his interest in mineralogy 

and botany, the assembled citizens 

worked out a plan for a college "combin 

ing a course of practical Military Science 

with the course of Literature and General 

Science pursued in the Colleges of our 

Country." Because the country was then 

in a fever over the farewell tour of the 

aged Marquis de Lafayette, whom Porter 

had met in Philadelphia the previous 

August, the founders voted to name their 

new college for the French hero of the


Revolution as "a testimony of respect for 

(his) talents, virtues, and signal services .. 

.. the great cause of freedom." 

The governor of Pennsylvania signed 

the new college's charter on March 9, 

1826, but getting the charter proved to 

be considerably easier than launching the 

College. In 1832, the Rev. George Junkin, 

a Presbyterian minister, agreed to move 

the curriculum and student body of the 

Manual Labor Academy of Pennsylvania 

from Germantown to Easton and to take 

up the Lafayette College charter. On May 

9,1832, classes in mathematics and the 

classics began in a rented farmhouse on 

the south bank of the Lehigh River, where 

the 43 students labored in the fields and 

workshops to earn money in support of 

the educational program. 

In their original petition the planners 

of the College had cited mathematics as 

an example of their educational philoso 

phy. "Such branches will be selected and 

so pursued, as will not only discipline 

the mind, and induce habits of patient 

investigation, but also directly subserve 

the purposes of life." That sound princi 

ple animated much of the subsequent 

curricular development at Lafayette as, 

indeed, it does today. 

The founders noted in 1824 that "the 

language most neglected in our seminar 

ies of learning is the English." In 1857 

Lafayette became the first American 

college to establish a chair for the study 

of the English language and literature, 

with emphasis on philology. Francis A. 

March, its first incumbent, achieved inter 

national fame for his work in establishing 

English as a pivotal subject in the liberal 

arts curriculum. 

Similarly, the founders complained 

that "civil engineering has of late become 

a very prominent branch of education, 

and what is remarkable, not a College in 

our country (if we are correctly informed) 

has made it a part of their course." In 

1866 Lafayette secured funds from Ario 

Pardee, a mining magnate and industrial 

ist, to establish a new course in science 

and engineering, one of the first in any 

liberal arts college. The resulting union 

of arts, sciences, and engineering remains 

perhaps the most unusual feature of the 

Lafayette curriculum. 

In 1832 the College acquired nine acres 

of land on an eminence across Bushkill 

Creek from Easton. Formally named "Mt. 

Lafayette," the elevation soon became 

more familiarly known as "College Hill." 

On its summit in 1834 rose the first of the 

College's own buildings, on a site now 

incorporated into South College. Today 

the campus comprises about 100 acres of 

land and more than 50 buildings, as well 

as various outlying properties and struc 

tures on College Hill and elsewhere. 

Like the physical plant, enrollment 

grew steadily. By the turn of the century 

it stood at about 300, passed the 500 mark 

in 1910, and reached 1,000 during the 

1920s. It more than doubled again as 

returning veterans swamped the College 

after World War II. As the GI tide ebbed, 

the enrollment dropped back to about 

1,500 men. 

Addition of women to the student 

population they now make up about 

48 percent of the student body raised 

the total enrollment to about 2,100, where 

it remains today. Enrollment as of August 

31,1998, was 2,103. 

LAFAYETTE TODAY 

Lafayette College offers only undergrad 

uate programs. It grants the Bachelor of 

Arts degree in 25 established major 

fields, the Bachelor of Science in nine 

fields of science and four of engineering. 

Interdisciplinary majors have been estab 

lished in American Studies, Behavioral 

Neuroscience, Biochemistry, International 

Affairs, Mathematics and Economics, 

and Russian and East European Studies; 

in addition, a number of departments 

have joined others in offering coordinate 

majors. Many departments also permit a 

minor in the field. A five-year, two-degree 

plan is also available. Descriptions of major 

programs and requirements may be found 

on pp. 37-177. 

The governing body of the College is 

the Board of Trustees, which holds title 

to the College's properties, manages and 

allocates its funds, determines the broad 

policies under which programs are offered,

and selects both its own membership and 

the President of the College, who is chief 

executive officer. Under the Statutes of the 

College, the faculty determines the cours 

es of study, requirements for admission, 

and other academic regulations, subject to 

approval by the Board of Trustees. 

Lafayette College is a member of 

the Lehigh Valley Association of Inde 

pendent Colleges, which also includes 

Allentown College of St. Francis de Sales, 

Cedar Crest College, Lehigh University, 

Moravian College, and Muhlenberg 

College. The consortium offers opportu 

nities for cross-registration under certain 

conditions and promotes cooperation in 

library resources and some academic 

programs. 

Lafayette College is accredited by the 

Commission on Higher Education of the 


Middle States Association of Colleges and 

Schools, 3624 Market St., Philadelphia, 

Pa. 19104; (215) 662-5606. The Commis 

sion on Higher Education is an institu 

tional accrediting agency recognized 

by the United States Secretary of Educa 

tion and the Commission on Recognition 

of Postsecondary Accreditation. The 

engineering programs which award a 

Bachelor of Science degree are accredited 

by the Engineering Accreditation Com 

mission of the Accreditation Board for 

Engineering and Technology. The Bache 

lor of Science program in chemistry and, 

under certain conditions, the Bachelor of 

Arts in chemistry meet the requirements 

of the American Chemical Society, mak 

ing graduates of those programs eligible 

for membership in the Society immedi 

ately upon graduation.

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

DEGREES 

Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Science 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

In fall 1993 the College instituted a new 

curriculum, the Common Course of Study, 

which is required of all students in their 

first and second years. 

Graduation Requirements for All Stu 

dents: An overall grade-point average of 

at least 1.8 (for the Classes of 1999 and 

2000) and 2.00 (for the Class of 2001 and 

all subsequent classes) is required for 

graduation. Considered in determining 

the cumulative average are courses taken 

at Lafayette or at other member colleges in 

the Lehigh Valley Association of Indepen 

dent Colleges (LVAIC) under the cross- 

registration agreement and courses specif 

ically required to be taken at another insti 

tution as part of the prescribed degree 

program and not on the list of Lafayette 

course offerings (e.g., geology field camp). 

See pp. 14-18 for an explanation of the 

grading system. 

Students must complete an approved 

major program with an average of at least 

1.8 (for the Classes of 1999 and 2000) and 

2.00 (for the Class of 2001 and all subse 

quent classes) in courses taken in the major. 

The senior year must be completed in 

full-time residence at Lafayette. "Full- 

time" is defined to be a minimum of three 

courses per semester. 

Students are responsible for determin 

ing that they have satisfied all require 

ments for graduation. To participate in the 

commencement ceremony, students must 

have completed all degree requirements. 

THE COMMON COURSE OF STUDY 

First-Year Seminar, taken in the fall se 

mester of the first year, is designed to in 

troduce students to intellectual inquiry 

through engaging them as thinkers, 

speakers, and writers. 

College Writing (English 110), taken in 

the spring semester of the first year or the 

fall semester of the sophomore year, pro 

vides intensive experience in writing and 

reading complex texts. 

Values and Science/Technology (VAST) 

Seminar, normally taken in spring semes 

ter of the second year, is a one-semester 

interdisciplinary course addressing the 

value issues occasioned by developments 

in science and technology. For B.S. Engi 

neering majors, the VAST requirement 

will be satisfied through ES 225 (Engineer 

ing Professionalism and Ethics), for B.S. 

Computer Science majors through VAST 

200 (Computers and Society). 

A Humanities/Social Sciences Unit, 

requiring the completion of at least three 

courses in the Humanities/Social Sciences 

Divisions, with at least one course in each 

division. B.S. majors should be guided by 

their major programs for the distribution 

and timing of their Humanities/Social Sci 

ences courses. 

A Natural Sciences Unit, requiring the 

completion of at least two courses in the 

Natural Sciences Division, consisting of 

two laboratory courses in the physical or 

life sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Geology, 

Physics, Psychology). 

A Mathematics Unit, requiring one math 

ematics course, Philosophy 103, or Com 

puter Science 102. 

A Writing Requirement, to be satisfied 

through courses in the Common Course of 

Study (First-Year Seminar, English 110, 

and VAST), plus, for A.B. majors and B.S. 

science majors, at least two additional 

writing courses in the junior and senior 

years, normally taken one per year. 

The College is divided into four aca 

demic divisions with departmental mem 

bership as listed below. The divisional 

membership of a specific department 

needs to be considered in selecting courses 

to satisfy the Humanities/Social Sciences 

Unit and the Mathematics/Natural Sci 

ences Unit of the Common Course of 

Study. 

Humanities 

Art 

English 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Music

Philosophy 

Religion 

Social Sciences 

American Studies 

Anthropology and Sociology 

Economics and Business 

Government and Law 

History 

International Affairs 

Engineering 

A.B. Engineering 

Chemical Engineering 

Civil and Environmental 

Engineering 

Electrical and Computer 

Engineering 

Mechanical Engineering 

Natural Sciences 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Geology and Environmental 

Geosciences 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Psychology 

The following courses may not be used 

to satisfy requirements for any unit: all 

Computer Science courses except 102; 

Economics & Business 213,218,219,302, 

303, 304, 320, 321, 322, 324, 352, 365, 367- 

368; Mathematics 109; Music 140. 

Philosophy 103 may be used only to 

satisfy the Mathematics requirement. 

Interdisciplinary Studies 130,140 may 

be used to satisfy the laboratory science 

part of the Mathematics/Natural Science 

requirement. 

Religion 281 and 282, and INDS160, 

165,170,195, 220, 250, 280, 321, 322 may 

be used to satisfy the social sciences part 

of the Humanities/Social Sciences require 

ment. 

INDS 175,180,185,190, 361 maybe 

used to satisfy the humanities part of the 

Humanities/Social Sciences requirement. 

B.S. Degree Requirements: The B.S. cur 

ricula in Behavioral Neuroscience, Bio 


chemistry, Biology, Chemistry, Computer 

Science, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, 

Psychology, and the four engineering pro 

grams have been established by the facul 

ty and represent the departmental as well 

as the professional expectations of these 

disciplines. Requirements for the specific 

curricula may be found under the appro 

priate departmental headings. 

A.B. Degree Requirements: At least 32 

course credits are required for the A.B. de 

gree. Certain courses in Military Science 

may not be counted toward the 32 course 

minimum. 

A Foreign Culture Requirement, which 

may be satisfied in one of the following 

ways: (1) demonstration of proficiency in 

a foreign language through the intermedi 

ate level, (2) an approved semester of 

study abroad, or (3) completion of a clus 

ter of three related courses dealing with 

another culture. The established clusters 

are: Africa/Middle East; Asia; Central and 

Western Europe; France; Germany; Latin 

America; and Russia. 

For the Foreign Culture requirement, 

students may take only one of the follow 

ing general courses as part of the cluster: 

Anthropology & Sociology 102: Cultural 

Anthropology 

Anthropology & Sociology 103: Introduc 

tion to Sociology 

Economics & Business 347: Comparative 

Systems and Transitional Economies 

Government & Law 102: Introduction to 

International Politics 

Government & Law 103: Introduction to 

Comparative Politics 

History 105: Development of the Modern 

World 

History 106: Introduction to History 

Music 103: Introduction to World Music 

Traditions 

Religion 101: Introduction to Religion 

Foreign Culture Clusters: Students are ad 

vised to choose their courses from one of 

the following seven clusters. However, they 

may design an individualized cluster sub 

ject to approval of their adviser and the For 

eign Culture Requirement Subcommittee.


1. Africa and the Middle East: 

Anthropology & Sociology 209: Ethnogra 

phy (if focus is Africa) 

Anthropology & Sociology 232: Magic, 

Science, and Religion (if focus is 

Middle East or Africa) 

Economics & Business 354: Contemporary 

African Economics 

English 349: Post-Colonial Literature 

Government & Law 222: Political Change 

in the Third World 

Government & Law 223: Politics of Africa 

Government & Law 230: Middle East 

Politics 

Government & Law 402: Peace Process in 

the Middle East 

Hebrew 101,102 (or demonstration of 

elementary-level proficiency) 

History 373: The Middle East and North 

Africa 

Interdisciplinary Studies 170: Africa 

(Interim Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 175: Israel and 

Greece (Interim Session) 

Religion 216: Traditional West African 

Religion 

2. Asia: 

Government & Law 224: Politics in Asia 

Government & Law 228: Human Rights 

in Asia 

Government & Law 229: Politics, Law, 

and Diplomacy in Japan 

Government & Law 239: International 

Politics of Asia 

History 247: Traditional China 

History 248: Modern China 

History 249: Modern Japan 

History 372: Studies in Asian History 

Interdisciplinary Studies 112: Introduc 

tion to East Asia 

Japanese 101,102: Elementary Japanese 

(or demonstration of elementary-level 

proficiency) 

Japanese 211, 212: Japanese Civilization 

and Culture 

Religion 211: Hinduism 

Religion 212: Buddhism 

3. Central and Western Europe: Along 

with French and/or German 101,102, 

included within this cluster are all appro 

priate elementary-level language courses 

that might be taken at Lehigh Valley 

10 

Association of Independent Colleges 

institutions or within the framework of 

a LVAIC-sponsored summer language/ 

culture study abroad program. 

Each course places strong emphasis 

on historical and cultural contexts. 

However, CL 225, 351, and 460 are 

acceptable only if the major content is 

appropriate to the cluster focused on 

aspects of culture within Central and 

Western Europe. 

Courses dealing with the British Isles 

are excluded from this cluster. 

Anthropology & Sociology 204: European 

Communities 

Anthropology & Sociology 209: Ethnogra 

phy 

Anthropology & Sociology 214: Race and 

Ethnic Relations 

Art 102: Introduction to Art History II 

Art 126: History of Architecture II 

Art 222: Medieval Art 

Art 223: Italian Renaissance Art 

Art 224: Baroque and Rococo Art 

Art 226: Age of Michelangelo 

Art 228: Northern Renaissance Painting 

Comparative Literature 102: Survey of 

European Literature II 

Comparative Literature 142: Masterworks 

of German Literature and Film 

Comparative Literature 225: Special 

Topics in Comparative Literature 


Topics in Literature in Translation 

Comparative Literature 460: Reading and 

Research in Comparative Literature 

German 237: German Foreign Policy 

Government & Law 221: Politics in 

Western Europe 

History 219: Modern European Society 

through Film 

History 221: The Medieval World 

History 222: Emergence of Western 

Europe 

History 227: Europe: 1850-1917 

History 228: Europe: World War I to the 

Present 

History 253, 254: European Thought, 

Society, and Culture 

History 352: Europe Seminar 

Interdisciplinary Studies 165: The Open 

Wall and the New Europe 

(Interim Session)

Interdisciplinary Studies 180: Fin-de- 

Siecle Vienna (Interim Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 185: Contempo 

rary French Civilization in Paris (Inter 

im Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 250: French 

Commerce and Culture (Interim 

Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 492: Politics and 

the Arts in France, 1919-1945 (Interim 

Session) 

Music 102: Music in Western Civilization 

Music 282: Mozart 

Religion 262: Jewish Responses to 

Catastrophe 

4. France: 

Art 233: Nineteenth-Century Painting 

and Sculpture 


Topics in French Literature in 

Translation 

French 101,102; demonstration of ele 

mentary-level proficiency; or LVAIC 

summer session in France 

History 225: The Age of Revolution 

Interdisciplinary Studies 185: Contempo 

rary French Civilization in Paris 


Interdisciplinary Studies 250: French 

Commerce and Culture (Interim 

Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 492: Politics and 

the Arts in France, 1919-1945 (Interim 

Session) 

5. Germany: 

Comparative Literature 142: Masterworks 

of German Literature and Film 


Topics in German Literature in 

Translation 

German 101,102; demonstration of ele 

mentary-level proficiency; or LVAIC 

summer session in Germany 

German 237: German Foreign Policy 

Interdisciplinary Studies 165: The Open 

Wall and the New Europe (Interim 

Session) 

Interdisciplinary Studies 180: Fin-de- 

Siecle Vienna (Interim Session) 


6. Latin America: 

Anthropology & Sociology 206: People of 

the Andes 

Anthropology & Sociology 208: New 

World Civilizations 

Anthropology & Sociology 209: Ethnog 

raphy (if focus is Latin America) 

Economics & Business 355: Economics in 

Latin America 

Government & Law 227: Politics in Latin 

America and the Caribbean 

History 245: Spanish and Portuguese 

America 

History 246: Modern Latin America 

History 368: Latin American Seminar 

Spanish 101,102; demonstration of 

elementary-level proficiency; or LVAIC 

summer session in Spain or Mexico 

7. Russia: 

Comparative Literature 161,162: Russian 

Literature in English 

Economics & Business 356: Economic 

History of Russia in the Twentieth 

Century 

Government & Law 225: Politics in Russia 

Government & Law 238: Russian Foreign 

Policy 

History 243, 244: Traditional Russia 

and the USSR 

History 354: Seminar in Russo-Soviet History 

Interdisciplinary Studies 280: Russia 


Russian 101,102 (or demonstration of 

elementary-level proficiency) 

POLICY ON STATUTE OF 

LIMITATIONS FOR STUDENTS 

All graduation requirements shall normal 

ly be met in a time period not to exceed 

six years following admission to junior 

status. In the case of hardship, a petition 

for one additional year may be submitted 

to the Academic Progress Committee after 

consultation with the Director of Special 

Programs for part-time students and the 

Dean of Studies for full-time students and 

the major adviser or department head. Or 

dinarily, no extensions will be granted be 

yond the seventh year. 

1. To meet expectations of appropriate 

and current preparation for upper-level 

work within the major program, a time 

11


period not to exceed five years shall be 

permitted between the completion of a 

prerequisite course (including transfer 

credit) and the initiation of the required 

course for which it is specified. Students 

who wish to appeal this rule may file a pe 

tition to the Academic Progress Commit 

tee after having consulted with their major 

department. 

2. If a part-time student fails to main 

tain minimum progress, defined as two 

courses in the curriculum successfully 

completed in a 12-month period, the stu 

dent's progress will be reviewed by the 

Academic Progress Committee, who may 

then recommend to the Dean of Studies 

that the student be required to withdraw. 

Reinstatement to the program is not auto 

matic and will depend on evidence that a 

student will be able to make reasonable 

progress in subsequent work. An interview 

will be required before reinstatement to the 

program. If a student withdraws from the 

program for any reason (academic or per 

sonal), she or he must meet with the Di 

rector of Special Programs and her or his 

departmental academic adviser or aca 

demic department head before reinstate 

ment. They will make a recommendation to 

the Dean of Studies concerning reinstate 

ment. 

3. If a student must repeat a passing 

course that was taken previously beyond 

the five-year statutory limit, both courses 

will appear on the permanent record, but 

the credit and grade for the second course 

only will be included in the cumulative 

grade point average. For the second 

course, there will be a footnote: "Repeat 

course as required by major department 

due to statute of limitations on original 

course." Only the second course will ap 

ply for credit toward the prescribed course 

under the student's major degree program. 

If a student repeats a "passing" course 

within the five-year statutory limit, both 

courses will appear on the permanent 

record. Only the credit and the grade from 

the first course will be included in the cu 

mulative grade point average. 

12 

THE MAJOR 

Petitions for entrance into the Junior 

Class and to major in a particular depart 

ment, departments, or interdisciplinary 

program may be obtained by the student 

from the faculty adviser. These are nor 

mally submitted in the second semester 

of the sophomore year at a time an 

nounced by the Dean of Studies. 

Double Majors: Candidates for the Bach 

elor of Arts degree may elect two major 

programs. Requirements common to both 

majors will count for both majors, with 

no more than 4 courses counted toward 

both majors. Students pursuing two ma 

jors may not elect a minor in addition. 

If a student elects two majors he or she 

may take no more than 12 courses in 

either one. 

Individualized Major: Students may find 

that the usual options for majoring or mi- 

noring do not meet their special interests 

or needs. Recognizing this, the College 

provides a unique opportunity for stu 

dents to develop an individualized major 

within the A.B. program based upon their 

special interests, talents, experiences, and 

life objectives. 

An individualized major combines 

courses in two or more departments 

based upon a theme articulated by the 

student in consultation with one or more 

faculty members. Examples of individu 

alized majors have included psychobiol- 

ogy, political philosophy, and scientific 

journalism. 

Once the individualized major has 

been designed, the student petitions the 

Academic Progress Committee for final 

approval of the major no later than the 

end of the sophomore year. The petition 

must demonstrate a logical coherence of 

course selection, including a capstone ex 

perience, and be approved by three facul 

ty members who represent the disciplines 

involved. Students are invited to speak 

with the Dean of Studies if they have 

questions concerning this opportunity.

THE MINOR 

Candidates for the A.B. degree, for B.S. 

science degrees in the departments of Biol 

ogy, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geolo 

gy and Environmental Geosciences, Math 

ematics, Physics, and Psychology, and for 

all B.S. Engineering degrees may elect a 

minor program in addition to their major. 

A minor consists of a coherent sequence of 

courses, usually five or six in number, ap 

proved by the student's designated minor 

adviser. A minor program may be depart 

mental or interdisciplinary in nature. 

Normally, a student must choose a mi 

nor program before the end of the second 

semester of the junior year. No more than 

three courses required (a) for the major or, 

(b) the Common Course of Study require 

ments may be counted toward the minor. 

Courses required for the major are de 

fined as those specifically prescribed for 

the degree. The minor program, however, 

is not available to students who are pursu 

ing two majors. Students electing a minor 

are encouraged to choose a minor in a dif 

ferent division from that of their major. No 

student may elect more than one minor. 

FIVE-YEAR, TWO-DEGREE 

PROGRAMS 

Students may petition the Committee on 

Academic Progress for permission to pur 

sue a five-year, two-degree program lead 

ing to the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor 

of Science degrees in two fields of study. 

Two-degree candidates are required to 

complete the prescribed course of study for 

the particular B.S. degree, the requirements 

for the major and the Common Course of 

Study, and other general requirements for 

graduation. Such a program requires at 

least 40 courses. 

Change of Curriculum: A student desir 

ing to change from one curriculum to an 

other must petition the Academic Progress 

Committee. Petition forms are available in 

the Registrar's Office. 

Students who wish to petition the Aca 

demic Progress Committee for curricular 

revisions such as changes in curriculum 

and major may obtain petitions in the 


Registrar's Office and may direct questions 

to the Registrar, who is Secretary of the 

Academic Progress Committee. Students 

may also check on their progress toward 

graduation requirements in the Registrar's 

Office. 

ATTENDANCE AND STANDING 

Lafayette uses a system of course credits 

in computing progress toward the degree. 

The normal course of study in a four- 

year program requires completion of 32 

courses over eight semesters with at least 

four courses per semester. The Bachelor of 

Science in Engineering program requires 

completion of a total of 38 courses. 

Lafayette will consider a student's 

progress toward a degree acceptable if he 

or she has earned at least the following 

number of course credits by the end of 

the second semester: 

First-Year Student 

Sophomore 

Junior 

Senior 


Sophomore 

Junior 

Senior 


Sophomore 

Junior 

Senior 


Sophomore 

Junior 

Senior 

Minimum 

A.B./B.S. Science 

First Semester Second Semester 

3 6 

10 14 

18 22 

27 32 

Normal 

A.B7B.S. Science 


4 8 

12 16 

20 24 

28 32 

Minimum 

B.S. Engineering 


3 6 

11 16 

21 26 

32 38 

Normal 

B.S. Engineering 


4 8 

13 18 

23 28 

33 38 

Students may petition the Academic Pro 

gress Committee for permission to enroll 

13


for courses above the normal requirement 

for the degree program. Three courses are 

considered the minimum load for full- 

time standing. 

Grades: Lafayette uses a five-letter plus/ 

minus grading scale to evaluate and re 

port a student's academic performance. 

The course letter grade of "A" indicates 

excellent, "B" indicates good, "C" indi 

cates satisfactory, "D" indicates passing, 

and "F" indicates failure. Grades of C-, 

D+, D, and D-, though passing, fall below 

the minimum grade point average re 

quired for graduation. The following sys 

tem of grade points and letter codes is 

used in computing cumulative averages, 

progress toward the degree, and the stu 

dent's permanent record. Starting with the 

class of 2001, a grade point average of at 

least 2.00 both overall and in the major is 

required for graduation. 

A... 

A-.. 

B+. 

B.... 

B-.. 

C+ 

 

C-.. 

D+. 

D... 

D-.. 

P.... 

.4.0 

.3.7 

.3.3 

.3.0 

.2.7 

.2.3 

.2.0 

.1.7 

.1.3 

.1.0 

.0.7 

.0.0 

INC INCOMPLETE: course requirements 

not completed; no credit (temporary 

grade, given only in extenuating cir 

cumstances) 

P PASS: course credit received but no 

effect on average 

WD WITHDRAWAL: with permission of 

the Academic Progress Committee; 

no credit and no effect on average 

AUD AUDIT: no credit and no effect on 

average 

NG NO GRADE (temporary) 

NF NO GRADE (permanent): used in 

cases of academic dishonesty; car 

ries value of the grade of "F" (zero 

quality points) in computing semes 

ter and cumulative averages 

14 

CR CREDIT: course credit received 

NC NO CREDIT: no course credit re 

ceived 

Mid-Term Grades: Grades of "D" and "F" 

are reported to the Academic Progress 

Committee, the adviser, and student at 

midterm to identify and help students en 

countering academic difficulty. They are 

not recorded on the permanent record. 

Students receiving midterm grades should 

discuss approaches for improvement with 

their instructors, their advisers, or a dean 

in the Office of the Dean of Studies. 

Pass/Fail Option: A junior or senior in 

good standing whose cumulative average 

is 2.0 or higher may, in each semester, take 

one course on a pass or fail basis, but in no 

case may a student take more than four 

pass/fail courses to be counted toward 

degree requirements. The course must be 

outside the major field of concentration 

and outside related courses as defined by 

the major department. The pass/fail op 

tion normally may not be used for courses 

which the student intends to count for mi 

nor credit, and the pass/fail option may 

not be used for courses which are to be 

used toward satisfaction of the require 

ments for the Common Course of Study. 

Courses which are considered introduc 

tory in any field or which are designed spe 

cifically as exploratory courses for non-ma 

jors may not be taken for pass/fail credit. 

Further, courses offered by departments 

within the same division as the student's 

major department are normally excluded. 

Students must obtain the permission of 

the Academic Progress Committee before 

enrolling in a course for pass/fail credit. 

They must meet all the regularly stated 

prerequisites for admission to the course 

and all the course requirements, such as 

attendance, assigned work, and examina 

tions. Pass grades received under the plan 

do not affect a student's cumulative aver 

age. Failing grades received under this 

plan are included in the student's cumula 

tive average. 

Students taking a course on a pass/fail 

basis may petition to be permitted to con 

vert to a grade basis at any time before 

midterm. A student may change from con-

ventional grading to a pass/fail option 

within, but not after, the first two weeks of 

classes. If a student drops a course with 

the pass/fail option after the term has be 

gun, the option may not be used for an 

other course during that term. 

Students should be aware that many 

graduate and professional schools react 

unfavorably to pass/fail grades. 

Academic Probation: Students not mak 

ing satisfactory progress may be placed on 

academic probation by the Academic 

Progress Committee. Factors such as term 

averages, cumulative averages., and grad 

uation progress are among the criteria used 

in evaluating students, but each case is con 

sidered individually. When a student is 

placed on probation, the probationary peri 

od is in effect from the date of the action 

until the end of the following semester. 

Students on academic probation may 

not take more than two unexcused cuts in 

any course. A student on academic proba 

tion may be required to withdraw unless 

during the next semester that student 

shows improvement sufficient to demon 

strate clear promise of eventual gradua 

tion, although a period of probation need 

not precede action requiring a student to 

withdraw. First-year students on academic 

probation may not hold office in student 

or social organizations, represent Lafay 

ette College in any official capacity, or par 

ticipate in fraternity or sorority pledging. 

A student who has not completed six 

courses will be regarded as a first-year 

student for purposes of probation. 

Academic Services: Students may seek 

services for academic assistance from an 

Assistant Dean of Studies in the Office of 

the Dean of Studies. Programs and services 

designed to assist students in reaching their 

academic potential are provided. Personal 

evaluation of study skills, habits, and attitut- 

des for academic success, peer tutoring and 

counseling, evening tutorials, and work 

shops to enhance academic success are of 

fered throughout the year. A Resource Direc 

tory of services offered by departments, stu 

dent services agencies, and the Office of the 

Dean of Studies is distributed each semester. 


Required Withdrawal for Academic Rea 

sons: A student may be required to with 

draw from the College at the end of any 

semester because of unsatisfactory pro 

gress. A student who is required to with 

draw for academic reasons is not eligible 

for reinstatement for at least one year. Re 

instatement to the College may depend 

upon the space available in the class. 

Disciplinary Suspension: When an indi 

vidual fails to abide by academic and so 

cial regulations, or acts in a manner which 

brings discredit upon the College, the stu 

dent is liable for disciplinary action which 

may involve probation or suspension from 

the College. 

Leave of Absence: A student in good 

standing may apply to the Dean of Studies 

for a leave of absence effective immediately 

or at the end of a semester. Requests to 

return after a leave of absence should be 

directed to the Dean of Studies, who may 

require an interview prior to reinstatement. 

Reinstatement to the College may depend 

upon the space available in the class. 

Resignation from College: Students who 

wish to resign from the College should ar 

range to do so through the Office of the 

Dean of Studies. (See p. 36 for the College 

policy on refunds.) A student wishing to 

transfer to another college must consult 

with an Assistant Dean of Studies. Stu 

dents who fail to report to the College and 

complete registration within one week af 

ter the beginning of any term will be con 

sidered as resigned and must request con 

sideration for reinstatement from the Dean 

of Studies before returning to the College. 

Transferring: A student wishing to trans 

fer to another college should consult with 

a dean in the Office of the Dean of Stud 

ies, who can assist the student with the 

process. Any student leaving the College 

for any reason must be interviewed by a 

dean in the Office of the Dean of Studies. 

Students who fail to report to the College 

and complete registration within two 

weeks after the beginning of any term will 

be considered as resigned and must re- 

is


quest consideration for reinstatement from 

the Dean of Studies before returning to 

college. 

Transcripts: The Registrar's Office issues 

official transcripts, upon the written 

request of the student, to persons or 

organizations outside Lafayette College. 

The Registrar's Office also releases unof 

ficial copies of academic transcripts to 

major advisers and college officers who 

are concerned with the student's academ 

ic standing. The transcript may be exam 

ined by the student at any time in the 

Registrar's Office. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

By College policy, the Dean of Studies and 

the Academic Progress Committee share 

responsibility for hearing cases of alleged 

academic dishonesty and for determining 

penalties when indicated. Individual fac 

ulty members are not empowered to take 

disciplinary action in the absence of due 

process as summarized in the Statement of 

Rights and Responsibilities of Students, 

which appears in the Student Handbook. 

COURSE REGISTRATION 

Students consult with their academic ad 

visers to preregister for classes in Novem 

ber for the spring term and the Interim 

Session Program, and in April for the fall 

term. A student who fails to register with 

in the scheduled periods will be subject to 

a late registration fee of $50 unless excep 

tion is granted by the Dean of Studies. 

Students who fail to register within the 

first two weeks of the semester will be re 

garded as resigned and must apply to the 

Dean of Studies if they wish to return. 

Course and hour schedules and other reg 

istration materials are issued by the Regis 

trar's Office just prior to the registration 

periods. 

Withdrawal from Courses: During the 

first two weeks of each semester a student 

is permitted to drop a course without pen 

alty and replace it with another. From the 

end of the two-week period until the end 

of the eleventh week of the semester 

courses may be dropped without penalty 

16 

and with a "withdrawal" recorded on the 

transcript if approval is granted by the Ac 

ademic Progress Committee. Ordinarily, 

approval will be granted provided that af 

ter the course deletion the student's 

schedule does not fall below three courses. 

A student who drops a course without 

Committee approval will fail the course. 

If a petition to drop produces a roster of 

courses that falls below the defined bot 

tom limit or if a petition to drop is submit 

ted after the stated deadline, the student 

must provide the Academic Progress 

Committee with a cogent educational ra 

tionale to justify the waiver of standard 

policy. A student must continue to attend 

all classes until the petition has been re 

viewed by the Committee. 

In all cases, petitions to drop should in 

clude an indication of the means by which 

any deficiency incurred will be made up. 

Auditing Courses: Auditing privileges are 

limited to listening and observing in the 

classroom. Auditors need not take exams 

nor complete other written assignments 

nor may they expect the instructor to com 

ment on or evaluate such work. No credit 

will be granted, but upon recommenda 

tion of the instructor, the fact that the indi 

vidual has audited the course will be not 

ed on the permanent record if the student 

has met attendance regulations and other 

requirements set by the instructor. Cours 

es which require a high degree of partici 

pation (e.g., laboratory courses, studio art 

courses, and foreign languages emphasiz 

ing conversation) may not be audited. 

A regularly enrolled full-time student 

may audit one and, under unusual cir 

cumstances, two courses per semester by 

petition to the Academic Progress Com 

mittee and with the approval of the aca 

demic adviser and the instructor in the 

course or the head of the department in 

which the course is offered. 

Degree-seeking students are not 

charged for auditing privileges in any se 

mester in which they are enrolled full time. 

Normally a student who is auditing a 

course may not change status so that cred 

it is awarded. In those instances where 

conversion seems justified, it may occur

only upon approval of the Academic 

Progress Committee prior to midterm. 

A student must declare as an auditor 

no later than the end of the two-week 

drop/add deadline. 

Cross-Registration: A full-time student 

may register at any of the Lehigh Valley 

Association of Independent Colleges 

(LVAIC) member institutions (Allentown 

College, Cedar Crest, Lehigh, Moravian, 

Muhlenberg) for courses suitable to Lafay 

ette degree programs. Courses must be 

ones which cannot be scheduled at Lafay 

ette, are normally limited to no more than 

two per semester, and may not produce an 

overload. Students may not cross-register 

for January term courses. A student must 

have the written approval of his/her ad 

viser, the Lafayette Registrar, and appro 

priate persons at the host institution. 

Questions concerning the suitability of 

particular courses to Lafayette degree pro 

grams should be referred to the Dean of 

Studies. Grades earned under the cross- 

registration program will be used in com 

puting semester and cumulative averages. 

It is the student's responsibility to arrange 

transportation to any cross-registered 

courses, although the Dean or Registrar 

may be able to assist in identifying alter 

native sources of transportation. Because 

of the wide variety of individual course 

schedules as well as course locations, the 

College, in most instances, cannot provide 

transportation. 

Summer Courses: A student wishing to 

take summer courses at another institu 

tion, whether for enrichment or to make 

up deficiencies, must, in advance, petition 

the Academic Progress Committee for ap 

proval. Course credits are transferrable 

only if the student earns a grade of "C" or 

better as certified on an official transcript. 

Grades earned elsewhere are not recorded 

on the permanent record; transfer grades 

affect the cumulative average only in 

courses taken at other LVAIC institutions, 

or in Geology Field Camp as required for 

B.S. Geology degree candidates. Students 

with junior or senior status are not nor 


mally permitted to transfer courses from 

two-year institutions. 

Incompletes: According to faculty policy, 

an Incomplete is given only when the stu 

dent has been unable to complete the 

work of the course for some reason out 

side the student's control and has been 

doing passing work in the course up to 

that point. When an Incomplete is given, 

the faculty member should indicate to the 

Dean of Studies or the Registrar the reason 

for the Incomplete and give an assessment 

of the student's work to date. 

The student must make arrangements 

with the instructor as to the timing and 

manner by which the Incomplete is to be 

satisfied. 

Normally, an Incomplete is to be made 

up by the end of the second week of the 

following semester. The instructor may 

specify a longer period of time after con 

sultation with the dean, but all work must 

be completed and a grade assigned no lat 

er than the first day of classes of the sec 

ond semester of attendance subsequent to 

the Incomplete. If the instructor specifies a 

period longer than two weeks, the reason 

for the longer period and the date estab 

lished for the completion of the outstand 

ing course work must be stated in writing 

to the student with copies to the student's 

adviser, to the Dean of Studies, and to the 

Registrar. 

Unless the course work is completed 

and a grade assigned by the instructor by 

the end of the specified period, the Regis 

trar will automatically replace the Incom 

plete with an F. 

A student with more than two Incom 

pletes pending will not be permitted to be 

gin a new academic year. 

Class Attendance: Because the formal 

bases of a College learning experience are 

the lecture, the laboratory, and the discus 

sion group, class attendance is expected of 

all students. Faculty members establish 

and maintain attendance requirements in 

their courses and must inform students 

and the Office of the Dean of Studies of 

those policies. Students are responsible for 

meeting class and examination schedules. 

17


Absences necessitated by sickness as veri 

fied by the College physician, emergen 

cies, or participation in recognized College 

and intercollegiate activities are consid 

ered excusable. Unwillingness to meet at 

tendance obligations may result in a pen 

alty, often failure in the course. 

Please note that the College does not 

recognize airline schedules or other travel 

ing plans as a legitimate reason for re 

scheduling final examinations. Please 

check the final exam schedule before mak 

ing travel plans. This schedule is usually 

available by the fifth week of each semes 

ter, and students can obtain a copy from 

the Office of the Registrar. 

Students on academic probation may 

have no more than two unexcused absenc 

es from any course. Students on probation 

who do not meet their attendance obliga 

tion will be reported by faculty to the Of 

fice of the Dean of Studies. Any student 

with excessive or unexplained absences 

will also be reported to the Dean. 

Evaluation of Faculty and Courses: Stu 

dent evaluations at Lafayette College pro 

vide information to (1) instructors and de 

partment heads for use in faculty and 

course development; (2) the Provost for 

use by the faculty committee on Promo 

tion, Tenure, and Review as one of several 

considerations in recommendations con 

cerning appointments, promotions, and 

tenure; and (3) students for use in course 

selection. 

Near the end of each semester, instruc 

tors set aside a portion of class time for 

this purpose. The standard evaluation 

consists of a questionnaire and a comment 

sheet. Within a few weeks of the evalua 

tion, computer results and written com 

ments are sent to instructors and to the 

Provost Numerical results are available 

online to students. 

ADVISERS AND ADVISING 

SYSTEM 

Students pursuing a B.S. program are as 

signed to advisers in the department or 

area of their interest by the Dean of Stud 

ies. First-year and sophomore candidates 

18 

for the A.B. degree are assigned to advis 

ers whose scope of interests suggests that 

they can be helpful in encouraging the 

students to develop programs which will 

provide the breadth of study generally as 

sociated with the A.B. degree and to leave 

them in a position by the end of their 

sophomore year to have a reasonable basis 

upon which to choose majors. Juniors and se 

niors are assigned advisers in their major de 

partments by the major department head. 

Preprofessional Advising: Career Services 

assists students in defining career goals, 

particularly through the Gateway program. 

Gateway is a four-year career development 

program based on a plan developed by the 

student and an adviser preferably during 

their first year, and no later than their 

sophomore year. 

In addition, Alan Childs, the Health 

Professions Adviser, and the Health 

Professions Advisory Committee give 

guidance to students interested in these 

professions. 

Prelegal adviser Carol L. Wright aids 

students planning for a career in law. Stu 

dents interested in careers in business or 

graduate studies should consult faculty in 

the appropriate department. 

Postgraduate Fellowships: Well-quali 

fied students are encouraged to consider 

applying for postgraduate fellowships 

such as the Mellon, Fulbright, or Rhodes 

scholarships. Students interested in 

prestigious national or international 

fellowships are encouraged to contact the 

preprofessional administrative assistant 

in the Office of Career Services. Those 

interested in discipline-oriented fellow 

ships for graduate school should contact 

the appropriate academic departments. 

PART-TIME STUDIES 

Lafayette College offers a part-time study 

program which is designed for adults who 

wish to take advantage of some of the aca 

demic programs and courses offered by 

the College. Information on admission, 

registration, and academic advising for 

part-time students is provided by the

College's Office of Special Programs, 

(610) 330-5075. 

Degree Programs 

Recognizing the value of extending educa 

tional opportunities to the community, 

Lafayette has the oldest evening degree 

program in the Lehigh Valley. Degree pro 

grams available entirely through evening 

study are Economics and Business (A.B.) 

and Electrical and Computer Engineering 

(B.S.). All of Lafayette's degree programs 

are available to part-time students 

through the day program. The evening 

and day programs are comparable and 

consist of a fall semester and a spring se 

mester. Most evening classes meet one or 

two evenings each week, and in many cas 

es are scheduled so that students may take 

two courses meeting on the same evening. 

The College also offers an Interim Session 

in January, plus various summer options. 

Degree Candidacy 

Students who intend to enter a degree 

program normally must have completed 

high school at least two years previously 

and must meet the minimum require 

ments for admission established for all 

students in the chosen program. The Col 

lege welcomes applications from students 

who wish to transfer from two-year and 

four-year institutions. A student who 

transfers from a regionally accredited in 

stitution will be granted credit toward a 

Lafayette degree for courses that are con 

sistent with the goals of his or her aca 

demic program at Lafayette and in which 

a grade of at least "C" (or equivalent) has 

been earned. Engineering courses must be 

from an engineering program that is ac 

credited by the Accreditation Board for 

Engineering and Technology. 

Students who have earned credits from 

other colleges and universities must sub 

mit official transcripts and catalogs con 

taining course descriptions from these in 

stitutions as part of the admissions proce 

dure. Applicants who have successfully 

completed courses at these colleges will 

receive an evaluation of transfer credit be 

fore matriculation. An official copy of the 

student's high school record is also re 


quired. Transfer students are normally not 

admitted with advanced standing beyond 

the sophomore level. They are required to 

complete at least one-half of their degree 

requirements at Lafayette. 

Nonmatriculating Students 

Nonmatriculating students with special 

interests in particular subject areas who 

wish to take courses may be admitted on a 

semester-to-semester basis as Special Stu 

dents. Evidence of course prerequisites 

may be required. Courses may be taken 

for credit or audited. The audit fee for 

part-time and special students is the pre 

vailing part-time audit rate. All audits 

must have the approval of the instructor 

of the course. Courses which require a 

high degree of participation (e.g., labora 

tory courses, studio art courses, and for 

eign languages emphasizing conversa 

tion) normally may not be audited. 

Academic Policies 

Part-time students are limited to no more 

than two courses per semester and are 

charged at the prevailing part-time rate. 

When a part-time student reaches senior 

standing, however, the student may take 

an additional course in two of his or her 

last four semesters at Lafayette. The stu 

dent will continue to be billed at the part- 

time rate. Such exceptions must be ap 

proved by the Director of Special Pro 

grams. 

The Office of Special Programs coordi 

nates academic advising for all evening 

degree students through the appropriate 

department in the student's major area. 

These advisers are assigned when the stu 

dent is accepted into a degree program. 

Students who have not been officially ac 

cepted into a major and special students 

not seeking entrance into a degree pro 

gram are advised by the Director of Spe 

cial Programs. 

All part-time students are expected to 

follow the College's policy on Statute of 

Limitations for Students listed on page 11- 

12 of this catalog. It is the obligation of the 

student to become aware of the College's 

policies regarding the rights and respon 

sibilities of students. 

19


A part-time degree candidate wishing 

to enroll as a full-time student must peti 

tion the Academic Progress Committee to 

change to full-time status. Admission on a 

full-time basis is restricted to those with 

exemplary academic records and a mini 

mum of five courses taken at Lafayette. 

Lafayette is a member of the Lehigh 

Valley Association of Independent Col 

leges (LVAIC), which also includes Alien- 

town College, Cedar Crest, Lehigh, Mora 

vian, and Muhlenberg. LVAIC has extend 

ed to part-time degree candidates who 

have achieved sophomore standing the 

opportunity to cross-register for part-time 

day and evening courses. Both grades and 

credits earned at one of the cooperating 

colleges under this policy will transfer au 

tomatically to the student's home institu 

tion. Cross-registration provides the op 

portunity to take courses not available at 

the home institution and thus eases the 

scheduling difficulties sometimes experi 

enced by working adults. A part-time stu 

dent may enroll in a maximum of two 

courses through cross-registration for each 

year of equivalent full-time study. Fees are 

charged according to the policy of the host 

institution. 

Evening Engineering Program 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 

courses must be taken in sequence. The 

part-time evening degree program is 

planned for completion in eight years. The 

sequence is as follows: 

FIRST-YEAR I 

FALL 

Chemistry 121 

Mathematics 161 

SPRING 

Chemistry 122 or Engineering Science 231 


SUMMER I 

English 110 

FIRST-YEAR II 

FALL 



SPRING 


20 

Physics 131 

SUMMER II 

Literature Elective 

SOPHOMORE I 

FALL 

Physics 132 

Social Sciences/Humanities Elective 

SPRING 

Electrical & Computer Engineering 221 


SUMMER III 

Engineering Science 101 or equivalent 

SOPHOMORE II 

FALL 

Computer Science 102 


SPRING 



SUMMER IV 


JUNIOR I 

FALL 



SPRING 



SUMMER V 

Free Elective 

JUNIOR II 

FALL 


Engineering Science 225 

SPRING 



SUMMER VI 

Free Elective 

SENIOR I 

FALL 


Electrical & Computer Engineering 

Elective 

SPRING 


Electrical & Computer Engineering 332

SENIOR II 

FALL 


Electrical & Computer Engineering or 

Computer Science Elective 

SPRING 


Electrical & Computer Engineering 

Elective 

Descriptions for engineering courses are 

found on pp. 86-106. 

HONORS 

Lafayette College encourages and recog 

nizes superior academic work. Students 

who achieve a semester average of at least 

3.45 in a term during which they have 

completed 3 or more courses (with no 

pending Incompletes) are named to the 

Dean's List. Those who graduate with 

high cumulative averages based upon 

four years' work are awarded their de 

grees summa cum laude (a cumulative aver 

age of 3.80 or higher), magna cum laude 

(3.65), or cum laude (3.50). 

Departmental Honors: Departmental 

Honors and honors in interdisciplinary 

major programs are awarded for outstand 

ing performance in writing a Senior Thesis 

or in conducting Senior Research. Depart 

ments that have honors programs offer a 

sequence of two courses titled "Thesis" or 

"Honors Thesis." 

Students who hope to become candi 

dates for Departmental Honors must reg 

ister for the courses in Thesis during the 

senior year. Discussions about pursuing 

honors should be held with faculty well in 

advance of the senior year. Work in these 

courses will be supervised by a faculty 

member and will be graded in the usual 

way. 

Candidates for honors must have and 

maintain cumulative averages of 2.85 and 

averages of 3.00 in the honors department 

and must fulfill such other requirements 

as may be established by the department 

with the approval of the Academic 

Progress Committee. Students who wish 

to do honors work in departments other 

than the major department must separate 


ly petition the Committee for permission 

to do so. Such students must have taken at 

least six courses, exclusive of Thesis, in the 

honors department, four of which must be 

at or above the sophomore (200) level. 

The transcripts of students who receive 

honors bear the legend Honors in (depart 

ment name) with Thesis. 

HONORARY SOCIETIES 

Phi Beta Kappa: Outstanding students 

from all curricula are eligible for election 

to Phi Beta Kappa in either the junior or 

senior year. Membership criteria are estab 

lished by the local chapter, not by the Col 

lege. In addition to meeting the require 

ments of their degree programs, students 

should demonstrate breadth in their 

course work and a commitment to liberal 

learning. More specifically, the chapter 

takes into account grade point average, 

advanced-level courses outside the stu 

dent's major, and the study of mathemat 

ics and foreign language. Admission to 

Phi Beta Kappa is always at the discretion 

of the chapter, and membership is gained 

only by election. 

Sigma Xi: The Society of Sigma Xi is an 

honorary organization dedicated to the 

encouragement of pure and applied scien 

tific research. Annually the society elects 

to associate membership selected students 

who have demonstrated marked aptitude 

for scientific research; election is usually 

based on written work. In addition, facul 

ty members who have demonstrated note 

worthy achievement in research may be 

elected to full membership. 

Tau Beta Pi: Outstanding candidates for 

engineering degrees are elected to mem 

bership in Tau Beta Pi, the national honor 

ary engineering fraternity, during their 

junior or senior years. 

Alpha Sigma Lambda: This national hon 

or society was founded in 1946 to recog 

nize part-time students who accomplish 

academic excellence while facing the com 

peting interests of family, community, and 

work. The Lafayette branch is the Iota 

chapter. To be eligible, students must be 

21


working for their first bachelor's degree, be 

current degree candidates in the Part-Time 

Studies Program at Lafayette, and demon 

strate superior scholarship. Students must 

have completed a minimum of eight courses 

at Lafayette, including at least four courses 

outside the major field and four courses in 

liberal arts and sciences. 

Other Societies: Eleven honorary societies 

recognize personal achievement in specific 

fields: Delta Phi Alpha in German; Dobro 

Slovo in Russian; Eta Kappa Nu in electri 

cal engineering; Omicron Delta Epsilon in 

economics and business; Phi Alpha Theta 

in history; Phi Lambda Upsilon in chemis 

try, biochemistry, and chemical engineer 

ing; Pi Delta Phi in French; Pi Mu Epsilon 

in mathematics; Pi Sigma Alpha in politi 

cal science; Psi Chi in psychology; and 

Sigma Delta Pi in Spanish. 

PRIZES AND AWARDS 

The generosity of individuals, organiza 

tions, and graduating classes has made 

possible the following prizes awarded at 

Lafayette: 

George Wharton Pepper Prize (awarded 

to the senior who, by vote of the faculty 

and students, most nearly represents the 

Lafayette ideal) 

Charles L. Albert '08 Trophy (given to the 

senior student who is judged to be the 

outstanding athlete of the year; name in 

scribed on plaque in athletic department) 

John H. Alien Prize (awarded to the au 

thor of the best essay in public finance, as 

judged by a committee of the Department 

of Economics and Business) 

American Bible Society Scholarly 

Achievement Award (given to a student 

who has demonstrated excellence in the 

study of the Bible) 

American Chemical Society Prize (given 

to the outstanding senior chemistry major 

for achievement in chemistry) 

22 

American Chemical Society Division of 

Polymer Chemistry Award (presented to 

the sophomore or junior chemistry major 

with the most outstanding performance 

in the first two semesters of organic 

chemistry) 

American Chemical Society Undergradu 

ate Award in Analytical Chemistry (pre 

sented to the junior chemistry major with 

the greatest achievement in the study of 

analytical chemistry) 

American Defense Preparedness Associ 

ation Award (presented annually to a se 

nior cadet from each ROTC department 

who has consistently maintained a high 

level of academic achievement while 

participating in campus activities) 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers 

Award (given to the junior student majoring 

in chemical engineering who has attained the 

highest grade point average for two years) 

American Institute of Chemists Award 

(Presented by the Philadelphia Chapter of 

the Pennsylvania Institute of Chemists to 

a senior chemical engineering major and 

a senior chemistry major in recognition 

of a demonstrated record of leadership, 

character, and scholastic scholarship) 

American Legion General Military 

Excellence Award (presented to a cadet 

in the top 25 percent of his or her class 

in academic and ROTC subjects who has 

demonstrated outstanding qualities in 

military leadership, discipline, character, 

and citizenship) 

American Legion Scholastic Excellence 

Award (presented to a cadet in the top 

10 percent of his or her academic class and 

the top 25 percent of the ROTC class who 

has demonstrated qualities of leadership 

and actively participated in campus stu 

dent activities) 

American Society of Civil Engineers 

Prize (given to a senior member of the 

student chapter of the American Society of 

Civil Engineers on the basis of scholar-

ship, student activities, and promise of 

outstanding personal development) 

American Society of Mechanical Engi 

neering Certificate of Award for Student 

Members (given to a student for service to 

the Student American Society of Mechani 

cal Engineering Section) 

American Society of Mechanical Engi 

neering Prize (given by the Lehigh Valley 

Section of the American Society of Me 

chanical Engineering to a senior student 

member for service to the section) 

American Veterans of World War II, 

Korea, and Vietnam Award (presented to 

cadets who have displayed a high level of 

diligence and discharge of duty and the 

willingness to serve both God and country) 

Karl J. Ammerman Prize (awarded to the 

"most deserving student" in the Mechani 

cal Engineering department selected by 

the faculty of the department) 

AROTC General Dynamics Award 

(presented to the Military Science IV Cadet 

who has demonstrated both outstanding 

scholastic achievement and superb leader 

ship ability, and who shows great potential 

for a distinguished military career) 

Armed Forces Communication and 

Electronics Association Award (presented 

annually to a cadet in each ROTC unit 

who demonstrates excellence in leader 

ship and academics) 

Association of the United States Army 

Military History Award (presented to a 

cadet who has demonstrated a strong in 

terest in and acumen for the study of mili 

tary history. The award is a joint project of 

the A.U.S.A. and the U.S. Army Center for 

Military History.) 

David Fowler Atkins, Jr. Prize (presented 

to that student who, in work during the 

junior or senior year in the Department of 

Religion, gives promise of future useful 

ness in service to religious communities. 

The Chaplain participates in the award.) 


Frank Kline Baker Spanish and Latin 

American Civilization Award (awarded 

to the student who attains the greatest 

proficiency in the study of Spanish and 

Latin American Civilization) 

Benjamin F. Barge Mathematical Prize 

(awarded annually to first-year student(s) 

or sophomores in recognition of excellence 

in mathematics) 

Benjamin F. Barge Oratorical Prize 

(presented to a member of the senior class 

who shall write and pronounce in public 

competition an English oration in the best 

manner) 

Carroll Phillips Bassett Prize (awarded to 

senior students deemed most outstanding 

by the department of Civil and Environ 

mental Engineering) 

Paul Bernon Memorial Prize in Sociolo 

gy (awarded to the graduating senior 

most outstanding in sociology) 

Bethlehem Honorary First Defenders 

Award (recognizes those cadets who are 

designated as distinguished military 

graduates) 

H. MacKnight Black Poetry and Litera 

ture Prize (awarded to the student who 

submits the best poem or group of poems 

in a contest conducted by the English 

department) 

Black Studies Scholastic Award (award 

ed to a student selected by Black Studies 

Program faculty who has demonstrated 

academic excellence and potential for 

future leadership in American Society) 

Sanfurd G. Bluestein '42 Award 

(presented anually to a junior planning 

a career in medicine who, in the opinion 

of the Health Professions Advisory 

Committee, has distinguished himself 

or herself academically and contributed 

to various aspects of college life, espe 

cially through participation in athletics, 

student government, or music and arts 

programs) 

23


Russell C. Brinker Prize in Civil Engi 

neering (awarded to that junior in the 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 

department who is most deserving on 

the basis of self-reliance, scholarship, and 

student activities) 

James F. Bryant '40 Excellence Award 

(awarded to a junior who meets standards 

of excellence, as did James F. Bryant, by 

demonstrating high academic achieve 

ment, lettering in at least one varsity 

sport, and showing noticeable and note 

worthy evidence of community service) 

George H. Catlin Prize (awarded to the 

senior with the highest average in the 

study of the classics) 

Eugene P. Chase Phi Beta Kappa Prize 

(awarded to a sophomore who has 

demonstrated scholarship as a first-year 

student) 

Eugene P. Chase Government Prize 

(awarded to the student who has submit 

ted the best written exposition in the field 

of political science) 

Chemical Rubber Company Freshman 

Achievement Award (presented to the 

outstanding first-year student in general 

chemistry) 

Class of 1883 Prize (awarded to a senior 

who had demonstrated excellence in 

English) 

Class of 1910 Prize (awarded to the 

senior who has excelled in the study of 

history or in an allied field of the human 

ities, and who manifests the greatest 

promise for responsible civic leadership 

and public service) 

Class of 1913 Trophy (presented to that 

member of the senior class who has at 

tained the greatest distinction as an athlete 

and a scholar) 

Murray G. Clay '30 Award (presented to 

an outstanding sophomore or junior who 

24 

has an outstanding academic record in 

engineering or science) 

Burton H. Cohen Memorial Prize (award 

ed annually to a graduating senior psy 

chology major who, in the opinion of the 

selection committee, has demonstrated the 

necessary inclination, intellectual curiosi 

ty, determination, and potential to become 

a dedicated, creative, and selfless teacher) 

Lyman Coleman Prize (awarded to the 

senior who has demonstrated broad inter 

est and superior performance in the 

Department of Religion) 

College President's Award (awarded 

annually to the outstanding cadets from 

each class in terms of overall achievement, 

measured by scholastic excellence, leader 

ship, military performance, and extracur 

ricular involvement) 

Lawrence J. Conover '24 Electrical Engi 

neering Prize (presented to a senior in 

electrical engineering) 

Daughters of the American Revolution 

Award (presented to the senior cadet who 

has displayed outstanding qualities of 

leadership and patriotism) 

Daughters of Founders and Patriots of 

America (presented annually to basic 

course cadets who have excelled in the 

ROTC program) 

Frederick Knecht Detwiller Prize in Art 

(awarded to a senior art major for distin 

guished work in art and art history) 

Distinguished Military Graduate (award 

ed to the top 20 percent of the Military 

Science IV cadets who have demonstrated 

outstanding leadership qualities, attained 

superior academic standing, and substan 

tially contributed to the advancement of 

the ROTC program) 

Francis Shunk Downs Award (awarded 

to the senior who, in the judgment of the 

Religion Department and the Chaplain's

office, has shown the best all-around 

growth and development in academic and 

extracurricular activities while exercising 

outstanding leadership and influence 

upon the campus) 

James L. Dyson Geology Award (present 

ed to that student majoring in geology 

who, by academic achievements and char 

acter, exemplifies the ideals by which 

James L. Dyson lived and worked) 

J. J. Ebers Memorial Award (given to a 

student for high academic achievement 

and noteworthy professional interest in 

the field of electrical engineering) 

Economics and Business Award (awarded 

to a student for outstanding academic per 

formance in economics and business, and 

for leadership in departmental activities) 

Financial Executives Institute Award 

(awarded to a student in recognition of 

outstanding academic achievement in 

accounting and/or finance, promise of 

future success, and intent to seek a career 

in corporate accounting or financial 

management) 

Charles Duncan Frazer Prize (awarded 

to seniors who are best qualified for 

advanced work in materials science and 

engineering) 

Francis J. Gafford 1931 English Prize 

(awarded annually to the senior who has 

taken English courses for four years and 

who has the highest average in English) 

Gilbert Prize (awarded to students who 

have demonstrated superiority in English) 

Harold A. Hageman '39 Award (awarded 

each year to the outstanding pitcher on 

the baseball team) 

William Forris Hart '27 Chemistry Prize 

(presented to a junior or senior chemistry 

major for proficiency in organic chemistry 

and potential for further achievement in 

chemistry) 


Jeffrey B. Havens Memorial Prize 

(awarded to an engineering major to 

provide a nontraditional summer learning 

experience) 

Robert F. Hunsicker Educational Prize 

(awarded to a student who has done meri 

torious work in the area of small-business 

studies) 

Willis Roberts Hunt Biology Prize 

(awarded annually to the senior biology 

student(s) felt by the members of the 

department to be most deserving) 

Institute of Internal Auditors Award for 

Excellence in Accounting-Related Stud 

ies (given to a student for excellence in 

accounting and business subjects) 

Institute of Management Accountants 

Award (given to a student for excellence 

in accounting) 

Instrument Society of America C. F. 

Homewood Scholarship (awarded to a 

senior majoring in chemical, electrical, or 

mechanical engineering) 

Henry Richard Jahn Trophy (awarded to 

a member of the track team who is deter 

mined to have contributed most to the 

track team by virtue of leadership and 

ability) 

Hugh H. Jones Most Valuable Player 

Award (presented to the most valuable 

player in football) 

I. Clinton Kline Public Speaking Prize 

(awarded to the senior who has demon 

strated an outstanding record in the 

oral communication of English and 

has participated in public speaking or 

dramatics)


Paul E. Koch '28 Trophy (presented to the 

member of the Lafayette baseball team 

who is considered to be the most valuable 

member of the team) 

Joseph Watt Kuebler, Jr. Memorial Prize 

(presented to the senior student in the 

Department of Biology who has the high 

est scholastic average and will be entering 

medical school) 

Lafayette Alumni of the Lehigh Valley 

Performing Arts Award (awarded annual 

ly to a senior residing in the greater Le 

high Valley who has made a significant 

contribution to Lafayette's performing 

arts program while demonstrating strong 

academic achievement) 

Lafayette Alumni of the Lehigh Valley 

Scholarship Award (awarded annually to 

a senior residing in the greater Lehigh 

Va'iey who demonstrates outstanding 

academic achievement) 

Lehigh Valley Battalion Commanders 

Award (presented annually to outstanding 

cadets in each class by Army ROTC Cadre 

for demonstrated acumen for leadership 

and an aptitude for military service as an 

officer) 

Lehigh Valley Chapter of the American 

Society for Metals Prize (awarded to an 

outstanding senior in materials engineering) 

Lehigh Valley Section of the American 

Chemical Society Award (given by the 


Chemical Society to the outstanding 

senior chemical engineering major for 

achievement in chemistry) 


Institute of Chemical Engineers Award 

(presented to a senior in chemical engi 

neering with an impressive academic 

record and who has demonstrated 

outstanding accomplishments in one or 

more extracurricular activities) 


Society of Civil Engineers Outstanding 

26 

Senior Award (awarded to a senior civil 

engineering student who exhibits out 

standing scholastic ability as well as in 

volvement in extracurricular activities) 


Society of Materials Award (awarded an 

nually to the student who has attained the 

most impressive record in the introducto 

ry materials course) 

Leopard Medal (awarded to the first-year 

cadet who contributes the most to the 

advancement of Army ROTC at Lafayette 

College, and is academically in the top 10 

percent of the ROTC class and the top 25 

percent of his or her academic class; made 

possible through the generous contribu 

tions of Harry M. Jones '66, Lieutenant 

Colonel, U.S. Army Retired) 

Machinery Design Award (awarded to a 

senior mechanical engineering student for 

an outstanding senior capstone design 

project) 

Francis A. March Fellowship (given to a 

senior who has distinguished himself or 

herself in English studies and who has 

been admitted to graduate school) 

Maroon Club Student Award (presented 

to a senior male and a senior female 

athlete based equally upon academic 

achievement, athletic accomplishments, 

and campus/community service) 

General George C. Marshall Award 

(awarded by the George C. Marshall 

Foundation in recognition of attainment 

as the outstanding student in military 

studies and leadership in the tradition 

of this country's citizen soldier as exem 

plified by the career of Gen. George C. 

Marshall) 

Mechanical Engineering Faculty Award 

(given to the outstanding senior in the 

Mechanical Engineering department) 

Merck Index Award (given to a senior for 

superior academic work in chemistry and 

promise of future excellence)

Military Order of the Purple Heart 

Award (presented annually to cadets for 

military and scholastic excellence by the 

Lehigh Valley Chapter of the Military 

Order of the Purple Heart) 

Military Order of the World Wars 

Leadership Award (presented by the 

Philadelphia chapter ot the cadet who 

best exemplifies the spirit of ROTC 

leadership) 

Military Order of the World Wars Rib 

bon (presented annually to outstanding 

cadets who have shown the most im 

provement in military and scholastic 

studies during the school year) 

Military Science Cadre Award (presented 

annually to a senior army cadet from each 

campus who has exhibited outstanding 

qualities of leadership and an aptitude for 

military service as recognized by his/her 

instructors and who serves as an example 

of the kind of officer the cadre endeavors 

to produce) 

Wesley S. Mitman Prize (awarded to the 

senior most outstanding in mathematics) 

Moles Student Award (given to a student 

in engineering whose academic achieve 

ment and enthusiastic application shows 

outstanding promise of personal develop 

ment leading to a career in construction 

engineering and management) 

National Guard of Pennsylvania Award 

(presented to a graduating cadet who is 

entering or is a member of the Pennsyl 

vania National Guard for outstanding 

attitude and motivation, academic 

achievement, leadership, and overall 

ROTC achievement) 

National Sojourners Award (awarded 

to a sophomore or junior Military Science 

cadet who encourages American ideals by 

deed or conduct, demonstrates outstand 

ing leadership, and achieves academic 

excellence) 


Donald U. Noblett Prize in Chemical 

Engineering (given to a chemical engi 

neering major based on high academic 

achievement, with outstanding promise 

of future excellence in his or her career) 

Vivian B. Noblett Prize in Studio Art 

(awarded to an art major with prefer 

ence given to a student with an interest in 

studio art who has demonstrated profi 

ciency in painting and drawing and who 

shows potential for future achievements) 

Minerva and Emil V. Novak Prize in 

Government and Law (presented to a 

student majoring in the Department of 

Government and Law, based on overall 

excellence in academic work and citizen 

ship in the campus community) 

Louise M. Olsted Prize in Ethics 

(awarded to a student who, in the judg 

ment of the members of the Department 

of Philosophy, has done outstanding work 

in theoretical ethics, applied ethics, or a 

related field) 

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified 

Public Accountants Award (given to 

a graduating senior for excellence in ac 

counting and for participation in college 

and community affairs) 

James Alexander Petrie Prize in French 

(awarded to a student demonstrating a 

high degree of proficiency in French) 

Reverend J. W. and R. S. Porter Bible 

Prize (awarded annually to students 

judged by the Department of Religion to 

have demonstrated high proficiency in the 

study of religion, based upon work done 

in their first and second years) 

David A. Portlock Study Abroad 

Memorial Prize (awarded annually to 

an outstanding student receiving Lafay 

ette grant aid who will benefit most from 

studying abroad) 

John D. Raymond Music Award (award 

ed annually by the Department of Music 

to a deserving music student) 

27


Reserve Officers Association Award (pre 

sented to the Military Science II, III, and 

IV cadets who have displayed exceptional 

leadership and academic performance) 

Retired Officers Association Award 

(presented to the Military Science II, III, IV 

cadets who have displayed exceptional 

leadership and academic performance) 

Rexroth Prize in German (awarded to a 

student for meritorious achievement in 

German) 

Herbert W. Rogers Prize (awarded to the 

outstanding senior psychology major(s) 

judged by the department to be the most 

deserving) 

Dr. & Mrs. David Schwimmer '35 Prize 

in Honor of Theodore A. Distler (award 

ed to the premedical student who best 

represents the humanitarian, cultural, and 

scientific qualities required of the true 

physician) 

Finley W. and Ethelwyne H. Smith Elec 

tronic Engineering Prize (awarded to the 

electrical engineering senior who has 

earned, at the end of the junior year, the 

highest cumulative average attained by 

any senior who is working for departmen 

tal honors with a project in the electronics 

or communications field) 

Society of American Military Engineers 

NYC Post Scholarship (awarded to engi 

neering students enrolled in Military Sci 

ence to continue their educational studies) 

Society for Applied Spectroscopy Prize 

(awarded to a senior in the Department of 

Chemistry) 

Society of the War of 1812 Award 

(presented annually to sophomore ROTC 

cadets who encourage and demonstrate 

the ideals of Americanism by deed, con 

duct, or both) 

Sons of American Revolution Award 

(this award emphasizes the importance of 

perpetuating the principles of government 

28 

established by the colonial statesmen. It 

honors cadets for outstanding leadership 

qualities, military bearing, and excellence) 

Carl J. Staska Prize (awarded to a student 

who has demonstrated a high degree of 

proficiency in chemical laboratory skills) 

Superior Cadet Award (awarded to 

Military Science cadets who are the top 

cadets in their respective ROTC classes) 

J. H. Tarbell Award (awarded to a student 

who demonstrates an understanding of 

financial operations and institutions) 

William G. McLean Tau Beta Pi Prize 

(awarded to a sophmore engineering 

student based on academic performance, 

campus citizenship, and professional 

orientation) 

Paul Tully Memorial Prize (presented 

to the student who best exemplifies the 

progressive principles of social and politi 

cal service democratic ideals to which 

Paul Tully devoted his life) 

Veterans of Foreign Wars Award 

(presented to outstanding cadets who 

are actively engaged in the ROTC pro 

gram and who possess individual charac 

teristics contributing to leadership) 

Wall Street Journal Student Achievement 

Awards (given to two students whose 

academic performance in economics and 

business is considered exceptional) 

J. Hunt Wilson '05 Prize in Analytical 

Chemistry (awarded to the senior 

chemistry major with the highest rank 

ing in courses and research in analytical 

chemistry) 

Luther F. Witmer Prize (awarded annual 

ly to the senior with the most outstanding 

accomplishments in materials science and 

engineering) 

T. Gordon Yates '29 Award for Swim 

ming (awarded annually to the most 

improved male and female swimmers)

Class of 1884 R. B. Youngman Greek 

Prize (awarded annually to a student who 

has demonstrated a high degree of profi 

ciency in Greek) 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 

OPPORTUNITIES 

In addition to its regular academic pro 

grams, Lafayette College offers a variety 

of optional programs ranging from stu 

dent/faculty research projects and inten 

sive short-term courses during the Janu 

ary interim to foreign study and work- 

study internships. 

Interim Session Programs: The Lafayette 

academic calendar leaves a period of 

about three weeks open during January. 

Some students use this period to enroll in 

optional special academic courses spon 

sored by Lafayette, either on campus or in 

foreign locations. Interim Session may in 

clude intensive courses, laboratory exer 

cises, field trips, or study abroad. For stu 

dents in Bachelor of Science programs, 

whose heavy schedule of prescribed 

courses may make off-campus semesters 

difficult to arrange, the Interim Session 

provides an especially useful opportunity 

to participate in a period of foreign study. 

Special courses offered only during In 

terim Session are described in this catalog 

on pp. 174-177. Additional information 

about the programs may be obtained from 

the Office of the Dean of Studies. 

Regular financial aid does not cover the 

Interim Session, but the Office of Student 

Financial Aid can advise about loans and 

other possible forms of assistance. 

Study Abroad: Lafayette students have a 

number of opportunities to study abroad. 

The College's semester-long faculty-led 

programs, offered in cooperation with Eu 

ropean institutions, include "Lafayette in 

Brussels," based at Vesalius College of the 

Free University of Brussels, "Lafayette in 

Dijon," based at the Centre Internationale 

of the Universite de Bourgogne, "Lafay 

ette in Greece," based at College Year in 

Athens, "Lafayette in Guatemala," based 

in Antigua, Guatemala, and "Lafayette in 

London," based at Middlesex University. 


The program at Vesalius College is espe 

cially appropriate for engineering stu 

dents. Students take courses from both 

the host institution and the Lafayette fac 

ulty member. The Lafayette courses are 

designed to connect academic work with 

the rich cultural history and resources of 

the host country and surrounding coun 

tries. 

In addition to its faculty-led programs, 

(several more of which are being devel 

oped), Lafayette offers programs in a vari 

ety of foreign countries, where students 

may study for a semester or a year 

through an affiliated institution. 

The costs of attending Lafayette facul 

ty-led programs abroad are equivalent to 

the costs on campus. Students on finan 

cial aid may apply their financial aid to 

study abroad. 

Students applying to study abroad 

must have a minimum cumulative aver 

age of 2.80 at the time of application AND 

when they depart for the study-abroad 

program. 

Students accepted by off-campus pro 

grams must seek approval in advance 

from the Academic Progress Committee 

for courses they wish to present for credit 

toward the Lafayette degree. A student 

may transfer no more than a normal se 

mester program or no more than eight 

courses for a full academic year of foreign 

study. Normally, students are not permit 

ted to study abroad on a nonaffiliated pro 

gram. Should the Academic Progress 

Committee make an exception as with a 

program in a country in which Lafayette 

has no program the student must obtain 

prior approval; without it, any courses 

taken cannot be credited toward the 

Lafayette degree. 

Summer Session French, German, 

or Spanish Language and Culture 

Abroad: As a member of the Lehigh Val 

ley Association of Independent Colleges 

(LVAIC), Lafayette College is involved in 

six-week summer programs in France, 

Germany, Martinique, Mexico, and Spain. 

Each program offers a total cultural expe 

rience, and, therefore, no credit is granted 

for partial completion of the program. The 

course credit earned is automatically 

29


transferred to the participating LVAIC 

institution and counted as part of the 

student's cumulative grade point aver 

age. A language proficiency examination 

determines the level (I, II, or III) at 

which a student is permitted to enroll. 

Students interested in the LVAIC pro 

grams should consult with the head of 

the Department of Foreign Languages 

and Literatures. 

Interim Abroad Program: Each year, 

Lafayette faculty offer six to eight three- 

week courses abroad during the January 

term. Each course counts for one course 

credit. Individual courses are listed on pp. 

174-176. Registration materials are mailed 

to students in June. 

Internships: Internships are offered 

by several academic departments and 

involve practical, hands-on experience 

at jobs generally outside the College 

community. In past years, students have 

worked in newspaper, government, busi 

ness, and law offices, as well as in those 

academic departments that offer intern 

ship courses for credit (currently art, 

economics, English, government, history, 

and psychology). 

Students participating in departmen 

tal internships will be graded on a 

Credit/No Credit basis. The student's 

course work must be approved in ad 

vance and be supervised by a member 

of the department, as well as by person 

nel at the workplace. Internships may, 

by departmental approval, be offered 

under project or independent courses 

in engineering. At the conclusion of 

the internship, the student typically 

prepares a paper on the experience. A 

formal evaluation will be placed in the 

student's file to accompany the "Credit" 

or "No Credit" grade. 

All students are eligible to register for 

one internship course. Students earning a 

cumulative grade point average of 3.2 or 

above may petition to take a second in 

ternship for credit. Normally, first-year 

students and sophomores are not eligible 

for participation in an internship program, 

and no credit may be given ex post facto for 

internships. 

30 

Independent Study: Students who wish 

to pursue special academic topics or indi 

vidual research programs endorsed by a 

faculty adviser may register in most de 

partments for a credit-bearing course of 

Independent Study. Normally, no more 

than one independent study course may 

be taken in a semester. 

Lafayette EXCEL Scholars Program: The 

Lafayette EXCEL Scholars Program en 

ables students to participate in academi 

cally meaningful experiences outside the 

classroom. Students selected to this pro 

gram engage in collaborative research 

projects with Lafayette faculty, enhancing 

their academic skills as well as developing 

other skills which will be useful in post 

graduate education and careers. 

EXCEL Scholars have the opportunity 

to work full-time for ten weeks during the 

summer; full-time for three weeks during 

the Interim Session; and 8 to 10 hours per 

week during the academic year. 

Students selected to the EXCEL Schol 

ars Program receive a stipend of $10 per 

hour and residence hall housing during 

the interim and summer. 

Information concerning the EXCEL pro 

gram may be obtained from the Associate 

Provost and Director of Research Services, 

219 Markle Hall. 

College Writing Program: The College 

Writing Program provides student Writing 

Associates the opportunity to work closely 

with faculty in courses across the curricu 

lum. Each Writing Associate is assigned to 

a course affiliated with the program and 

meets individually with the students to 

help them revise their written work. The 

Writing Associate works under the guid 

ance of the professor and the College 

Writing Program's professional staff. The 

Writing Associates also provide a drop-in 

service for the campus at large. 

Students selected as Writing Associates 

are themselves skilled writers and insight 

ful readers with strong listening and 

coaching skills. They are paid a stipend 

for their services. For information, see 

the coordinator of the College Writing 

Program, 302 Pardee Hall.

McKelvy Scholars: Each year 20 students 

of high ability and promise are invited 

to reside together at McKelvy House, a 

residence four blocks from the campus. 

The program was established to recognize 

and encourage academic excellence and 

to facilitate exchange of ideas and infor 

mation among students with different 

interests and in different disciplines. 

Admission is competitive and requires 

nomination by a faculty member. Informa 

tion about the program may be obtained 

from the Dean of Studies. 

Military Science: Military Science centers 

on the theory and application of leader 

ship and management fundamentals and 

also includes professional knowledge sub 

jects, physical training, small unit tactics, 

and basic military skills. The program 

sponsors the Reserve Officers' Training 

Corps (ROTC), leading to duty as a com 

missioned officer in the active Army, 

Reserves, or National Guard. 

The program is a part of the United 

States Army Cadet Command. Classes 

and activities are conducted on the Lafay 

ette campus under the auspices of Lehigh 

University's ROTC program, which acts 

as the local headquarters for ROTC and 

Military Science instruction. 

Any student may take ROTC classes 

any semester. To be eligible for commis 

sioning as an officer, however, a student 

must have at least two years until gradua 

tion upon entry into ROTC. Non-scholar 

ship students incur no military obligation 

until their junior year. Students continuing 

in ROTC beyond their sophomore year 

may sign a contractual agreement leading 

to a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 

one of more than 20 branches of the Army 

upon graduation. All juniors and seniors 

receive tax-free monthly stipends of $150 

during the school year. 

Four-year ROTC scholarships, worth 

$16,000 per year, are available to students 

who will be entering Lafayette College as 

first-year students. Two- and three-year 

ROTC scholarships are available once 

enrolled at Lafayette College (current par 

ticipation in Army ROTC is not required). 

All Army ROTC scholarships are awarded 


solely on merit, and recipients incur a 

military obligation. 

For more information, see "Military 

Science" section, pp. 146-149. 

LIBRARY RESOURCES 

The libraries at Lafayette provide students 

with access to the full array of information 

sources and services they need for their 

education. David Bishop Skillman Library, 

the main library, currently holds more 

than 475,000 volumes and receives ap 

proximately 1,750 periodicals and news 

papers. Kirby Library, a departmental li 

brary with a collection in government and 

law, contains 27,000 volumes. 

A state-of-the-art network of electronic 

resources extends the collection far be 

yond these volumes. A comprehensive 

online catalog and a variety of databases 

are available both in the libraries and in 

student residences through the campus 

network. With these electronic resources, 

students have access to an ever-increasing 

selection of materials, from books held by 

libraries across the country to the latest 

newswire reports. 

A staff of librarians helps students use 

the libraries'resources to obtain the infor 

mation they need. In addition to provid 

ing traditional one-on-one reference assis 

tance, librarians meet with classes in all 

disciplines and provide group instruction 

in library research. Reference assistance is 

available evenings and weekends as well 

as weekdays. 

The libraries offer interlibrary loan 

access to the holdings of other libraries 

nationwide through the OCLC electronic 

network. In addition, the College partici 

pates in a cooperative arrangement with 

five other colleges in the Lehigh Valley to 

share holdings of materials requested on 

interlibrary loan. 

The libraries' physical facilities are 

attractive and comfortable. Skillman 

provides open browsing and study areas, 

several student group study rooms, a 

reading room that is equipped to be used 

as a classroom, an all-night study area, a 

Special Collections reading room, micro 

computer and printer facilities, and facili 

ties for individual music listening and for 

31


individual and small-group viewing of 

audio-visual media. 

Kirby library, designed in the style of a 

nineteenth-century library, has seating for 70. 

COMPUTING AND NETWORK 

SERVICES 

The best description of Lafayette's comput 

ing environment is that "the network is 

the computer." A campus-wide network 

connects all residence hall rooms, most 

fraternity and sorority house rooms, all 

faculty and administrative offices, public 

computing sites, departmental computing 

labs, the library's catalog and other elec 

tronic resources, and other computing 

resources, and connects the campus to 

the Internet. 

The bulk of academic computing takes 

place on networked personal computers, in 

computing labs in academic departments, 

or in public computing sites. Several dozen 

NetWare, Windows/NT, UNIX, and VMS 

servers support these networked systems 

with file sharing, printing, email, World 

Wide Web, and other network services. A 

Digital 6530 mainframe provides the few 

remaining functions that have yet to find 

their way onto the desktop. 

Training and assistance are widely 

available. Students may participate in 

introductory instructor-led sessions on 

computer use. To provide individualized, 

in-depth training, Lafayette has over 

100 interactive multimedia courses from 

National Education Training Group acces 

sible throughout the campus network. 

These include courses on Microsoft Win 

dows, Microsoft Office, programming 

languages, networking, and using the 

World Wide Web. One-on-one assistance 

in using computers and the applications 

is provided by the peer-led SOS (Students 

Offering Support) service, available week 

days, evenings, and weekends. 

Lafayette does not require students 

to purchase a computer or bring one to 

campus. With one of the best computer-to- 

student ratios in the country, students 

have ample opportunity to use the 150 

computers in four public computing sites. 

These sites are open weekdays, evenings, 

 

and weekends during the academic year, 

and one is open overnight. In addition, 

many academic departments have their 

own special-purpose computing labs 

available for student use for course work. 

Many students do choose to purchase 

or bring their own computer. Lafayette 

has standardized on Microsoft Windows 

and Microsoft Office as the desktop envi 

ronment. This does not preclude using 

other systems and other packages, but 

does mean that there may be some com 

puter assignments that can only be done 

in this environment. The network adapter 

hardware, software, and cables needed to 

connect to the campus network are loaned 

and installed by the College's computer 

hardware shop at no charge other than a 

refundable deposit. Incoming students are 

sent full details on purchasing computers 

and software through the College, and on 

recommended configurations for ma 

chines not purchased through the College. 

In general, all the resources and servic 

es described above are provided at no 

added charge to the student (other than 

the refundable deposit for loan of network 

hardware and cables).

Admission to Lafayette College is highly 

competitive. Receiving about eight applica 

tions annually for each place in the first-year 

class, the College seeks those candidates best 

able to benefit from and contribute to the 

academic and extracurricular programs of the 

institution. Factors considered in evaluating 

each student's application include academic 

performance in secondary school, class rank, 

and the quality of courses taken; the candi 

date's personal qualities and extracurricular 

record; and the recommendation of the sec 

ondary school. 

Submission of scores on either the Scho 

lastic Assessment Test (SAT I) or American 

College Testing (ACT) is required. SAT II test 

results are recommended but not required. 

Lafayette College complies with federal and 

state legislation and does not in any way 

discriminate in educational programs or in 

employment on the basis of gender, age, race, 

color, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, 

physical ability, or sexual orientation. 

PREPARATION 

Candidates for admission to the Bachelor of 

Arts degree program should present a col 

lege preparatory curriculum which has in 

cluded at least four years of English, three 

years of mathematics, two years of labora 

tory science, two years of a foreign lan 

guage, and a minimum of five additional 

units in academic subjects. Candidates for 

the degree of Bachelor of Science, whether 

in a natural science or in engineering, 

should have pursued a program including 

a fourth year of college preparatory mathe 

matics and a science sequence incorporat 

ing both chemistry and physics. 

The secondary school report submitted 

in support of the application should in 

clude an evaluation from the secondary 

school counselor as well as one from a 

teacher who taught the candidate a major 

subject during the junior or senior year. 

Details of admissions procedures are 

mailed to potential applicants upon request 

to the Admissions Office. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT 

Lafayette participates in the Advanced 

Placement examination program of the Col 

lege Entrance Examination Board (CEEB). 

ADMISSION AND COSTS 

Candidates interested in receiving course 

credit and placement in advanced classes 

should take the AP examinations given in 

May of each year. A score of either 4 or 5 on 

most examinations, and 3 or above on se 

lected others, will earn course credit and 

advanced placement. The Lafayette faculty 

determine score assignments each spring. It 

is possible to receive sophomore standing 

with sufficient scores. 

Lafayette cannot grant any AP credit 

without possession of the official AP score 

report from the CEEB before the end of the 

student's sophomore year at the College. 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS 

Prospective students of outstanding aca 

demic achievement who show the poten 

tial for independent and creative scholar 

ship at the undergraduate level may be 

chosen as Marquis Scholars or Trustee 

Scholarship recipients. 

In addition to the financial-aid award, 

Marquis Scholars receive other benefits in 

cluding distinctive educational experiences, 

most notably a College-funded, three-week 

study-abroad course during the interim 

session between semesters. They also par 

ticipate in cultural activities in major cities 

and on campus, and in mentoring pro 

grams with Lafayette faculty. The College 

enrolls 60 Marquis Scholars each year. 

Beginning with the entering class of 

2003, Marquis Scholars receive an annual 

minimum award of $12,500 (totalling 

$50,000 over four years) or a full grant 

to the amount of demonstrated need if 

greater than $12,500. 

Recipients of Trustee Scholarships receive 

an annual minimum award of $7,500 ($30,000 

over four years) or a full grant to the amount 

of demonstrated need. Beginning with the 

Class of 2003, the College will award Trustee 

Scholarships to 32 enrolled students. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Lafayette welcomes applications for the fall 

and spring semesters from students wish 

ing to transfer from other institutions. All 

applicants must be in good standing at 

their current institution. The College does 

not specify a minimum grade point average 

for consideration as a transfer student, but 

33


the majority of those offered admission 

present strong records of achievement. 

Students who transfer from a regionally 

accredited institution may be granted credit 

toward a Lafayette degree for courses 

which are consistent with the goals of the 

candidate's academic program at Lafayette 

and in which the candidate has achieved a 

grade of C or higher (2.0 on a 4.0 scale). 

Transfer students are expected to spend a 

minimum of two academic years in resi 

dence to be eligible for graduation. 

The maximum amount of transfer credit 

that may be awarded Bachelor of Arts de 

gree candidates is 16 Lafayette semester 

courses. For Bachelor of Science degree can 

didates, the maximum transfer credits that 

may be awarded is one-half the number of 

semester courses in the degree program. 

Normally, at least one-half the courses to be 

applied toward the major must be taken at 

Lafayette. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

Lafayette actively seeks foreign students, 

whose special experience contributes sig 

nificantly to the rich diversity of the cam 

pus community. Currently, some 47 coun 

tries are represented in the student body. 

All foreign applicants, especially those 

who would like maximum consideration 

for financial assistance, should consider 

submitting the results of the Scholastic As 

sessment Test (SAT I), whether or not their 

language of instruction is English. If the 

native language is not English, the candi 

date is strongly encouraged to take the 

Test of English as a Foreign Language 

(TOEFL). A candidate from a school where 

the language of instruction is not English 

must submit TOEFL results. 

Some students receive Lafayette credit 

for the higher-level examinations of the 

International Baccalaureate if the scores 

are 5 or higher in biology, chemistry, En 

glish, foreign languages, and mathematics, 

and 4 or higher in other subjects. The full 

I.E. diploma does not guarantee admis 

sion, but I.E. diplomates who gain admis 

sion may qualify for sophomore standing. 

Lafayette will also consider national ex 

amination programs of various countries 

on an individual basis, awarding credit 

* Estimated cost 

34 

and placement as the College's evaluation 

may indicate. 

FEES 

Tuition and fees for 1999-2000 appear be 

low. Fees are subject to change by action of 

the Board of Trustees. 

Comprehensive Fee $22,844 

Student Activity Fee 85 

Room 3,900 

Board (20-meal plan) 3,206 

Flex, freshmen and transfers 200 

Flex, upper-class students 500 

Health Insurance (optional) 575* 

Tuition Refund Insurance 160-190* 

(optional) 

In addition, for academic year 1999-2000, 

the College estimates an allowance of at 

least $600 for books and academic supplies 

and approximately $875 for miscellaneous 

personal expenses. 

Students who enter Lafayette as full- 

time students and wish to change to part- 

time status must be in the final semester of 

their senior year. For consideration, a peti 

tion must be filed by August 1st for the 

Fall semester and December 1st for the 

Spring semester. Once granted permission 

to enroll for less than full-time study (en 

rollment in less than three courses), the 

student will pay the full-time Comprehen 

sive Fee prorated to the number of courses 

for which the student is allowed to regis 

ter and the Student Activity Fee (entire 

amount). 

Students are advised to check their 

family health plan to be sure coverage will 

apply in case a claim is filed while they 

are registered on a part-time basis. 

Interim Session: Optional special academ 

ic courses are offered both on campus and 

abroad during the three-week break in the 

Lafayette academic calendar in January. 

Separate fees apply. Regular financial aid 

does not apply but the Office of Financial 

Aid can advise about loans and other 

forms of assistance. Grant consideration 

is given by the Provost's office to students 

studying abroad during the Interim Session.

Dining Plans: Lafayette College offers a va 

riety of dining programs in two major din 

ing rooms, one snack bar, and a coffee 

house, Gilbert's (flex dollars only). Break 

fast, lunch, and dinner are provided Mon 

day through Saturday, and brunch and din 

ner on Sunday. Students may use their meal 

plan in the Farinon College Center and in 

Marquis Hall (weekdays lunch and din 

ner only). 

All first-year students must subscribe to 

the full 20-meal plan and $200 flex dollars. 

All transfer students must subscribe to the 

10-meal plan and $200 flex dollars. All up- 

perclass students must purchase $500 flex 

dollars or participate in one of the optional 

board plans offered. 

Payments and Penalties: All college fees 

must be paid in full at an established date 

prior to the start of each semester. The stu 

dent will not be permitted to register or to 

attend classes until the account is paid in 

full or until satisfactory arrangements for 

payment are made with the Controller; fail 

ure to comply will result in both the with 

drawal of the student for the current semes 

ter and a refusal of permission to register 

for subsequent semesters. The Registrar 

will not release the transcript of a student 

whose account has not been paid in full. In 

ternational students are required to make 

all payments in the form of an international 

money order or a check that is drawn on 

and collectible by a United States bank. 

Upon request, the College will provide in 

structions for the wire transfer of payment 

to the College. 

The penalty fee for failure to register with 

in the scheduled period is $50 unless excused 

by the Dean of Studies. Failure to follow the 

established procedures in changing one's 

schedule results in a $50 penally. The penalty 

for late payment of fees is $200. 

Checks returned by the payer's bank 

will be subject to a $25 fee. The amount of 

the check, plus the $25 penalty, must be re 

ceived by the Controller's Office not later 

than one week after notification. 

Tuition Prepayment Plan: The College has 

established a plan that permits parents to 

"lock in" the College's comprehensive fee 


its tuition for a minimum of two years or 

up to four years in advance. The rate for all 

years in the sequence would be the amount 

charged in the first year of plan participa 

tion. By paying the tuition up front, the par 

ent of a first-year student can fix the rate of 

tuition through graduation. During that 

time, the student's additional bills would 

consist primarily of the student activity fee 

and room and board charges at the rates cur 

rent on the billing date. If the student with 

draws from college before the prepaid fees 

have been used, the balance will be refund 

ed but no interest will be paid on the funds 

for the period they were on deposit with the 

College. The plan is not available to students 

receiving Lafayette-funded financial aid. In 

quiries about the plan should be directed to 

the Controller's Office. 

Refunds: Students withdrawing because 

of illness must submit a written statement 

signed by a physician for approval by the 

College Physician. In cases of illness or oth 

er situations which, in the judgment of the 

Dean of Studies, require special consider 

ation, the College will provide a partial 

refund of tuition and fees according to the 

following terms: 

Comprehensive and Student Activity 

A. First-time students (students in their 

first semester of study at Lafayette): Refunds 

are prorated (rounded down to the nearest 

10 percent) based on weeks attended 

through the 10th week of the classes. No 

refunds are given after the 10th week of 

the classes. 

B. All Other Students: Withdrawal on 

or before the first day of classes, 100 per 

cent. Withdrawal within class days 2-10, 

90 percent; within weeks 3-4 (class days 

11-20), 50 percent; within weeks 5-6 

(class days 21-30), 40 percent; within 

weeks 7-8 (class days 31-40), 25 percent. 

No refund is provided after the eighth 

week of classes. 

A student required to withdraw for dis 

ciplinary reasons is not eligible for a refund 

of the Comprehensive Fee or the Student 

Activity Fee. 

35


Room and Board Fees 

The room fee refund will be calculated 

on a prorated basis determined by the 

number of weeks the room was occupied 

during that semester. The student may 

also apply for a refund of the board plan 

fee, based on the number of unused weeks 

for that semester. 

While a student is residing in College 

property, the College assumes no respon 

sibility for loss of or damage to personal 

property. Students should verify that cov 

erage is provided under their families' 

homeowners policies or contact an insur 

ance agent concerning protection against 

such losses. 

36 

Flex Dollars 

Flex dollars will be refunded to a with 

drawn student to the extent that those dol 

lars have not been used. 

No refunds will be granted except as 

described above. 

Tuition Refund Insurance: To complement 

this refund policy and to help protect your 

educational investment, the College offers 

an optional Tuition Refund Insurance Plan. 

When combined with the College's pub 

lished refund policy, reimbursement total 

ing 100 percent of the Comprehensive Fee 

(tuition) and those College room charges 

billed by the College will be made if your 

son/daughter is forced to withdraw from 

school due to a personal illness or accident. 

In case of withdrawal due to a mental/ner 

vous disorder, 60 percent of the above 

charges is covered. A plan description and 

enrollment application will be mailed ap 

proximately 30 days prior to the first day of 

fall semester classes. 

Student Health Insurance: Optional student 

health insurance will be available for academic 

year 1999-00 at an estimated annual fee of 

$575. This coverage provides hospital and 

medical-surgical benefits for twelve months 

beginning August 15, when subscribers are 

registered as full-time students. Coverage ends 

August 14 of the following year. Students en 

tering initially in the second semester will be 

enrolled from January 15 through August 14 

of the same year on a prorated basis. Coverage 

continues during vacation periods. A plan 

description and enrollment application an 

nouncing the actual fee is included with the 

fall semester hilling information materials. 

Students declining to purchase this insur 

ance are advised to obtain health insurance 

through their families' health plan or an 

insurance agent. The College is not responsi 

ble for medical or other expenses resulting 

from injuries sustained by the student while 

enrolled, whether such injuries occur on or 

off campus.

Most of the major headings in this chapter 

correspond to the names of academic 

departments at Lafayette; the exceptions, 

Africana Studies, American Studies, 

Behavioral Neuroscience, Biochemistry, 

Government and Law and Foreign Lan 

guage, History and Government and Law, 

International Affairs, International Eco 

nomics and Commerce, Mathematics and 

Economics, Religion and Politics, and 

Russian and East European Studies, are 

interdisciplinary majors. Basic require 

ments for all engineering programs are 

listed under the head "Engineering." 

All departments offer opportunities to 

take on special academic challenges that 

foster marketable skills and enhance the 

academic program such as internships, in 

dependent study, study abroad, research 

with faculty, and writing an Honors thesis. 

Course Numbers: Courses are listed by 

three-digit numbers denoting progressive 

academic levels. 

The 100-level courses are introductory 

or fundamental and are normally open to 

first-year students. 

The 200-level courses are intermediate, 

normally open to first- and second-year 

students following the first-level se 

quence, and may have prerequisites; 200 

also designates sophomore engineering 

courses not normally open to first-year 

students, or courses open to students who 

have completed one year of college work 

or its equivalent in the subject. 

The 300 series denotes advanced cours 

es that have prerequisites or internships 

normally open to juniors and seniors. In 

dependent Study and Special Topics are 

open only by permission of the depart 

ment head. 

The 400-level courses are for seniors or 

have 300-level course prerequisites. Thesis 

courses open only to Honors candidates 

also bear 400 numbers. 

A.B./B.S. Degree Writing Requirement: 

This requirement is to be satisfied by tak 

ing First-Year Seminar, English 110, Values 

and Science/Technology Seminar, and 

two writing courses. Courses that may be 

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 

used for this requirement are designated 

with the letter code [W] in brackets at the 

end of the descriptions. 

At the discretion of the faculty, courses 

may be added to or deleted from the list. 

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR 

The First-Year Seminar, which is required 

of all students, is designed to introduce 

students to intellectual inquiry through 

engaging them as thinkers, speakers, and 

writers. Each seminar focuses intensively 

on a special topic that is articulated with 

related cocurricular activities. 

Limited to 16 students per section, the 

First-Year Seminar includes significant 

reading, writing, discussion, and presen 

tation and is affiliated with the College 

Writing Program. Students are also intro 

duced to use of the library for research. 

First-Year Seminars are designed to 

generate collaboration among faculty 

from various disciplines and to encourage 

intellectual communities among students 

and faculty. While each seminar is taught 

independently, most are grouped in topi 

cal clusters that may share common lec 

tures and readings, co-teaching, tutorials, 

cocurricular activities, etc. First-Year Semi 

nars normally meet three hours per week; 

a fourth hour may be scheduled at the dis 

cretion of the faculty. 

First-Year Seminars are a critical part of 

the Common Course of Study, a corequi- 

site for other courses taken by students in 

their first semester, and a prerequisite for 

subsequent courses. 

A representative list of seminars fol 

lows, although the offerings change each 

year. During the summer, all entering 

first-year students receive, as part of the 

registration materials, a list of the semi 

nars to be given in the following fall. Stu 

dents are asked to indicate their first five 

choices; every effort is made to place stu 

dents according to their preferences. 

Oil. International Conflict in the Con 

temporary World. This seminar looks at 

international conflict from a social science 

perspective. Its function is not only to 

transmit information about specific con- 

37


flicts in the twentieth century, but also to 

equip each participant with the tools nec 

essary to analyze any international con 

flict. Topics include causes of individual 

and collective violence, arms races and de 

terrence, and means for prevention or re 

duction of international conflict. Mr. Pekg 

014. Individualism in American Culture, 

Character, and Society. The term "individ 

ualism" has long been used to describe 

one of the distinctive qualities of Ameri 

cans and of American culture. Using Alex 

is de Tocqueville's Democracy in America 

(1840) as the starting point, this seminar 

systematically examines expressions of in 

dividualism in American life, past and 

present. Mr. Schneiderman 

015. The Folktale in Society: From Beau 

ty and the Beast to Big Foot. Fairy tales 

are often thought of as amusing reading 

for children, but to folklorists, such stories 

are serious business. This seminar ex 

plores the importance of studying fairy 

tales in such disciplines as anthropology, 

religion, literature, and psychology. The 

development of fairy tales is traced from 

the European oral tradition to their mod 

ern expression in Disney stories, horror 

films, and supermarket tabloids. Ms. Niles 

016. Why Poetry Matters. Dismissed as 

either difficult or trivial, poetry still sur 

vives all around us. This seminar explores 

the social manifestations of poetry and 

our appetite for it in such phenomena as 

poetry slams, subway posters, rap and 

oral performance, as well as in more aca 

demic forms. Students test definitions of 

poetry against personal reading, listening, 

speaking and writing experiences, study 

ing how written and oral expressions both 

complement and contend with each other. 

Ms. Seetch 

018. Dealing with Differences: Views 

from the Margin. Through readings, film, 

and community service, this seminar is an 

attempt to step into the experiences of 

people living on the margins of United 

States society, due, for example, to ethnic 

38 

ity or economic background. In light of 

historical and other critical assessments, 

students rethink their assumptions about 

these groups and individuals. Topics in 

clude discrimination, privilege, and clas- 

sism. Limited to students who engage in a 

weekly volunteer experience in the commu 

nity, such as a homeless shelter, a soup kitch 

en, or a nursing home, which may be arranged 

through the College's Community Outreach 

Center. Ms. Beckman 

019. Adventures in the Contact Zone. Im 

migrants, travelers, and students in coed 

ucational, multicultural colleges all inhab 

it what Mary Louise Pratt calls "contact 

zones." How do we construct the cultures 

of gender, race, class, nationality, sexual 

orientation, and generation that organize 

our social lives? How do we speak, hear, 

read, and write, across cultures? These 

questions are applied to readings, interac 

tions in the classroom, and experience as 

volunteers in the community. Limited to 

students who engage in a weekly volunteer ex 

perience in the community, such as a homeless 

shelter, a soup kitchen, or a nursing home, 

which may be arranged through the College's 

Community Outreach Center. Ms. Blake 

020. Economics of Race and Class. This 

seminar explores issues relating to the eco 

nomic circumstances of racial minorities 

within the U.S., specifically the rationality 

underlying behavior and decisions in ar 

eas such as education, politics, housing, 

job training, and professional develop 

ment. The seminar introduces students to 

the role economic incentives play in deter 

mining social and economic outcomes. 

Students engage in a weekly volunteer ex 

perience in the community. Mr. Hutchinson 

021. Masculinities: Maleness in Contem 

porary American Culture. What does it 

mean to be a man, manly, masculine? Do 

gender and race condition the way we 

view masculinity? In journals, essays, and 

group presentations, students analyze a 

variety of texts from ads, cartoons, and 

essays in popular magazines to scholarly 

studies by sociologists and biologists. 

Ms. Byrd, Mr. Martin, Mr. Washington

022. Of Males and Men: Myths of Mas 

culinity. Myths of masculinity are arche 

typal stories of men's understanding of 

their inner selves and their social behav 

ior the Wild Man or the Second Self, the 

King, the Warrior, and the Lover. These 

foundation stories of manhood, recorded 

in poetry, drama, and prose, from Gil- 

gamesh and Enkidu to Butch Cassidy and 

the Sundance Kid, from Herakles to the 

Green Hornet, offer perspectives on sex 

and gender, masculinity, and humanity. 

Mr. Marblestone 

023. The Human Resource: Population, 

Economics, and the Family. Population 

and the family have received much atten 

tion from the press. This seminar covers 

the causes and consequences of popula 

tion growth and decline. Factors deter 

mining an individual's decisions about 

child bearing, marriage, divorce, migra 

tion, labor, and investments in education 

and health are examined. Some of the pol 

icy issues addressed include welfare and 

the choice of household structure, and the 

relationships between women's status, ed 

ucation, labor supply, and fertility in de 

veloping and developed countries. 

Ms. Averett 

024. Human Aggression and Social Pa 

thology. General theoretical models for 

human aggression are examined, includ 

ing both those that suggest instinctual or 

genetic bases for aggression and those that 

propose learning and observation. Stu 

dents analyze specific forms of human ag 

gression athletics, sexual aggression, 

television and aggression, wars, and social 

upheavals and suggest solutions. The 

course uses original sources as well as 

novels, short stories, essays, films, news 

magazines, and newspapers. Mr. Childs 

025. The College Student in America. 

This seminar examines the nature of the 

college student in America, in conjunction 

with the U.S. system of higher education. 

It includes a historical overview of higher 

education in America; the impact of col 

lege on students; students' psychosocial, 

cognitive, ethical, and career develop 


ment; and an examination of student cul 

tures and subcultures. Special attention is 

given to the research on college student 

characteristics, attitudes, and values. 

Mr. Krivoski, Mr. Roth 

026. Abortion, Morality, and the Law. At 

the core of the abortion controversy reside 

two fundamental and related issues. The 

first concerns the moral and legal status of 

the fetus that is, whether human fetuses 

are legal and moral persons possessing le 

gal and moral rights. The second concerns 

the relationship between the moral and le 

gal rights of pregnant women and the per 

missibility of abortion. This seminar pro 

vides a critical examination of these and 

related issues. Mr. Panichas 

027. Life, Liberty, and Equality: Contem 

porary Political Controversies. Contro 

versies surrounding political and moral is 

sues continue to dominate contemporary 

public debate and influence policy. This 

seminar offers students the opportunity to 

evaluate the many sides of current battles 

over issues relating to life, liberty, and 

equality. In particular, the examination 

covers such issues as abortion, euthanasia, 

the death penalty, pornography, drug test 

ing, affirmative action, and sexual prefer 

ence. Ms. Silverstein 

028. Windows and Mirrors: Through the 

Perceptions of Artists. This seminar fo 

cuses on the visual arts, music, and theater 

as vehicles of perception and knowledge. 

Performances and gallery exhibitions at 

the Williams Center for the Arts provide 

much of the framework for the course syl 

labus, and visiting artists will be available 

for classes, workshops, and discussions 

with students. Mr. Finger 

029. Mind Benders, Ways of Knowing, or 

a Course in Paradigms. The flash of in 

sight when something that was confusing 

suddenly becomes blindingly clear is 

called the "Eureka Phenomenon" by 

some, "conversion" by others. These flash 

es liberate us from previous assumptions 

and lead to revolutionary discoveries. This 

seminar discusses how shifting your para- 

39


digm assumptions about how the world 

works creates new ideas (often viewed 

initially as heretical or subversive). Read 

ings focus on patterns of inquiry in sci 

ence, history, literature, and psychology, 

including Rice, Interview with Vampire; 

Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents; and 

Levi, The Drowned and the Saved. 

Ms. Donahue, Ms. Westfall 

030. Vision: "It's as plain as the nose on 

your face," or Is It? This seminar investi 

gates the way that seeing affects every as 

pect of our lives. Vision both provides us 

with essential information and deceives 

us. While the visual arts form the core of 

the course, the use of images in science, 

politics, computer technology, advertising 

and business, movies, and television is ex 

plored. Projects and demonstrations take 

place in locations around campus, and 

field trips are taken. Mr. Mattison 

031. The Creative Spirit. What is "cre 

ativity?" Can creativity be taught, and if 

so, how? Why does it seem so important? 

These and other questions are examined 

in a variety of contexts, artistic and scien 

tific, through readings, discussion, interac 

tion with invited guests in different fields 

of study, attendance at concerts and visits 

to museums, as well as individual, group, 

and class projects. Mr. Melin 

032. "Who Am I and Why Am I Here?" 

This seminar examines the ways in which 

young adults have tried to answer some of 

life's most challenging questions. What is 

the meaning of life? What brings fulfill 

ment? How do we present ourselves to the 

world? To what extent are we influenced 

by peer pressure? Using novels, autobiog 

raphies, and films, students consider the 

ways in which people around the world 

have sought to answer these questions. 

Ms. Rinehart 

033. Wild Imaginings: The Creative Pro 

cess. An introduction to the verbal art of 

imaginative extremists through a close 

study of literature that subverts conven 

tions of logic and tests the boundaries be 

tween fantasy and reality. Among the au 

40 

thors considered are Lewis Carroll, Man- 

uel Puig, and Russell Edson. Students ana 

lyze the literature and, when appropriate, 

drafts, letters, and diary entries that illu 

minate the writing processes of authors. 

Ms. Upton 

035. Technology and Society: The Energy 

Problem. This seminar explores sources 

and uses of energy in a technical society. 

Issues regarding fossil fuels, nuclear ener 

gy, solar energy, and alternative sources of 

energy are investigated. Conservation and 

storage of energy are discussed. Energy 

uses for plant and food production, trans 

portation, industrial output, leisure activi 

ties, and the national defense are re 

viewed. Finally, the use of energy is exam 

ined in the context of atmospheric pollu 

tion, radiation, noise, and nuclear weap 

ons. Mr. Hornfeck 

037. The Human Animal. Some believe 

that humans, once having evolved culture, 

were freed from the tyranny of their 

biology. Others believe that humans are 

subject, at least in part, to the same bio 

logical forces that govern animals. The 

free will/biological determinism argu 

ment continues to rage among thinking 

people of all disciplines. This seminar ex 

amines the issue from the evolutionary bi 

ologist's point of view using E. O. Wilson's 

On Human Nature as the starting point. 

Mr. Leibel 

039. Revolutions in Science. This semi 

nar examines four "revolutionary" achieve 

ments: 1) the work of Copernicus in as 

tronomy, 2) the work of Newton in phys 

ics, 3) the work of Lavoisier and Dalton in 

chemistry, and 4) the work of Darwin in 

biology. Answers are sought to questions 

about historical development, method 

ology, and associated world views. For 

example: Are scientific revolutions accom 

plished by means of Gestalt shifts and con 

version experiences? Mr. Losee 

040. Geological Disasters: Agents of 

Chaos. Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, 

landslides, hurricanes, floods, and tsuna 

mis are all part of the geological evolution

of the earth. For many different reasons, 

we are increasingly exposed to the often 

severe consequences of living in areas ex 

posed to the violence of nature. This semi 

nar examines these processes from both 

technical and personal perspectives to try 

to understand why they occur and how 

human activity has interfered with natural 

processes, perhaps making many parts of 

the planet more disaster prone. 

Mr. Malinconico 

041. Medicines, Perfumes, and Chemi 

cals from Nature. The plant and animal 

kingdoms provide humankind with a star 

tling variety of complex organic mole 

cules. This seminar examines the various 

medicines, dyes, flavors,, and fragrances 

obtained from nature. Related topics such 

as biodiversity, chemical ecology, and 

herbal medicine are also discussed. 

Mr. Miles 

042. What Happened to "Progress"? 

Changing Perspectives on Science, Engi 

neering, and Technology. This seminar 

examines the changing role of science, en 

gineering, and technology in society from 

the nineteenth-twentieth centuries. Soci 

ety's perspective of the impact of science 

and technology has become more complex 

as knowledge and capability have in 

creased. Expectations for the future have 

darkened as unexpected technological 

side effects have been discovered in the 

present. Mr. Seeler 

044. Technological Solutions for Envi 

ronmental Problems. This seminar ad 

dresses the impact of industrial develop 

ment on the environment. The character 

istics of water, air, and land pollutants are 

reviewed, and treatment and control 

methods are examined. The limitations of 

remedial technologies are explained, and 

ongoing research to alleviate them is ex 

plored. Topics include acid rain, global 

warming, photochemical smog, radioac 

tive waste, recycling, and energy recovery. 

The course encompasses group projects, 

laboratory experience, and a plant trip. 

Mr. Tavakoli 


047. Challenging Differences, Discover 

ing the Possibilities of Community. The 

world is increasingly fractured by differ 

ences of race and class, for example 

and is characterized by individualism. In 

such a world, what kind of community is 

possible? How is community created and 

sustained? How do communities deal 

with diversity and balance individual in 

terests with those of the group? What ben 

efits and responsibilities come with mem 

bership in community? Students consider 

human community through readings, dis 

cussions, films, and a variety of writing 

and library assignments. Limited to stu 

dents who engage in a weekly volunteer expe 

rience in the community such as a homeless 

shelter, a soup kitchen, or a nursing home, 

which may be arranged through the College's 

Community Outreach Center. Mr. G. Miller 

048. Biodiversity. The abundance of 

plant and animal species present in differ 

ent environments is rapidly declining due 

to the effects of human population increas 

es, particularly since the beginning of the 

industrial revolution. This seminar investi 

gates the factors causing the loss, or ex 

tinction, of species and discusses possible 

solutions. Social and economic forces that 

work against the maintenance of species 

diversity and the "worth" to humanity of 

these rich environments are explored. 

Mr. Holliday 

049. Fairness, Community, and the Just 

Society. Students develop and refine, 

through discussion and classroom experi 

ments, their views about the fairness or 

justice of the social institutions or rules of 

the game (including customs and laws) 

under which they live. The syllabus in 

cludes diverse readings from classics past 

(Adam Smith) and present (philosophers 

John Rawls and Michael Walzer and econ 

omists Gary Becker, Robert Frank, Doug- 

lass North, and Thomas Schelling, and le 

gal scholar Robert Ellickson). 

Mr. Hochman 

051. Toward Cultural Literacy: Demysti 

fying the Non-Western World. This semi 

nar engages students in an exploration of 

41


important cultural traditions outside of 

the European-American sphere. Through 

discussions of readings, films, and exam 

ples from the visual and performing arts, 

students investigate customs and rituals 

in selected regions of Africa, India, China, 

Japan, Korea, and Indonesia. Through in 

dividual projects and presentations, in 

digenous cultural data are applied to con 

temporary issues relevant to becoming in 

formed citizens of the world. Mr. Stockton 

052. The Great Late Soviet Union. Inter 

nationally, one of the most dramatic 

events of the last few years was the disso 

lution of the Soviet Union. This seminar 

familiarizes students through lectures, 

discussions, readings, and video tapes 

with the history, culture, and problems of 

the former Soviet Union. The course also 

analyzes the situation of today's Russia 

and its relationship to its neighbors. 

Mr, Pribic 

053. Overcoming the Wall: German Uni 

fication and Its Aftermath. Unification 

has involved economic and social hard 

ships for both the former East and West 

Germans. The people have demonstrated 

their discontent in elections. Chancellor 

Kohl's CDU/CSU party lost at the polls. 

The new right-wing Republican party is 

gaining momentum. Extremist move 

ments, such as the Neo-Nazis, terrorize 

foreign workers and asylum seekers. This 

seminar explores such contemporary is 

sues through texts and class discussions, 

group projects, and field trips. Ms. Lamb- 

Faffelberger 

054. The Revolutionary Vision: Europe, 

1642-1991. This seminar provides a broad 

overview of European revolutionary 

thought and of the history of European rev 

olutionary movements from the outbreak 

of the English civil war in 1642 through the 

breakup of the Soviet Union in 1991. Stu 

dents make use of historical, literary, philo 

sophical, artistic, and filmic works to illumi 

nate the nature of European revolutionary 

ideologies and to investigate the social, 

political, and cultural circumstances that 

served to engender them. Mr. Rosa 

42 

055. Law and Literature. This seminar ex 

plores how the literary imagination treats 

the law in a search for morality and jus 

tice. Students investigate the philosophical 

and political implications raised in legal 

themes and by the language of the law in 

plays, short stories, and novels. Essays, 

law review articles, case reports, and judi 

cial opinions are read to enhance an un 

derstanding of the interrelationships 

among the law, lawyers, and literature. 

Mr. Reibman 

056. Crises of Culture in the Making 

of the Modern German Nation. This 

seminar traces political, economic, so 

cial, cultural, and military developments 

in German history. Select factors are 

identified that have made Germany's 

achievement of nationhood different 

from that of other major European na 

tions. Beginning with the political influ 

ence of the French revolution, the course 

highlights recurring conflicts affecting 

Germany's struggle to become a nation 

while suggesting links between German 

cultural forces and the role that the uni 

fied nation was to play in the twentieth 

century. Mr. McDonald 

057. Images of the Other: Stereotypes 

and Their Consequences. This seminar 

identifies and analyzes some of the group 

stereotypes alive in contemporary culture 

and traces their origins. It explores images 

of "the Other" that people construct based 

upon gender, racial, ethnic, and religious 

differences and examines their causes, 

functions, and consequences. In the pro 

cess, students become more aware of their 

own complicity in stereotypical thinking 

and ask whether and how it can be tran 

scended. Mr. Cohn 

058. Icons: Art, Magic, Ritual, and Tech 

nology. This seminar examines the power 

of images in different historical periods 

and diverse cultures. What is it about 

icons that makes people cry, pray, and be 

lieve? While the development, meaning, 

and impact of icons in general is the topic 

of lectures, students study a wide range of 

popular images: from favorite stars such

as Madonna, Elvis, and computer-de 

signed images, to Egyptian pyramids and 

Greek temples. In addition to books and 

articles, slides, video, and multimedia 

technology are also used. Ms. Sinkevic 

060. The Real World: The Challenge of 

Managing Change in the Business Envi 

ronment. This seminar introduces stu 

dents to the dramatic and constantly 

changing work environment of business. 

Topics explored are those that impact all 

forms of business organizations operating 

in a competitive business environment 

headed for the twenty-first century. Topics 

include changing technology, corporate 

downsizing, demographic and social 

trends, business ethics and social responsi 

bility, and the shift from manufacturing to 

service-based businesses and from large 

corporations to the rising importance of 

small businesses. Ms. Bukics 

061. Discovering Community. The bonds 

of social life are enhanced by a sense of 

community (e.g., geographical, political, 

familial, ethnic, religious, generational, or 

ganizational, professional). The self as "I" 

is sustained in its discovery of some com 

mon identity with others as "we." This 

seminar explores individuals' sense, or 

lack of sense, of community in contempo 

rary American life. A critical evaluation of 

readings about various assumptions of 

community as well as field work in the 

city of Easton are included. Mr, Norton 

062. Jazz and Social Issues. This seminar 

explores important sociological and musi 

cal issues in jazz. Topics include African 

social and musical influences on jazz, the 

legacy of slavery, early combo jazz, big 

bands, bebop, protest music, women in 

jazz, and racism in America and its effect 

on jazz. Emphasis is on reading, writing, 

developing listening skills, discussion, 

and individual and group presentations. 

Videos and live performance are featured. 

Ms. Dobbins 

064. Technology as Culture: Bridging 

the Gap. It is a widely held view that so 

ciety today is heavily influenced by tech 


nology and the engineer. It is also mistak 

enly believed that the engineering method 

is far too complex for the humanist to un 

derstand and that engineering and the lib 

eral arts cannot coalesce. Through a com 

bination of reading, discussion, and writ 

ing, this seminar attempts to "bridge" the 

gap between engineering and the liberal 

arts in order to understand more fully the 

role of "technology as culture." Mr. Best 

066. How Is Greatness Possible? Alexis 

de Tocqueville summed up the problem of 

greatness in democracies as follows: "am 

bitious men in democracies are less en 

grossed than any others with the interests 

and the judgment of posterity.. .they care 

much more for success than for fame." 

What Tocqueville called fame could today 

be called greatness. Starting from the 

Kantian premise that greatness is possible 

only because human values make it possi 

ble, this course examines the various so 

cial, psychological, historical, and philo 

sophical requisites for greatness and fail 

ure on a grand scale in democracies as 

well as in other forms of society. 

Mr. Schneidermcm 

067. Simple Rules and Complex Behav 

ior. Scientists seek to explain the complex 

nature of the world in terms of simple 

rules. Sometimes these rules take the 

form of fundamental principles that at 

tempt to explain a vast array of diverse 

phenomena. However, at times this ap 

proach takes the form of simple models 

that supposedly contain the essence of nu 

merous but related phenomena. For exam 

ple, simple models have been used to un 

derstand the evolution of biological spe 

cies and to evaluate various strategies of 

survival. This seminar seeks to under 

stand these approaches to knowing and to 

evaluate their successes and failures. 

Mr. Novaco 

069. Monuments. This seminar examines 

five major monuments of western archi 

tecture: the pyramids of Giza, the Par 

thenon, Chartres Cathedral, the Brunelles- 

chi Dome of Florence Cathedral, and the 

Empire State Building. Each monument is 

43


examined in its historical, cultural, and 

technological context through contempo 

rary and modern sources and, for Chartres 

and Brunelleschi's Dome, computer 

analysis of structure. A field trip to New 

York, visits to Skillman Library to examine 

the College's Egyptian papyrus and 

medieval manuscript pages, guest faculty 

speakers, and student presentations enrich 

the course. Ms. AM, Ms. Sinkevic 

070. Chemistry and Art. The course 

begins with an examination of the 

relationship between science and art, 

including similarities and differences in 

the role of creativity, careful observation, 

expression of thought and emotion, etc. 

This is followed by a technical examina 

tion of light, color, and the chemistry of 

many artists' materials. The role of 

chemistry in several recent restorations, 

including those of the Sistine and 

Brancacci Chapels, is examined, and 

associated ethical issues are discussed. 

The course concludes with an examina 

tion of the use of chemical methods to 

ascertain the authenticity of artworks. 

Ms. Walters 

071. Race and Class. Are race and class 

inseparable? Does a consideration of 

either term inevitably lead to a discussion 

of the other? How do these arguably 

overlapping categories determine the way 

people think of and define themselves? 

These are among the questions addressed 

in discussions about race and class in 

literature, popular culture, current events, 

and class members' daily lives. 

Mr. Washington 

072. Power, Principle, and Personality in 

American Leadership. This seminar 

explores, through biographies, the roles 

of political principle and public personal 

ity in the rise to power and use of power 

by presidents, governors, and mayors, 

such as Washington, Lincoln, Nixon, and 

others. Of particular interest are the interac 

tions of image and substance in the exercise 

of democratic power. Students write a 

biography of a living leader through 

personal interviews and documentary 

 

research based on insights from the 

biographical readings. Mr. Kincaid 

074. Questers of Extremes. After 

considering a tradition in classical Greek 

and Roman thought that extolled the 

value of moderation in thought and 

behavior, this seminar examines a set of 

texts by or concerning questers of 

extremes that is, figures who in different 

times and places distinguished themselves 

through their pursuit of immoderate, 

transcendent ends. Particular questers 

studied include, but are not limited to, an 

ancient conqueror (Alexander the Great), 

a medieval saint (Joan of Arc), a modern 

novelist (Yukio Mishima), and a 

contemporary young adventurer (Chris 

McCandless). Mr. Ziolkowski 

075. Psychological Warfare and 

Propaganda. In contemporary society, 

people are targets of an overwhelming 

barrage of mass persuasion efforts seeking 

to influence how they think and what they 

value. This seminar analyzes the patterns, 

motives, and effects of these efforts. 

Drawing on the history of propaganda 

and modern research in experimental 

psychology, students examine propaganda 

in action not just the tactics, but why 

they often work and how people can 

protect themselves from manipulation. 

Mr. McGlone 

076. Land of Mystery: The Language 

and Culture of Modern China. Though 

China is the world's most populous 

nation, a military superpower, and an 

increasingly dominant presence in 

international commerce, Westerners often 

view the Chinese and their rich heritage as 

inscrutable. In this seminar, cultural 

practices and values of modern China are 

examined through the eyes of traditional 

society and the "ancient Chinese 

proverbs." As an integral part of this 

experience, students learn the rudiments 

of Chinese pronunciation and acquire a 

basic Chinese vocabulary. Mr. Bennett 

078. Popular Culture. This seminar 

analyzes postwar intellectual trends to 

discern differences among mass culture,

the avant garde, and high culture. Anglo- 

American literature, comics, cinema, 

television, music, advertising, and 

paintings are investigated to probe the 

forces that shape popular democratic 

culture. Mr. Reibman 

079. The Cactus Throne: The Changing 

Image of Mexico and Its People. Recent 

events such as the adoption of NAFTA and 

political turmoil in Chiapas have refocused 

United States attention on Mexico. This 

course explores the internal and external 

influences that have shaped the character 

of the Mexican nation and its people. 

Topics explored include Mexico's evolving 

global image, alternating successes and 

failures at self-government, cultural 

achievements, and multi-dimensional 

interactions with its giant Northern 

neighbor. Mr. Shupp 

081. Highs and Lows: Reading Culture. 

Why do you know you should read 

Shakespeare, but you prefer watching 

Seinfeld? What is taste? What is judg 

ment? What is quality? This seminar 

begins by trying to define the differences 

(if, indeed, there are any) between high 

culture and popular culture. Students 

look at culture as a historical construct, 

examining how different societies have 

determined the value and prestige of 

artifacts and ideas, as well as how contem 

porary Americans classify written and 

visual texts as "high" or "low." 

Ms. Donahue, Ms. West/all 

082. Reason and Folly. Throughout the 

history of Western culture, folly has been 

represented as a challenge to the cognitive 

capacities of rational thinking. As such, it 

has been the object of fear, fascination, 

mockery, praise, and ultimately institutional 

confinement. In this course, students 

examine the religious, moral, medical, and 

aesthetic assumptions that underlie such 

contrasting attitudes and viewpoints, as 

well as the rhetorical strategies used to 

articulate them. Ms. Dull 

085. Arts and the Environment. This 

seminar combines poetry, music, architec 


ture, the visual arts, and landscape theory 

with environmental engineering, geology, 

environmental law, and public policy. 

Readings include classic works on 

environmental reflection Thoreau, 

Emerson, the Romantic poets, the creative 

writings of Asia, and contemporary 

writings as diverse as Wendell Berry and 

Wallace Stegner essays, John McPhee's 

brilliant account of the earth histories 

"readable" by walking through the 

Delaware Water Gap, and Suzuki's 

writings on zen and the Japanese arts. 

Mr. Finger 

086. The Economic Philosophy of Ayn 

Rand. This seminar studies the economic 

philosophy of private property rights and 

focuses on the fiction of Ayn Rand (e.g., 

Anthem and The Fountainhead). The 

primary purpose is to develop critical 

thinking skills and improved abilities to 

communicate. The course explores issues 

such as economic philosophy, intellectual 

and other private property rights, and the 

importance of the individual relative to 

the society. Mr. Chambers 

088. Mad, Bad, and Dangerous to Know: 

The Appeal of Evil in Western Culture. 

Evil has been seductive since the Serpent 

"invaded" the Garden. In readings 

ranging from the Bible to gansta rap, this 

seminar considers four paradigms of evil: 

theological, philosophical, psychological, 

and political. Students define their own 

concepts of evil and discuss how cul 

ture constructs evil as the ultimate form 

of alienation as sickness, as secular 

immorality, as political opposition, and 

as religious perversion. Ms. Donahue, 

Ms. Westfall 

089. It's Greek to Me. Philosophy, 

democracy, drama, architecture, astrono 

my, geometry, theater, Olympic games. Are 

these Greek to you? This seminar traces 

the origins of these concepts in the geo 

graphic, social, cultural, scientific, and 

religious context of Greece during the 

Classical Age (525-322 B.C.). The values 

and needs of people that spawned philo 

(friend)-sophia (wisdom), demo(people)- 

45

VALUES AND SCIENCE/TECHNOLOGY SEMINAR 

kratia (power), drama, arkhi(master)- 

tektoniki (building), astro (star)-nomia 

(arrangement), geo(earth)-metria (measur 

ing), theatron, and Olympiaka games are 

investigated. Ms. Boile 

090. Life Writing. This seminar explores 

the art and craft of biography and auto 

biography. In journals, essays, and class 

presentations, students contribute to the 

seminar's investigation of the reasons for 

examining a life, of the stories that come 

from the inquiry, and of the effects of such 

stories on readers. Readings are from 

biographies, autobiographies, journals, 

diaries, and letters which serve as models 

and primary materials for each student's 

project in life writing. Mr. Johnson 

092. The Intrinsic Beauty of Structural 

Form. Structural forms in nature, such as 

bones, trees, and sloping terrain, arise in 

response to stresses placed on these 

structures. The natural proportioning that 

ensues is aesthetically pleasing as well as 

structurally efficient. Natural forms, as 

well as ancient, medieval, and modern 

structures such as domes and bridges are 

critiqued. Class projects include laboratory 

work on draping of cloth, sagging of cables. 

Traditional aesthetic tools and elementary 

engineering methods are introduced. 

Mr, Saliklis 

093. Engineers of Dreams: Builders of 

Flying Machines, Automobiles, and 

Bridges. This seminar focuses on notions 

of invention and discovery in several 

disciplines of engineering and examines 

flying, flying machines and their 

development, automobiles and their 

impact on society and the environment, 

and bridges as structures dreamed of and 

built by engineers. Mr. Uhtcakli 

094. Political Corruption and Literature. 

This seminar uses literature to explore the 

issue of corruption in politics. Is corruption 

a matter of personal responsibility due to 

political institutions or an attribute of an 

entire society? The role of literature in 

addressing political problems is discussed. 

Does literature simply reflect society? Can 

46 

it sharpen individuals' perception of social 

life and motivate change? Can the reading 

and writing of literature itself constitute 

political activity? Mr. Englehart 

095. Women Detectives. What image do 

you have of detectives' lives? What image 

do you have of women's lives? How com 

patible are these images? Novels about 

women detectives may challenge or 

confirm these images. This seminar ex 

plores the characters of a variety of fic 

tional detectives: V. I. Warshawski, Kinsey 

Millhone, Kate Pansier, and others. Stu 

dents compare and contrast these women, 

asking which they would like as role 

models, friends, mothers, daughters, or 

lovers. Ms. Latka 

VALUES AND SCIENCE/ 

TECHNOLOGY SEMINAR 

The Values and Science/Technology 

(VAST) Seminar, normally taken in spring 

semester of the second year, is required of 

all students. Like the First-Year Seminar, 

VAST introduces students to intellectual 

inquiry by engaging them as active learn 

ers, thinkers, speakers, and writers. VAST 

seminars take advantage of Lafayette's 

unique institutional character, which en 

ables the College to offer a liberal educa 

tion for a technological age. Each seminar 

focuses intensively on individual and so 

cial issues that attend advances in science 

and technology. 

VAST seminars are limited to 20 stu 

dents per section and include significant 

reading, writing, discussion, and presen 

tations. Students make extensive use of 

the library, and each section is affiliated 

with the College Writing Program. Al 

though VAST courses normally meet three 

hours per week, a common fourth hour is 

scheduled to be used at the discretion of 

the faculty to facilitate cocurricular activi 

ties. 

A representative list of VAST seminars 

follows, although the offerings change 

each year. Each spring, a list of seminars 

to be offered in the following year will be 

sent to all first-year students and advisers. 

While the majority of the seminars will be

offered in the spring semester, a few will 

be offered in the fall. 

200. Computers and Society. This course 

examines the computer's cultural context: 

the managerial, political, legal, ethical, 

psychological, and philosophical implica 

tions of computing. The laboratory focus 

es on the World Wide Web. Lecture/labo 

ratory. Mr. Schwar, Mr. Jouny 

202. Appropriate Technology for Devel 

opment. The dogma of development that 

planners and policymakers worldwide 

have adhered to during the past 30 years 

emphasizes the acquisition of moderniz 

ing technologies in developing countries 

at the expense of other concerns, including 

evidence dealing with cultural patterns 

and resistance to technical change. Al 

though this approach is not inherently 

good or bad, it is crucial for policymakers 

in poor countries, as well as sponsors in 

rich nations, to examine the full range of 

benefits and costs that such technologies 

entail. This seminar explores the ongoing 

debate about which technologies are ap 

propriate and which methods are best for 

their importation and use. Mr. Ahem 

204. Science and Literature. Science of 

fers an objective description of the uni 

verse while literature is imaginative, 

mythic, and personal. Yet science turns on 

literary and imaginative ways of thinking 

while literature shapes our knowledge, 

fears, and hopes for science. This seminar 

looks at these "two cultures," with special 

attention to biology. Ms. Walls 

205. Water and Society. The use of water, 

a basic resource critical for life and social 

development, has rapidly increased as so 

cieties have grown in scale and technolog 

ical sophistication. Water needs and de 

sires impose difficult demands upon the 

earth's resources and require societies to 

confront "quality of life" issues related to 

environmental degradation and future 

economic growth. This seminar, taught in 

two sections, looks at a range of historical 

and contemporary topics involving water 

supply and quality on a regional, national, 


and international scale. Field trips to sites 

and facilities in the greater Easton region 

supplement readings, videos, and class 

room discussions. Mr. Jackson, Mr. Lennertz 

206. AIDS: A Modern Pandemic. This 

seminar discusses the AIDS epidemic in 

the context of American society. Topics in 

clude the epidemiology of the virus, meth 

ods of limiting transmission, various drug 

therapies, and prospects of a vaccine. The 

history of the pandemic is discussed as 

well as questions involving the allocation 

of social resources and the rights of indi 

viduals versus the protection of the public 

health. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or per 

mission of instructor. Mr. Yuster 

207. Evolution: Science and Society. 

An inquiry into the theory of evolution 

through natural selection and its impact 

on the natural sciences, social sciences, 

and humanities. Students examine Dar 

win's writings and modern-day approach 

es to the study of evolution and critically 

evaluate "creation science," discussing 

whether it is indeed a legitimate science 

and therefore should be taught in schools. 

The seminar also considers the relevance 

of natural selection to understanding 

human behavior, constructing societal 

norms, and evaluating contemporary 

ethical issues. Ms. Hill 

208. "Evaluating" Medical Technologies. 

This seminar teaches students about the 

multiple levels on which medical technol 

ogies are evaluated. Students learn about 

particular aspects of evaluation, such as 

safety, risk assessment, and experimenta 

tion on humans. Students also explore the 

limits that are imposed on the evaluation 

of medical technologies and why this soci 

ety is fascinated with medical technology. 

Mr. Lammers 

210. Societal Issues and Implications of 

Genetic Engineering. This seminar ex 

plores recent developments in recombi- 

nant DNA technology and examines its 

consequences in relation to human health, 

society, agriculture, and the environment. 

Topics include human gene therapy, genetic


screening, human genome project, genetic 

discrimination, in-vitro fertilization, em 

bryo and fetal research, and patenting 

animals and plants. In addition, students 

evaluate social and political issues associat 

ed with biotechnology such as use and mis 

use of techniques, DNA fingerprinting, and 

biological warfare. Mr. Majumdar 

211. Oil, Politics, and the Environment. 

Oil plays a significant part in global econ 

omy, politics, and the environment. The 

control of the oil market has caused wars 

and conflicts. In addition to a brief review 

of the geological formation, exploration, 

drilling, production, and conversion of oil, 

this course studies the paradoxical role oil 

has played in shaping the economical and 

social structure of both exporting and in 

dustrial countries. The seminar considers 

environmental concerns related to the in 

crease in oil consumption and explores 

possible controls, remedies, and alterna 

tives. Mr. Tavakoli 

212. Values and Technology in Gothic 

Architecture. Students study Gothic 

architecture and the related arts of stained 

glass and sculpture as expressions of 

medieval technology and societal values. 

They consider the dependence of architec 

tural developments on advances in medi 

eval structural technology and the interde 

pendence of societal values and techno 

logical progress. M r. Van Gulick 

213. Technology, Economics, and the 

Environment. This seminar examines the 

relationship between technology, eco 

nomic growth, and environmental degra 

dation. The seminar analyzes how im 

provements in human living standards 

resulting from technological progress af 

fect the environment and the welfare of 

future generations. Students also exam 

ine how conflicts between human welfare 

and the environment are resolved. Spe 

cial emphasis is placed on public policies 

and the role they play in fostering eco 

nomic growth and improving the health 

of the environment. Prerequisite: Eco 

nomics 101. Mr. DeVault 

 

215. Technical Literacy. This seminar 

helps students understand the role tech 

nology plays in our society and prepares 

them to form their own opinions about the 

social, political, economic, and ethical 

questions associated with technological 

advances. Issues discussed include energy 

(alternative sources and conservation), 

genetic engineering, the environment 

(pollution control and prevention), and 

microelectronics (computers and the infor 

mation age). Mr. Schaffer 

216. Materials in Art and Technology. 

Materials have played a determining role 

in the human way of life since its begin 

nings, as evidenced by the time periods of 

early progress based on the materials 

used the Stone, Bronze, and Iron ages. 

Even though not fully appreciated, it is 

still the case today. This seminar deals 

with the development of an understand 

ing and appreciation of basic properties of 

materials as well as the processes used to 

manufacture them into useful objects. Em 

phasis is on the common applications of 

materials and their use in art and technol 

ogy. Mr. Uz 

217. Darwinism: An Interdisciplinary In 

quiry. This seminar explores the perva 

sive impact of Darwinism and the concep 

tual order it implies on major areas of hu 

man thought and endeavor: biological 

science, literary humanism, and social sci 

ence. It also considers the relation of these 

modes of inquiry to one another and ad 

dresses questions about choices and val 

ues. Mr. Lusardi 

218. Technological Development in the 

Third World. This seminar investigates 

technological development within third- 

world countries and the necessary resourc 

es for sustained development, including 

education, natural resources, location, and 

population. Technological transfer from 

outside the third world is addressed, along 

with trade and international aid. The semi 

nar focuses on culture, governments, eco 

nomics, and other country-specific topics 

that affect technological development. 

Mr. Ruggles

219. Multimedia Communications and 

the Information Superhighway. This 

seminar addresses technological, econom 

ic, and social issues related to the proposi 

tion of building a national information in 

frastructure. Technical aspects such as the 

concept of wide bandwidth transmis 

sion, digital communications, fiber optics, 

and multimedia communications are ad 

dressed. Also, a critical evaluation of the 

impact of forthcoming electronic services 

on current social values is developed 

through writing assignments and class 

discussions. Mr. Jouny 

220. Counting and Culture. This seminar 

examines connections between culture 

and mathematics. It concentrates on the 

mathematics found in ancient, non-literate 

and non-Western cultures, especially tra 

ditional African cultures and pre-Colum- 

bia civilizations. Topics include number 

concepts; recordkeeping, including calen 

dars, games, geometry and other cultures; 

and how culture influences the develop 

ment of mathematics. Mr. Meier 

221. Artificial Minds. This seminar helps 

students gain an understanding of an im 

portant technology artificial intelligence. 

They learn how to deal with the value 

questions pertaining to this technology 

and continue to improve their writing 

skills. Mr. Slaght 

222. Patient-Practitioner Interaction: The 

Role of Medical Technology. This sem 

inar examines the psychological and social 

factors that contribute, in both positive 

and negative ways, to this dynamic rela 

tionship, which is the essence of medical 

practice. Of major concern is the role of 

medical technology. Issues examined in 

clude factors that affect the decision to use 

the technology, such as age, costs, and 

prognosis, as well as the needs and inter 

ests of the patient, the practitioner, and, 

ultimately, society. Mr. Childs 

223. Technological Catastrophes. In the 

past several decades, many highly publi 

cized accidents involving both advanced 

and new technologies have occurred. The 


most notable include the Bhopal chemical 

leak, the space shuttle Challenger explo 

sion, the Three Mile Island nuclear acci 

dent, and the Dalkon Shield IUD litiga 

tion. Using these and other examples of 

catastrophic failures in technological sys 

tems as case studies, this seminar exam 

ines the technical, economic, legal, and so 

cial costs versus benefits of these accidents 

and how they may be avoided in the fu 

ture. Mr. Best 

224. Violence in the Media. This seminar 

attempts to define what constitutes vio 

lence in the media and examines how tech 

nology not only influences individual be 

havior but also reshapes the culture at 

large. Technological advances that widely 

disseminate images of violence the print 

ing press, computers, sound recording de 

vices, film, the video camera, and televi 

sion are investigated. The tensions created 

by the interaction among technology, art, 

free expression, and traditional standards 

of behavior are evaluated in an effort to as 

certain the cultural values and social mores 

operating in society. Mr. Reibman 

225. New Drug Development: Benefits 

and Costs. This seminar examines the his 

tory of drug discovery, development, and 

production. Issues such as the ethics of 

drug testing, problems of overexposure to 

antibiotics, and the technological advance 

ments necessary for large-scale production 

are discussed. Simple experiments demon 

strate a few of the technologies used. 

Ms. Piergiovanni 

226. Sustainable Development: Oxymo 

ron or Imperative. Current population 

and economic growth will soon constrain 

the planets resources and environment, 

thereby infringing upon future quality of 

life. The seminar evaluates the conse 

quences of these trends and explores the 

complex interactions of population and 

economic dynamics with the planet's 

resources and environment. The seminar 

explores the adequacy of commerce and 

market economics in defining and mea 

suring society's prosperity and evaluates 

options for achieving a sustainable future 

49


through economic and technological 

change and policy. Mr. Breger 

227. The Green Revolution: A Study of 

Environmental Activism. This seminar 

studies the people, organizations, and 

events that have shaped the course of the 

environmental movement starting with 

Earth Day, April 22,1970. The proponents 

of Ecosabatoge and Deep Ecology are 

traced to their roots in the Peace Move 

ment and antinuclear organizations of the 

1960s. The influence of such groups as 

Greenpeace on the more moderate nation 

al and international environmental orga 

nizations is examined. Who now speaks 

for the environmental movement and is 

that voice being heard? Ms. Walls 

229. Transportation and Society. This 

seminar examines relationships between 

transportation and society, in terms of 

how transportation systems affect and are 

affected by societal conditions and trends. 

The course addresses societal conditions 

at the times of emergence of various trans 

portation systems; factors that enabled 

their emergence; and the socioeconomic, 

demographic, political, technological, en 

vironmental, and cultural impacts of such 

systems. Mr. Veshosky 

230. Natural Forces, Human Choices. 

Neither natural science nor economics is 

independently capable of analyzing and 

developing solutions to environmental 

and natural resource problems. This 

course uses parallel readings in environ 

mental science and economics to study the 

consequences of technology and the envi 

ronment on human behavior and vice ver 

sa. Natural resources studied include for 

est, wildlife, water, and land. Mr. Bruggink 

231. Swords, Soup Pots, and Smallpox: 

Ancient Technologies in New and Old 

Worlds. The examination of New World 

metalworking, pottery, and weaving tech 

nologies is complemented by Old World 

examples, in particular the transition from 

the Bronze to the Iron Age and the later 

development of firearms. The conse 

quences of these two different histories 

so 

become clear with the study of the 

Spanish invasion of the New World. 

Ms. Thorme 

232. Intelligence Testing: Use and 

Misuse. Study of the history and 

present use of IQ testing including im 

plications on social policy, especially 

those raised by The Bell Curve by Herrn- 

stein and Murray. Statistical tools used 

by researchers in social science, includ 

ing population distributions, correlation, 

and factor analysis, are also studied. 

Some of the questions considered will 

include "What do IQ tests measure?"; 

"Should political decision-making use 

this information for justification?" 

Mr. Gordon 

233. Endangered Species 101: Should 

We Save Fuzzy-Wuzzy? The answer 

seems obvious for cute, furry, warm 

blooded "charismatic megavertebrates." 

But what about "creepy-crawlies" like 

burying beetles and ambersnails? Species 

have come and gone throughout the fossil 

record: extinction has been a fact of evolu 

tionary history and continues to be. Spe 

cies rescue has profound economic, legal, 

and political implications and fallout: they 

can't all be saved. This course addresses 

the conflict and confusion over endan 

gered species and attempts to save them. 

Mr. Leibel 

234. Technology and the City: Chicago 

and New York. This seminar examines the 

role that industrial technology played in 

the rise of the two great American cities 

Chicago and New York. It centers on Chica 

go and uses New York further to illuminate 

technology's influence on the city-building 

process and the role that cities played in 

making America a technological wonder 

and the greatest industrial power on earth 

by 1900. The course is taught from an inter 

disciplinary perspective, relating history to 

the present day and to individual's lives. 

Mr. D. Miller 

235. Science, Technology, and Social 

Change. Progress, evolution, and contin 

uous change are Western cultural ideals,

ut custom, tradition, and habit make fixi 

ty and persistence the dominant forces in 

human history. Minor shifts and adjust 

ments aside, real changes in social struc 

tures and values are rare. Big changes are 

usually linked to crises and revolutionary 

events, some of which are provoked by 

advances in science and technology. This 

course examines what happens when sci 

entific and technological innovations meet 

social forces promoting fixity and persis 

tence. Mr. Schneiderman 

236. Energy, Environment, Society. This 

course helps students achieve a measure 

of technological literacy and understand 

the philosophical and social implications 

of modern technology. A major portion of 

society is involved with complex interac 

tions among the production, economic, 

and "eco" systems. The production and 

use of energy is one area that connects 

these systems very closely. The effect of 

electrical energy production on the envi 

ronment, global warming, and other 

environmental problems are discussed. 

Mr. Ulucakli 

237. Science, Anti-Science, Pseudoscience, 

and Nonsense. This seminar examines var 

ious nonscientific or anti-scientific ideas, 

including belief in paranormal phenomena 

(UFOs, astrology, psychics), religious fun 

damentalism (creationism, religious icons), 

and scientology. Students examine what 

"science" is, postmodern and feminist criti 

cisms of science, and misuse or misunder 

standing of science in political or legal 

contexts. Students gain an appreciation of 

the value and limitations of the skeptical 

approach to both "scientific" and "nonsci 

entific" issues. Mr. Barber 

238. Human Reproductive Technology. 

This seminar examines scientific, social, 

ethical, legal, and political dimensions of 

reproduction-assisting (e.g., artificial in 

semination, in vitro fertilization, embryo 

transfer) technologies. The focus is on ex 

isting procedures applied to humans, al 

though some discussion of future possibil 


ities (e.g., cloning of human cells, artificial 

wombs) is included. The seminar begins 

with an overview of ethical and legal prin 

ciples often applied to issues of reproduc 

tive technology (RT). Human reproduc 

tion is discussed to understand how and 

why reproductive technologies work 

and to identify social, legal, and moral 

challenges that arise as these technologies 

affect perceptions of human life, happi 

ness, freedom, rights, and justice. 

Ms. McGilliciiddy-DeLisi 

239. Revolutions in Science. Two 

revolutions in science have changed 

how people view self and world. The 

Copernican Revolution displaced human 

beings from their home at the center of 

the universe, and the Darwinian Revolu 

tion relocated human beings on a twig 

of an evolutionary tree. This seminar 

examines the history of these episodes 

and its implications for an individual's 

worldview. Mr. Losee 

240. Plastics in the World. This seminar 

deals with the increasingly important role 

that plastics (polymers) play in the mod 

ern world. After an introduction to the 

structure, properties, and processing of 

plastics, students explore new applica 

tions and examine some of the controver 

sial aspects of use, including environmen 

tal effects of disposal and the impact on 

natural resources. Mr. Martin 

242. The 3 C's: Conception, Contracep 

tion, and Carrying Capacity. This semi 

nar explores reproductive science and 

accompanying ethical issues. Students 

begin with an intensive overview of the 

evolution, physiology, endocrinology, 

and genetics of human reproduction. 

Topics include multiple births, artificial 

insemination, in vitro fertilization, terato- 

gens, genetic screening, efficacy and 

global distribution of contraception, and 

determining carrying capacity. Through 

out, attention is given to research and 

development, funding, and distribution/ 

accessibility issues. Ms. Waters 

51

AFRICANA STUDIES 


Associate Professor Ahene, Coordinator; 

Professor Stockton (Music); Associate Profes 

sors Bauer (Anthropology and Sociology), 

Holton (Art), McCartney (Government and 

Law), Smith (English), Blake (English), Wash 

ington (English); Assistant Professor Hutch- 

inson (Economics and Business); Visiting Pro 

fessor Opoku (Religion) 

Africana Studies is the scholarly examina 

tion of the black experience universally in 

Africa and its extensions in the United 

States, the Caribbean, and elsewhere in the 

world. Expected implementation 1999-2000. 

In this interdisciplinary major, students 

combine methods of the traditional disci 

plines (history, literature and languages, 

music, anthropology and sociology, art 

history, folklore, religion, economics, phi 

losophy, political science) in analyzing the 

experiences, problems, and questions at 

the center of the social, cultural, and polit 

ical thought and actions of peoples of Afri 

can heritage. They are encouraged to pur 

sue a coordinate major. 

Majors are encouraged to participate in 

field work through research leading to an 

honors thesis, internships, course-related 

work in local communities, and study 

abroad in Africa, the Caribbean, or Latin 

America. 

Majors are prepared for further study 

in Africana Studies and will find pro 

grams at many prestigious graduate 

schools including Howard University, Co 

lumbia, Yale, University of California-Los 

Angeles, and Wisconsin. They are pre 

pared for careers in business, international 

organizations, government, teaching, 

medicine, and law. Some pursue careers in 

diplomatic services or global corporations 

that require experts able to operate in cul 

turally diverse environments. 

Requirements for the A.B. major: A mini 

mum of nine approved courses selected 

from at least two academic disciplines in 

cluding Africana Studies 101, 211, 400; 

one intermediate theory course selected 

from an approved list including Africana 

Studies 213, Anthropology and Sociology 214 

52 

and 216; five upper-level electives chosen 

from an approved list with at least two in 

humanities and social science areas. Stu 

dents must also complete the Common 

Course of Study Courses designated as Afri 

cana Studies at Lafayette or elsewhere must 

focus significantly on the contribution and 

experiences of persons of African descent. 

Two relevant study-abroad course listings 

appear under Interim Session in this 

catalog. 

Honors: Students who meet College and 

major requirements may submit a written 

proposal for approval during their junior 

year or early part of their senior year for 

an honors thesis. Students pursuing hon 

ors will be allowed to substitute first-se 

mester Africana Studies 495 for Africana 

Studies 400. 

Suggested Course Sequence 

Students who follow this sequence will be 

able to complete courses in a timely man 

ner and have a great deal of flexibility in 

scheduling other electives. 

First Year first semester: First-Year Semi 

nar, Mathematics requirement, Natural 

Sciences requirement, elective; second se 

mester: Africana Studies 101 (satisfies the 

Africa Foreign Culture requirement), En 

glish 110 or Humanities/Social Science re 

quirement; second Natural Sciences (with 

laboratory) requirement; elective. 

Sophomore Year third semester: Africa 

na Studies 211, English 110 or Humani 

ties/Social Science requirement, second 

Foreign Culture requirement, elective; 

fourth semester: Africana Studies interme 

diate theory requirement, Africana Studies 

elective, second Humanities/Social Sci 

ence elective, VAST course. 

Junior Year fifth semester: Africana 

Studies elective, first Writing Require 

ment, third Foreign Culture requirement, 

elective; sixth semester: two Africana 

Studies electives, second Writing Require 

ment, elective. 

Senior Year seventh semester: Africana 

Studies 400 or Africana Studies elective;

third Writing Requirement, fourth Foreign 

Culture requirement*, elective; eighth se 

mester: Africana Studies 400 or Africana 

Studies elective, fourth Humanities/Social 

Science requirement**, two electives. 

Students may choose from the follow 

ing list of approved courses.The Africana 

Studies Consortium (ASC) includes col 

leges and universities in the Lehigh Valley 

Association of Independent Colleges. Stu 

dents may cross register for some Africana 

Studies courses at other LVAIC campuses. 

FALL 

Africana Studies 211: The Black Experi 

ence 

Anthropology and Sociology 214: Race 

and Ethnic Relations 

Art 235: African American Art I 

Art 341: Protest Art 

Economics and Business 354: Contempo 

rary African Economies 

English 246: Black Writers 

English 349: Post-Colonial Literature 

Government and Law 207: Black Politics 

Religion 216: Traditional West African Re 

ligions 

Africana Studies 307: Black Social and 

Political Thought 

Africana Studies 325: Global Africa: 

Comparative Black Experience 

Africana Studies 380: Internship 

Africana Studies 390: Independent Study 

Africana Studies 400: Capstone Senior 

Seminar in Africana Studies 

Africana Studies 495: Honors Thesis 

SPRING 

Africana Studies 101: African Cultural 

Institutions 

History 106: Slavery, Civil War, and Black 

Reconstruction 

Psychology 120: Quantitative Methods 

(required for Honors) 

Africana Studies 213: Racism and Sexism 

Africana Studies 216: Research Methods 

(required for Honors) 

Anthropology and Sociology 216: Class, 

Status, and Power 

Art 236: African American Art II 


Economics and Business 330: Urban Eco 

nomics and Public Policy 

Economics and Business 346: Economic 

Development in the Third World 

English 352: Special Topics in Black 

Literature 

Government and Law 222: Political 

Change in the Third World 

Government and Law 233: Politics of 

Africa 

History 367: Race and the Law 

Religion 215: Islam 

Religion 266: African Religion in the 

Americas 

Africana Studies 307: Black Social and 

Political Thought 

Africana Studies 360: Racial Identity 

Development 

Africana Studies 391: Independent Study 

Africana Studies 400: Capstone Senior 

Seminar in Africana Studies 

Africana Studies 496: Honors Thesis 

INTERIM SESSION 

Interdisciplinary Studies 170: Modern 

Sub-Saharan Africa 

Interdisciplinary Studies 190: Discovering 

West Indian Identities 

101. African Cultural Institutions. This 

course examines the social and political 

institutions embodying patterns of culture 

that have evolved over thousands of years 

and represent Africa's contribution to glo 

bal civilization. Contemporary African so 

cieties reflect the interplay of tradition and 

change since institutions of the past have 

not simply given way to the newer ones of 

the present. African cultural institutions 

and practices continue to give direction to 

the internal and external changes that are 

taking place in Africa and in the Americas 

today. The course enables students to see 

Africa in a world perspective and pro 

vides a framework for scholarly research. 

Mr. Opoku 

211. The Black Experience. This course in 

troduces students to the study of the black 

*Applies to Class of 2000; beginning with Class of 2001, students may substitute an elective here. 

**The fourth Humanities/Social Science course will no longer be required for the A.B. degree start 

ing with the Class of 2002. 

S3


experience in its global context. As such, it 

is most immediately focused on the expo 

sure of students to the life experiences of 

blacks from a variety of perspectives so 

that they become familiar with a broad 

range of fact and opinion about these ex 

periences. The course reflects a strong 

multidisciplinary perspective in address 

ing topics and issues. Offered in fall se 

mester. Mr. Opoku, Mr. McCartney 

213. Racism and Sexism. This course uses 

a multidisciplinary perspective to focus on 

the interplay of race, class, gender, and 

sexual orientation in American society. 

Readings include students' personal ac 

counts of experiences of racism and sex 

ism and academic analyses of the dynam 

ics of oppression. A variety of teaching 

and learning styles is used, but emphasis 

is on discussion of readings and their con 

nections to personal experiences. The goal 

is to help students articulate their under 

standing of how oppression has affected 

their lives as well as the lives of others. Of 

fered in fall semester. Ms Nixon 

307. Black Social and Political Thought. 

This course examines the complexity of 

ideas of black leaders in Africa, the Carib 

bean, and the Americas, including Kwame 

Nkrumah, Julius Nyerere, Nelson Mande 

la, Marcus Garvey, George Padmore, 

W.E.B. DuBois, Martin Luther King, Mal 

colm X, Elijah Mohammed, and Jesse Jack 

son. Theories and thoughts presented both 

in scholarly formats and in nonformal 

fashion in everyday life are examined in a 

way that makes them not less powerful or 

rigorous but accessible. The course reflects 

diverse theoretical traditions such as Afro- 

centric philosophy, liberal and conserva 

tive thought, capitalist and Marxist social 

thought, sociology of knowledge, postmod 

ernism, etc. Prerequisite: AFS 211. Staff 

325. Global Africa: Comparative Black 

Experience. This course combines the 

study of Africa with the study of the two 

diasporas. The Diaspora of Enslavement 

concerns slaves and descendants of slaves 

 

in both the Western and Eastern Diaspora. 

The Diaspora of Colonization concerns 

demographic dispersal as a result of colo 

nialism. African Americans are in their 

majority part of the diaspora of enslave 

ment. Recent African immigrants into 

France are part of the Diaspora of Coloni 

zation. Jamaicans and Trinidadians in Brit 

ain are a double diaspora products of 

both enslavement and colonialism. The 

course examines black genesis from Afri 

ca, comparative slavery, emancipation and 

reconstruction, comparative liberation 

from colonialism, and other areas of con 

vergence in African and Diaspora Studies. 

Prerequisite: AFS 211. Staff 

360. Racial Identity Development 

A course on the major issues in personali 

ty development and socialization of Afri 

can Americans. Students are guided 

through a selective review of current racial 

identity trends (including strengths and 

difficulties) in the African American com 

munity. Environmental and intrapsychic 

factors that contribute to these trends are 

identified, and strategies for effectively 

addressing these issues are discussed. Em 

phasis is given to the issues of racial and 

cultural identity development among Af 

rican Americans. Students are exposed to 

strategies for developing a healthy racial 

identity. Preference given to seniors and 

juniors. Offered in spring semester. 

Ms. Richardson 

380. Africana Studies Internship. Provides 

opportunities for the practical application 

of theory and real-world problem-solving 

techniques. A limited number of students 

are placed in a community outreach center, 

business organization, or governmental 

agency to carry out an organized and super 

vised program of study and research under 

a designated internship sponsor. Interactive 

learning and research projects are selected 

to provide in-depth exposure to the creative 

analytical capacities, critical thinking, and 

problem-solving techniques necessary for 

finding solutions to actual concerns. Prereq 

uisites: AFS 101,211, or permission of in 

structor. Mr. Ahene, Mr. McCartney

390, 391. Independent Study. Indepen 

dent study projects for juniors and seniors. 

Staff 

400. Capstone Seminar in Africana 

Studies. Students carry out an in-depth 

reading and textual analysis of seminal 

works in essential areas of the black expe 

rience and its status in today's global cul 

ture. The goal is for students to under 

stand the history and contributions of 

people of African descent, and the rela 

tionship of these to human development 

as a whole. The seminar also gives stu 

dents opportunities to demonstrate mas 

tery of the seminal works, acquire new 

knowledge, and place courses thay have 

taken toward the major in a broader per 

spective. Prerequisite: Open to seniors or 

by permission of instructor. Mr. Ahene, Mr. 

McCartney 

495,496. Honors Thesis. An independent 

research project on a topic to be selected 

by the student and approved by the pro 

gram coordinator. A student must under 

take such a program for two semesters to 

graduate with honors. Staff 

AMERICAN STUDIES 

Associate Professor Rosen (History), Chair; 

Professors Blake (English), Johnson (English), 

Mattison (Art), D. Miller (History); Associate 

Professors D.C. Jackson (History), Norton 

(Anthropology and Sociology), Washington 

(English); Assistant Professor Rotella (En 

glish) 

American Studies encourages indepen 

dence. Students have a unique opportuni 

ty to structure their own education as they 

study American culture and society from 

an interdisciplinary perspective, taking 

advantage of courses offered in nearly ev 

ery department of the College. 

With guidance from program faculty, 

students select courses in a variety of sub 

ject areas that focus on a particular theme. 

The curriculum provides an introductory 

course in interdisciplinary study as well as 

AMERICAN STUDIES 

seminars on a variety of topics. Seniors 

take a research seminar and write a paper 

on a subject in their focus area. 

Requirements for the major: American 

Studies majors design their own degree 

programs in accordance with their own in 

terests and objectives. All majors take 

American Studies 150,362, and 363. In 

addition, majors take at least six courses 

related to their chosen theme of concentra 

tion. Guidelines to help students plan a 

theme of concentration are available in the 

office of the Chair of the program. The 

guidelines describe in detail the following 

five themes of concentration: 

1. Social Justice in American Society 

and Culture. This concentration focuses 

on race, gender, ethnicity, and class con 

cerns. Students may study these con 

cerns generally or focus on one particular 

group in American society (such as wom 

en or African Americans). As one of the 

six courses within their theme of concen 

tration, students take Anthropology and 

Sociology 210. They also select five addi 

tional courses relating to Social Justice in 

cluding: (a) at least one course in govern 

ment and law, economics, anthropology, 

or sociology, (b) at least one course in his 

tory, and (c) at least one course in another 

field, such as women's studies, Africana 

Studies, psychology, art, or literature. 

2. Popular Culture and High Culture 

in America. This concentration focuses 

on art, music, literature, philosophy, film, 

and television in America. As one of the 

six courses within their theme of concen 

tration, students take Anthropology and 

Sociology 210. They also select five addi 

tional courses relating to Popular Culture 

and High Culture including at least one 

course from three of the following four 

categories: (a) literature, (b) art, (c) music, 

film, TV, or media studies, and (d) intel 

lectual history or political philosophy. 

3. Business, Work, and Society in 

America. This concentration focuses on 

the role of business and work in Ameri 

can society and culture. As one of the six 

courses within their theme of concentra-

ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

tion, students take Anthropology and So 

ciology 235. They also select five other 

courses relating to Business, Work, and 

Society including at least one course from 

each of the following three categories: (a) 

anthropology or sociology, (b) economics, 

and (c) economic history. 

4. Urban Studies. This concentration 

focuses on the urban experience. Stu 

dents select six courses relating to the city 

in such fields as government and law, 

economics, history, and sociology. 

5. Independent Concentration. Stu 

dents may shape their own programs if 

they prefer to focus on a theme of concen 

tration other than Social Justice, Popular 

Culture and High Culture, Business, 

Work, and Society, or Urban Studies. 

150. Introduction to American Studies. 

This course provides an introduction to 

American Studies through interdisciplinary 

study of modern culture and society. The 

course considers the ways in which various 

cultural forms including novels, poetry, 

movies, music, painting, sociological stud 

ies, journalism, and statements of govern 

ment policy shape and are shaped by the 

historical moment in which they appear. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Rotella 

241. Work, Culture, and Society in In 

dustrial America: Regional Culture in the 

Industrial Age. An introduction to the 

study of the modernization process in 

America with emphasis on the Lehigh Val 

ley-anthracite region, the seedbed of the 

American industrial revolution. Topics in 

clude the development of industrial capi 

talism and the factory system; changing 

modes of work; the rise of the labor move 

ment; immigration and ethnicity; and lit 

erature in the industrial age. Mr. Miller 

350-352. Special Topics. These courses 

offer study of various topics in American 

Studies. Topics will be announced before 

each semester in which the courses are of 

fered. S taff 

362. Seminar in American Studies. The 

seminar in American Studies is interdisci 

56 

plinary in approach. The topic changes an 

nually. Recent topics have included: the 

northeast Pennsylvania region, visions of 

New York City, social history of American 

journalism, and the post-World War II in 

dustrial city. Offered in spring semester. 

[W] Mr. Rotella 

363. Senior Research Seminar. This sem 

inar provides a capstone to the American 

Studies major. Each student writes a major 

research paper about some aspect of 

American society or culture. Students 

choose topics that build upon and inte 

grate the courses they have taken. The pa 

per must be based on original sources and 

must involve a combination of at least two 

disciplines (such as art and literature, eco 

nomics and sociology, or history and law). 

Offered in fall semester. [W] Ms. Rosen 

390, 391. Independent Study. Qualified 

students may develop, in consultation 

with a faculty member, a one-semester 

course directed to a particular theme or 

topic in American Studies. 390 offered in 

fall semester; 391 in spring semester. Pre 

requisite: American Studies 150. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis. Students majoring in 

American Studies who wish to become 

candidates for honors register for the se 

nior thesis. During the senior year, honors 

candidates pursue independent study cul 

minating in a thesis that utilizes more than 

one discipline. Honors are awarded upon 

successful defense of the thesis in oral ex 

amination. Offered in fall and spring se 

mesters. Staff 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

AND SOCIOLOGY 

Professor Schneiderman, Head; Professors 

Niles, Norton; Associate Professor Baiter; 

Assistant Professors Shulman, Smith 

Is human society to be viewed as an order 

ly, integrated, cohesive system, or is it a 

battleground of conflicts between classes 

and ethnic groups, even men and women? 

What does it mean to be human? These

and similar questions are studied in the 

Anthropology and Sociology major. They 

probe beneath the surface of human rela 

tions and reach into the primary processes 

of human society. 

Learning what's behind comfortable as 

sumptions may be uncomfortable but the 

knowledge gained provides vision, under 

standing, and an added dimension of per 

sonal control. The curriculum begins with 

an introduction to the general perspec 

tives of anthropology and sociology and 

moves on to courses that emphasize theo 

ry, methodology, and special topics. 

Requirements for the major: The major 

consists of at least eight courses in the 

department in addition to Anthropology 

and Sociology 102 and 103. Among these 

eight courses are two methods courses 

(Anthropology and Sociology 340 and 341), 

a senior capstone course (Anthropology 

and Sociology 342), and five additional 

courses. 

Requirements for the minor: The minor in 

Anthropology and Sociology consists of six 

courses: two chosen from among 102,103, 

and 342, and four additional courses select 

ed in consultation with the minor adviser. 

102. Cultural Anthropology. By offering 

in-depth study of selected cultures to il 

lustrate general organizing principles of 

society, the course provides students with 

skills appropriate to the understanding of 

foreign cultures and our own. Included 

are consideration of government, law, eco 

nomics, and religion, and their role in un 

derstanding social change, stratification, 

language, and social conflict. Staff 

103. Introduction to Sociology. This 

course takes a social scientific approach to 

the study of human social relationships. 

Its purpose is to introduce the basic con 

cepts, theoretical orientations, and meth 

ods of the sociological perspective. Topic 

areas include the socialization of personal 

ity, culture, urbanization, alienation, devi 

ance, inequality, and the rationalization of 

society. Staff 


104. On Human Origins. The course ex 

plores the idea of human nature, as a cul 

tural construct and as the focus of philo 

sophical, scientific, and anthropological 

inquiry. We will consider primate behav 

ior, hominid evolution, and the origin of 

cultural diversity through the Stone Age. 

Films, novels, and artifacts are used to 

supplement class discussion. Ms. Niles 

203. Peru Before the Incas. The course ex 

plores the nature of civilization in the 

Andes in the millennia preceding the 

Spanish Conquest, using the region as a 

case study for analyzing the growth of civ 

ilization. It considers Andean systems of 

thought expressed in media of importance 

in the region (e.g. cloth, architecture, 

geoglyphs), and in aspects of its religion 

and social organization. Prerequisite: A&S 

102,103, or 104, or permission of instruc 

tor. [W] Ms. Niks 

204. European Communities. Although 

most people think of Europe in terms of 

"national" cultures, it is the local communi 

ty, whether urban or rural, that teaches its 

members a way of acting in and seeing the 

world. This course considers some of the 

general cultural variations that characterize 

European communities and some possible 

explanations (historical, ecological) for that 

variation, and then proceeds to a series of 

community studies of a small number of 

cultures. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or 

permission of instructor. Ms. Smith 

206. People of the Andes. The course 

considers the roots of contemporary An 

dean culture in the Pre-Columbian and 

Iberian traditions. It examines the move 

from rural villages to urban areas, and the 

impact that the acquisition of a national 

identity has had on these villages and on 

national culture. It also considers the an 

thropological dimensions of such current 

social and political problems as the Shin 

ing Path guerrilla movement and the 

growth of the cocaine economy in Andean 

nations. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or 

permission of instructor. [W] Ms. Niles 

57


207. The Inca World: Empire and Imagi 

nation in the Ancient Andes. The course 

explores the empire created by the Incas, 

noting the ways that the ordered their 

society and reconstructed their natural 

world through terracing, irrigation, and 

architecture. Using archaeological evidence 

and eyewitness accounts of their society, 

students consider how Inca political orga 

nization and handiworks reflect an Andean 

orientation toward the supernatural world. 

The course concludes with an examination 

of native resistance to Spanish rule. Prereq 

uisites: A&S 102 or 103, or permission of 

instructor. [W] Ms. Niks 

208. New World Civilizations. The course 

considers the rise of native civilizations in 

Mesoamerica and the Andes, focusing on 

the Mayas, the Aztecs, and the Incas. It 

considers the evidence by which we under 

stand these cultures including glyphic in 

scriptions, works of art and architecture 

and their legacy in the contemporary cul 

tures of Latin America. Prerequisite: A&S 

102,103, or 104, or permission of instruc 

tor. [W] Ms. Niks 

209. Selected Studies in Ethnography. 

The focus of the course will be an ethno 

graphic area, such as the Middle East, 

Oceania, or Mesoamerica. Descriptions of 

current offerings are available through the 

departmental office or through the Regis 

trar's Office. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, 

or permission of instructor. Staff 

210. Contemporary American Society. 

This course provides a critical understand 

ing and analysis of modern American so 

ciety, culture, and state. The approach is 

interpretive and thematic, examining indi 

vidualism, community, ethnicity, work 

and leisure, technology, politics, the state, 

etc. The course builds on introductory lev 

el perspectives, applying them in a more 

detailed and focused manner. Prerequisite: 

A&S 102 or 103, or permission of instruc 

tor. Staff 

211. Symbolic Interaction. This course 

examines the role of symbolic communica 

tion and interaction in the formation of in 

58 

dividuals and societies. The theories of 

self formulated by Cooley, Mead, Thomas, 

and Goffman are emphasized among oth 

ers. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or per 

mission of instructor. Mr. Schneiderman 

212. Sex and Gender: A Cross-Cultural 

View. Students explore the variety of ways 

that cultures assign roles on the basis of 

gender by in-depth consideration of several 

contemporary societies. Students also con 

sider the evolution of gender roles, and the 

way in which Western perceptions of these 

roles may have contributed to explanatory 

models in the social sciences. Prerequisite: 

A&S 102,103, or 104, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Ms. Niks 

214. Race and Ethnic Relations. Minority 

group distinctions of race, religion, or na 

tional origin are considered in relation to 

migration, confrontation of differing cul 

tures, psychological tensions, and cultural 

change. American examples are analyzed 

and compared with situations in other 

ethnically composite societies. Prerequi 

site: A&S 102 or 103, or permission of in 

structor. Ms. Smith 

215. Occupations and Professions. This 

course focuses on the sociological study of 

occupations and professions in modern 

societies. Among topics to be discussed 

are the social meaning of work; the con 

cept of career; and the process of profes- 

sionalization. Special attention is given to 

the study of occupational groups as a 

means of exploring some basic social 

problems and issues of American society. 

Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or permis 

sion of instructor. Mr. Norton 

216. Class, Status, and Power. This course 

focuses on the development, application 

and redefinition of the concept of social 

class as related to contemporary society. 

Power and status relations, social mobility, 

and mass society will be topics of special 

interest. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or 

permission of instructor. Mr. Norton 

218. Political Sociology. This course is de 

voted to an examination of the social caus-

es and consequences of various types of 

power distributions within or between so 

cieties, and with the political and social 

conflicts that lead to changes in the distri 

bution of power. Such sociological theo 

rists of political power as Weber, Marx, 

Tocqueville, Michels, and Simmel are ex 

amined in detail. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 

103, or permission of instructor. [W] 

Mr. Schneiderman 

219. American Communities: Cities, 

Suburbs, and Towns. This course traces 

the development and significance of ur 

ban communities in America. Topics in 

clude city growth and industrialization, 

suburban sprawl, urban villages, and 

post-industrial "electronic cottages." At 

tention is also given to how regional shifts 

and changes in social organization, envi 

ronment, and technology have trans 

formed America's urban landscape. Pre 

requisite: A&S 102 or 103, or permission of 

instructor. Staff 

222. Medical Anthropology. This course 

explores, through ethnographic studies of 

other cultures and constant comparison 

with our own, the various ways in which 

illness is defined, explained, and treated. 

We will examine both the influence of cul 

ture on medical beliefs and practices, and 

the degree to which an anthropological 

view of medicine reveals central features 

of any sociocultural system. Prerequisite: 


tor. Ms. Smith 

223. The Anthropology of Politics. The 

cultural dimensions of power will be ex 

amined in a comparative framework, ex 

ploring in depth a non-Western setting 

such as village Mexico or Africa and West 

ern settings such as the Mafia or college 

committees. The emphasis is on how indi 

viduals use power within their culture, be 

it a village or an office. Prerequisite: A&S 

102 or 103, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Baiter 

224. Self, Society, and Culture. What are 

the principal ways in which the individual 


is shaped by the surrounding social and 

cultural world? Each semester we will 

pose this question in relation to a particu 

lar foreign culture in order to: (1) learn 

how anthropological models and theories 

interpret and/or explain this relationship 

and (2) find an anthropological route into 

that culture. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, 

or permission of instructor. S taff 

225. Deviance. The major focus of this 

course will be upon social deviancy and 

with a particular concern with major com 

peting theoretical explanations of deviant 

behaviors such as crime, delinquency, drug 

addiction, alcoholism, prostitution and the 

like. Attention will be given to the norma 

tive, symbolic processes through which in 

dividuals and acts become defined as devi 

ant. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, or per 

mission of instructor. Mr. Shulman 

226. The Forms of Folklore. The course 

will survey major genres of folklore and 

the methods of analysis applied to them. 

Examples will be taken from many parts 

of the world, and will include such forms 

as myths, legends, folktales, proverbs, rid 

dles, games, jokes, and superstitions. Stu 

dents will be expected to prepare an origi 

nal collection of folklore materials. Prereq 

uisite: A&S 102 or 103, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Ms. Niks 

227. The Family. The family is the most 

universal of all institutionalized human 

groups and yet, in our own society, seems 

fragile and unstable. A primary theme 

throughout the course is in the changing 

forms and functions of the family with 

emphasis on contemporary society. Con 

sideration will be given to class, ethnic 

and life-style variations in family form. 


sion of instructor. S taff 

228. Alienation. The last century was a 

century of "release" from the traditional 

bonds of community family, place, class 

and religion. The paradox of that release 

(as yet unresolved) is that this new free 

dom from traditional social forms was ac- 

59


companied by alienation the estrange 

ment of individuals from each other, from 

the world of objects, from the world of 

thought, and from themselves. Prerequi 

site: A&S 102 or 103, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Mr. Schneiderman 

232. Magic, Science, and Religion. The 

course deals with "systems of thought," 

addressing such questions as: Do forest- 

worshipping pygmies think in ways that 

are fundamentally different from quark- 

hunting physicists? Magic, science and re 

ligion will be compared as competing 

ways of explaining reality. Prerequisite: 


tor. Mr. Baiter 

235. Business and Society. This course 

explores the impact of business upon our 

culture and the role of business in modern 

society. Of special interest are the growth 

and development of capitalism and busi 

ness thought, the influence of the corpora 

tion, and the role of management in soci 

ety. Case materials are utilized extensively. 


sion of instructor. Mr. Norton 

236. Sociology of Knowledge. The cen 

tral focus of this course will be upon an 

examination of the social creation of 

knowledge and the consequences of 

knowledge for social organization. Defini 

tions of knowledge will be drawn from 

such sociological theorists as Weber, Marx, 

Mannheim, Scheler, and Durkheim. Pre 


instructor. Mr. Schneiderman 

239. Social and Cultural Change. This 

history course will focus on theories of 

change. Consideration will be given to 

evolutionary and diffusionist perspec 

tives. More recent neo-evolutionary, struc 

tural-functional and other current social 

and cultural approaches to the processes 

of change will be considered. Prerequisite: 


tor. Mr. Schneiderman 

245. Mass Communications and Society. 

This course is designed to give students an 

60 

overview of mass media theory and re 

search rooted in a number of ideological 

perspectives of society. Topics include the 

rise of mass communications, the audience, 

media effects, news ideologies, the sponsor, 

mass media politics, and new communica 

tions technologies. The goal is to provide 

detailed understanding of the social, cultur 

al, economic, organizational, and political 

forces that have shaped our contemporary 

mass media. Prerequisite: A&S 102 or 103, 


247. Organizations in Action. This course 

is designed to give students a better un 

derstanding of today's organizational 

world through the lens of organizational 

theory. Topics include the rise and nature 

of bureaucracy, the evolution of manageri 

al ideologies, theories of leadership and 

decision making, organizational culture, 

technological and ideological determin 

ism, and the influence of the environment. 

Theory is related to practice through the 

examination of specific case studies. Pre 


instructor. Mr. Shulman 

340. Qualitative Methods of Research. 

This course focuses on anthropological 

methods, how "facts" are established, 

methodology and technique. Techniques 

include: participant observation, inter 

view, questionnaire construction, census 

and genealogy collection, photography 

and video. Original research is done in 

preparation for further study. Offered in 

fall semester; required for A&S majors and 

recommended to be taken the junior year. 

Prerequisites: A&S 102 and 103, or permis 

sion of instructor. [W] Staff 

341. Quantitative Methods of Research. 

This course is concerned with the logic of 

social inquiry, methodologies of empirical 

social research, and with data analysis and 

interpretation. Topics include research de 

sign, measurement, sampling, survey and 

field research, and writing research re 

ports. Quantitative methods of data analy 

sis are emphasized. Offered in spring se 

mester; required for A&S majors. Prereq 

uisites: A&S 102 and 103, or permission of

instructor; A&S 340 recommended. [W] 

Mr. Shulman 

342. Theories of Society. The course ex 

plores the logic and development of anthro 

pological and sociological theory. It empha 

sizes the areas where the two disciplines 

have drawn from one another, but also ex 

amines their distinctiveness. The course 

serves as a capstone and is required of all 

majors. Prerequisite: A&S 102 and 103, or 

permission of instructor(s). [W] Staff 

351-380. Special Topics Seminar. A semi 

nar devoted to a subject to be selected by 

the instructor. Announcement of the pro 

posed subject will be made in advance of 

each seminar. The course will place a re 

sponsibility upon the student for indepen 

dent study, research, and reporting. Pre 


instructor. S taff 

390,391. Independent Reading and Re 

search. Individual investigation of a topic 

under the supervision of an adviser. Pre 

requisite: permission of instructor. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis. Under the guidance of a 

staff member, the student writes a thesis 

based on an approved project in a special 

ized field of anthropology or sociology. If 

at the first semester's end the project has 

honors potential the student applies to 

continue toward graduation with honors. 

After completing the thesis the student 

takes an oral examination on it and its 

field. [W] Staff 

ART 

Professor Kerns, Head; Professors Ahl, Matti- 

son; Associate Professor Holton; Assistant 

Professors Gavarini, Sinkevic 

Art is a vital and fascinating record of collec 

tive and individual endeavors that transcends 

time and cultural barriers. The major offers 

courses in art history and studio art to famil 

iarize students with that record, to enhance 

their ability to make critical judgments about 

it, and to heighten visual perception. 

ART 

The curriculum is a combined studio/ 

art history course sequence in which stu 

dents may concentrate in the area that 

most interests them. Museum and gallery 

internships, independent studio projects, 

student art exhibits, field trips, and an ex 

ceptional visiting artists program contrib 

ute to the special character of the program, 

as does the College's proximity to New 

York and Philadelphia. Individual studios 

are made available to students who quali 

fy for Honors work in studio art. Profes 

sors actively encourage individual and 

communal learning and become deeply in 

volved with the special interests of students. 

Requirements for the major: A major in 

art consists of a minimum of eight courses 

and a maximum of ten courses in the de 

partment, including two introductory 

courses in art history (101 and 102); one 

additional course in art history; Principles 

of Studio Art (103); one additional studio 

course; and three additional courses cho 

sen from offerings in art history or studio 

art. Students emphasizing art history 

must take a 300-level seminar. Study of at 

least one foreign language through the in 

termediate level is strongly recommended 

for those contemplating graduate study in 

art history. Students emphasizing studio 

art must take one 300-level studio course 

or two 200-level studio courses. The de 

partment is committed to strong student 

advising and may recommend courses in 

other departments based on the program 

matic needs of individual students. 

Requirements for the minor: The minor 

in art consists of six courses, including the 

two introductory courses in art history 

(101 and 102); Principles of Studio Art 

(103), and three other courses chosen from 

offerings in art history or studio art in con 

sultation with the minor adviser or the de 

partment head. 

Independent Projects and the Honors 

Program: The department offers ad 

vanced students the opportunity to devel 

op their interests in an intense experience 

of individualized learning. In partnership 

with faculty, students work for one or two 

61

ART 

semesters on rigorously designed projects 

which culminate with critical review by 

art department faculty and, in the case of 

Honors, appraisal by professionals from 

outside the department. Majors who meet 

the College and departmental require 

ments are invited to submit detailed, writ 

ten proposals for approval during their 

junior or senior year. A significant num 

ber of students who successfully complete 

these programs go on to graduate studies 

in several art-related fields. 

Additional departmental course listings 

appear under Interim Session in this catalog. 

ART HISTORY 

101. Introduction to Art History I. A sur 

vey of the visual arts from prehistoric 

through medieval times. The course is de 

signed as an introduction to basic prob 

lems and terminology of art history, and to 

methods of analyzing and interpreting in 

dividual works of art. Emphasis is placed 

upon historical and cultural contexts, and 

upon the development of major styles. 

Recommended for first-year students and 

sophomores who are considering art histo 

ry as a major; open to all students. Offered 

in fall semester. Ms. Ahl, Ms. Sinkevic 

102. Introduction to Art History II. This 

course is organized like Art 101, but deals 

with painting, sculpture, and architecture 

from the Renaissance to the present. Rec 

ommended for first-year students and 

sophomores who are considering art his 

tory as a major; open to all students. Of 

fered in spring semester. Ms. Ahl, 

Mr. Mattison, Ms. Sinkevic 

125. History of Architecture I. A survey of 

prehistoric, Egyptian, Ancient Near East 

ern, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzan 

tine, Romanesque, and Gothic architecture. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Mattison 

126. History of Architecture II. A survey 

of Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Neoclas 

sical, Eclectic, and Modern architecture. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Mattison 

62 

216. Byzantine Art. An exploration of 

the art and architecture of Eastern Europe, 

Balkan, Asian, and Mediterranean countries 

during the period of Byzantine rule (343- 

1453). Works of architecture, sculpture, and 

painting as well as illuminated manuscripts, 

icons, and liturgical objects are examined in 

terms of both their iconography and style. 

Their significance within the historical, 

social, religious, and economic context in 

which they were produced is explored. 

Prerequisite: Art 101. [W] Ms. Sinkevic 

221. Ancient Art. A study of the artistic 

achievements of the ancient civilizations 

around the Mediterranean: Egyptian, Mi- 

noan, Mycenaean, Greek, and Roman. 

The monuments are analyzed in terms of 

style, technique, function, patronage, and 

influence. Prerequisite: Art 101 or 102, or 

permission of instructor. Ms. Sinkevic 

222. Medieval Art. An analysis of major 

works of art from the Early Christian peri 

od to the Late Gothic era. Concentration 

is extended beyond the traditional art 

forms of painting, sculpture, and architec 

ture to include those specific to the Middle 

Ages: manuscript illumination, ivory 

carving, stained glass, and tapestries. Pre 

requisite: Art 101 or 102, or permission of 

instructor. Ms. Sinkevic 

223. Italian Renaissance Art. A study of 

the art and architecture of Florence, Rome, 

Siena, and environs from the late thir 

teenth to the sixteenth centuries. The 

works are analyzed in terms of style, tech 

nique, function, and patronage. Prerequi 

site: Art 101 or 102, or permission of in 

structor. Offered in fall semester, alternate 

years. [W] Ms. Ahl 

224. Baroque Art. A study of seven 

teenth-century European painting, sculp 

ture, and architecture, focussing on the 

most important masters of the day: Car- 

avaggio, Bernini, Poussin, Rembrandt, 

and Rubens. The works are analyzed in 

terms of style, technique, function, and 

patronage. Prerequisite: Art 101 or 102, or 

permission of instructor. [W] Ms. Ahl

226. Age of Michelangelo. A study of 

Italian High Renaissance and Mannerist 

painting, sculpture, and architecture, fo- 

cussing on the most transcendent artists of 

the sixteenth century: Michelangelo, Le 

onardo da Vinci, Raphael, and Titian. Pre 

requisite: Art 101 or 102, or permission of 

instructor. [W] Ms. Ahl 

228. Northern Renaissance Fainting. 

Northern European art from the late four 

teenth through the sixteenth century. The 

main emphasis is on painting, but the 

course also includes major developments 

in sculpture and the graphic arts. In addi 

tion to studying the works of art in terms 

of stylistic development, they are placed 

in the larger context of historical, social, 

religious, and economic conditions of the 

period as these factors affected artist, pa 

tron, and viewer. Prerequisite: Art 101 or 

103, or permission of instructor. Staff 

231. American Art. A study of American 

architecture, painting, and sculpture from 

colonial times to 1900. American art is 

considered relative both to European de 

velopments and to indigenous conditions 

and attitudes. Prerequisite: Art 101 or 

102, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Mattison 

233. Nineteenth-Century Painting and 

Sculpture. A study of important develop 

ments in European art from the time of the 

French Revolution through Post-Impres 

sionism. While emphasis is placed upon 

French art, that of other nations also is 

considered. Prerequisite: Art 101 or 102, 

or permission of instructor. Mr. Mattison 

234. Twentieth-Century Painting and 

Sculpture. A study of major trends in 

twentieth-century European and Ameri 

can art. Expressionism, Cubism, abstrac 

tion, Surrealism, and more recent develop 

ments are emphasized, as are their rela 

tion to cultural, social, and political atti 

tudes of the period. Prerequisite: Art 102, 

or permission of instructor. M r. Mattison 

235. African-American Art I. A study fo- 

cussing on African art and its aesthetic 

ART 

and philosophical origins, including a sur 

vey of various art forms such as sculpture, 

masks, pottery, and architectural struc 

tures. Discussions concern the African di 

aspora and the resulting distribution of 

Afrocentric creative elements throughout 

Europe and the Western Hemisphere e.g., 

the Americas and Cuba, etc. Prerequisite: 

Art 101 or 102, or permission of instructor. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Holton 

236. African-American Art II. This 

course is a continuation of African-Ameri 

can Art I and includes the Harlem Renais 

sance and progresses through the WPA 

program (Federal Arts Project), Black art 

ists in Europe, the protest art of the 1960s, 

and contemporary Black art. Prerequisite: 

Art 101 or 102, or permission of instruc 

tor. Offered in spring semester. 

Mr. Holton 

340. Seminar in Art History. A study of 

particular periods, movements, and artists 

that relates theoretical, historical, and for 

mal approaches, such as Abstract Expres 

sionism, Picasso Studies, and 15th Centu 

ry Italian Painting. Topics vary according 

to the specialty of the professor. Open to 

juniors and seniors who have completed 

Art 101 and 102 and at least two interme 

diate-level art history courses. Offered in 

spring semester. Ms. Ahl, Mr. Mattison, 

Ms. Sinkevic 

341. Protest Art Seminar. A study of the 

historical and contemporary use of visual 

arts as a vehicle for social protest. The 

works of such artists as Goya, Picasso, 

Kollwitz, Shahn, the Agitprop movement 

in Russia, and American Black artists of 

the 1960s (Dana Chandler, Benny An 

drews, and the Afro-Cobra group) are re 

viewed. The course concludes with dis 

cussions of images and exhibitions con 

cerning contemporary protests. Open to 

juniors and seniors who have completed 

Art 101 and 102 and at least two interme 

diate-level art history courses. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Holton 

392, 393. Independent Study in Art His 

tory. Advanced independent study and 

63

ART 

research in art history with individually 

designed research programs done in con 

sultation with a member of the art history 

staff. For junior and senior art majors and 

minors. Hours to be arranged. Offered 

spring and fall semesters. Ms. Ahl, 

Mr. Mattison, Ms. Sinkevic 

495, 496. Thesis in Art History. Majors 

with a strong performance in art history 

are invited to become candidates for de 

partmental honors during the second se 

mester of their junior year. In their senior 

year, candidates conduct research in a spe 

cialized field of art history under the guid 

ance of the art history faculty. The project 

culminates in a written thesis and an oral 

defense. Prerequisites: Art 101,102, or 

Art 125,126, and three intermediate or ad 

vanced courses in art history. Ms. Ahl, Mr. 

Mattison, Ms. Sinkevic 

STUDIO ART 

103. Principles of Studio Art. This 

course is designed to introduce art majors 

as well as interested non-majors to the vi 

sual problem-solving process. Emphasis 

is placed on basic design components 

such as line, shape, and color by the as 

signment of projects exploring the princi 

ples of balance, spatial relationships, and 

visual unity. Staff 

107. Fundamentals of Sculpture. This 

course is the first in a three-part sequence 

designed to introduce art majors and in 

terested non-majors to the basic technical 

skills and visual vocabulary of contempo 

rary sculpture. Materials such as card 

board, wire, wood, plaster, natural materi 

als, fabric, and found objects are used. 

The fundamentals of sculpture, including 

line, volume, mass, balance, proportions, 

rhythm, scale, texture, positive/negative 

space, and light/shadow are examined. 

Offered in fall semester. Ms. Gavarini 

109. Drawing I. An introduction to vari 

ous approaches to drawing, including the 

use of line, hatching, contour, and shad 

ing. More emphasis is placed on immedi 

64 

acy than on finishing technique. Human 

and other natural forms as well as inani 

mate objects are drawn in both experi 

mental and disciplined ways. Open to all 

students. Staff 

110. Drawing II. A continuation of Draw 

ing I with greater emphasis on composi 

tional relationships and the human figure. 

There is further exploration of various me 

dia and techniques. Drawings by artists 

of the past and present are studied. Prob 

lems associated with aesthetic quality are 

discussed. Prerequisite: Art 103 or 109, or 

permission of department head. Staff 

111. Beginning Printmaking. A study of, 

and studio experience in, the basic tech 

niques of both monotype and intaglio 

printmaking. Students are instructed in 

the proper use of printmaking equipment 

and tools, including metal plates, acids, 

inks, grounds, and print papers. Develop 

ment of visual discernment is stressed. 

Prerequisite: Art 103, or permission of in 

structor. Mr. Holton 

114. Beginning Painting. An introduc 

tion to acrylic, watercolor, and oil paint 

ing, evolving from basic studies to more 

involved problems in formal and expres 

sive relationships. The achievement of a 

sense of life and meaning in relatively 

simple subject matter is emphasized. Pre 

requisite: Art 103, or permission of in 

structor. Offered in fall and spring semes 

ters. Mr. Kerns 

212. Intermediate Printmaking. Further 

study and studio experience in the more 

advanced aspects of intaglio printmaking. 

A strong involvement with the conceptual 

development of "proof" states is also em 

phasized, as well as the ability to recognize 

and evaluate relationships of line, value, 

and form through the intaglio printmaking 

processes. Prerequisite: Art 111, or permis 

sion of instructor. Mr. Holton 

215. Intermediate Sculpture. A continua 

tion of Art 107, in which students explore 

the creation of meaning through three-di-

mensional work. The relationship be 

tween materials and concepts is empha 

sized. Various traditional and non-tradi 

tional techniques such as wood construc 

tion, plaster molds, and soft sculpture are 

investigated. Prerequisite: Art 103 or 107, 

or permission of instructor. Ms. Gavarini 

218. Intermediate Painting. Intermediate 

study in painting methodology. Technical 

instruction in acrylic, oil, and egg tem 

pera. Investigations into figurative and 

abstract modes of painting, with emphasis 

on individual preference. Critiques are 

regularly scheduled. Prerequisite: Art 

114, or permission of instructor. Mr. Kerns 

312. Advanced Printmaking. This course 

is for advanced study and research in print- 

making medium. Emphasis is placed on 

mastering all technical aspects of printmak- 

ing. The course covers various color appli 

cations and surface modification tech 

niques. Students are required to design 

and execute a book or portfolio project, and 

participate as a printer's assistant in the 

publishing of works of art by professional 

practicing artists. Critiques are a regular re 

quirement with at least two public presen 

tations of students' work during the semes 

ter. Prerequisites required unless otherwise 

approved by instructor and department 

chair. Prerequisites: Art 111, 212, demon 

strated proficiency, and permission of 

instructor. Mr. Holton 

337. Advanced Sculpture/Installation. 

Students go beyond the sculptural object 

by exploring the concept of space. They 

are introduced to public art by creating 

several site-specific environments, work 

ing both indoors and outdoors. Each stu 

dent selects a space on campus and works 

on a proposal for the site before creating a 

temporary installation. Students investi 

gate the various stages necessary to create 

an installation: securing a site, writing a 

proposal, executing the piece, document 

ing it, and restoring the site to its original 

condition. Prerequisite: Art 107 or 215, or 

permission of instructor. Ms. Gavarini 

BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE 

339. Advanced Painting. Advanced 

study of the types and combinations of 

pictorial space through the techniques of 

composition and modern structural con 

cepts. Emphasis is placed on the dynamic 

relationships of the subject to the expres 

sive network of formal elements: color, 

rhythm, value, scale, and form. Prerequi 

sites: Art 103,109, or 218. Mr. Kerns 

344. Internships. Students majoring in 

art may take an approved internship at a 

museum, gallery, or related institution. 

The internship includes reading assign 

ments, art-related work experience, and a 

written report on selected activities. 

Mr. Kerns 

390,391. Independent Study in Studio 

Art. Advanced independent study with 

regularly scheduled critiques. Individual 

projects in painting, printmaking, sculp 

ture, or special work in portfolio develop 

ment and presentation may be proposed. 

For junior and senior art majors and mi 

nors. Hours to be arranged. Offered in 

spring and fall semesters. Mr. Kerns 

497, 498. Thesis in Studio Art. Majors 

with a strong performance in studio art 

are invited to become candidates for de 

partmental honors during the second se 

mester of their junior year. In their senior 

year, candidates conduct research in a spe 

cialized field of studio art under the guid 

ance of the studio art faculty. The project 

culminates in a body of work, a written the 

sis, and an oral defense. Prerequisites: Art 

103 or 109,214, and 338 or 339; or 103,107, 

215, and 337; or 103, 111, and 212. Mr. Kerns 

BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE 

Associate Professor Hill, Chair; Assistant 

Professors McGlone, Neuhoff 

Understanding how the behavior of 

humans and animals is affected by the 

nervous system is the goal of one of the 

hottest fields of science today. Behavioral 

neuroscience is the study of how the 

brain mediates behavior, cognition, and 

emotion. The major is administered by the 

Department of Psychology. 

65

BIOCHEMISTRY 

For this interdisciplinary major, students 

take courses in biology, chemistry, and psy 

chology. From a set of core courses in be 

havioral neuroscience, students examine 

the nervous system at different levels and 

explore how human and animal behavior 

are affected by its actions. Students can 

study the neural and behavioral activities 

of animals and humans using such equip 

ment as electroencephalographs (EEC) and 

high-performance liquid chromatography. 

Hands-on learning opportunities are 

emphasized through laboratory courses 

and student-directed research experiences. 

These have led to student presentations at 

professional conferences and coauthored 

journal articles. Internships are available to 

explore the applied aspects of behavioral 

neuroscience with placements ranging from 

a local game preserve to a health facility 

specializing in Alzheimer's disease. 

Students have the opportunity to do 

one-on-one research with a faculty member 

through the EXCEL Scholars program, and 

those who qualify may conduct two semes 

ters of research leading to an honors thesis. 

Requirements for the B.S. major in Behav 

ioral Neuroscience: 16 courses in addition 

to the Common Course of Study. Required 

courses include: Biology 101,102,256; 

Chemistry 121,122,221; Psychology 110, 

120,203,225 or 322,323, and 423; choose 

two electives from the following group: 

Psychology 232,233,240,321,324,325,225, 

and 322 (both of these courses can only be 

used as an elective if not taken as a required 

course), Computer Science 302; and two 

electives from the following group: Biology 

211,212, 241,251,261, or Chemistry 351. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Majors in Biochemistry, one of the fastest 

growing fields of science, take a core of 

chemistry and biology courses including 

molecular biology, genetics, and physio 

logy. The curriculum involves the study of 

the chemical characteristics and reactions 

of organisms or living systems. 

All of the chemistry and biology faculty 

carry on active research programs in 

which students are encouraged to partici 

66 

pate. Biochemistry majors often create 

projects in which they are guided by both 

a biology and a chemistry professor. 

Students can perform research as inde 

pendent study or through the honors 

program. Based on their academic record 

and an interview, upperclass students may 

apply to be teaching assistants. 

Requirements for the A.B. degree in Bio 

chemistry: Mathematics 125/186 or 

161/162 or 161/176; Physics 111/112 or 

121/122; Chemistry 121/122 or 125/213, 

221, 222, 231, 311 (or: (323 or 325) and (324 

or 326)), 351,352,452, and at least one oth 

er advanced (200-level or above excluding 

independent study or thesis) Chemistry 

course (or none if Chemistry (323 or 325) 

and (324 or 326) are taken); Biology 101, 

102, 261, and at least one other advanced 

Biology (200-level or above) course in ad 

dition to other College-wide requirements 

for the A.B. degree. 

Requirements for the B.S. degree in Bio 

chemistry: Mathematics 161,162, and 263; 

Physics 121/122; Chemistry 121/122 or 

125/213,221, 222,231, 323 or 325, 324 or 

326 (must complete one of either 325 or 

326), 332, 391 or 495, 351, 352,452, and at 

least one other advanced chemistry course 

(200 or higher level, excluding indepen 

dent study or thesis). Biology 101,102, 

261, and one additional Biology course 

(200 level or higher), and one additional 

300- or 400-level course in either Chemis 

try or Biology in addition to other College- 

wide requirements for the B.S. degree. 

BIOLOGY 

Professor Majumdar, Head; Professors Fried, 

Holliday; Associate Professors Leibel, Waters; 

Assistant Professors Reynolds, Young, Caslake; 

General Biology Laboratory Coordinator/ 

Lecturer Mineo; Laboratory Supervisor 

Schoeneck 

Biology, the study of life, challenges stu 

dents to think creatively and analytically 

and allows them to participate in a fasci 

nating academic adventure. The many ex 

citing discoveries in medicine, genetics,

molecular biology, agriculture, and ecolo 

gy throughout the twentieth century will 

continue into the next millennium. Lafay 

ette's biology curricula are designed to 

prepare students to contribute to these de 

velopments by preparing them for careers 

in research, teaching, the health profes 

sions, and industry. 

Biology majors enjoy small classes and 

may choose from a wide variety of cours 

es. Special opportunities include indepen 

dent study and collaborative research 

projects with faculty, a senior honors the 

sis program, and paid laboratory teaching 

assistant positions. Non-credit internships 

for students considering careers in biology 

and the health professions may be avail 

able through the Office of Career Services. 

Requirements for the major (effective for 

the Class of 2002 and beyond; the Classes 

of 1999-2001 have different requirements; 

consult your academic adviser or the de 

partment head): The Bachelor of Arts 

(A.B.) curriculum combines a solid back 

ground in biology with increased oppor 

tunity for the student to explore other 

fields of study. A.B. biology majors must 

take eight biology courses beyond the 101- 

102 level. These courses must be distribut 

ed as follows: two courses at the 200-level 

in each of the three course areas noted be 

low and two 300/400-level courses, one in 

each of two of the course areas given be 

low. One of the 300/400-level courses 

must be in the lecture format and an addi 

tional one must carry the seminar [S] des 

ignation. In addition, the A.B. major must 

complete the following courses: Chemis 

try 121/122 (with laboratory), Mathemat 

ics 161/176,161/186, or 125/186 (Mathe 

matics 161/162,176 is recommended for 

A.B. majors planning careers in quantita 

tive fields; students who are unsure of 

their degree program should begin with 

Mathematics 161) and a Foreign Culture 

unit. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) curricu 

lum is broader in basic sciences and al 

lows the student ample opportunity to ex 

plore advanced areas in biology. B.S. biol 

ogy majors must complete 11 biology 

courses beyond the 101-102 level. These 

BIOLOGY 

courses must be distributed as follows: 

two courses at the 200-level in each of the 

three course areas noted below and five 

300/400-level courses, at least one in each 

of the three course areas noted below. Two 

of the 300/400-level courses must be in 

the lecture format and an additional one 

must carry the seminar [S] designation. In 

addition, the B.S. major must complete the 

following courses: Chemistry 121/122 and 

221/222 (all four with laboratory), Mathe 

matics 161/162/186 and Physics 111/112 

or 121/122. Candidates for the B.S. degree 

in Biology may elect a minor program in 

addition to their major. The requirements 

for a minor are the same as the College re 

quirements stated on p. 13. 

A.B. and B.S. candidates must also 

complete the Common Course of Study, 

which includes a First-Year Seminar, En 

glish 110, a VAST course (sophomore year), 

three courses in Humanities/Social Scienc 

es (at least one in each division) and two 

"writing-designated" courses (either biolo 

gy courses or electives), normally taken in 

the junior or senior year. The department 

does not offer a minor in biology. 

Biology Course Areas: 

Genetics/Cellular/Molecular Biology 

(GCMB): 212,241, 256, 261, 302, 304, 312, 

362, 401-404,414,495-496. 

Physiology/Organismal Biology (FOB): 

104,201,202, 211, 213,221,225, 251, 306, 

308, 314,390,401404, 410,412,421, 495- 

496. 

Ecology/Evolutionary Biology (EEB): 106, 

218, 231, 235, 271, 332, 336, 401-404,422, 

495-496. 

101,102. General Biology. An introduc 

tion to the scientific study of life and basic 

biological principles. Emphasis is on the 

properties of living systems, their variety, 

their relationships in space and time to 

each other, evolution and the environ 

ment. Lecture/laboratory. Offered in fall 

(101) and spring (102) semesters. Staff 

104. Introductory Plant Biology. An in 

troduction to the principles and concepts 

67

BIOLOGY 

of plant biology including the structure, 

function, ecology, evolution and life histo 

ries of both vascular and nonvascular 

plants. Scientific methods and hands-on 

experiments introduced in the laboratory 

using plants in morphological, taxonomic, 

and physiological investigations. Lecture/ 

discussion/laboratory. Mr. Majumdar, 

Ms. Mineo 

106. Human Ecology. Focus is on the biot- 

ic influence and abiotic aspects of the 

global ecosystem, with emphasis on par 

ticular effects within human populations. 

Global demography and human overpop 

ulation are used to exemplify the ecologi 

cal principles of biotic population regula 

tion. Student presentations on relevant 

topics of a timely nature and resulting dis 

cussion comprise a major part of the 

course. This course satisfies the Core 

Component of the Environmental Science 

minor and is a free elective. Prerequisite: 

none. Lecture/discussion. Offered in 

spring semester. Ms. Waters 

201. Lower Invertebrates. Through ana 

tomical and experimental study of repre 

sentative members of various lower inver 

tebrate phyla, the student becomes ac 

quainted with the natural history, compar 

ative morphology, embryology, physiolo 

gy, and evolution of acellular, acoelomate, 

and pseudocoelomate organisms. In addi 

tion to lecture and laboratory examina 

tions, students are required to present 

written or oral reports on selected articles 

from the current periodical literature. Pre 

requisite: Biology 101-102. Lecture/discus 

sion/laboratory. Offered in fall semester. 

Mr. Fried 

202. Higher Invertebrates. A natural con 

tinuation of Biology 201, which examines 

the taxonomy, anatomy, physiology, ecolo 

gy, and evolutionary relationships of co- 

elomate invertebrates. Laboratory study 

emphasizes functional morphology and 

physiology of representative species of 

higher invertebrates. In addition to lec 

ture and laboratory examinations, stu 

dents are required to present written or 

oral reports on selected articles from the 

68 

current periodical literature. Prerequisite: 

Biology 101-102. Lecture/discussion/labora 

tory. Offered in spring semester. Mr. Fried 

211. Histology. Study of animal tissues, 

their structure and function, and the rela 

tionship between cell, tissue, and organ 

ism. Laboratory work includes study of 

the histologic patterns in major organ sys 

tems of vertebrates and some basic histo- 

logical techniques. In addition to lecture 

and laboratory examinations, students are 

required to present oral and/or written re 

ports on selected articles from current pe 

riodical literature. Prerequisite: Biology 

101-102. Lecture/discussion/laboratory. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Fried 

212. Developmental Biology. A study of 

the process of development, using both in 

vertebrate and vertebrate model systems, 

as a description of the stages through 

which an organism attains increasing 

complexity. This description lays a foun 

dation, both intellectually and historically, 

for a discussion of the molecular aspects 

of the field. Prerequisite: Biology 101-102, 

or permission of instructor. Lecture/dis 

cussion/laboratory. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Ms. Reynolds 

213. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. 

This course explores the structure and 

function of vertebrate animals. Emphasis 

is placed on the form/function relation 

ship, the evolution of anatomical special 

ization, and the comparative method. Pre 

requisite: Biology 101-102, or permission 

of instructor. Lecture/laboratory/inde 

pendent laboratory. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Mr. Young. 

218. Vertebrate Natural History. An over 

view of the natural history of vertebrate 

animals, with an emphasis on the verte 

brate fauna of North America and Penn 

sylvania. Particular attention is given to 

the relationships among vertebrate ani 

mals and their physical and biological en 

vironments in the forms of habitat prefer 

ences, predator/prey interactions, and re 

productive systems. Laboratory involves 

an overview of vertebrate taxonomy and

the identification of selected vertebrates 

found in Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: Biol 

ogy 101-102, or permission of instructor. 

Lecture/laboratory/field trips. Offered in 

fall or spring semester. Mr. Young 

221. Biology of Vascular Plants. A survey 

of the major groups of vascular plants em 

phasizing the angiosperms and relating 

form to function at the cell, tissue, organ, 

and organismal levels. The overall impor 

tance of plants in ecosystem structure and 

environmental interactions are addressed. 

Laboratory includes plant tissue culture 

and some field work. Prerequisites: Biolo 

gy 101-102 or 104, or permission of in 

structor. Lecture/discussion/laboratory. 

Offered in spring semester. [W] Ms. Mineo 

225. Bacteriology and Mycology. Mor 

phology, ultrastructure, genetics, and 

physiology of bacteria and fungi are stud 

ied. Microbiological techniques, aseptic 

procedures, identification of bacteria, 

medical microbiology, computer simula 

tion, and microbiology of soil and water, 

food and dairy products are studied in the 

laboratory. Assigned readings of selected 

topics in medical and applied microbiolo 

gy and out-of-class required meetings are 

the basis for class writing projects. Prereq 

uisite: Biology 101-102, or permission of 

instructor. Lecture/laboratory/discus 

sion/independent laboratory. Offered in 

fall or spring semester. [W] Mr. Majumdar 

231. Ecology. A study of the relationships 

between organisms and their environment 

emphasizing basic ecological principles 

and methods. Laboratory and field exer 

cises illustrate the theoretical concepts dis 

cussed in lecture and are writing-inten 

sive. Prerequisite: Biology 101-102, or per 

mission of instructor. Lecture/discus 

sion/laboratory. Offered in fall semester. 

[W] Ms. Waters 

235. Evolutionary Biology. An introduc 

tion to the principles of organic and mo 

lecular evolution. Topics include: genetic 

variation, natural selection, speciation, ad 

aptation, diversification, biogeography, 

BIOLOGY 

molecular evolution, and the mechanisms 

underlying each. Laboratory includes ex 

perimentation, computer simulation, and 

relevant reading/presentation of current 

primary literature in the field. Prerequi 

site: Biology 101-102. Lecture/discussion/ 

laboratory. Offered in fall or spring semes 

ter. Mr. Leibel 

241. Genetics and Human Heredity. This 

course examines genetic principles and 

concepts in humans, other animals, plants, 

bacteria, and viruses with special empha 

sis on human genetic diseases, birth de 

fects, genetic engineering, and molecular 

genetics. The medical, social, and ethical 

implications of genetic research are dis 

cussed. Prerequisite: Biology 101-102, or 

permission of instructor. Lecture/discus 

sion. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Majumdar 

251. Human Physiology. This course uses 

a systems approach to human physiology. 

The functions of the major human organ 

systems and the physiological mecha 

nisms by which these functions are con 

trolled are considered. Prerequisite: Biolo 

gy 101-102, or permission of instructor. 

Lecture/laboratory. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Mr. Holliday, Ms. Schoeneck 

256. Neurobiology. This course examines 

the field of neuroscience from a cellular 

and molecular perspective, with the neu 

ron and neural networks as the focus of 

discussion and experimentation. After an 

intensive look at neuronal cell biology and 

signaling, the course examines the cellular 

basis of higher-order functions, such as 

sensation, behavior, and memory. Prereq 

uisite: Biology 101-102, or permission of 

instructor. Lecture /discussion / laboratory. 

Offered in spring semester. Ms. Reynolds 

261. Molecular Biology. A survey of 

nucleic acid structure, function, and 

regulation. Material emphasizes modern 

techniques and their uses in answering 

questions at the molecular level. Labora 

tory exercises that parallel lecture mate 

rial acquaint students with a variety of 

the techniques discussed in class. Prereq 

uisites: Biology 101-102 and Chemistry 

69

BIOLOGY 

121-122. Lecture/laboratory. Offered in 

spring semester. Ms. Caslake, Ms. Schoeneck 

271. Marine Biology. An introductory 

study of the natural history, physiology, 

and ecological relationships of marine 

plants and animals. Major emphasis is 

placed on plant and animal adaptations to 

marine environments, factors influencing 

primary production, food webs, fisheries, 

and the effects of marine pollution. In ad 

dition to the lectures, a film is presented 

each week. Prerequisite: Biology 101-102, 

or permission of instructor. Lecture/film. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Holliday 

302. Biological Electron Microscopy. 

This course introduces students to the re 

cent advances in transmission and scan 

ning electron microscopy, cryoultramicrot- 

omy, freeze fracturing, autoradiography, 

and immunoelectron microscopy. In the 

laboratory, students learn the use of both 

the transmission and scanning electron 

microscopes and ultramicrotomy, includ 

ing the use of the critical point drying ap 

paratus and sputterer-coaters. Additional 

ly, students carry out two out-of-class 

mini-research projects and present oral 

and written reports at intervals over the 

semester. Prerequisites: Biology 101-102, 

and permission of instructor. Lecture/lab 

oratory/discussion/independent labora 

tory. Offered in spring or fall semester. 

[W] Mr. Majumdar 

304. Tissue Culture and Virology. An in 

troduction to the theories, principles, and 

evaluations of the latest techniques em 

ployed in tissue culture and virology. 

Laboratory work stresses experimental 

procedures and designs used in the cultur- 

ing, handling, and study of animal cells. 

Additionally, students carry out one or 

more independent research projects. Pre 

requisites: Biology 101-102, and permis 

sion of instructor. Mr. Majumdar 

306. Biology of Parasites. A course de 

signed to familiarize students with repre 

sentative animal parasites by studying 

their morphology, ecology, physiology, 

biochemistry, and host-parasite relation 

70 

ships. Basic laboratory exercises acquaint 

students with techniques prior to assign 

ment of individual problems dealing with 

selected parasites. In addition to lecture and 

laboratory examinations, students are re 

quired to present written or oral reports on 

selected articles from the current periodical 

literature. Prerequisites: Biology 201 and 

permission of instructor. Lecture/seminar/ 

laboratory. Offered in spring semester. 

Hours by arrangement. [S] Mr. Fried 

308. Comparative Animal Physiology. In 

this advanced course, animal species are 

treated as variables in the study of the di 

versity of adaptations to physiological 

problems presented by the environment 

(e.g., salt and water balance, temperature 

regulation, circulation, respiration). Labo 

ratory work stresses experimental design 

and independent study. Prerequisites: Bi 

ology 251, and permission of instructor. 

Lecture/laboratory. Offered in spring se 

mester. Mr. Holliday 

312. Cell Biology. This course covers 

structure, function, and chemistry of cells, 

organelles, and membranes. Specific top 

ics include cellular energetics, information 

flow in cells, cytoskeletal structure and 

functions, signal transduction mechanisms 

and cellular aspects of the immune re 

sponse, and cancer. Students read selected 

topics of current importance in cell biology 

and present oral and written reports. Pre 

requisites: Biology 101-102, and permission 

of instructor. Lecture/seminar/discus 

sion/computer simulation. Offered in 

spring or fall semester. [S] Mr. Majumdar 

314. Advanced Anatomy. An exploration 

of the conceptual approaches and modern 

experimental techniques used in function 

al morphology. Through a combination of 

anatomy, physiology, and biomechanics, 

students explore the functional basis of lo 

comotion and feeding in vertebrate ani 

mals. Prerequisites: Biology 211 or 213 or 

251. Lecture/seminar/laboratory. Offered 

in spring semester. [S] Mr. Young 

332. Limnology. Students develop ad 

vanced knowledge of freshwater ecosys-

terns and ecological analysis. Laboratory 

and lecture are tightly integrated. Stu 

dents develop a small-scale experimental 

model of a freshwater ecosystem, plus do 

individualized field-based investigations. 

Both oral and written presentation of find 

ings are required. Examples of some top 

ics include temporal change in biotic com 

munities, nutrient cycling and biota, and 

predator impacts on ecosystem dynamics. 

Strong emphasis on ecological design/ 

analysis, identifying experimental varia 

tion, and self-directed learning. Prerequi 

site: Biology 231. Knowledge of statistics 

is highly recommended. Lecture/semi 

nar/laboratory. Offered in fall or spring 

semester. [S] Ms. Waters 

336. Evolutionary Genetics. This course 

addresses the genetic structure of species 

and populations (population genetics) and 

the evolution of genes at the molecular 

level (molecular evolution). Topics in 

clude: biochemical and molecular quanti- 

tation of genetic variation, molecular sys- 

tematics, and the molecular evolution of 

structural and regulatory genes. In addi 

tion to lecture, students participate in the 

critical reading, presentation, and discus 

sion of recent primary literature in the 

field. Prerequisite: Biology 241 or 235. 

Lecture/seminar. Offered in fall or spring 

semester. [S] Mr. Label 

362. Investigative Molecular Biology. 

Structure, function, and regulation of eu- 

karyotic mitochondrial and chloroplast 

genomes are investigated. This research- 

intensive course utilizes phylogenetically 

diverse protists (unicellular algae) to an 

swer questions concerning organellar ge 

nome architecture. Emphasis is on student 

projects that involve either 1) genome size 

determination, library construction, and 

physical/genetic mapping of a mitochon 

drial or chloroplast genome, or 2) identifi 

cation, PCR amplification and/or cloning, 

and sequence analysis of a functional or 

ganellar gene. Prerequisite: Biology 261. 

Lecture/laboratory. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Staff 

BIOLOGY 

351-380. Special Topics. Dependent upon 

student and staff interests, one or more spe 

cialized areas of biology are examined each 

year. Prerequisite: Biology 101-102, and 

other courses as specified by instructor. 

Offered in fall and spring semesters. Staff 

390. Botanical Measurements. Employ 

ing techniques commonly used with bo 

tanical materials, this course surveys the 

algae, lichens, and bryophytes in the areas 

of anatomy, morphology, physiology, and 

ecology. Laboratory includes field collec 

tions, specimen identification, practice in 

aseptic techniques, physiological measure 

ments, and assessment of morphogenic 

changes. Prerequisites: Biology 101-102, 

and permission of instructor. Limited to 

12 students. Ms. Mineo 

401-404. Independent Research. A limit 

ed number of juniors and seniors may 

conduct an in-depth investigation of a 

particular topic in biology under the su 

pervision of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: 

permission of faculty mentor and depart 

ment head. Hours by arrangement. Of 

fered in fall and spring semesters. Staff 

410. Senior Seminar in Animal Physiolo 

gy. A seminar on selected topics in animal/ 

cellular physiology. A different area of cur 

rent research in physiology is con-sidered 

each semester. Prerequisites: Biology 251, 

and permission of instructor. Seminar/film. 

Offered in fall semester. [S] Mr. Holliday 

412. Senior Seminar in Vertebrate Biolo 

gy. Exploration of current topics in verte 

brate biology, particularly the relationship 

between morphology and behavioral ecol 

ogy. Emphasis is on primary literature. 

Prerequisites: Biology 213 or 218 or 314 or 

251, and permission of instructor. Offered 

fall or spring semesters. Mr. Young. 

414. Senior Seminar in Developmental 

Neurobiology. Discussion of current top 

ics in developmental neurobiology at cel 

lular, molecular, and genetic levels, 

through reading, discussion, and oral and 

written analysis of the primary literature. 

71

CHEMISTRY 

Prerequisite: Biology 212 or 256 or 261. Of 

fered in spring semester. [S] Ms. Reynolds 

421. Senior Seminar in Plant Biology. Dis 

cussion of trends and advances in plant sci 

ence, particularly in molecular plant biolo 

gy, developmental plant biology, and plant 

physiology. Prerequisite: Biology 221 or 

261. Offered in fall semester. [S] Staff 

422. Senior Seminar in Ecology. The uni 

fying concept of this seminar is that eco 

logical function reflects physiological ad 

aptation. Seminar themes in recent years 

have included wetlands, macrophytes, in 

vasive species, trophic interactions, diver 

sity, and foundation papers in ecology. 

Extensive oral and written presentation 

and discussion of primary literature is re 

quired. Prerequisite: Biology 231. Offered 

in fall or spring semester. [S] Ms. Waters 

495-496. Thesis. Majors with strong aca 

demic records and research potential are 

invited to become candidates for depart 

mental honors toward the end of the first 

semester of their junior year. The courses 

consist of an original laboratory investiga 

tion and culminate in a thesis submitted at 

the end of the senior year and defended 

before the department staff and guests 

they may invite. Prerequisite: permission 

of faculty mentor and department head. 

Hours by arrangement. Offered in fall and 

spring semesters, [one W credit only upon 

completion of both 495 and 496] S taff 

CHEMISTRY 

Associate Professor Husic, Head; Professor 

Sherma; Associate Professors Miles, Nutaitis, 

Walters; Assistant Professors Barber, Hang; 

General Chemistry Laboratory Coordinator J. 

Follweiler; Instrumentation Specialist Layman 

Chemistry majors learn to interpret the 

physical world through the study of the 

properties, composition, and structure of 

matter. 

The Bachelor of Science is the most 

structured and is preferred by graduate 

schools and employers who seek maxi 

mum professional capability at the under 

72 

graduate level. The Bachelor of Arts re 

quires fewer chemistry courses and more 

study in other fields; it is chosen by stu 

dents who plan health service careers or 

others who desire a broader educational 

experience. 

Incoming students with strong chemis 

try backgrounds may enter the honors 

general chemistry program. The first se 

mester is an accelerated review of the ba 

sics, followed by a course on the structure 

and bonding of inorganic compounds. 

Requirements for the A.B. degree in 

Chemistry are: Mathematics 161/162 or 

161/176; Physics 111/112 or 121/122; 

Chemistry 121/122 or 125/213, 212, 221, 

222, 231 plus either 311 and three other ad 

vanced Chemistry courses (not to include 

Chemistry 323 or 325), or Chemistry 323/ 

324 (or 325/326) with two other advanced 

Chemistry electives (not to include Chem 

istry 311). Chemistry 323 or 325 plus three 

advanced courses not including either 324 

or 326 is not an option. In addition, Col 

lege-wide requirements for the A.B. de 

gree must be satisfied. Advanced Chemis 

try electives are 300- or 400-level courses, 

only two of which may be Biochemistry 



in chemistry consists of eight courses: 

Chemistry 121,122 (or 125, 213), 221, 222, 

311 (or 323, 324), and an additional course 

selected from 212,231, or 351. 

For information on the A.B. and B.S. 

majors in Biochemistry, see p. 66. 

Requirements for an American Chemical 

Society certified B.S. degree in Chemis 

try are: Chemistry 121/122/213 or 125 / 

213, 221, 222, 231, 325, 326, 332, 391 or 495, 

431, and three advanced (300- or 400-level, 

excluding independent study or thesis) 

Chemistry electives; (including a mini 

mum of 500 hours of chemistry laborato 

ry;) Physics 121/122; Math 161,162, 263, 

and 271; two other technical electives 

(must be outside of the Chemistry Depart 

ment); and other College-wide require 

ments for the B.S. degree.

102. A Chemical Perspective. Designed 

for non-science students. After a coverage 

of basic principles, a case study approach is 

used to examine societal problems caused, 

influenced, or solved by chemistry. Back 

ground information and rationale are dis 

cussed as well as the chemistry involved. 

Specific topics will vary from year to year 

depending on the interests of students and 

staff. The laboratory emphasizes the scien 

tific approach with experiments using con 

sumer products. Lecture/laboratory. Stu 

dents who have credit for Chemistry 121 or 

122 may not take 102 for credit. Students 

who have credit for 102 may not take 121 

for credit. Offered in fall and spring semes 

ter. Mr. Haug 

121,122. General Chemistry. A study of 

the fundamental concepts, laws, and theo 

ries of chemistry, and the preparation and 

properties of the common elements and 

their compounds. The laboratory work il 

lustrates fundamental principles; during 

the first semester it is semiquantitative in 

nature and the second semester has both 

semiquantitative experiments and qualita 

tive analysis. Lecture/laboratory. 121 of 

fered in fall semester; 122 offered in spring 

semester. Ms. Follweiler 

125. Accelerated General Chemistry I. 

For students with a strong secondary 

school background in chemistry, mathe 

matics, and physics. A review of basic 

principles with an emphasis on stoichiom- 

etry is given, followed by an accelerated 

treatment of kinetics, equilibrium, thermo 

dynamics, and electrochemistry. The labo 

ratory portion of the course emphasizes 

quantitative laboratory techniques. Credit 

will not be given for both Chemistry 125 

and 122. Chemistry majors and other stu 

dents requiring a year of general chemis 

try must complete Chemistry 213 after 

Chemistry 125. Prerequisites: one year of 

high school chemistry (two years recom 

mended), two years of high school algebra 

(must include logarithms), one year of 

high school physics. Lecture/quiz/semi 

nar/laboratory. Offered in fall semester. 

Mr. Layman, Ms. Walters 

CHEMISTRY 

212. Inorganic Chemistry I: Structure 

and Bonding. Introduces students to the 

theories of atomic structure and chemical 

bonding in main-group, transition-metal, 

and solid-state compounds and in con 

densed phases. Serves as an advanced 

chemistry elective for Biochemistry ma 

jors. Prerequisite: Chemistry 122. Lecture. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Barber 

213. Inorganic Chemistry I: Structure 

and Bonding (with laboratory). Same as 

Chemistry 212 plus one three-hour labora 

tory per week, which includes experience 

in the synthesis, purification, and charac 

terization (infrared and electronic spec- 

troscopy, magnetic susceptibility, conduc 

tivity, thermal analysis, and x-ray powder 

diffraction) of inorganic compounds. Pre 

requisite: Chemistry 122 or 125. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Offered in spring semester. 

Mr. Barber 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry I and II. 

General aspects of organic chemistry in 

cluding nomenclature, structure, reac 

tions, synthesis, and spectroscopy are sur 

veyed. This course is intended to prepare 

students for a career in chemistry or bio 

chemistry, as well as the medical and engi 

neering professions. Prerequisite: Chemis 

try 122 or 213 for Chemistry 221; Chemis 

try 221 for Chemistry 222. Lecture/labo 

ratory. 221 offered in fall semester; 222 of 

fered in spring semester. Mr. Miles, 

Mr. Nutaitis 

231. Analytical Chemistry I. A thorough 

study of the fundamental techniques and 

theoretical background of classical volu 

metric and gravimetric analysis together 

with some instrumental analytical meth 

ods such as colorimetry, potentiometry, 

and separation techniques. Prerequisite: 

Chemistry 122 or 213. Lecture/quiz/labo 

ratory. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Sherma 

252, Environmental Chemistry. This 

course discusses the chemical principles 

underlying natural processes and the 

ways in which human activity affects 

those processes. Sources, sinks, and inter 

actions of important environmental com-

CHEMISTRY 

pounds are investigated. Offered in fall 

semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 or 

125. Mr. Barber 

311. Elementary Physical Chemistry. A 

one-semester course designed primarily 

for A.B. majors and premedical students. 

A study of gas properties, thermodynam 

ics, elementary quantum mechanics, kinet 

ics, and lasers. Prerequisites: Chemistry 

122 or 213; Physics 112; Mathematics 125, 

162, or 172. Lecture. Offered in fall or 

spring semester. Ms. Walters, Mr. Haug 

323. Physical Chemistry I without Lab. 

A study of classical thermodynamics, 

equilibria, ideal and real gases, and solu 

tions. Prerequisites: Physics 112,122, or 

131; Mathematics 162; Chemistry 122 or 

125. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Haug 

324. Physical Chemistry II without Lab. 

This course covers quantum mechanics, 

spectroscopy, and kinetics. Prerequisites: 

Physics 112,122, or 131; Mathematics 162; 

Chemistry 122 or 125. Offered in spring 

semester. Ms. Walters 

325. Physical Chemistry I with Lab. A 

study of classical thermodynamics, equi 

libria, ideal and real gases, and solutions. 

The laboratory focuses on the thermody 

namics of phase changes, solution forma 

tion, and chemical reactions. Prerequisites: 

Physics 112,122, or 131; Mathematics 162; 

Chemistry 122 or 125. Lecture/laboratory. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Haug 

326. Physical Chemistry II with Lab. 

This course covers quantum mechanics, 

spectroscopy, and kinetics. The laboratory 

utilizes techniques in IR and UV-VIS ab 

sorption and fluorescence spectroscopy, to 

investigate concepts in quantum mechan 

ics, spectroscopy, and kinetics. Prerequi 

sites: Physics 112,122, or 131; Mathematics 

162; Chemistry 122 or 125. Lecture/labo 

ratory. Offered in spring semester. Ms. 

Walters 

332. Analytical Chemistry II. A study of 

advanced optical, electroanalytical, chro- 

matographic, and other instrumental 

 

methods of analysis. Prerequisites or 

corequisites: Chemistry 221,231, and 311 

or 325, 326. Lecture/laboratory. Offered in 

spring semester. M r. Layman, Mr. Sherma 

342. Advanced Organic Chemistry. This 

course builds upon the basic concepts and 

reactions of organic chemistry. Topics to 

be included are the effect of structure on 

chemical reactivity, molecular orbital theo 

ry as applied to organic molecules, hetero- 

cyclic chemistry, natural products chemis 

try, and the application of computers to 

organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 

222. Lecture. Mr. Nittaitis 

351. Biochemistry Survey. This course 

provides an understanding of structure, 

function, and metabolism of biological 

molecules including proteins, carbohy 

drates, lipids, and nucleic acids. Other 

topics include enzyme catalysis, bioener- 

getics, metabolic control mechanisms, and 

information transfer at the molecular lev 

el. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Lecture. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Husk 

352. Experimental Biochemistry. This 

course provides laboratory experience and 

a theoretical analysis of modern prepara 

tive, analytical, and physical techniques 

utilized for the study of proteins, nucleic 

acids, polysaccharides, membranes, and 

organelles. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351. 

Lecture/laboratory. Mr. Husic 

372. Survey of Instrumental Analytical 

Chemistry. The course provides an over 

view of the principles, methodology, in 

strumentation, and qualitative and quanti 

tative applications of select instrumental 

methods of analysis for organic and inor 

ganic compounds and ions. Topics include 

electromagnetic radiation, X-ray, and elec 

tron spectrometry; gas and liquid chroma- 

tography; electroanalysis; thermal analy 

sis; environmental analysis; and process 

analytical chemistry as applied in indus 

try. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. This 

course is not open to A.B.- or B.S.-Chemis- 

try majors. Lecture. Offered in spring se 

mester. Mr. Sherma

382. Cooperative Education. Course cred 

it is based upon a written report and oral 

presentation describing a project under 

taken during an off-campus scientific lab 

oratory experience covering a period of at 

least one semester and one summer. Pre 

requisite: permission of the department. 

Offered as needed. Staff 

391-394. Independent Study. A research 

project carried out under the guidance of a 

faculty member. May not be equivalent in 

scope or duration to an Honors Thesis. 391 

offered in fall semester; 392, spring semes 

ter; 393, fall semester; 394, spring semes 

ter. Staff 

431. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 

This course uses molecular orbital theory 

to explain the electronic structure and re 

activity of inorganic complexes. Topics in 

clude symmetry and its applications to 

bonding and spectroscopy, electronic spec- 

troscopy of transition-metal complexes, 

mechanisms of substitution and redox 

processes, organometallic and bioinorgan- 

ic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 213, 

311, or 324, 325 or 325, 326. Mathematics 

162. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Barber. 

440. Structure Determination by Physi 

cal Methods. Use of infrared, ultraviolet, 

nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spec- 

trometry, and computational methods in 

the determination of the structures of or 

ganic molecules. These methods also have 

application to the problems of inorganic 

chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 311, or 

323,324 or 325,326. Lecture/laboratory. 

Mr. Miles 

452. Topics in Advanced Biochemistry. 

This course covers a variety of topics with 

emphasis on the molecular basis of human 

disease, new areas of biochemical re 

search, and advances in biotechnology. 

Topics may include immunobiochemistry, 

molecular mechanisms of cellular signal 

transduction, advanced topics in metabo 

lism, chemical carcinogenesis, and the 

physical basis of biochemical methodolo 

gy. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351. Lecture. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Husk 

CHEMISTRY 

462. Advanced Physical Chemistry. A 

study of one or more selected topics of 

current interest in physical chemistry. De 

pendent upon staff, topics may include 

advanced spectroscopy, computational 

chemistry, materials chemistry, or statisti 

cal thermodynamics. The topics and pre 

requisites (Chemistry 323 or 324 depend 

ing on topics, or permission of instructor) 

for a given semester will be announced 

before registration. Lecture. Mr. Hang, 

Ms. Walters 

470-480. Special Topics. Dependent upon 

staff and student interest, one or more 

special topics in chemistry are examined. 

Staff 

495, 496. Thesis. A student may register 

for this course after meeting with depart 

ment staff and finding a faculty member 

who agrees to act as his or her research 

adviser. Discussion of research areas with 

the faculty and preliminary work involv 

ing literature searching and planning 

should be completed before the beginning 

of the senior year. Research in some areas 

requires certain prerequisite courses. 495 

offered in fall semester; 496 offered in 

spring semester. S taff 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Associate Professor Collins, Head; Professor 

Schwar; Assistant Professors Bjorling-Sachs, 

Liew 

Computer science is the study of algo 

rithms and their implementations. This 

field of study is quite recent more than 

95 percent of all computer scientists who 

ever lived are still alive. Its growth has 

been explosive, especially in subfields 

such as networks, artificial intelligence, 

and e-commerce. 

The main emphasis of the curricula is 

software engineering: a systematic ap 

proach to the development of medium-to- 

large programs. One aspect of this ap 

proach is the separation of principles from 

technology. Students learn underlying 

concepts in lecture sections and learn tech 

nical details such as programming lan-


guages and operating systems in labora 

tory sections. Students have opportunities 

for team projects as well as independent 

study and research. 

Lafayette's fiber-optic networked cam 

pus provides computing resources to sup 

port course work, research, and personal 

projects. Many students gain additional 

experience by working part-time for the 

Computing Services and Support depart 

ment. 

Requirements for the major: Require 

ments for the Bachelor of Science degree 

in Computer Science are 32 courses, dis 

tributed as follows: Computer Science 102, 

103, 202, 203, 204, 205, 301, 302, 303, 305, 

470 or 495, and two additional 400-level 

courses; Mathematics 146,161,162,186, 

263, 282; Philosophy 103; a Values and Sci 

ence/Technology seminar from a list of 

courses approved by the department that 

covers the social and ethical implications 

of computing; First-Year Seminar; College 

Writing; and in addition two enhanced- 

writing courses; Physics 111-112,121-122 

or 131-132, and one other laboratory 

course in the natural sciences; four addi 

tional Humanities/Social Science courses 

(at least one of each); two free electives. 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts 

degree in Computer Science are 32 cours 

es, which must include the following: 

Computer Science 102,103, 202,203, 205; 

three additional computer science courses 

at the 300 or 400 level; Mathematics 161 or 

125,146,186; Philosophy 103; a coherent, 

pre-approved (by the department) cluster 

of five or six courses outside of computer 

science (this requirement is waived for 

double majors); the Common Course of 

Study. 

Requirements for the minor: Computer 

Science 102,103, and four courses at the 

200 level or above. 

100. Introduction to Computing. The 

computer is the most versatile tool ever 

invented. In this course, students learn 

how to work with computers and how 

computers affect lives. Lecture/laboratory. 

(This course does NOT satisfy any re 

76 

quirement of the Common Course of 

Study.) Staff 

102. Principles of Computer Science I. 

A rigorous introduction to object-oriented 

design and implementation. Lecture/labo 

ratory. This course requires considerable 

analytical ability; it is not a course in com 

puter literacy or basic computer skills. 

Staff 

103. Principles of Computer Science II. 

Continuation, from Computer Science 102, 

of an object-oriented approach to the de 

sign and implementation of software sys 

tems. Prerequisite: Computer Science 102. 

Lecture/laboratory. Mr. Collins 

202. Analysis of Algorithms. The design 

and analysis of algorithms and their com 

plexity. This course studies techniques for 

measuring algorithm complexity, funda 

mental algorithms and data structures, in 

tractable problems, and algorithm-design 

techniques. Prerequisites: Computer Sci 

ence 103 and Mathematics 146. 

Mr. Bjorling-Sachs 

203. Computer Organization. A study of 

digital logic, computer components, inter 

nal and external memory, instruction sets, 

interrupts, micro- and macroprogramming. 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 103. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Mr. Schwar 

204. System Software. This course deals 

with system-software topics such as run 

time organization, parameter passing, 

interrupt processing, exception handling, 

device drivers, assembly language, and 

high-level language interface. Prerequisite: 

Computer Science 203. Lecture/laboratory. 

Mr. Schwar 

205. Software Engineering. The analysis, 

design, implementation, and maintenance 

strategies appropriate for large software 

projects. Prerequisite: Computer Science 

103. Lecture/laboratory. Permission of de 

partment head required. Mr. Liew 

301. Principles of Programming Lan 

guages. An introduction to the theory of

the design and implementation of contem 

porary programming languages. Topics 

include the study of programming lan 

guage syntax and semantics, translators, 

and imperative, functional, logic and ob 

ject-oriented language paradigms. Prereq 

uisites: Computer Science 202, 203. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Staff 

302. Artificial Intelligence. An introduc 

tion to the study of intelligence as compu 

tation. Topics include problem-solving 

techniques, heuristic searches and knowl 

edge representation. Prerequisite: Com 

puter Science 202. Corequisite: Computer 

Science 205. Lecture/laboratory. Mr. Liew 

303. Theory of Computation. An intro 

duction to the theoretical foundations of 

computer science and formal models of 

computation. Topics will include formal 

languages, finite automata, computability, 

and undecidability. Prerequisite: Comput 

er Science 202. Lecture. Mr. Bjorling-Sachs 

305. Computer Networks. The imple 

mentation and use of computer networks. 

Topics will include the ISO reference mod 

el, communication protocols, local-area 

and wide-area networks, and satellite 

communications. Prerequisites: Computer 

Science 202,203. Corequisite: Computer 

Science 205. Staff 

390-394. Independent Study and Re 

search. Independent study projects for 

juniors and seniors. Hours arranged. Per 

mission of department head required. Staff 

401. Computer Graphics. The creation 

and use of graphical information and user 

interfaces. Prerequisites: Computer Sci 

ence 202, 205; Mathematics 162. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Mr. Bjorling-Sachs 

402. Database Management Systems. 

This course examines the organization, 

design and implementation of data base 

management systems. Prerequisites: 

Computer Science 202, 205. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Staff 


406. Operating Systems. An in-depth 

study of operating systems, covering such 

topics as concurrent processes, memory 

management, input/output and file sys 

tems, and resource allocation. Prerequi 

sites: Computer Science 202, 204,205. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Mr. Schwar 

410-414. Special Topics. This course con 

siders recent advances and/or subjects of 

current interest in computer science. Pre 

requisites vary according to the topic. Staff 

470. Senior Project. In this course, stu 

dents work in teams on the analysis, de 

sign, and implementation of a large-scale 

software project. Prerequisites: Senior 

standing and either Computer Science 302 

or 305. Mr. Liew 

495, 496. Senior Thesis. A two-semester, 

independent research project on a topic se 

lected by the student and approved by the 

department. A student must undertake 

such a program for two semesters to grad 

uate with honors. Staff 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

Associate Professor Heavey, Chair; Professors 

Eukics, Chambers, Hochman, Seifried; 

Associate Professors Ahene, Averett, Beckman, 

Bodenhorn, Bniggink, DeVault, Camber; 

Assistant Professors Handy, Hittchinson, 

Shively 

At the William E. Simon Center for Eco 

nomics and Business, the foundation of 

the department's program is economics, 

that branch of social science that studies 

how societies allocate scarce resources 

among competing ends. The core courses 

include mathematics and statistics, eco 

nomic theory, and financial accounting. 

Within these courses students have the 

opportunity to learn spreadsheet and 

econometric software. 

Upper-division electives allow students 

to further their study of business and gov 

ernment, domestic and foreign economies, 

and current issues. The course offerings 

are well suited to concentrations in politi-


cal economy, finance, applied economics, 

and international economics. Special 

opportunities include participating in re 

search with faculty members, internships, 

and the Lafayette Student Investment 

Research Fund. 

Requirements for the major: A major 

consists of Economics and Business 101, 

211, 212, 213,218 and a minimum of five 

department electives, at least two of which 

must be from the economics selections. 

Students must complete an appropriate 

Mathematics sequence, usually Mathe 

matics 125 and 186, or Mathematics 161 

and 176. The combination of Mathematics 

161 and 186 is not adequate for the major 

in Economics and Business. 

For information on the joint major in 

Mathematics and Economics, refer to p. 

145. 

For information on the coordinate ma 

jor in International Economics and Com 

merce, refer to p. 141. 

Additional departmental course offer 

ings appear under Interim Session in this 

catalog. 

Requirements for the minor: Six courses 

within the department, with prerequisites 

enforced. The following Economics and 

Business courses may not be used to satis 

fy the requirements for the Mathematics/ 

Natural Sciences unit or the Humanities/ 

Social Sciences unit of the Common 

Course of Study: Economics and Business 

213,218, 219, 302, 303, 304, 320, 321, 322, 

324,352, 365, 367-368. 

101. Principles of Economics. An intro 

duction to economics stressing the funda 

mental and central concepts in economics 

and discussing methods and topics that 

engage economists. Topics include supply 

and demand analysis, determination of 

prices, output and profits, distribution of 

income, determination of real GDP, and 

fiscal and monetary policy. Offered every 

semester. Staff 

 

210. Foundations in International Eco 

nomics. This course provides nonmajors 

with an intermediate level microeconomic 

and macroeconomic foundation for the 

study of international economics. It ad 

dresses trade-related issues, such as why 

trade exists and who gains and loses from 

trade. International financial concepts, 

such as exchange rates and the balance of 

payments, are also examined. The course 

is open to nonmajors only and is designed 

specifically for International Affairs ma 

jors. International Affairs majors should 

take this course in the fall of sophomore 

year. Students who receive credit for 210 

may not receive credit for 211 or 212. 

Similarly, students who receive credit for 

211 or 212 may not receive credit for 210. 

Prerequisite: E&B 101. Offered every year. 

Mr. DeVault 

211. Intermediate Microeconomics. A 

study of how individuals and organiza 

tions deal with the problem of scarcity, the 

role of prices in coordinating economic ac 

tivity, criteria for determining desirable al 

location of resources, the mix of private 

and public institutions, and the economic 

basis of public policies. Prerequisites: 

E&B 101 and Mathematics 125 and 186 or 

Mathematics 161 and 176. Offered every 

semester. Ms. Averett, Mr. Heavey 

212. Intermediate Macroeconomics. An 

examination of aggregate economic activi 

ty focusing on the forces that determine 

the behavior of real GDP, interest rates, 

and the price level. Economic growth, 

fluctuations, unemployment, and inflation 

are analyzed along with alternative poli 

cies for dealing with them. Prerequisites: 

E&B 101 and Mathematics 125 and 186 or 

Mathematics 161 and 176. Offered every 

semester. Mr. DeVault, Mr. Camber 

213. Fundamentals of Econometrics and 

Business Forecasting. This course focuses 

on building multiple regression models 

useful for testing economic theories and 

making business forecasts. Topics include 

simple and multiple regression, dummy 

variables, multicollinearity, heteroscedas- 

ticity, serial correlation, and binary depen-

dent variable models. The coursework in 

cludes extensive use of statistical software 

packages and large data sets. Prerequi 

sites: E&B 211, 212 (one of the preceding 

two can be taken concurrently); Mathe 

matics 176 or 186. Offered every semes 

ter. Ms. Averett, Mr. Bruggink 

218. Financial Accounting. An introduc 

tion to the basic concepts and standards 

underlying the measurement and report 

ing of the financial effects of economic 

events on the business entity. Emphasis is 

given to the theory of asset valuation and 

income determination and its implications 

for the communication function of ac 

counting. Students are required to attend 

a weekly one-hour lab in which they learn 

spreadsheet techniques and their applica 

tions to financial accounting. Offered ev 

ery semester. Ms. Handy 

219. Financial Theory and Analysis 

(Business elective). This course is de 

signed to take the principles of accounting 

and apply them to the world of finance. 

The emphasis in the course is on the theo 

ry that underlies corporate accountability 

for financial reporting. Selected reporting 

and disclosure issues, such as financial 

statement presentations, earnings per 

share (EPS), debt, equity and investments 

of excess funds for strategic financial 

management, as well as cash flow analy 

sis, are incorporated. Excel spreadsheets 

are used extensively throughout the 

course. Pre-requisite: E&B 218. Offered 

every semester. Ms. Bukics 

302. Managerial/Cost Accounting (Busi 

ness elective). An analysis and interpreta 

tion of managerial and cost accounting 

data to aid management in planning and 

controlling business activities. Emphasis 

is on basic concepts of costing, cost mea 

surement, variances, managerial account 

ing environment, and managerial perfor 

mance reporting. Prerequisite: E&B 219. 

Ms. Bukics, Staff 

303. Income Tax Topics (Business elec 

tive). This course introduces students to 

the concepts and intricacies of federal in 


come tax policies. In addition, students 

explore the impact of taxation on the daily 

operations of a business. Proprietorship, 

partnership, and corporate tax policies are 

examined. Prerequisite: E&B 219. Staff 

304. Auditing (Business elective). 

This course is designed for upper-level 

accounting students and focuses on 

understanding the standard audit process. 

It involves the use of case studies, group 

work assignments, computer spread 

sheets, and several written papers requir 

ing analysis of current auditing topics. 

Prerequisite: E&B 219. Ms. Bukics 

320. Corporate Finance (Business elec 

tive). Analysis and practical application 

of corporate financial data as it relates to 

managerial decision making. Particular 

emphasis is placed on the corporate in 

vestment and financing decision, risk 

management, and the dividend decision. 

Prerequisites: Economics and Business 

101, 211, 213, 218 and 219, or permission 

of instructor. E&B 213 may be taken 

concurrently. Offered every semester. 

Mr. Chambers, Mr. Shively 

321. Investments (Business elective). 

Fundamental analysis of common stock 

and fixed-income securities, an investiga 

tion of the various security markets, port 

folio practices of investing institutions, 

overall appraisal of stock market activity 

with emphasis on the individual investor. 

Prerequisite: E&B 320. Mr. Chambers, 

Mr. Shively 

322. Financial Markets (Business elec 

tive). This course is an introduction to 

Flow of Funds analysis and interest rate 

determination in the money and capital 

markets, the structure of interest rates, ef 

ficient market hypothesis, and major fi 

nancial institutions in the United States. 

Prerequisites: E&B 101, 211, 212, or permis 

sion of instructor. Mr. Seifried 

323. Money, Financial Intermediation, 

and the Economy (Economics elective). 

A theoretical analysis of the role of money 

in determining the level of economic ac- 

79


tivity. Topics covered include the determi 

nation of interest rates and inflation, the 

institutional structure of financial interme 

diaries and the Federal Reserve, and the 

history of monetary policy in the United 

States. Prerequisites: E&B 101, 211, 212, 

or permission of instructor. [W] 

Mr. Camber 

324. Options and Futures (Business elec 

tive). This course examines the practices 

and principal theories of major options 

and futures markets. Special emphasis is 

placed on the role of derivative securities 

in facilitating risk management. Prerequi 

site: E&B 321. Mr. Chambers, Mr. Shively 

330. Urban Economics and Public Policy 

(Economics elective). An introduction to 

the economic analysis of urban areas. 

Theories of urban growth and of intra- 

metropolitan land use are explored. 

Topics include trends in the location of 

economic activity within urban areas, the 

urbanization of poverty, and problems of 

urban government. Prerequisites: E&B 

211, 212, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Ahene 

331. Industrial Organization (Economics 

elective). This course integrates microeco- 

nomic theory with economic application 

techniques in an investigation of various 

market structures, strategic firm interac 

tion, antitrust issues, and economic regu 

lation. Beginning with the standard Struc 

ture-Conduct-Performance paradigm and 

proceeding through some of the most re 

cently developed theories in noncoopera- 

tive games, the course content exposes 

students to an array of methods that facili 

tate the analysis of market structures, anti 

trust, and regulatory issues. Prerequisites: 

E&B 211, 212, or permission of instructor. 

Staff 

332. Economics of Labor (Economics 

elective). A general course in labor eco 

nomics with a focus on the theoretical and 

actual operation of the labor market. The 

course includes consideration of prob 

lems, policies, and theories concerned 

with the labor force, wages, unemploy 

so 

ment, productivity, human capital, worker 

health and safety, poverty, the economic 

effect of unions, and alternatives to ortho 

dox theories. Prerequisites: E&B 211, 212, 

or permission of instructor. [W] 

Ms. Averett, Ms. Beckrmn 

333. Managerial Economics (Economics 

elective). This course covers the practical 

application of microeconomic theory to 

business problems. Examples of these 

problems include: price and output deci 

sions and cost and demand functions in 

various markets under risk and uncertain 

ty. Case studies are used to exemplify 

specific problems. Prerequisites: E&B 211, 

213. S taff 

335. Environmental Economics (Eco 

nomics elective). This course is designed 

to give students a better understanding of 

how the environment and the economy in 

teract and how public policy can be used 

to shape this interaction. The course be 

gins by sketching out the flows of natural 

resources associated with economic activi 

ty and how the environmental effects pro 

duced by these flows are valued. The 

course then proceeds to show how market 

economies affect the environment. Partic 

ular emphasis is placed on the environ 

mental damage generated by market econ 

omies and how public policy can best be 

used to address this damage. Prerequisite: 

E&B 211. Mr. DeVault 

340. Law and Economics (Economics 

elective). Microeconomic analysis is used 

to examine the relationship of legal insti 

tutions to economic efficiency. Economic 

theories of property rights, contracts, torts, 

and crime are developed. These theories 

are applied to specific issues such as pro 

tecting property rights, public takings of 

private property, liability for defective 

products, and remedies for breach of con 

tract. Prerequisite: E&B 211. 

Mr. Bodenhorn 

341. Public Sector Economics (Econom 

ics elective). A study of the public sector 

of the economy that includes the theories 

of public revenues and expenditures, the

tax structure of American governments in 

cluding analysis of the rationale and conse 

quences of major taxes, and major expendi 

ture programs. Fiscal problems of state and 

local governments and intergovernmental 

fiscal relations are also examined. Prerequi 

sites: E&B 211,212, or permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. Heavey, Mr. Hochman 

342. Political Economy (Economics elective). 

Theoretical and empirical study of interrela 

tionships between political and economic 

behavior, with emphasis on the modern 

mixed economy of the United States. Con 

sideration of the political economy of elec 

tions, executive and legislative actions, reg 

ulatory commission rulings, and judicial 

decisions. Prerequisites: E&B 211,212, or 

permission of instructor. Mr. Hochman 

343. Economic History of the United 

States (Economics elective). A study of the 

growth and development of the American 

economy from the Jamestown colony to the 

Cold War. The course introduces students 

to the fundamental debates concerning the 

importance of various historical episodes 

and institutions that forged the modern 

American economy. Underlying the histori 

cal analysis throughout is the explicit use of 

economic models and theories in interpret 

ing historical data. Wherever possible anal 

ogies between historical experience and 

contemporary issues are drawn providing 

useful and often unique insights to these 

issues. Prerequisites: E&B 211,212. 

Mr. Bodenhorn 

344. Public Finance in Developing Coun 

tries (Economics elective). This seminar 

discusses the relationship between govern 

ment expenditure and revenue policies in 

the management and development of the 

economies of developing countries. Topics 

include theories and practices of public sec 

tor budgeting, expenditure decisions, taxa 

tion policies, public sector borrowing, and 

the financing of government activities 

through money creation. Students examine 

how these practices contribute to the objec 

tive of improving human welfare, economic 

adjustment and growth, and stabilization of 

the macroeconomy. The suitability of these 


measures is assessed within the framework 

of the unique institutional characteristics 

present in developing countries. Prerequi 

sites: E&B 211 or 212, or 342. Mr. Hutchinson 

345. Macroeconomic Stabilization Policies for 

Developing Countries (Economics elective). 

This seminar explores issues relating to the 

theory and practice of economic stabilization 

and adjustment in developing countries 

(LDCs). Specifically, the course discusses a 

variety of policy measures that the govern 

ments of LDCs and policymakers in interna 

tional agencies have adopted in an attempt 

to minimize fluctuations in real national 

output and income, to correct excessive or 

unsustainable balance-of-payments deficits, 

to control domestic inflation, and to promote 

economic growth. Students learn to appreci 

ate how institutional weaknesses unique 

to LDCs may constrain the effectiveness 

of these orthodox policy approaches to 

economic management. Prerequisites: 

E&B 210, or 212, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Hutchinson 

346. Economic Development (Economics 

elective). An introductory survey of the 

economic structures and behavior of devel 

oping countries and how these factors influ 

ence their approach to the challenges of 

reducing poverty, improving health and 

education, and increasing their productive 

capacity and national and per capita income. 

The course examines the applicability of 

conventional economic logic and analytical 

tools to developing economies. Competing 

paradigms of development and the implica 

tions of different sets of behavioral assump 

tions are explored. Prerequisites: E&B 210 

or 211-212, or permission of instructor. [W] 

Mr. Ahene, Ms. Beckman, Mr. Hutchinson 

347. Comparative Systems and Transition 

al Economies (Economics elective). An 

examination of the elements of capitalism, 

socialism, markets and planning and of their 

applications worldwide. Special emphasis 

is given 1) to economies currently moving 

from socialist planned forms of economic 

organization to market capitalism, found 

primarily in Eastern Europe, Russia, and in 

former republics of the Soviet Union, and 2) 

81


to developing nations currently privatizing 

many state-owned enterprises and strength 

ening their reliance on market forces. 

Prerequisites: E&B 101 and 210, or 211-212, 

or permission of instructor. Ms. Beckman 

348. Theories of Consumer and Business 

Behavior (Economics elective). The objec 

tive of this course is to develop a sharp intui 

tive feel for economics as a way of thinking 

about the behavior of individuals and orga 

nizations. In the process, students should 

develop an understanding of economics 

as a core discipline (as a social science) and 

as a profession. The seminar-style course is 

concerned with ideas and method, not tech 

nique. Students read, discuss, and criticize 

major postwar contributions to the economic 

literature on consumer and business behav 

ior. Authors include Akerlof, Baumol, Beck- 

er, Friedman, and Stigler. Mr. Hochman 

351. International Finance (Economics 

elective). This course provides students 

with an understanding of the international 

monetary system. The course examines the 

foreign exchange market and the role that 

governments play in this market. A review 

of previous and current exchange rate sys 

tems and an analysis of international capital 

markets is provided. Prerequisites: E&B 210 

or 211-212, or permission of instructor, and 

junior/senior standing. Mr. DeVault 

352. International Business (Business elec 

tive). This course examines the mechanics 

of doing business abroad and thoroughly 

explores the challenges that management 

faces today within an international environ 

ment. The greater the number of countries 

in which a corporation operates, the more 

"multinational" it is. More specifically, 

students are introduced to the field of global 

strategic management and are provided 

with a good understanding of the funda 

mental importance of cultural, economic, 

political, and environmental factors in the 

growth of global business and investment. 

Prerequisites: E&B 210, or 211-212,218. 

Mr. Ahene 

353. International Trade Policy (Economics 

elective). This course examines the ways in 

82 

which international trade in goods and ser 

vices is regulated through trade policy. This 

course has several objectives: 1) to provide 

students with an understanding of how and 

why international trade is regulated, 2) to 

demonstrate to students how particular 

trade policies affect international trade and 

international economic welfare, and 3) to ex 

pose students to the economic and political 

forces that shape international trade policy. 

Prerequisites: E&B 210 or 211-212, or 

permission of instructor. Mr. DeVault 

354. Contemporary African Economics 

(Economics elective). Analysis of the 

contemporary economic environment in 

Africa: political sociocultural identity and 

economic structure, trends in public and 

private capital flows, African regional and 

international economic institutions, trade 

development and relations with world 

markets, investment concessions and risk, 

with case illustrations from African coun 

tries. Prerequisites: E&B 210 or 211-212, 

or permission of instructor. Mr. Ahene 

355. Economics in Latin America (Econom 

ics elective). This course examines economic 

thought and trends pertaining to Latin Amer 

ica from structuralism to neoliberalism. It 

explores how state ownership, private owner 

ship, markets, and planning have been com 

bined in attempts to achieve desired goals. 

Selected issues of economic importance in the 

region are addressed, including regional 

trade efforts such as NAFTA and native 

peoples' struggles over land rights. Country 

studies based on student research are used 

throughout. Prerequisites: E& B 210, or per 

mission of instructor; E&B 346 recommended. 

[W] Ms. Beckman 

356. Economic History of Russia in the 

Twentieth Century (Economics elective). 

A study of the economy of Russia from 

the beginning of the twentieth century: 

the economy on the eve of World War I, 

the Russian Revolution, Lenin's NEP, 

the Stalinization of the Russian economy, 

the period of stagnation under Brezhnev, 

the reforms under Gorbachev and Yeltsin, 

and current problems. Prerequisites: 

E&B 210 or 211. Mr. Heavey

365. Econometric Analysis (Economics 

elective). Econometric analysis is a blend 

of mathematics, statistics, and economic 

theory. It focuses on the development of 

multiple regression models useful for test 

ing economic relationships and making 

business forecasts. The multiple regression 

model and problems encountered in its ap 

plication are developed in lecture and indi 

vidual applied research papers. Topics in 

clude serial correlation, heteroscedasticity, 

simultaneous equations, limited dependent 

variable models. Special attention is given 

to the matrix algebra determination of esti 

mators. Prerequisites: Mathematics 272 

and 275,336,176 or 186; E&B 211,212 (one 

of the preceding can be taken concurrent 

ly). Ms. Averett, Mr. Bmggink 

366. History of Economic Thought (Eco 

nomics elective). A study of the historical 

development of economics as a discipline. 

By tracing the chronological development 

of the discipline, this course identifies the 

sources of the ideas that provide the foun 

dations for current economic thinking. 

Emphasis is placed on the contributions of 

major economists from Smith to Keynes, 

including Marx. Prerequisites: E&B 211, 

212. Staff 

367,368. Internship (Business elective). 

A one-semester course that emphasizes the 

practical application of economics and busi 

ness management principles. A limited 

number of students are placed in either 

community business organizations or gov 

ernmental agencies. Under the direction 

and supervision of a designated internship 

sponsor, the student completes a training 

program and a practical work project. 

Internships do not count toward the elec 

tive courses required in the major. Permis 

sion of instructor required. Mr. Seifried 

370-375. Special Topics (Business or 

Economics elective, as designated by the 

instructor). A seminar study of major eco 

nomic issues facing the United States and 

world economies. Topics to be announced 

in advance of each semester. Prerequisites as 

stated for each special topics course. Staff 

EDUCATION 

390, 391. Independent Study (Economics 

or Business elective as designated by in 

structor). An investigation and report on 

a subject selected by the student. Open by 

permission of the department. Hours to 

be arranged. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis (Economics or Business 

elective as designated by the instructor). 

For honors candidates. One course each 

semester, only E&B 496 counts toward 

the required electives in the major; E&B 

495 does not. 496 [W] S taff 

EDUCATION 

Lecturer Kissiah 

Students interested in pursuing a teaching 

career upon graduation should contact the 

Dean of Studies at the earliest opportunity. 

Those who qualify for admission to the 

Lehigh University College of Education 

master's degree program in elementary or 

secondary teaching may, upon the recom 

mendation of the Dean of Studies and the 

Lehigh University faculty, receive ad 

vanced standing status. 

150. Principles of Education. The course 

examines the historical, sociological, and 

philosophical foundations of education. 

Topics include learning, curriculum, cur 

rent educational issues, and the relation 

ship of education to society. Emphasis is 

on current literature, primary source ma 

terials, interviews, and classroom observa 

tions. The class requires a high degree of 

participation and preparation. Requires a 

minimum of 10 hours of observation in a 

public school. S taff 

309. Higher Education in America. The 

problems currently facing colleges and 

universities are examined in light of the 

history and traditions of higher education. 

The relationship of public and private in 

stitutions, as well as the growth of the uni 

versity, are also explored. Limited to jun 

iors and seniors. Mr. Kissiah 

Psychology 242. Educational Psychology. 

For description, see p. 160.

ENGINEERING 

ENGINEERING 

Professor Paolino, Director 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 

ENGINEERING 

Basic Requirements: B .S. engineering 

students complete 36 courses over four 

years of study. During the first year of 

study, engineering students typically take 

the following courses: Fall semester 

First-Year Seminar, Mathematics 161, En 

gineering Science 101, Chemistry 121. 

Spring semester English 110, Mathemat 

ics 162, Physics 131, Engineering Science 

231 or Chemistry 122. Students with ad 

vanced placement credit in mathematics 

or science take the next course in the se 

quence. 

After the completion of the first year, 

engineering students are guided by the 

program requirements for each discipline. 

Minor Option. Candidates for a Bachelor 

of Science in one of the engineering disci 

plines may elect a minor program in addi 

tion to their major. The minor require 

ments are the same as the College require 

ments. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 

ENGINEERING 

Associate Professor Veshosky (Civil and 

Environmental Engineering), Chair; Professor 

Paolino (Director of Engineering); Associate 

Professors Bauer (Anthropology and Sociolo 

gy), Bruggink (Economics and Business); 

Assistant Professors Breger (Civil and 

Environmental Engineering), Jemison 

(Electrical and Computer Engineering) 

This degree provides a technical yet broad 

education that spans the physical and 

social sciences and the humanities; it is 

a liberal education for a technical age. 

Students who choose this major value 

the analytical skills and technical literacy 

that the study of engineering provides. 

They do not intend to practice as design 

engineers, but want to be able to under 

stand and communicate technical con 

cepts and issues. 

84 

The curriculum provides a sound 

background in mathematics and physical 

science; basic engineering knowledge 

and problem-solving skills; concepts and 

analytical techniques relevant to a specific 

area of engineering; sensitivity to societal 

concerns through courses in history, 

government, economics, literature, and 

foreign cultures; and an understanding 

of human behavior through courses in 

psychology and sociology. 

Requirements for the major: Ten engineer 

ing courses: Engineering Science 101, 

Engineering and Policy 251, 261, and 451, 

plus an approved six course cluster. Four 

mathematics courses: Mathematics 161, 

162,263, and one elective from an approved 

list. Four science courses: Physics 131, 

Chemistry 121, and Chemistry 122 or Engi 

neering Science 231, plus one elective from 

an approved list. Economics 101 plus two 

courses in the social sciences and one 

course in the humanities chosen from an 

approved list. The Common Course of 

Study and the Foreign Culture requirement. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES/ 

B.S. ENGINEERING 

Professor Van Gulick (Mechanical 

Engineering), Chair; Professor Paolino 

(Director of Engineering), Professors 

McDonald (Foreign Languages and 

Literatures), Pribic (Foreign Languages 

and Literatures), Associate Professors 

Schaffer (Chemical Engineering), 

Tavakoli (Chemical Engineering) 

Globalization of engineering and technol 

ogy is increasing the number of attractive 

job opportunities in foreign countries for 

engineers with proficiency in a second 

language and an understanding of foreign 

cultures. This five-year, two-degree pro 

gram helps students prepare for these ca 

reers with international corporations. 

Students earn a Bachelor of Science de 

gree in chemical, civil, electrical, or me 

chanical engineering and a Bachelor of 

Arts in international studies. Besides

studying a chosen language, students take 

international politics, international history, 

and other humanities or social science 

courses related to the countries or regions 

where the language is spoken. The cap 

stone experience is a professional practi- 

cum of at least 12 weeks in the fifth year 

of the program involving total immer 

sion in a non-English-speaking culture. 

Requirements for the major: This degree 

can only be earned in combination with a 

B.S. Engineering degree. Five years are 

normally required to complete the two-de 

gree program. 

Degree requirements are foreign lan 

guage study through the Foreign Lan 

guages 211 level or equivalent demon 

strated proficiency, Government and Law 

102, International Affairs 362 or equivalent 

Senior Seminar, a preapproved interna 

tional history course, a coherent sequence 

of two additional preapproved courses in 

the humanities and social sciences directly 

related to countries or regions where the 

language of proficiency is spoken, Interna 

tional Studies 401, 402, and completion of 

the requirements for a B.S. degree in 

Chemical, Civil, Electrical and Computer, 

or Mechanical Engineering. 

B.S. Engineering degree requirements 

are normally completed during the first 

four years of study. At least one semester 

of the fifth year is spent abroad complet 

ing International Studies 401, 402: Interna 

tional Studies Practicum. 

401, 402. International Studies Practicum 

I, II. A professional experience involving 

total immersion in a non-English-speaking 

foreign culture. Students spend 12 or more 

weeks in a Lafayette organized and super 

vised full-time engineering practice with 

an institutional organization at an appro 

priate foreign location. Students document 

their accomplishments so that they can be 

evaluated and graded. On-site Lafayette 

evaluations are part of the grading pro 

cess. At least part of the documentation 

may be required to be in the foreign lan 

guage spoken. Prerequisite: Fifth-year 

standing in International Studies. [W] 

Mr. Van Gulick 

ENGINEERING 

ENGINEERING AND POLICY 

Engineering and Policy courses provide in- 

depth background for those students who are 

interested in engineering and public policy or 

engineering management fields. 

251. Engineering and Society. This course 

focuses on how engineering impacts society 

as well as how societal conditions, de 

mands, expectations, etc., impact the prac 

tice and profession of engineering. The 

course addresses the role of engineering in 

urban, industrial society and in economic 

growth. The role of engineering in both the 

public and private sectors and its relation 

to science and technology are addressed. 

Prerequisite: ES 101, or permission of 

instructor. Mr. Breger 

261. Engineering Economics and Man 

agement. This course addresses the con 

cepts and analytical techniques of engi 

neering economics and management. 

Topics include present and annual worth 

analysis, rate of return analysis, benefit/ 

cost analysis, capital budgeting, schedul 

ing, optimization, and decision-making 

under uncertainty. Prerequisite or corequi- 

site: ES 225, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Veshosky 

352. Energy Technology and the Modern 

World. This course examines the role of 

energy and energy technologies in the 

United States and the world. Energy from 

fossil fuels, nuclear, and renewable re 

sources are covered. Topics include world 

resources and recovery of fossil fuels, en 

ergy conversion technologies and impacts, 

nuclear energy and waste disposal, role of 

energy in global climate change, and 

emerging renewable energy technologies. 

Economic and policy issues are integrated 

with a technical introduction to the energy 

field. Prerequisite: EP 251, or permission 

of instructor. Mr. Breger 

390, 391. Independent Study. Individual 

investigation of a particular topic in engi 

neering and policy under the supervision 

of a faculty adviser. Prerequisites: Junior 

or senior standing and permission of the 

A.B. Engineering program chair. S taff 

85

ENGINEERING 

450. Engineering Management. This 

course addresses management concepts 

and techniques as applied to engineering 

organizations and operations. Topics in 

clude organizational design, human re 

source management, technology manage 

ment, financial management, strategic 

management, project management, and 

operations management. Prerequisite: EP 


Mr. Veshosky 

451. Seminar in Engineering and Public 

Policy. This seminar focuses on the tech 

nical, economic, societal, and political as 

pects of some of the public policy issues 

which have a strong engineering-related 

component. It addresses the policy-mak 

ing process and governmental agencies 

that are involved in engineering and pub 

lic policy. Topics include environmental, 

energy, industrial, telecommunications, 

biotechnology, and transportation policies. 

Prerequisite: EP 251, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Mr. Breger 

452. Applied Systems Analysis for Engi 

neering Policy and Management. This 

course addresses quantitative techniques 

used in analyzing public policies that are 

related to engineering. Topics include 

governmental institutions and decision- 

making; regulatory and legal issues 

associated with engineering; technology 

assessment; systems analysis; decision 

analysis; and risk analysis. Prerequisite: 

EP 251, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Breger 

462. Management of Technology and In 

novation. This course addresses the con 

cepts and analytical techniques used in 

managing technology and innovation. 

Topics include management of research 

and development (R&D) functions, tech 

nological forecasting, dynamics of organi 

zational change, cost justification of tech 

nological innovations, replacement analy 

sis, diffusion of technology and innova 

tion, and governmental policies related to 

technology and innovation. Prerequisite: 

EP 261, or permission of instructor. [W] 

Mr. Veshosky 

86 

464. Industrial Policy and Global Com 

petitiveness. This course addresses the 

means by which industrial policies are 

developed and implemented in the United 

States, implicitly or explicitly, and how 

such policies affect global competitive 

ness. It analyzes industrial policy in the 

United States compared with that in other 

countries and the relationship between the 

public and private sectors in developing 

and implementing industrial policies. 

Prerequisite: EP 251, or permission of 

instructor. [W] Mr. Veshosky 

480. Engineering and Policy Design 

Project. Detailed design project, per 

formed either individually or in small 

groups, and directed by a faculty adviser. 

Projects involve the solution of a real- 

world problem that presents significant 

engineering challenges and has direct rele 

vance to management or public policy. 

Prerequisite: EP 450 or 452, or permission 

of instructor. Staff 

482. Engineering and Policy Internship. 

A course that emphasizes the practical 

application of engineering and public 

policy or engineering management prin 

ciples. A limited number of students are 

placed in governmental agencies or 

business organizations. Under the super 

vision of a faculty member, each student 

completes a practical work project. 

Prerequisite: EP 450 or 452 or permission 

of instructor. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis. This program is de 

signed in accordance with the honors pro 

gram of the College. Enrollment is limited 

to A.B. Engineering seniors. Staff 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE 

Courses designated as Engineering Science are 

basic courses for all engineering programs. These 

courses also introduce non-engineering students 

to engineering and engineering methodology. 

101. Introduction to Engineering. This 

course revolves around a semester-long, 

multidisciplinary design project. The 

course emphasizes engineering skills such 

as problem-solving, design methodology,

creativity, and communications including 

the fundamentals of computer-aided 

graphics. Using the theme of the design 

project, engineering topics are taught as 

needed. Students participate as team 

members and, at times, independently to 

solve problems which are part of the 

theme. Lectures/recitation/laboratory. 

Offered in fall semester. Staff 

215. (History 215) History of Technology. 

A study of technology from the irrigation 

cities of the ancient world through militari 

ly financed systems of the late 20th century. 

The course stresses the important role 

played by cultural influences in determin 

ing the nature, extent, and direction of tech 

nological development. Attention focuses 

on processes of invention and innovation 

and their impact on the growth of modern 

Western civilization. Prerequisite: junior 

or senior standing. Lecture/discussion. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Jackson 

225. Engineering Professionalism and 

Ethics. An introduction to the role of the 

engineer in society, time value of money 

concepts and engineering economic deci 

sions, engineering ethics, safety and risk 

assessment, the professional responsibili 

ties of engineers, and the legal aspects of 

engineering. Lecture/discussion. Prereq 

uisite: Sophomore standing. Offered in 

spring semester. Staff 

226. Statics. Introduction to the analytical 

methods of engineering and engineering 

computation through the analysis of equi 

librium force systems. Computational 

software is utilized. Topics include vector 

algebra, resultants of force systems; free 

body analysis, friction; first and second 

moments of area, shear and bending 

moment diagrams. Prerequisites: 

Mathematics 162; Physics 131. Offered 

in fall semester. Staff 

230. Strength of Materials. Stress and 

strain relationships in tension, compres 

sion, shear, and combined loading. Materi 

al properties. Theory and design of pres 

sure vessels, beams and columns. Analysis 

of torsion, bending and transverse loading. 

ENGINEERING 

Deflections. Prerequisite: ES 226. Corequi- 

site: Mathematics 264. Lecture. Offered in 


231. Nature of Engineering Materials. 

Nature and properties of metals, ceramics, 

polymers, and other materials in engineer 

ing applications. Interpretation of the me 

chanical, physical, and chemical proper 

ties from the viewpoint of scientific disci 

plines. Prerequisites: Chemistry 121, or 

permission of instructor; Mathematics 161. 

Offered as an elective for physics and 

chemistry majors. Lectures/recitation/lab 

oratory. Offered in fall and spring semes 

ters. Staff 

385. Environmental Engineering. An 

introductory course dealing with human's 

impact on the environment. Conservation 

of natural resources is covered with em 

phasis on engineering approaches. Global, 

national, and local concerns including the 

origins of pollution, and the design, selec 

tion, and application of control methods 

are discussed. Lecture. Prerequisites: a 

first course in college chemistry, or high 

school chemistry, and permission of 

instructor. Offered as needed. Staff 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Associate Professor ].R. Martin, Head; 

Associate Professors Piergiovanni, Schaffer, 

Tavakoli, and Uz; Assistant Professor Moor 

Chemical engineers are people who solve 

problems. They design new kinds of 

metals and plastics, devise new ways to 

manufacture fuels, and market chemicals. 

Sometimes, working with physicians, 

they help to create artificial organs. 

Traditionally, they take the work of 

chemists and turn it into large-scale 

production. They deal with everything 

from high-level mathematics to piping in 

a chemical plant. Their work requires a 

strong mathematical and scientific back 

ground and the ability to think creatively. 

The curriculum emphasizes general 

proficiency in science and mathematics in 

the first two years followed by profession 

ally oriented work in the final two. Majors 

87


who do well may take on an independent 

research project. The main laboratories are 

equipped for work on bench-scale and pi 

lot-plant scale equipment in the areas of 

fluid flow, heat transfer, mass transfer, sep 

aration processes, and chemical reactors. 

Requirements for the major: Majors must 

complete Mathematics 161,162,263,264; 

four courses chosen from an approved hu 

manities and social science list plus En 

glish 110 and a First-Year Seminar; two 

free electives and two technical electives; 

Chemistry 121,122,221,324 plus two 

chemistry electives one of which may be a 

non-chemistry course with heavy chemis 

try content; Physics 131; Engineering Sci 

ence 101, 225, and an elective; and Chemi 

cal Engineering 211, 221, 311, 312, 313, 321, 

322, 323,411,412,413,414,421, and 422. 

211. Material and Energy Balances. 

Mathematical analysis of steady-state flow 

processes including those with chemical 

reactions. Emphasis on general principles 

and techniques used in problem solving. 

Material and enthalpy balances as applied 

to physical and chemical systems. Heats of 

reaction. Recycle and purging. Digital and 

graphical procedures. Lecture/recitation. 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 121,122. Offered 

in fall semester. Mr. Martin, Ms. Piergiovanni 

221. Chemical Engineering Computing. 

Applications of high-level computer lan 

guages, spreadsheets, software, and com 

puter operating systems as tools for engi 

neering problem solving. Lecture/laborato 

ry. Prerequisite: ChE 211. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Tavakoli, Ms. Piergiovanni 

311. Transport Processes. Unified treat 

ment of the fundamentals of momentum, 

heat, and mass transfer. Analogies be 

tween the three phenomena. Evaluation 

and use of transport coefficients. Estima 

tion and importance of transport proper 

ties. Shell balances and equations of 

change. Molecular, laminar, and turbulent 

transport. Lecture/recitation. Prerequi 

sites: Chemistry 121,122; Mathematics 

264. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Schaffer 

88 

312. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I. 

Laboratory experiments which illustrate 

the basic principles of momentum, heat, 

and mass transfer. Emphasis on laboratory 

safety, statistical analysis of data, and 

technical writing. Lecture/laboratory. 

Corequisite: ChE 311. Offered in fall se 

mester. Staff [W] 

313. Thermodynamics I. Fundamental 

thermodynamic relationships and their 

application to non-reactive chemical engi 

neering systems. Equations of state in 

volving ideal and non-ideal behavior. Esti 

mation and use of thermodynamic proper 

ties. Analysis of flow processes. Lecture/ 

recitation. Prerequisites: Chemistry 121, 

122; Mathematics 263. Offered in fall se 

mester. Mr. Martin 

321. Unit Operations I. Operational ap 

proach to fluid flow and heat transfer with 

emphasis on hardware characteristics and 

selection. Synthesis and evaluation of sys 

tem assemblies used for typical applica 

tions. Lecture/recitation. Prerequisites: 

ChE 311. Offered in spring semester. Ms. 

Piergiovanni 

322. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II. 


the basic principles of fluid flow and heat 

transfer in pilot-scale equipment. Empha 

sis on experimental design, statistical anal 

ysis of data, technical writing, and oral 

presentations. Lecture/laboratory. Coreq 

uisite: ChE 321. Offered in spring semes 

ter. S taff 

323. Thermodynamics II. Application of 

fundamental thermodynamic relation 

ships to phase and reaction equilibria. So 

lution thermodynamics; liquid-vapor 

equilibria for ideal and nonideal systems; 

prediction of liquid-vapor equilibrium 

data; chemical reaction equilibria for ideal 

and nonideal systems. Lecture/recitation. 

Prerequisite: ChE 313. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Martin 

411. Unit Operations II. Operational app- 

proach to mass transfer and staged separa 

tion processes with emphasis on hardware

characteristics and selection. Synthesis 

and evaluation of system assemblies used 

for typical applications. Lecture/recita 

tion. Prerequisites: ChE 321 and 323. Of 

fered in fall semester. Staff 

412. Chemical Engineering Laboratory III. 


the basic principles of separation process 

es, mass transfer, and reaction kinetics. 

Emphasis on experimental design, analy 

sis of kinetic data, computer simulations, 

technical writing, and oral presentations. 

Lecture/laboratory. Corequisites: ChE 411, 

413. Offered in fall semester. Staff 

413. Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design. 

The kinetics of reacting systems and the 

design of chemical reactors. Analysis of 

rate data; multistep reaction mechanisms, 

enzymatic reactions, catalysis and hetero 

geneous processes; design of single phase 

isothermal reactors, multiple-phase reac 

tors, non-isothermal reactors, and non- 

ideal reactors. Lecture/recitation. Pre 

requisites: ChE 323 and Chemistry 324. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Tavakoli, 

Mr. Moor 

414. Process Control. Dynamic aspects of 

controllers, measuring elements, control 

elements, and system components. Eco 

nomic and design techniques in synthesis 

of controlled systems. Analytical and ex 

perimental evaluation of processes. Dy 

namic simulation and stability analysis. 

Lecture/problem period. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 264. Offered in fall semester. 

Ms. Piergiovanni 

421. Design Analysis. Quantitative study 

of current processes. Analysis and flow 

sheet layout of typical systems; safety, 

health, environmental, quality control, and 

ethical concerns in design; economic factors 

in estimation, design, construction, and op 

eration of process equipment. Lecture/reci 

tation. Prerequisites: ChE 411,413, and 414. 

Offered in spring semester. Staff 

422. Design Synthesis. Quantitative study 

of current processes. Flowsheet synthesis 

of typical systems. Details of equipment 


selection and design; optimization and 

integration of process equipment. 

Lecture/recitation. Corequisite: ChE 421. 


TECHNICAL ELECTIVES 

The following technical elective courses 

give students further opportunity to study 

advanced topics in chemical engineering and 

related sciences. They are offered when staff is 

available and when a sufficient number of stu 

dents have registered for them in either term 

of the academic year. These courses are also 

open to other engineering and science students 

with permission of the instructor. 

331. Polymers. Formation, structure, and 

properties of polymers. Thermoplastic 

and thermosetting polymers; stereospecif- 

ic structures; polymer solutions and sol 

vent resistance; chain conformation; mo 

lecular weight; morphology; transitions; 

condensation polymerization; free radical 

and nonradical addition polymerization; 

copolymerization; rubber elasticity; vis 

cous flow; viscoelasticity. Lecture/labora 

tory. Prerequisite: ES 231, or permission of 

insturctor. Mr. Martin 

332. Phase Transformations in Engineer 

ing Materials. The relationship between 

thermodynamics, phase transformations, 

and microstructural development in engi 

neering materials. Emphasis on metals, 

but ceramics, polymers, and composites 

are discussed when appropriate. Lecture/ 

recitation. Prerequisite: ES 231, or permis 

sion of instructor. Mr. Schaffer 

333. Mechanical Behavior of Materials. 

The mechanical behavior of engineering 

materials including metals, ceramics, 

polymers, and composites. Emphasis on 

an understanding of the relationships 

among structure, processing, and mechan 

ical properties. Elastic, plastic, and viscous 

behavior; static and dynamic loading; 

high and low temperature deformation; 

materials-environment interactions. Lec 

ture/recitation/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

ES 231, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Schaffer 

89


334. Chemical Processes in Environmen 

tal Engineering. Principal chemical pro 

cesses in environmental engineering for 

waste water treatment, air pollution con 

trol, and solid waste management. Chemi 

cal, physical, and mathematical principles 

used in defining, quantifying, and mea 

suring environmental quality. Engineering 

fundamentals governing the operation 

and design of pollution control devices. 

Lecture/discussion. Prerequisites: Mathe 

matics 264; Chemistry 122. Mr. Tavakoli 

335. Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention. 

Corrosion, the process of eating or wearing 

away by slow degrees usually by chemical 

action, is a degradation process that results 

in irreversible loss of materials metals, 

ceramics, and polymers. The mechanisms 

of interactions between materials and their 

environments, the consequences of such 

interactions, and the ways of preventing 

environmental degradation by means of 

proper design and materials selection are 

discussed. The properties and behavior of 

engineering materials are included as they 

relate to the environmental durability. 

Lecture/recitation. Prerequisite: ES 231, or 

permission of instructor. Mr. Uz 

336. Engineering Materials and Manufac 

turing processes. Processes used to manu 

facture/fabricate products from metals and 

alloys, ceramics and glasses, polymers, and 

composites. Different types and uses of ma 

terials from each group are discussed. Also 

included are properties and behavior of 

these materials as they affect manufactur 

ing methods, and effects of different pro 

cesses on properties and performance of 

manufactured products. Lecture/recita 

tion/laboratory. Prerequisite: ES 231, or 

permission of instructor. Mr. Uz 

337. Biochemical Engineering. Introduc 

tion to prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, 

cell metabolism, and genetic engineering. 

Mathematical modeling of enzyme kinet 

ics and its importance in reactor design. 

Large-scale fermentation, such as bioreac- 

tor design and scale-up, cellular and 

membrane transport processes, growth 

media development, sterilization proce 

90 

dures, and protein purification. Lecture/ 

recitation/laboratory. Prerequisites: ChE 

311; Chemistry 221, or permission of in 

structor. Ms. Piergiovanni 

338. Process Simulation and Modeling. 

Application of analytical methods to 

chemical engineering operations, chemical 

reactions, and transport processes. Statis 

tical methods and analysis of data. Verifi 

cation of models. Numerical and comput 

er techniques. Prerequisite: Mathematics 

264. Lectures. Staff 

339. Regulatory Aspects of the Chemical 

Process Industries. Industrial hygiene and 

safety. Handling of toxic substances. Fire 

and explosion hazards. Governmental 

regulations and agencies. Disposal of sol 

id, liquid and gaseous wastes. Safety in 

design and operation of chemical process 

es. Lectures. Staff 

341,342. Independent Study and Re 

search. An opportunity for selected stu 

dents to undertake a project during the jun 

ior and/or senior year. Before registering, a 

proposal for the work must be submitted to 

a faculty member who serves as the adviser 

and to the department head for approval. 

Each student is required to submit and 

orally defend a paper embodying the re 

sults of the project. Hours arranged. Staff 

343,344. Special Topics. Recent advances 

in the discipline and/or subjects of current 

interest to students and staff members. 

The topic for a given semester will be an 

nounced prior to registration. S taff 

345. Special Topics in Materials. The course 

considers recent advances in materals, and/ 

or subjects of current interest to students and 

staff members. The topic for a given semes 

ter will be announced before registration. 

Prerequisite: ES 231. Lectures. Staff 


signed and operated in accordance with 

the requirements of the Departmental 

Honors program as administered by the 

Faculty Committee on Academic Progress. 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Staff

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 

ENGINEERING 

Professor McGhee, Head; Professor Viscomi; 

Associate Professors Roth, Ruggles, and 

Veshosky; Assistant Professors Boile, Ereger, 

Driver, and Saliklis 

Civil engineers, like all engineers, are 

problem-solvers. They find the best ways 

to construct bridges, buildings, dams, and 

highways. They design water plants and 

waste treatment systems, and look for 

ways to manage hazardous materials. 

The curriculum prepares students for a 

variety of situations by emphasizing fun 

damental principles of engineering, an ap 

preciation of the effect of human factors 

on technology, logical thinking, resource 

fulness, and ethical considerations in ap 

plying science to human problems. In ad 

dition to a thorough grounding in science 

and technology, students select more than 

one-fifth of their courses in the liberal arts 

and humanities. 

Majors may choose to focus on environ 

mental or structural engineering or other 

areas of interest. Laboratories include ma 

terials testing, fluid mechanics, geotechni- 

cal engineering, environmental engineer 

ing, and advanced microcomputers. 

Requirements for the major: Majors are 

required to take Mathematics 161,162, 

263, and 264; Physics 131; Chemistry 121; 

Engineering Science 101,225,226, and 230; 

either Chemistry 122 or Engineering Sci 

ence 231; Civil and Environmental Engi 

neering 221,251,271, 301, 311, 331, 341, 

361, 372, 473 and four departmental elec- 

tives; eight courses chosen from an 

approved list of humanities and social sci 

ences including a First-Year Seminar and 

English 110; a science or mathematics elec 

tive; two technical electives (upper-level 

mathematics, science, or engineering 

courses, usually requiring one or more 

prerequisites); and two free electives. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

221. Environmental Engineering. The 

application of engineering principles to a 

variety of environmental problems. Topics 

ENGINEERING/CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 

to be considered include population and 

energy growth, water supply and pollu 

tion control, air and noise pollution, solid 

and hazardous wastes, and environmental 

management. Laboratories consist of 

computer modeling of environmental 

problems, sample collection, and chemical 

analysis methods. Students complete a 

term paper on an environmental issue 

of their choosing. Lecture/laboratory. 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 162; Chemis 

try 122 or ES 231, or permission of instruc 

tor. Offered in fall semester. Staff 

251. Fluid Mechanics. Basic principles of 

fluid mechanics. Fluid properties; hydro 

statics; fluid flow concepts including con 

tinuity, energy, and momentum; and di 

mensional analysis are covered. Applica 

tions include open channel flow, pipe sys 

tems, hydraulic models, hydraulic 

machinery, and fluid flow measurement. 

Lecture /laboratory. Prerequisite: ES 210. 


271. Design I. An introductory course in 

engineering design and measurement. 

Topics include fundamentals of surveying, 

statistical analysis, project management, 

and technical writing all of which are ap 

plied throughout the course in a series of 

design projects. Laboratory work includes 

surveying field work, CAD, project man 

agement, and CAD-based civil engineer 

ing applications. Lecture/laboratory. 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 161,162; 

and ES 101. Offered in fall semester. S taff 

301. Risk Assessment. A quantitative ap 

proach for analyzing and managing risk in 

engineering problems and design. Pro 

vides a foundation in probability and sta 

tistics related to civil engineering and ex 

tends this to analysis of data, identifica 

tion and analysis of risk in engineering de 

sign, and determination of acceptable risk 

and methods for risk management. Topics 

and applications include reliability engi 

neering, safety engineering, environmen 

tal risk management, and exposure to the 

surrounding economic, regulatory, and 

ethical issues. Staff 

91


311. Fundamentals of Structural Engi 

neering. This course provides a founda 

tion in the principles of structural engi 

neering. Both design and analysis aspects 

are addressed. Topics include types and 

optimization of structural systems, design 

codes and standards, loads and load 

paths, load and resistance factor design 

principles, construction issues, consider 

ations of economics, and the roles of the 

various design and construction profes 

sionals. Structural engineering software 

utilized in assignments and projects. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Prerequisite: ES 230. Of 

fered in fall semester. S taff 

331. Civil Engineering Project Manage 

ment. This course addresses management 

of civil engineering projects, including 

planning and feasibility studies, environ 

mental assessments, resource develop 

ment, design, construction, and other 

types of projects in which civil engineers 

are involved. Topics include definition 

and scheduling of project tasks and re 

source management. The course also 

provides an overview of the concepts and 

analytical techniques of engineering eco 

nomics, including present and annual 

worth analysis, capitalized cost analysis, 

rate of return analysis, cost/benefit analy 

sis, and sensitivity analysis. The course 

introduces students to software packages 

used in project management and econom 

ic analysis. Lecture. Prerequisite: ES 225. 


341. Transportation Systems. Technical 

and policy related aspects of transporta 

tion systems. Topics include traffic analy 

sis and control, traffic flow theory, geo 

metric design, capacity analysis and level 

of service, transportation demand analy 

sis, and transportation planning. 

Computer applications. Design projects 

include oral presentations and written 

reports. Lecture/discussion. Prerequisites: 

Mathematics 264 and junior or senior 

standing in engineering. Offered in fall 


361. Geotechnical Engineering. An intro 

ductory course in soil mechanics and geo- 

92 

technical engineering. Studies include the 

classification, permeability, consolidation, 

and strength of soils in lecture and labora 

tory settings. Written reports for laborato 

ry and design results are required. Discus 

sion of traditional design methods in 

foundation engineering is included. 

Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisites: ES 230 

and CE 251, or permission of the instruc 

tor. Offered in fall semester. S taff 

372. Design II. Properties and tests of 

materials used in civil engineering appli 

cations, including buildings, transporta 

tion systems, utility systems, and rein 

forced earth. Introduction to laboratory 

and field measurement techniques to as 

sess material performance capabilities of 

steel, concrete, wood, masonry, fiber-rein 

forced composites, and geotextiles. Tech 

nical report preparation. Introduction to 

material structure, properties, and pro 

cessing. Material selection in design of civ 

il engineering systems through the use of 

design codes and standards. Laboratory 

testing for quality assurance and perfor 

mance evaluation in service are included 

through labs and design projects. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Prerequisite: junior standing. 

Offered in spring semester. S taff 

473. Design III. Students work in teams 

to develop the design of a comprehensive 

and realistic project that involves several 

interrelated civil engineering disciplines. 

At the end of the project, they are required 

to submit a detailed set of design draw 

ings and related documents, as well as 

present the results orally. Participants de 

velop skills in project design, project man 

agement, engineering report preparation 

and presentation, leadership, and are also 

given an opportunity to utilize many of 

the skills learned in previous courses 

within the CE disciplines. Lecture/discus 

sion. Prerequisite: senior standing. Offered 

in spring semester. Staff 

DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES 

390, 391. Independent Study or Research. 

Independent study or research projects se 

lected based on the background and inter-

ests of the student. An outline of the pro 

posed work is submitted for approval by 

the department head and the faculty 

member who serves as adviser. A final pa 

per presenting the results of the work is 

required. Hours arranged. 390 offered in 

fall semester, 391 in spring semester. S taff 

395, 396. Special Topics. This course con 


current interest to students and faculty. 

The special topic(s) for a given semester 

will be announced prior to registration. 

395 offered in fall semester, 396 in spring 


411. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. 

This course considers advanced topics in 

engineering mechanics. Included are: 

orthotropic elasticity, bending of nonpris- 

matic members, torsion of thin-walled 

members, and energy methods. Introduc 

tion to nonlinear mechanics including 

elasto-plastic analysis and bending of flat 

plates. Introduction to finite element 

methods. Symbolic programming is 

used as well as finite element programs. 

Lecture. Prerequisite: CE 311. Offered as 

needed. Staff 

412. Advanced Structural Analysis. 

Analysis of forces and deflections in inde 

terminate beams, frames, and trusses. 

Topics include energy methods, slope-de 

flection, moment distribution, direct stiff 

ness, and the matrix analysis method. 

Computer applications. Lecture. Prere 

quisite: CE 311. Offered as needed. Staff 

413. Design of Concrete Structures. This 

course focuses on the mechanics and de 

sign of components of reinforced concrete 

structures and builds upon the knowledge 

gained in CE 311. Extensive use of the ACI 

318 design code is made. Topics include 

concrete and reinforcement properties, 

slender beams, deep beams, T-beams, 

shear, torsion, columns, one- and two-way 

slabs, walls, footings, and reinforcement 

splicing and development lengths. An 

introduction to prestressed concrete struc 

tures is presented. Lecture. Prerequisite: 

CE 311. Offered as needed. S taff 


414. Structural Dynamics. This course 

considers the analysis and design of 

structures subjected to time-dependent 

loads. Included is the formulation of 

dynamic models for single and multiple 

degree of freedom systems. Determinis 

tic and stochastic responses to shock and 

environmental loadings (earthquakes, 

winds, and waves) are developed. 

Emphasis is given to design applications 

using existing codes and commercially 

available structural software. Lecture. 

Prerequisite: CE 311. Offered as needed. 

Staff 

415. Design of Steel Structures. This 

course considers elastic and plastic behav 

ior of steel structures. Included are the 

design of connections, plate girders, com 

posite beams, multistory frames, beam- 

columns, bracing, and torsional members. 

Extensive use of the LRFD (load-resistance 

factor design) method. Use of commer 

cially available structural analysis and 

design software is emphasized. Lecture. 

Prerequisite: CE 311. S taff 

421. Hydrology. Introduction to engi 

neering hydrology dealing with waters 

on or near the earth's surface. Topics 

include atmospheric, subsurface, and 

surface waters; hydrologic analysis; 

and hydrologic design. Design problems 

using the statistical approach to engineer 

ing design, finite differences, and current 

hydrological computer models are 

assigned. Lecture. Prerequisite: CE 251. 

Offered in fall semester in alternate 

years. Staff 

422. Environmental Site Assessment. 

Introduction to preliminary site investi 

gations for environmental hazards. 

Topics include identification of wet 

lands, title searches, air photo interpreta 

tion for environmental hazards, visual 

site surveys, operation of environment 

monitors, current EPA regulations re 

garding site assessment and investiga 

tion, and sampling of surface materials. 

Lecture/discussion/laboratory. Prereq 

uisite: Chemistry 122, and permission 

of the instructor. Staff 

93


423. Water Quality Modeling. Basic prin 

ciples of water quality modeling including 

biological, chemical, and physical factors. 

Applications to rivers, lakes, estuaries, 

and coastal waters with emphasis on the 

formulation and use of mathematical 

models. Lecture/discussion. Prerequisites: 

CE 221, and 251. Offered in spring 

semester in alternate years. Staff 

424. Groundwater Hydrology. Engineer 

ing analysis of groundwater flow and 

contaminant transport in the subsurface. 

Topics covered include geologic and physi 

cal factors affecting the movement of water 

and contaminants, sources of pollution, 

mathematical formulation and solution of 

groundwater flow and transport problems, 

remediation methods, and an introduction 

to computer simulation models. Lecture. 

Prerequisites: CE 251; Mathematics 264, or 

permission of instructor. Offered in spring 

semester in alternate years. Staff 

425. Water Supply and Pollution Con 

trol. Application of basic principles to the 

design of water and wastewater systems. 

Process design and equipment selection 

for water and wastewater treatment facili 

ties. Lecture/discussion. Prerequisites: CE 

221, 251. Offered in fall semester in alter 

nate years. S taff 

426. Water Resources Engineering. This 

course addresses current topics in the area 

of water resources engineering including 

water law, water resources planning, 

coastal engineering, drainage, pressure 

conduits, open channels, irrigation, and 

hydroelectric development. Incorporated 

into the course are current computer pro 

grams used in modeling various aspects 

of water resources. Lecture. Prerequisites: 

CE 221, 251. Offered in spring semester in 

alternate years. Staff 

431. Construction Management. This 

course addresses the concepts and tech 

niques used in effectively managing con 

struction projects. Topics include work 

breakdown systems, critical path schedul 

ing, cost estimating, budgeting, monitor 

ing and reporting progress, change orders, 

94 

quality management, labor relations, and 

relevant legal and regulatory issues. Stu 

dents develop capabilities with software 

packages used in cost estimating, schedul 

ing and budgeting, reporting, and docu 

ment management. Prerequisite: CE 331. 

Offered in spring semester in alternate 

years. Staff 

441. Mass Transit Systems. Technical and 

policy-related issues of intra-city and inter 

city mass transit systems. Course details 

analysis and design of rail and bus systems. 

Topics include traffic prediction, choice of 

transport mode, capacity and operating 

characteristics of various types of public 

transport, integration with urban planning, 

and environmental and economic impacts. 

Principles of design and operation of water 

and air traffic system components are also 

introduced. Computer applications. Study 

of real-world systems, includes oral presen 

tations and written reports. Lecture/discus 

sion. Prerequisite: CE 341, or permission of 

instructor. Offered in spring semester. Staff 

442. Urban Transportation Planning. 

Study of the transportation planning, 

design, and impact estimation process, 

including population changes affecting 

demand and mobility needs, transportation 

demand and supply analysis, service policy 

variables, and estimation of airpollution 

and energy use impacts. Computer applica 

tions. Student projects include impact stud 

ies of new facilities and system analysis to 

meet specific transportation requirements. 

Lecture/discussion. Prerequisite: CE 341, 

or permission of the instructor. Offered in 

fall semester in alternate years. Staff 

443. Systems Engineering and Analysis. 

Basic principles of econometrics, engineer 

ing, operations research, and management 

sciences which underlie modern urban 

systems engineering analysis and decision 

making. Strong emphasis on the practical 

application of these principles, through 

the use of computer applications and case 

studies. In particular, the concepts of 

mathematical programming, stochastic 

processes, queueing theory, and modern 

decision analysis are studied and applied 

to a variety of real-life situations arising in

systems engineering. Lecture/discussion. 

This course and Mathematics 294 cannot 

both be taken for credit. Offered in fall 

semester of alternate years. Staff 

451. Open Channel Hydraulics. Applica 

tion of fluid mechanics principles to flow in 

open channels. Uniform, gradually varied, 

rapidly varied, and unsteady flow condi 

tions are analyzed and applied to a variety 

of practical problems. Both laboratory and 

computer models are employed. Lecture/ 

discussion. Prerequisite: CE 251. Offered 

in fall semester in alternate years. Staff 

461. Foundation Engineering. This 

course focuses on the application of the 

basic principles of soil mechanics to the 

design of foundations for structures. Shal 

low footings, mat foundations, and deep 

foundations will be studied. Includes use 

of design software for foundations. Soil 

improvement methods are introduced. 

Oral presentations and written design 

reports are required. Lecture. Prerequisite: 

CE361. Offered in spring semester in 

alternate years. Staff 

462. Retaining Walls, Slopes, and Earth 

en Dams. This course applies the basic 

principles of soil mechanics to the analysis 

and design of structures built primarily 

from soil or to retain soil. Use of tradition 

al construction methods as well as geotex- 

tiles and soil improvement methods are 

considered. Includes significant use of 

computers for analysis. Oral presenta 

tions and written design reports are 

required. Lecture. Prerequisite: CE 361. 

Offered in spring semester in alternate 

years. S taff 

471. Advanced Civil Engineering Analy 

sis. A study of the analytical and design 

methods used in solving certain civil engi 

neering problems. Lecture/discussion. 

Prerequisite: senior standing in Civil 

Engineering or permission of instructor. 


481. Advanced Surveying. The applica 

tion of current surveying methods in 

the civil engineering field. Topics in 


clude Global Positioning Systems (GPS), 

Geographical Information Systems (GIS), 

and advanced topics in surveying such 

as remote sensing, the fundamentals of 

photogrammetry, and methods of precise 

measurements. Lecture/laboratory. Pre 

requisite CE 271. Offered in fall semester 

in alternate years. S taff 




to seniors in Civil Engineering. 495 offered 

in fall semester, 496 in spring semester. Staff 

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER 

ENGINEERING 

Professor Hornfeck, Head; Associate Professors 

Bennett, Greco, Jouny; Assistant Professors 

Jemison, Robertson; Instructor Hatter 

Electrical and computer engineers, like 

all engineers, are problem-solvers. They 

plan and direct the design and develop 

ment of electrical, electronic, electrome 

chanical, and computing equipment. In 

addition, they apply computers as design 

tools, communications systems, and re 

search resources. Careers in electrical and 

computer engineering are widely varied 

and include electronics design, communi 

cations, computing, manufacturing, elec 

tric power generation and distribution, 

consulting, and research. 

The curriculum builds on the funda 

mentals in the physical and engineering 

sciences as well as mathematics and 

computer science. More than 20 percent 

of the program may include social sci 

ences and humanities courses. Well- 

planned, hands-on engineering design 

experiences are woven into the curricu 

lum. Facilities include computer sys 

tems, control systems, microelectronics, 

photonics, and signal processing labora 

tories. Juniors and seniors are encour 

aged to undertake independent study 

and research projects. 

Requirements for the major: An introduc 

tion to engineering course, Engineering 

Science 101; a Values and Science/Tech- 

95

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING 

nology (VAST) course, Engineering Sci 

ence 225; fourteen required courses in 

electrical and computer engineering and 

computer science in the areas of computer 

hardware: ECE 211, 212, 313; circuits and 

electronics, ECE 221, 322, 323; signals and 

systems, ECE 331, 332,433; and applied 

physics, ECE 341,442; computer software: 

Computer Science 102,103,205; three elec 

tive courses in electrical and computer en 

gineering chosen from 390-399, 414,415, 

416,417, 425,426,427,434,435, 436,437, 

438,443, 444,445,450, and 451; or two 

electives from this list and one approved 

computer science elective; a two-course 

senior design laboratory sequence, ECE 

491, 492; six courses chosen from an ap 

proved list of humanities and social sci 

ences, including English 110 and a First- 

Year Seminar; majors also take Mathemat 

ics 146,161,162,263, and 264; Physics 131 

and 132; Chemistry 121,122 or Engineer 

ing Science 231; and two free electives. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

211. Digital Circuits I. This course intro 

duces digital circuit elements, analyzes 

circuits consisting of these elements and 

presents techniques to design minimized 

circuits to perform a given task. Topics 

include: combinational circuit analysis 

and design, number representations and 

codes, addition circuits, analysis and de 

sign of synchronous and asynchronous 

circuits. Lecture/discussion/laboratory. 

Prerequisite or corequisite: ES 101. Offered 

in fall semester. Mr. Greco 

212. Digital Circuits II. This course cov 

ers the design of digital systems using 

programmable devices. These devices 

include the microprocessor, microcontrol 

ler, and field programmable gate array. 

After learning the requisite hardware and 

software, students use the devices to solve 

a digital system design problem. The labo 

ratory introduces digital devices and ends 

with an individual project. Lecture/dis 

cussion/laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 211. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Greco 

96 

221. Basic Electric Circuit Analysis. In 

troduces students to concepts, ideas, and 

techniques that are fundamental to the 

analysis of linear electrical circuit models. 

Circuit analysis techniques are derived 

from Kirchhoff's Laws and topics covered 

include DC circuits, AC circuits, RC/RL 

circuits, operational amplifier circuits, 

and AC power calculations. Laboratory 

exercises reinforce theories presented in 

lectures. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 162. Offered in spring se 

mester. Staff 

313. Computer Organization. The fea 

tures of a digital computer are examined 

at various levels. Topics include: CPU 

architecture and instruction sets (machine 

level), the microprogramming level, virtu 

al memory (operating system level), the 

assembly language level. Lecture/discus 

sion. Prerequisite: ECE 212. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Hornfeck 

322. Introduction to Solid State Devices 

and Circuits. The course begins with 

discussion of semiconductor devices to 

obtain their volt-ampere behavior. First 

order models for the devices are devel 

oped and used to analyze both analog and 

digital circuits. The use of computer-aided 

design programs is presented. Required of 

junior electrical engineering students. Lec 

ture/discussion/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

ECE 221 and Pre/corequisite: Mathemat 

ics 264. Corequisite: ECE 331. Offered in 

fall semester. Staff 

323. Analysis and Design of Solid State 

Circuits. The course continues to develop 

the topics introduced in ECE 322 with 

emphasis placed on more complex circuits 

used in analog and digital applications. 

Extensive use is made of simulation pro 

grams as an aid in the design process. 

Required of junior electrical engineering 

students. Lecture/discussion/ laboratory. 

Prerequisite: ECE 322. Offered in spring 


331. Network Analysis. Fourier, Laplace, 

and Z-transforms are developed and ap 

plied to the analysis of electrical circuits.

Transient and frequency characteristics 

of transfunctions are discussed. Required 

of junior electrical engineering students. 

Lecture/discussion. Prerequisite: ECE 221, 

and Pre/corequisite: Mathematics 264. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Jouny 

332. Communications Systems. This 

course is devoted to a study of systems 

used to transmit information. Continuous 

(Analog) and Discrete (Digital) Systems, 

and the principles of frequency division 

and time division multiplexing are treat 

ed. The effect of noise on the various sys 

tems is investigated. Required of junior 

electrical engineering students. Lecture/ 

discussion. Prerequisites: ECE 331, 322. 

Offered in spring semester. Mr. Jouny 

341. Electromagnetic Waves. Maxwell's 

Equations in integral and differential forms 

are introduced to describe the propagation 

of electromagnetic waves in a variety of 

media. Necessary vector integration and 

differentiation techniques are developed. 

Required of junior Electrical and Computer 

Engineering majors. Lecture. Prerequisites: 

Mathematics 264; Physics 132. Offered in 

fall semester. Mr. Bennett 

433. Industrial Electronics and Control 

Systems. Feedback control systems are 

studied in both the frequency and time 

domain. Topics include detailed system 

modeling, stability and error analysis, de 

sign to meet specifications, and discussion 

of system integration in a manufacturing 

environment. Lecture/discussion/labora 

tory. Prerequisite: ECE 323, 331, Offered 

in fall semester. Mr. Jemison 

442. Applied Optoelectronics. This 

course develops a basic understanding 

of optoelectronic materials, devices, and 

systems. Topics include light sources and 

photodetectors, and the propagation of 

light within various media and optical 

elements. Required of junior Electrical and 

Computer Engineering majors. Lecture. 

Prerequisite: ECE 341. Offered in fall 

semester. Mr. Bennett 

ENGINEERING/ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER 

491. Senior Project. This course uses a 

data network to introduce students to 

team project work. Course topics include 

computer networks from the physical lay 

er to communication protocols. A repre 

sentative network is designed and realized 

in the laboratory. Students work in teams; 

different teams design sub-systems of the 

network. In preparation for work on the 

independent senior design project (ECE 

492), the laboratory experience introduces 

students to project scheduling, budgeting, 

and reporting. Lecture/laboratory. Prereq 

uisite: senior standing in Electrical and 

Computer Engineering. Mr. Greco 

492. Electrical Engineering Design Labo 

ratory II. In this course individual or team 

design projects are completed. The course 

includes both laboratory and library work. 

Initial proposals, progress reports, and 

final design documents are required. 

Projects can cover the entire spectrum of 

activities within electrical engineering. 

Laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 491. Offered 

in spring semester. Staff 

DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES 

390, 391, 392. Independent Study or 

Research. An opportunity for selected 

students to undertake independent study 

or research projects during the senior year. 

Each student is required to submit work 

or demonstrate a project embodying the 

results of the study or research. The pro 

posal for this work is submitted to a facul 

ty adviser and is also submitted to the de 

partment head for approval. This work 

may be substituted for certain technical 

courses normally required. Hours by ar 

rangement, offered each semester. Staff 


consider recent advances and/or subjects 

of current interest to students and mem 

bers of the staff. The special topic for a 

given semester will be announced prior to 

registration. Prerequisite: senior standing 

in electrical engineering. Staff 

414. Digital Systems and Microproces 

sors. The design of a digital system is ap-


preached using both microprocessors and 

algorithmic state machines. Microprocessor 

topics include interfacing, direct memory 

access, disk controllers, and assembly lan 

guage. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

ECE 212. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Greco 

415. Computer-Aided Network Analysis/ 

Design. This course considers the circuit 

theory necessary to solve large-scale cir 

cuit problems on the digital computer. 

These concepts are translated into the 

programs used for DC, AC, and transient 

circuit analysis. Each student will write a 

series of programs and assemble them 

to yield a SPICE-like circuit simulator. 

Lecture/discussion.Prerequisite: ECE 331. 


416. Microcomputer Interfacing. This 

course acquaints students with methods 

of interfacing microprocessors, microcon 

trollers, and microcomputers. Students 

are initially introduced to the concepts of 

assembly language programming, with 

emphasis on a specific microcontroller. 

Then, the architecture of the processor or 

controller is studied in detail, stressing the 

interfacing aspects. A laboratory compo 

nent is included with students conducting 

practical experiments in device interfac 

ing. Lecture/discussion/laboratory. 

Prerequisite: ECE 212. Staff 

417. Digital Control Systems. Control 

systems using digital logic/computers are 

studied. Analytic techniques employing Z 

transforms and state variables are devel 

oped. Response/ performance, stability, 

and algorithm design are also covered. 

Lecture/discussion. Prerequisite: ECE 212 

and ECE 332. Offered in spring semester. 

Staff 

425. VLSI Circuit Design. Introduces 

the design of Very Large Scale Integrated 

circuits, with emphasis on digital CMOS 

design. Topics include MOS transistor the 

ory, basic 1C processing, static and dynam 

ic CMOS, VLSI system organization, and 

CAD tools for design and simulation. Stu 

dents design projects to be fabricated and 

returned the following semester. Lecture/ 

98 

discussion/laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 

322. Offered in fall semester. Ms. Robertson 

426. VLSI System Design. Topics include 

test and design for testability, gate arrays, 

hardware description and languages, 

advanced CAD techniques, gallium ar 

senide, and BiCMOS. Students design, 

fabricate, and test projects. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 425. 

Ms. Robertson 

427. Integrated Circuit Processing. 

Process technology used in the fabrication 

of VLSI circuits are developed. Topics 

include epitaxial growth, oxidation and 

diffusion, photolithography, ion implant 

processes, chemical vapor deposition, and 

metallization. Lecture. Prerequisite: ECE 

322, or permission of instructor. Offered 

in spring semester. Ms. Robertson 

434. Digital Signal Processing. This 

course covers discrete fourier transforms 

(DFT and FFT), the sampling theorem 

and its consequences, Z transforms theory, 

recursive digital systems, and digital filter 

design. Lab involves implementation of 

digital signal processing algorithms in real 

time using DSP hardware. Lecture/labora 

tory. Prerequisites: ECE 331, 212. Offered 

in fall semester. Mr. Jouny 

435. Speech and Image Processing. Intro 

duces interactive information systems uti 

lizing sight and sound. Speech processing, 

recognition, synthesis, and coding, as well 

as image understanding and compression 

technologies, are discussed. Acquaints stu 

dents with speech production, extraction 

of recognizable phonic features, recogni 

tion of speech templates, edge detection, 

and image understanding. Lecture. 

Prerequisite: ECE 331. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Jouny 

436. Communications Networks. This 

course introduces computer communica 

tions and data networks. The course in 

cludes background material in probability 

and queuing theory, a description of all 

seven OSI (Open Systems Interconnec 

tions) layers with protocols, applications

of data networks, and a brief introduction 

of ISDN technology. Students will animate 

and evaluate the performance of hypo 

thetical topologies of communications 

networks. Lecture. Prerequisite: ECE 331; 

not open to students having taken Com 

puter Science 403. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Jouny 

437. Biomedical Signal Processing. This 

course covers the properties, techniques 

for acquisition, and analog and digital 

processing of biomedical signals, includ 

ing EMG (electromyogram), EEC (electro 

encephalogram), and ECG (electrodio- 

gram). Course concentrates primarily on 

the acquisition and processing of ECG 

signals through the guided design of a 

computerized ECG analysis system. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 331. 

Offered in spring semester. S taff 

438. Data Acquisition and Control. The 

design of electronic circuits to interface 

transducers to computers and computers 

to actuators is considered. Data acquisi 

tion errors such as linearity, drift, noise, 

etc. are studied in relationship to the com 

puter system. Applications in manufactur 

ing are emphasized. Lecture. Prerequisite: 

ECE 433. Offered in spring semester. Staff 

443. Optical Sensors and Devices. 

Optical devices used to sense quantities 

such as strain, temperature, and material 

properties are introduced, beginning with 

a general overview of sensors and nonde 

structive evaluation techniques. Specific 

optical implementations are reviewed 

with an emphasis on fiber optic sensors. 

A number of current applications are cov 

ered ranging from structural to environmen 

tal monitoring. Lectures are supplemented 

with demonstrations and occasional labora 

tory exercises. Lecture. Prerequisite: senior 

standing in engineering. Offered in spring 


444. Introduction to Fiber Optics. Funda 

mentals of fiber optic communication and 

sensor systems. Review of the nature of 

light, and description of light propagation 

within dielectric waveguides. Optical fiber 


fabrication, attenuation, and dispersion 

mechanisms are considered, and optical 

sources, detectors, and connectors cov 

ered. Advanced topics include specialty 

fibers, coherent communications, WDM, 

solitons, optical amplifiers, fiber optic 

networks. Lecture. Prerequisite: ECE 341, 

or permission of instructor. Offered in fall 


445. Physics of Semiconductor Devices. 

This course presents a quantitative analy 

sis of both bipolar and field effect transis 

tors. The device equations are developed 

from fundamental physical processes such 

as carrier densities, transport processes, 

and generation-recombination mecha 

nisms. Lecture. Prerequisites: ECE 323, 

ECE 341. Offered in fall semester. Staff 

450. Introduction to Electrical Machin 

ery. A study of rotating electrical machin 

ery including synchronous, asynchronous 

single, and polyphase machines. A basic 

approach is used in the development of a 

thorough understanding of the operation 

of a single component, and of these com 

ponents as part of a system. The basic 

principles of energy conversion are con 

sidered. Lecture. Prerequisite: ECE 331. 


451. Introduction to Electrical Power 

Systems. This course deals with the ele 

ments of the transmission and distribution 

of electrical power. Starting with transmis 

sion lines, the course will develop the gen 

eral representation of power systems. 

Load flow studies and the economic oper 

ation of power systems are treated. Final 

ly, symmetrical components, transients 

and system stability are considered. 

Lecture/discussion. Prerequisite: EE 331. 


HONORS ELECTIVE 




to seniors. These courses may not be used 

for electrical and computer engineering or 

computer science credits. Staff 

99

ENGINEERING/MECHANICAL 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Van Gulick, Head; Professor 

Paolino; Associate Professors Merz, Nesbit, 

Seeler, Uhicakli; Assistant Professor Hummel; 

Laboratory Director DeRossett 

Like all engineers, mechanical engineers 

are problem-solvers. They design, devel 

op, and construct internal combustion en 

gines, machinery, power plants, transpor 

tation vehicles, and biomedical devices. 

They work in manufacturing, marketing, 

management, research, education, and 

system design and development. 

The department offers a comprehensive 

program that prepares students for profes 

sional work or further study. The curricu 

lum includes a solid grounding in mathe 

matics, science, and technology, along with 

technical electives in the humanities and so 

cial sciences. Design is integrated through 

out, and students use contemporary engi 

neering computer software and apply mod 

ern manufacturing processes in completing 

design projects. Facilities include laborato 

ries for modern manufacturing, internal 

combustion engines, thermo-fluids, and dy 

namic systems. All majors do a senior de 

sign project. Seniors may also do indepen 

dent study or honors thesis research. 

Requirements for the major: Majors are 

required to take the following 38 courses: 

Mathematics 161,162,263, and 264; Physics 

131,132; Chemistry 121 and 122 or Engi 

neering Science 231; Engineering Science 

101,225,226,230; Mechanical Engineering 

210,240,331,332,350,352,353,360 or 371, 

361, 362, 470, 475, 478,479,497,498; two 

technical electives, four approved Social 

Science/Humanities electives; a First-Year 

Seminar and English 110; and two free 

electives. 

210. Manufacturing and Design. 

Advanced techniques in computer-aided 

design are applied to mechanical compo 

nents and systems. Manufacturing process 

es, their underlying physical phenomena, 

and their impact on mechanical design are 

studied. Modern design theories are intro 

duced. Laboratory work includes comput 

er-aided design, conventional farbrication 

100 

techniques, and computer-aided manufac 

turing. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

ES101. Offered in spring semester. Staff 

240. Dynamics. Particle and rigid body 

kinematics and kinetics. Work, energy, and 

power. Linear impulse and momentum, 

angular impulse and momentum, impact. 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 263; Physics 131. 


331. Instrumentation and Data Acquisition. 

The fundamental concepts of engineering 

instrumentation are introduced with 

emphasis on the measurement techniques 

of particular importance to the mechanical 

engineer. Topics include the theory of op 

eration and selection criteria for various 

temperature, pressure, flow rate, displace 

ment, speed, force, strain, torque, time, 

and power measurement devices. In the 

corequisite laboratory, students apply 

calibration techniques and determine 

measurement uncertainties for these 

instruments through statistical analyses. 

Computer data acquisition techniques 

are stressed throughout the course, with 

hands-on applications in the laboratory 

course. Corequisite: ME 332. Offered in 


332. Instrumentation and Data Acquisi 

tion Lab. Students apply fundamental in 

strumentation concepts learned in ME 331 

to the measurement of various physical 

phenomena in the laboratory. Tempera 

ture, pressure, flow rate, displacement, 

speed, force, strain, torque, time, and 

power measurement techniques are cov 

ered. Computers equipped with data ac 

quisition hardware and software are used 

extensively to acquire and analyze experi 

mental data. Students apply calibration 

techniques to a number of instrument sys 

tems and determine measurement uncer 

tainties of each system through statistical 

analysis. Corequisite: ME 331. Offered in 


350. Thermodynamics I. The study of the 

basic concepts and laws of thermodynam 

ics applicable to all types of thermodynam- 

ic systems. Prerequisites: Chemistry 121;

Physics 131; Mathematics 264. Offered in 


352. Dynamics of Physical Systems. 

Dynamic physical systems are modeled 

using lumped parameters to represent the 

flow, storage, and dissipation of energy. 

Linear graphs are used to define the math 

ematical analogies underlying physically 

distinct mechanical, electrical, thermal, 

and fluid systems. Prerequisites: Physics 

131; Mathematics 264; ME 240. Offered in 


353. Engineering Design I. This course 

introduces students to the design of me 

chanical components. Students apply 

closed form and finite element methods of 

stress analysis to the determination of 

component geometries and the selection 

of component materials. Prerequisites: ES 

230; Mathematics 264. Offered in fall se 

mester. Staff 

360. Thermodynamics II. Application of 

thermodynamics principles to the study of 

combustion and chemical reactions, gas 

and steam power cycles, refrigeration cy 

cles, mixtures, compressible flow, and ad 

vanced thermodynamic theory. Prerequi 

site: ME 350. Offered in spring semester. 

Staff 

361. Dynamics of Machines. A combina 

tion of analytical and computer methods in 

the kinematic and kinetic analysis of mech 

anisms and machines. The analysis and de 

sign of cams and gear trains is included. 

Case studies, CAE applications, and open- 

ended design projects give students the op 

portunity to link course topics with real- 

world machines. Prerequisites: ME 240, 

353. Offered in spring semester. Staff 

362. Fluid Mechanics. The basic laws of 

physics and thermodynamics applied to 

the study of fluid phenomena. Topics and 

applications include hydrostatics, the con 

tinuity equation, general energy and mo 

mentum principles, incompressible and 

compressible flow. Prerequisite: ME 350. 



371. Engineering Design II. The study of 

systems design using basic engineering 

principles and creative thinking. Topics in 

clude: fatigue, clutches, brakes, couplings, 

computer applications, and noise control. 

Prerequisites: ME 353. Offered in spring 


470. Heat Transfer. A study of basic phe 

nomena of heat transfer to include treat 

ment of steady and nonsteady state con 

duction in one and two dimensions, natu 

ral and forced convection in single-phase 

and changing-phase fluids, and thermal 

radiation. Prerequisites: ME 350, 362. Of 


475. Thermal/Fluids Engineering Laboratory. 

A capstone laboratory course in which 

students conduct experiments to reinforce 

the concepts of thermodynamics, fluid me 

chanics, and heat transfer using modern in 

strumentation and data acquisition systems. 

Typical experiments to be conducted include 

steam power generation, refrigeration, fluid 

viscosity, wind tunnel measurements, flow 

meter performance, piping losses, boundary 

layer measurements, heat transfer by con 

duction and convection, heat exchanger per 

formance, and internal combustion engine 

performance. Lecture / discussion /laborato 

ry. Prerequisites: ME 331,332,350,362,470. 


478. Control Systems. Classical feedback 

control theory is applied to dynamic sys 

tems. The effect of closed-loop control on 

the transient response, error, stability, and 

frequency response of systems is investi 

gated. Control systems are designed using 

computer simulation. State-space repre 

sentation, modern control theory, and dig 

ital control theory are introduced. Prereq 

uisite: ME 352. Corequisite: ME 479. Of 


479. Control Systems Laboratory. Analog, 

single input/single output controllers are 

designed and implemented to accomplish 

velocity and position control of a rotation 

al servomechanism. The performance of 

the controllers is evaluated and compared 

to design predictions. Discrete control us- 

101


ing ladder logic implemented on pro 

grammable logic controllers is presented 

and aspects of ditital control are explored. 

Prerequisite: ME 352. Corequisite: ME 478. 

Offered in fall semester. S taff 

497. Senior Design Project I. In the first 

course of a two-semester sequence, a com 

prehensive, open-ended design project of 

the student's choice is carried through to 

a prearranged stage of partial completion. 

Design criteria and objectives are formu 

lated, and techniques of engineering anal 

ysis and synthesis are applied to obtain a 

design that achieves them. Students docu 

ment their achievements through oral and 

written presentations. Prerequisites: ME 

210, 350, 353. Corequisites: ME 470,478. 


498. Senior Design Project II. In the 

second course of a two-semester sequence, 

a comprehensive, open-ended design 

project of the student's choice is carried 

through to completion. Engineering analy 

sis and synthesis are applied to obtain a 

design that best meets previously formu 

lated design criteria and objectives. Stu 

dents document their accompliments 

through oral and written presentations. 

Prerequisites: ME 497. Offered in spring 


TECHNICAL ELECTIVES 

Senior technical electives in mechanical engi 

neering are courses applying the fundamentals 

of design, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, 

and heat transfer to mechanical engineering 

problems. These courses give advanced stu 

dents additional opportunity to study the ap 

plication of engineering methods and provide a 

sound basis for graduate study in these areas. 

These courses are offered when staff is available 

and when a sufficient number of students have 

registered for them in either term of the senior 

year. 

461. Advanced Mechanism Design. An 

advanced course in mechanism analysis 

and design. Topics include analysis of 

flexible and spatial mechanisms, kinemat 

ic design and synthesis, and mechanism 

102 

dynamics. The design of mechanisms will 

emphasize optimization of kinematic 

function, component size and selection, 

power transfer, link flexibility, and mecha 

nism balancing. Prerequisite: ME 361. Staff 

472. Advanced Dynamics. A study of vi 

brations of mechanical systems to include 

treatment of the free and forced vibrations 

of lumped mass and continuous systems. 

The physical behavior of these sytems un 

der steady state and transient vibration is 

investigated. Matrix methods are utilized 

in the treament of multidegree of freedom 

systems. Prerequisites: ME 240, 352, 353. 


476. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Condi 

tioning. The study of the applications of 

thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat 

transfer, and other engineering principles 

to the design of interior environmental 

control systems. Consideration is given to 

the total energy concept of environmental 

control in light of present energy concerns. 

Prerequisites: ME 350, 362. Pre- or corequi- 

site: ME 470. S taff 

477. Internal Combustion Engines. The 

study of the application of thermodynam 

ics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and oth 

er engineering principles relating to the 

design, performance, and economy of in 

ternal combustion engines and gas tur 

bines. This course also includes the effect 

and control of automotive emissions. Pre 

requisites: ME 350, 362. Staff 

483. Power Plants. The study of the appli 

cations of thermodynamics, fluid mechan 

ics, heat transfer, and other engineering 

principles to the design and operation of 

power plants. Prerequisite: ME 470. Staff 

484. Advanced Design. Study of selected 

topics such as optimum design, comput 

erized design of linkages, solar energy 

devices, wind generating systems and/or 

noise control depending on student inter 

ests. Prerequisite: ME 353. S taff 

485. Advanced Heat Transfer. Further 

development of heat transfer principles

with special emphasis on heat exchanger 

design, boiling and condensing phenome 

na, and the transport and storage of cryo 

genic liquids. Prerequisite: ME 470. Staff 

486. Compressible Flow. A study of the 

behavior of compressible fluids including 

isentropic flow, Fanno and Rayleigh pro 

cesses, normal and two-dimensional shock 

waves, and application to selected prob 

lems in modern high speed flows. Prereq 

uisites: ME 350, 362. Staff 

487. Principles of Thermal Design. The 

study of the principles of thermal design 

by synthesizing the fundamental subjects 

of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and 

heat transfer. The course emphasizes the 

principles of design methodology includ 

ing optimization, search methods and 

dynamic programming, and modeling 

and simulation of thermal equipment and 

systems. A design project is carried out. 

Prerequisites: ME 362,470. Staff 

488. Robotics. A course to acquaint stu 

dents with the fundamentals of robotics 

and related automation technologies. 

Emphasis placed upon robot mechanics, 

work cell design, manufacturing applica 

tions, and programming and control. 

Prerequisite: ME 361. Staff 

491. Design and Analysis of Pressure 

Components. Application of mechanical 

design and analysis techniques to pressure 

vessels and piping. The determination of 

pressure component stresses and choice of 

design and construction features are 

related to component performance and 

economics. Prerequisites: ME 353, 371. 

Staff 

493. Computational Methods of Engineer 

ing Analysis. Provides engineering students 

with a broad background in numerical 

methods as well as with hands-on experi 

ence in selecting computational tools. The 

emphasis is on numerical solution of engi 

neering problems using standard software 

libraries, user generated codes, and standard 

methods of numerical analysis. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 264. Staff 


494. Failure Modes of Engineering Mate 

rials. Discussion of various material failure 

modes with emphasis on understanding 

how to design components to avoid failure. 

Failure modes covered include deforma 

tion, fatigue, fracture, creep, and corrosion. 

Other topics covered include Weibull analy 

sis, Non-Destructive Testing (NOT), and 

Failure Modes and Effects analysis (FMEA). 

Extensive use is made of case studies. 

Prerequisites: ES 230, and either ME 371 


390,391. Independent Study or Research. 

An opportunity for selected students to un 

dertake independent study or research 

projects during the junior and/or senior 

year. Projects are selected based on the 

background and interests of the student. 

Each student is required to submit a paper 

embodying the results of the study or re 

search. The proposal for this work is sub 

mitted to a faculty member who serves as 

the adviser and to the department head 

for approval. Hours arranged. S taff 

395,396. Special Topics. This course con 


current interest to students and members 

of the staff. The special topic(s) for a given 

semester will be announced prior to regis 

tration. Staff 

495,496. Thesis. This program is de 



to seniors in Mechanical Engineering. S taff 

ENGLISH 

Professor Van Dyke, Head; Professor Woolley, 

Associate Head; Professors Blake, D . R. 

Johnson, Schlueter, Upton; Associate 

Professors Byrd, Donahue, J. J. Martin, Walls, 

Washington, West/all; Assistant Professors 

Cefalu, Falbo, Rotella, Smith; Director of 

Theater/Lecturer O'Neill; College Writing 

Program Associate/Lecturer Tniten; College 

Writing Program Coordinator Seetch 

With its focus on reading and writing, in 

quiry and insight, English is an ideal ma- 

103

ENGLISH 

jor for anyone seeking the skills essential 

for success. No major offers a more practi 

cal preparation for diverse careers. Nor, 

for the student who loves literature, is 

there a more rewarding major. 

The curriculum reflects a strong com 

mitment to the major periods, authors, 

and forms, from ancient myth to interac 

tive fiction. In addition, students explore 

various critical methods, theories, and cul 

tural traditions. All of the department's 

courses emphasize communication, espe 

cially writing; several courses focus on 

creative or expository writing. 

Requirements for the major: The English 

major consists of at least eight English 

courses above the 100 level, including En 

glish 205, one course in literary history 

(210, 211, or 212), four courses numbered 

300-371, and two additional courses, 

which may include one semester of inde 

pendent study or thesis. In consultation 

with their advisers, students should select 

courses that emphasize various genres, lit 

erary and cultural traditions, and theoreti 

cal approaches. The selections should 

demonstrate a balance between British 

and American literature and between liter 

ature before and after 1800. Study of a for 

eign language is recommended. 

Students considering graduate work in 

English leading to the Ph.D. are advised to 

achieve intermediate-level proficiency in 

at least one foreign language, broad peri 

od coverage in both British and American 

literature, and engagement with major au 

thors. The department recommends that 

prospective graduate students take a 

course in literary criticism and, in the se 

nior year, pursue honors work. 

Drama/theater concentration within the En 

glish major: In consultation with a depart 

ment adviser, a student chooses a program 

of study composed of at least eight En 

glish and theater courses beyond the 100 

level, including English 205; a course in 

literary history (English 210, 211, or 212); 

two intermediate-level courses in drama 

and theater (chosen from English 223, 227, 

235*, 240, 260,280, and Theater 215, 216, 

104 

221, and 230); three advanced courses in 

drama or theater (chosen from English 

301, 302, 303*, 304*, 322*, 345, 346,369*, 

370*, 371*, 390*, 391*, 495*, 496*, and The 

ater 314 and 372 or 373); and one addition 

al advanced (300- or 400-level) English or 

theater course. The adviser will authorize 

counting courses marked with an asterisk 

(*) when they are offered with a drama/ 

theater emphasis. One semester of intern 

ship may be included. 

Requirements for the minor: In consulta 

tion with a department adviser, a student 

selects a minimum of five English courses 

beyond the 100 level, including English 

205 and at least three courses numbered 

300 or above. One semester of internship 

may be included. 

Drama/theater minor: In consultation 

with a department adviser, a student se 

lects a minimum of five drama/theater 

courses beyond the 100 level, including 

English 227 and four others chosen from 

the following: English 223, 235*, 240, 260, 

280, 301, 302, 303*, 304*, 322*, 345,346, 

369*, 370*, 371*, 390*, 391*, 495*, 496*; any 

Theater course except 201; Art 341; Com 

parative Literature 225*; French 318; and 

German 325. The adviser will authorize 

counting courses marked with an asterisk 

(*) when they are offered with a drama/ 

theater emphasis. The drama/theater mi 

nor is not open to English majors. One se 

mester of internship may be included. 

Additional English listings appear under 

Interim Session in this catalog. 

110. College Writing. Writing as an intel 

lectual act and a recursive process; ways 

of reading complex texts. The course is 

normally taken in the second or third se 

mester; it complements and extends the 

writing experience of the First-Year Semi 

nar. Required of all students except those 

exempted by the English Department for 

reasons such as success in an advanced 

placement program. Prerequisite: First- 

Year Seminar. Staff

131. Writing for Publication. An intro 

duction to the practice of writing for the 

print media, especially the daily press; 

methods of identifying topics and fashion 

ing articles fit for publication. The course 

develops students' skills at writing on a 

variety of everyday subjects. Staff 

205. Literary Questions. This course pro 

vides students with an introduction to the 

theory and methodology of literary study 

by focusing on three questions: What is a 

literary text? How do we read a literary 

text? How do we write about a literary 

text? By considering the rhetorical, aes 

thetic, and ideological issues that deter 

mine literary value, students examine 

their assumptions about literature. Staff 

210. English Literature I. A survey of lit 

erature from Beowulf to Milton; major writ 

ers, movements, and forms are viewed in 

their historical contexts. Normally closed 

to seniors. Staff 

211. English Literature II. A survey of lit 

erature, chiefly poetry, from the Restora 

tion through the nineteenth century; major 

writers, movements, and forms are 

viewed in their historical contexts. Nor 

mally closed to seniors. Staff 

212. American Literature and Its Back 

grounds. A study of American prose and 

poetry from the colonial period to the ear 

ly twentieth century. Normally closed to 

seniors. S taff 

213. Modern and Postmodern American 

Literature. This course introduces stu 

dents to poetry and prose by representa 

tive writers of American modernism and 

by others who contributed diversity and 

multiple perspectives to twentieth-century 

American literature. Normally closed to 

seniors. Staff 

215. Science Fiction: The Shape of the 

Future. Introduces students to imagina 

tive depictions of the future, particularly 

those that envision and evaluate the possi 

ble consequences of modern technological 

achievements and scientific theories. Some 

ENGLISH 

attention given to the literary imagination 

or Utopian visions of scientists such as Ba 

con and Darwin, but the course focuses on 

imaginative literature. Ms. Byrd 

216. Film and Literature. Through a com 

parative study of films based on highly re 

garded plays and novels, as well as a 

number of autonomous films, the course 

seeks to define both the affinities and the 

distinctive capacities of the two art forms. 

Mr. Martin 

217. Madness in Literature. As a way in 

which writers have explored the bound 

aries between the imaginary and the real, 

madness has been a frequent subject of se 

rious literature over the centuries. The 

course analyzes "mad" characters in nov 

els, plays, short stories, poems, and films. 

Staff 

219. Literary Women. This course ex 

plores the insights offered by literature by 

and about women in the context of certain 

concerns for instance, self-discovery and 

self-definition, the relationship between 

the individual and society, and the influ 

ence of social and political structures on 

the artist. Ms. Byrd, Ms. Upton 

220. Satire and the Comic Absurd. An ex 

ploration of comic and satiric traditions 

from the earliest times to the present, with 

some emphasis on modern and contempo 

rary texts and on authors influenced by 

the Theater of the Absurd. Mr. Woottey 

223. Plays in Performance: Stage and 

Film. This course compares stage and 

screen productions of selected plays. Stu 

dents read scripts and, through in- and 

out-of-class screenings and live perfor 

mances, examine different realizations of 

each script. This performance approach 

addresses questions of interpretation and 

adaptation in the context of historical cir 

cumstances and the artistic demands of lit 

erature, stage, and screen. Mr. O'Neill, Mr. 

Smith 

225. Contemporary Fiction. An encoun 

ter with fiction of the last decade and with 

105

ENGLISH 

social, philosophical, and literary ques 

tions raised both by the texts themselves 

and by the activity of reading. Ms. Blake, 

Mr. Smith 

227. Introduction to Theater. Using analy 

tical and hands-on approaches, this course 

introduces students to significant dramatic 

texts and to the principal craft areas in thea 

ter. Readings include plays from different 

eras of theater history; projects involve act 

ing, directing, and design. There are lec 

tures, discussions, visits from outside thea 

ter professionals, and writing assignments. 

Mr. O'Neill, Ms. Westfall 

228. American-Jewish Literature. A 

course exploring American-Jewish litera 

ture's roots in Eastern European and 

Sephardic traditions, its place in the 

American literary canon, and its relation 

to international Jewish writings. Readings 

from Anzia Yezierska, I. B. Singer, Saul 

Bellow, Bernard Malamud, Philip Roth, 

Cynthia Ozick, Philip Levine, Tillie Olsen, 

and others. Guest speakers, films, and 

supplementary nonfiction works provide 

historical, philosophical, religious, and 

political background. Staff 

235. Literature and Human Experience. 

An examination of a significant social or 

cultural problem as reflected in literary 

texts. Topics vary from semester to semes 

ter and will be announced during the reg 

istration period. May be taken more than 

once with different content. Staff 

240. Introduction to the Study of Film. 

An introductory course designed to devel 

op basic analytical skills for the study of 

film. Students learn the technical and crit 

ical vocabulary of film studies and work 

with films representing a variety of styles, 

genres, and periods. Readings help stu 

dents to develop a practical understand 

ing of how movies work and a range of 

critical approaches to the study of film. 

Lecture/screening. Mr. Rotella 

246. Black Writers. An introduction to 

black American writers, the course ex 

poses students to a variety of genres, to 

106 

diverse reading strategies, to the social 

and historical roots of African-American 

experience, and to the interplay between 

classic texts and popular media. Ms. Blake, 

Mr. Washington, Mr. Smith 

250. Advanced Writing. Intensive practice 

in a variety of approaches to the writing of 

nonfiction, with emphasis on exposition. 

Allied readings. [W] Ms. Falbo 

255. Creative Writing. Intensive work 

shops in the writing of poetry and fiction. 

Writing exercises and allied readings. Pre 

requisite: permission of instructor. [W] 

Ms. Upton 

300. Chaucer. A study of The Canterbury 

Tales and Troilus and Criseyde and an intro 

duction to the language and culture of me 

dieval England. Prerequisite: English 205, 

210, 211, or 212, or permission of instruc 

tor. [W] Ms. Van Dyke 

301,302. Shakespeare. An introduction to 

Shakespeare a study of representative 

plays and nondramatic works in the light 

of our knowledge of Elizabethan life and 

thought. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 

211, or 212, or permission of instructor. 

[W] Mr. Smith 

303. British Writers. A study of one, two, 

or three British or Irish writers in some 

depth (for instance, Yeats/Joyce, Keats/ 

Shelley, Dickens/Woolf)- Prerequisite: 

English 205,210,211, or 212, or permission 

of instructor. [W] Staff 

304. American Writers. A study of one, 

two, or three American writers in some 

depth (for instance, Hemingway/ 

Faulkner, Twain/James). Prerequisite: 

English 205, 210, 211, or 212, or permission 

of instructor. [W] Staff 

320. The English Language. An introduc 

tion to linguistics, with a focus on English 

and its development from the beginning 

to the present. Prerequisite: English 205, 

210, 211, or 212, or permission of instruc 

tor. [W] Ms. Van Dyke

321. Literature of the Middle Ages. A 

study of selected major works written 

between 700 and 1500, with an emphasis 

on those written in English (exclusive of 

Chaucer). Among the texts normally in 

cluded are Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the 

Green Knight, Langland's Piers Plowman, 

and Malory's Morte d'Arthur. Some atten 

tion is given to continental epic and ro 

mance. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 211, 

or 212, or permission of instructor. [W] 

Ms. Van Dyke 

322. Studies in Renaissance Literature. 

The Renaissance is commonly regarded 

as the height of Western aesthetic 

achievement. This course looks at and 

problematizes the "rebirth" of knowl 

edge by examining early modern English 

literature and culture, with attention to 

the effects of humanism, discovery, class, 

race, the Reformation, a female monarch, 

and civil war. Specific topics vary and 

will be announced during the registration 

period. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 


[W] Mr. Cefalu, Ms. Donahue, Mr. Smith, 

Ms. West/all 

323. The Age of Satire. Wit, irony, satire, 

burlesque, and farce from Dryden to By 

ron, seen against their contexts in eigh 

teenth-century social, political, and liter 

ary controversy. Readings such as Gulliv 

er's Travels and "A Modest Proposal" by 

Swift, Pope's "The Rape of the Lock," 

Gay's Beggar's Opera, various burlesques 

and farces, Hogarth's satiric engravings, 

and portions of Byron's Don ]uan. Pre 

requisite: English 205,210,211, or 212, or 

permission of instructor. [W] Mr. Woolley 

324. Eighteenth-Century Fiction. Comic, 

sentimental, and gothic novels from an 

age whose pursuit of happiness is marked 

by growing psychological awareness and 

by changing views on sex, passion, and 

marriage. Within such social contexts, the 

course assesses the tensions between the 

early novel's richly comic realism, its seri 

ous indulgence in the cult of feeling, and 

its romantic flirtation with the supernatu 

ral thriller. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 

ENGLISH 


[W] Mr. Woolley 

325. London High and Low Life: The 

Age of Exuberance. Eighteenth-century 

London was the undisputed center of 

England's literature, drama, art, architec 

ture, music, politics, and wealth. Yet 

alongside London's opulence flourished 

astonishing crime and corruption. This 

rich urban diversity occasionally con 

trasted with life in other places is reflect 

ed in the course readings: major works by 

major authors from the Restoration to the 

Regency, with some emphasis on drama. 

Prerequisite: English 205, 210,211, or 212, 

or permission of instructor. [W] Mr. Woolley 

326. The Romantics. A study of English 

romanticism that focuses on the poetry of 

Blake, Coleridge, Wordsworth, Byron, 

Keats, and Percy Shelley and on the prose 

of Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley. Pre 

requisite: English 205, 210,211, or 212, or 

permission of instructor. [W] Ms. Byrd 

327. The Victorians. A study of represen 

tative poems, essays, and works of fantasy 

of the period 1832-1900, focusing on such 

authors as Tennyson, Arnold, Carlyle, 

Wilde, Carroll, the Brownings, and the 

Pre-Raphaelite poets. Prerequisite: English 

205, 210, 211, or 212, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Ms. Byrd 

328. The American Renaissance. An in 

tensive study of Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, 

Hawthorne, Melville, and Whitman; the 

fulfillment of romanticism; and the devel 

opment of transcendental idealism in the 

middle of the nineteenth century. Pre 

requisite: English 205, 210, 211, or 212, or 

permission of instructor. [W] Ms. Blake, 

Ms. Walls 

329. 330. American Decades. An intensive 

investigation of a single decade in Ameri 

can life, exploring the relationships be 

tween and within the several areas of the 

American experience as expressed in its 

literature and history. In the fall term, a 

decade of the eighteenth or nineteenth 

century is studied; in the spring term, a 

107

ENGLISH 

twentieth-century decade. Prerequisite: En 

glish 205,210,211, or 212, or permission of 

instructor. [W] Ms. Blake, Mr. Washington 

332. Inventing America. A thematic sur 

vey of American literature from its emer 

gence to the early nineteenth century, ex 

ploring colonial and revolutionary texts in 

cultural, political, and philosophical con 

text. Prerequisite: English 205,210,211, or 


Ms. Walls 

341. The Nineteenth-Century English 

Novel. A study of the main tendencies of 

major examples in English fiction from 

Shelley to Hardy. Prerequisite: English 

205, 210, 211, or 212, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Mr. Martin 

342. The Modern British Novel. A study 

of representative short stories and novels 

from Joseph Conrad to William Golding. 

Prerequisite: English 205, 210,211, or 212, 

or permission of instructor. [W] Mr. Martin 

343. The American Novel to 1900. A 

study of the American novel through the 

romantic and realistic periods, including 

Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, How- 

ells, James, Twain, and Norris. The rela 

tionship of the popular novel to major 

American themes is examined to provide 

a historical context for the genre. Prerequi 

site: English 205,210,211, or 212, or per 

mission of instructor. [W] Mr. Johnson, 

Mr. Washington 

344. The Modern American Novel. The 

modern novel from Dreiser to the present 

including Anderson, Dos Passes, Fitzger 

ald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Bellow, Barth, 

and others. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 


[W] Mr. Johnson, Mr. Washington 

345. Modern Drama. An introduction to 

the critical analysis of drama, using chief 

ly European plays 1880-1920, by Ibsen, 

Chekhov, Strindberg, Shaw, O'Neill, and 

others. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 211, 


Mr. O'Neill, Mr. Smith 

108 

346. Modern Drama. A study of British, 

American, European, and other plays 

from approximately 1920 to the present, 

with attention to both text and perfor 

mance. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 211, 


Ms. Westfall 

347. Modern and Contemporary Poetry. 

Extensive readings in British and Ameri 

can poetry since World War I, with atten 

tion to national distinctions wherever per 

tinent. Prerequisite: English 205, 210,211, 


Ms. Upton 

349. Postcolonial Literature. This course 

introduces students to selected writers 

from Africa, India, the Caribbean, and 

Australia and to the political and cultural 

issues that affect writing and reading 

across cultures and political inequalities. 

Prerequisite: English 205,210,211, or 212, 

or permission of instructor. [W] Ms. Blake, 

Mr. Smith 

352. Special Topics in Black Literature. 

A study of a special area of literature by 

black writers. Among the topics consid 

ered are autobiography, theater, contem 

porary writing, modern African novels, 

and such major writers as Baldwin and 

Wright. The choice of topics varies from 

year to year. Prerequisite: English 205,210, 


[W] Ms. Blake, Mr. Smith, Mr. Washington 

365. Seminar in Literary Criticism. A 

study of special topics in English and 

American literature. Open to juniors and 

seniors; especially recommended for jun 

iors planning to apply for honors in 

English. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 


[W] Ms. Donahue 

369. Writers in Focus. The study of one, 

two, or three writers in depth. Topics vary 

from semester to semester and will be an 

nounced during registration period. May 

be taken more than once with different 

content. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 211, 

or 212, or permission of instructor. S taff

370, 371. Special Topics. A seminar on a 

topic selected by an instructor or on one 

proposed by two or more students to an 

instructor willing and available for tute 

lage and guidance. Prerequisite: English 

205,210, 211, or 212, or permission of in 

structor. [W] Staff 

372, 373. Internship. Practical experience 

in fields such as journalism, broadcasting, 

publishing, public relations, and advertis 

ing, in which writing is a central activity. 

Written reports are required of the stu 

dent, as is an evaluation of the student by 

the supervising agency. Although a stu 

dent may take two English internships, 

normally in the junior and senior years, 

only one may be counted toward the En 

glish major. Advance approval of the de 

partmental internships coordinator re 

quired. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 211, 

or 212. Mr. Martin 

390, 391. Independent Study. A program 

of tutorial study, initiated by the student 

and pursued independently under the 

guidance of an instructor from whom the 

student has gained approval and accep 

tance. Prerequisites: English 205, 210, 211, 

or 212 and permission of associate head of 

the department. [W] Staff 

495,496. Thesis. Tutorial sessions related 

to the student's investigation of the area 

chosen for his or her honors essay. Open 

only to candidates for departmental hon 

ors. Prerequisites: English 205, 210, 211, or 

212, and permission of associate head of 

the department. [W] S taff 

THEATER AND SPEECH 

201. Elementary Public Speaking. A sur 

vey of the fundamentals of speech with 

regular drill in platform speaking. S taff 

215. Acting and Improvisation. Effective 

communication begins with focused con 

centration, a free and active imagination, 

physical poise, and a disciplined voice. 

Through various exercises and studio 

workshops in mask, mime, improvisation, 

and stylization, the course seeks to build 

ENGLISH 

skills that contribute to effective acting. 

Mr. O'Neill, Ms. West/all 

216. Approaching Method in Acting. The 

"Method" movement in acting, triggered 

in America by the Russian master theoreti 

cian Constantin Stanislavsky, is used as a 

paradigm for scene study (monologues, 

dialogues, and short plays). The course 

contains exercises and experiments de 

signed to take the student from simple 

script analysis through detailed observa 

tion and concentration drills to the art of 

committed performance. Prerequisite: 

Theater 215, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. O'Neill 

221. Basic Stagecraft: Introduction to 

Technical Theater. An introduction to the 

history, theory, and practice of technical 

theater, focusing upon construction, paint 

ing, rigging, and electrical practices. Labo 

ratory sessions in the theater shop and 

backstage assignments ensure hands-on 

exposure to topics discussed in class. 

Mr. Kendrick 

230. Theatrical Styles. This course brings 

together texts, artists, performances, and 

exercises to explore the relationship be 

tween theatrical styles and the cultural 

and historical circumstances that have 

helped to generate them. Prerequisite: En 

glish 227, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. O'Neill, Ms. West/all 

314. Stage Direction. A basic course in the 

director's art and responsibility in theatri 

cal production including casting, rehears 

al, and organizational procedures from 

script analysis to performance. Discussion 

and practice in the principles of composi 

tion, picturization, movement, dramatic 

tempo, and ensemble, with attention to 

the special problems in proscenium and 

central staging. Students may stage scenes 

in laboratory or plays for public perfor 

mance. Prerequisite: Permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. O'Neill 

372, 373. Internship. Practical experience 

in a professional theater or theater organi 

zation. Written reports are required of the 

109

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

student, as is an evaluation of the student 

by the supervising agency. Although a stu 

dent may take two theater internships, 

normally in the junior and senior years, 

only one may be counted toward the dra 

ma/theater concentration within the En 

glish major. Prerequisite: English 205, 210, 

211, or 212. Advance approval of the the 

ater internships coordinator required. 

Mr. O'Neill 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND 

LITERATURES 

Associate Professor Lalande, Head; Professors 

Cap, McDonald, Pribic; Associate Professors 

Lamb-Faffelberger, Marblestone, Rosa; 

Assistant Professors Ariizumi, Donnell, 

Dull, Geoffrion-Vinci, Jordan 

As technology and business internationalize 

more and more aspects of our lives, master 

ing a second language becomes almost a 

necessity. Lafayette offers majors in French, 

German, and Spanish, and courses in Greek, 

Hebrew, Japanese, Latin, and Russian. 

The curriculum is designed so that as 

you study a language, you not only devel 

op communicative skills but also learn 

about the people who speak the language 

and their culture. The state-of-the-art labo 

ratory includes audio and video players, 

computer work stations, and international 

television programs via satellite. Advanced 

students and/or native speakers of the lan 

guage are there to help as well. 

Majors are encouraged to study abroad 

for at least one semester or to participate in 

a foreign language internship designed to 

give students the opportunity to use linguis 

tic skills in a professional or business setting. 

Requirements for the major or minor: 

Students majoring or minoring in any of 

the Foreign Languages and Literatures de 

partmental programs are required to com 

plete the minimum number of courses as 

specified by each language section. 

Through these courses students acquire an 

appropriate level of linguistic proficiency 

and knowledge and appreciation of for 

eign culture, civilization, and literature. 

no 

Course requirements are listed under 

each section heading: French, German, 

and Spanish major and minor programs; 

Classical Languages, Comparative Litera 

ture, and Literature in Translation; He 

brew, Japanese, and Russian. The depart 

ment encourages all majors to take at least 

one course in Comparative Literature, as 

well as to participate in an approved 

study-abroad program, be it for the entire 

junior year, a junior semester, a summer, 

or an interim session. 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 

The minor in Greek and Latin languages 

and literatures requires three courses 

above Latin 102 or Greek 102 to be taken 

in both languages; Comparative Literature 

103,121, and 125. 

GREEK 

101,102. Elementary Greek. Emphasis on 

achieving skills necessary for sustained 

reading of Attic Greek texts. Inductive sys 

tem of continuous reading complemented 

by deductive study and exercises in gram 

mar, syntax, vocabulary, and composition. 

Recitation. Mr. Marblestone 

III, 112. Intermediate Greek. Fall: A close 

reading of at least one major dialogue of 

Plato with attention to the intellectual, 

moral, and cultural climate of classical 

Greece. Spring: A close reading of at least 

one tragedy of Sophocles or of Euripides 

with attention to its dramatic art and intel 

lectual and moral content. Recitation. 


LATIN 

The following courses are available and will be 

offered provided sufficient student interest exists. 

101,102. Elementary Latin. Emphasis on 

achieving skills necessary for sustained 

reading of classical Latin texts. Funda 

mentals and exercises in grammar, syntax, 

and development of vocabulary. Some 

work on Latin roots for vocabulary-build 

ing in English and enhancement of know

ledge of European languages. Recitation. 


111, 112. Intermediate Latin. Fall: Reading 

of short selections in prose and in the poetry 

of Catullus with attention to the political, 

moral, and cultural climate of the late Ro 

man Republic. Spring: Reading of at least 

one book of Tusculan Disputations of Cicero 

and of selections from the Satyricon of Petro- 

nius against the background of the early 

Roman Empire. Recitation. Mr. Marblestone 

211. Advanced Latin. Courses such as: 

Latin Lyric Poetry, Latin Elegy, Latin Prose 

of the Early Empire, Latin Satire, Medieval 

Latin, Latin Philosophy, Lucretius, and 

Cicero. Mr. Marblestone 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

101,102. Survey of European Literature. 

Study of the most significant figures and 

their works in European literary history, 

exclusive of English. The course aims to 

acquaint students with the classics in the 

literatures of Greece, Rome, Italy, Spain, 

France, Germany, and Russia in English 

translation. No knowledge of foreign lan 

guages required. Open to all students. 

Lecture. Mr. Pribic 

225. Special Topics in Comparative Liter 

ature. This course introduces the method 

ology of comparative literature and the 

problems of translation to advanced litera 

ture students. Students should have com 

pleted at least two courses in literature 

given by Foreign Languages and Litera 

tures or the English department. A read 

ing knowledge of one foreign language is 

strongly recommended. Offered as need 

ed. S taff 

460. Reading and Research in Compara 

tive Literature. This course is designed to 

give advanced students the opportunity to 

investigate intensively an area of special 

interest. Students are required to meet 

with the instructor periodically through 

out the semester and to submit a scholarly 

paper, as well as to take an oral examina 


tion at the conclusion of the course. Prereq 

uisite: Two literature courses in Foreign 

Languages and Literatures or English. Staff 

LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 

The minor in Literature in Translation will 

normally consist of Comparative Litera 

ture 101,102; one course in classical litera 

ture (Comparative Literature 103,121, or 

125); two courses chosen from among 

Comparative Literature 131,141,152,161, 

162, or English 345; and Comparative Lit 

erature 225. 

103. Classical Mythology. Definitions, 

sources, and interpretations of myth as a 

cognitive system in ancient and modern 

culture. Survey of major divinities, mortals, 

myths, hero-legends, and cycles of saga, 

chiefly Greek. Their function in Greco-Ro 

man civilization, their enduring power in 

Western culture, and their influence upon 

Western intellectual and artistic achieve 

ment. Open to all students. Lecture/discus 

sion. [W] Mr. Marblestone 

121. Greek Literature in English. A study 

of the Greek perfection of diverse genres of 

literature through close reading (usually 

of entire works) in Epic, Lyric, Tragedy, 

Old Comedy, History, Philosophical Dia 

logue. Relationship of literature to histori 

cal and cultural forces, particularly in the 

fifth-century polis of Athens. The notion of 

a "classic" in literature. Open to all stu 

dents. Lecture/discussion. Mr. Marblestone 

125. Latin Literature in English. Close 

reading (usually of entire works) in major 

genres of Golden and Silver Age Latin litera 

ture including: Comedy, Epic, History, Ora 

tory, Lyric-Elegaic, Satire, the Proto-Novel, 

and the Roman renditions of Epicureanism 

and Stoicism. The Greek legacy of genre and 

form. Roman originality, particularly in 

Comedy and Satire. Relationship of litera 

ture to growth and expansion of the Roman 

Republic and Empire. Open to all students. 

Lecture/discussion. Mr. Marblestone 

142. Masterworks of German Literature 

and Film. In this course, important 

111


themes, styles, and cultural issues are ex 

amined within the context of German lit 

erature and film. Selected readings cover 

the major periods of literary history, and 

the film versions of these texts represent 

all stages of film history, with works from 

the 1920s and 1930s to the present. Since 

all readings are available in translation 

and all films have English sub-titles, 

knowledge of German is not required. 

Mr. McDonald 

161,162. Russian Literature in English. A 

study through the best available tran-sla- 

tions of the whole course of Russian litera 

ture, with principal emphasis on the nine 

teenth-century writers: Pushkin, Lermontov, 

Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. 

Open to all students. Lecture. [W] Mr. Pribic 

351. Special Topics in Literature in 

Translation. Study of a genre or special 

topic in foreign literatures in translation. 

Seminar content is broad in scope and 

may span several centuries. In addition to 

the literature, theoretical readings are dis 

cussed and a final research paper is re 

quired. Prerequisites: At least two litera 

ture courses in English or a foreign lan 

guage. Lecture. Offered as needed. Staff 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEACHING 

INTERNSHIP 

380, 381. This internship gives well-quali 

fied students the opportunity to gain for 

eign language teaching experience under 

faculty supervision in local elementary, 

middle, and high schools. Internships in 

French, German, Korean, Russian, and 

Spanish are available. Students meet on a 

weekly basis to discuss teaching method 

ology, language pedagogy, and second 

language acquisition theory in addition to 

their classroom teaching experience. Pre 

requisite: 211 or higher or permission of 

instructor. Ms. Qualtere 

FRENCH 

Requirements for the major The major 

in French is comprised of eight courses 

(or fewer, if students obtain advanced 

112 

placement) beyond Elementary French 

(101-102). Students are required to com 

plete the language sequence up to and in 

cluding Advanced French (French 101-102, 

111-112, and 211) or demonstrate equiva 

lent proficiency that would allow for ad 

vanced placement. Following their com 

pletion of the language sequence, majors 

are required to take two 300-level courses 

and three 400-level courses, one of which 

must be taken during the senior year. The 

department recommends that students 

who plan to undertake graduate work in 

French complete all the courses in the 421, 

422,423,424 sequence and, in the senior 

year, pursue honors work. All majors are 

urged to take one or more courses in Com 

parative Literature (101,102,225). 

In some cases, courses taken at other 

institutions may be used to satisfy the 

requirements for the major. 

Requirements for the minor: The minor in 

French is comprised of five courses (or few 

er, if students obtain advanced placement) 

beyond Elementary French (101-102). 

Students are required to complete the 

language sequence up to and including 

Advanced French (French 101-102,111-112, 

and 211) or demonstrate equivalent profi 

ciency that would allow for advanced 

placement. Following their completion of 

the language sequence, minors are required 

to take two 300-level courses. 

In exceptional cases, approved courses 

other than those listed above may be used 

to satisfy the requirements for the minor. 

LANGUAGE COURSES 

All majors and minors are required to 

complete the language sequence up to and 

including Advanced French (French 101, 

102,111-112, and 211) or demonstrate 

equivalent proficiency that would allow 

for advanced placement. Business French 

(French 225) is an elective course and is 

only required of majors in International 

Economics and Commerce. 

The department strongly recommends 

that all first-year students who have stud 

ied two or more years of French prior to 

entering college take the placement exami-

nation that is administered by the depart 

ment to determine their level of achieve 

ment. Students who would prefer to take 

French self-paced courses should contact 

Professor Lalande. 

101,102. Elementary French I and II. 

French 101 and 102 constitute a coherent 

whole designed to provide students with 

the four basic language skills of reading, 

writing, listening, and speaking. Empha 

sis on learning the fundamentals of gram 

mar and on the development of verbal 

skills through their active use. Students 

having had two or more years of high 

school French are ineligible to take French 

101 unless they obtain the instructor's per 

mission. Class/laboratory. Staff 

111, 112. Intermediate French I and II. 

Review and expansion of the basic gram 

mar and vocabulary of the language. At 

tention to developing reading and conver 

sational skills and a deeper understanding 

of the culture of France and other franco 

phone countries. Class/laboratory. Staff 

211. Advanced French. Grammar review 

with emphasis on areas of greatest diffi 

culty. Enrichment of written expression 

with emphasis on style and vocabulary 

building. Examination of cultural realia 

and contemporary issues through use of 

the language laboratory (films, television 

broadcasts, newspaper articles, computer 

ized programs) and discussion of cultural 

and literary texts. Class/laboratory. Staff 

225. Business French. This course is de 

signed for the advanced student wishing 

to acquire specialized knowledge of the 

French language for use in business. The 

course examines a variety of topics related 

to the study of business and economics 

such as agriculture, industry, postal servic 

es, telecommunications, international 

trade, customs regulations, banking activi 

ties, the stock market, major enterprises, 

advertising, the insurance industry, the 

real estate market, job offers and applica 

tions, resume writing, and business corre 

spondence. Prerequisite: French 211 or 

equivalent. Ms. Lalande 


FRENCH LITERATURE AND 

CIVILIZATION SURVEYS 

Prerequisite for courses in this group: 

French 211 or equivalent. Students who 

perform exceptionally well in French 112 

may be admitted with the approval of the 

instructor. 

321. Survey of French Literature before 

1800. Introduction to the study of medi 

eval, Renaissance, and seventeenth- and 

eighteenth-century literature. Readings 

from such works and authors as La Chan 

son de Roland, Tristan et Yseult, Chretien de 

Troyes, Villon, Rabelais, Du Bellay, Ron- 

sard, Montaigne, Moliere, Corneille, Ra 

cine, Pascal, Mme de Lafayette, Voltaire, 

Montesquieu, Diderot, 1'abbe Prevost, 

Beaumarchais, and Rousseau. Lectures, 

class discussions, and written work. 

Ms. Dull, Ms. Lalande 

322. Survey of Nineteenth- and Twenti 

eth-Century French Literature. Introduc 

tion to the study of such modern literary 

movements as Romanticism, Realism, 

Naturalism, Parnassianism, Symbolism, 

and Existentialism. Emphasis on poetry, 

fiction, drama, and criticism in the works 

of such authors as Mme de Stael, Cha 

teaubriand, Lamartine, Hugo, Stendhal, 

Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, Maupassant, Le- 

conte de Lisle, Baudelaire, Verlaine, Rim 

baud, Mallarme, Jarry, Valery, Apollinaire, 

Gide, Proust, Claudel, Mauriac, Malraux, 

Sartre, and Camus. Lectures, class discus 

sions, and written work. Mr. Cap, Mr. Rosa 

331. Survey of French Civilization and 

Culture. French civilization and culture 

from the Middle Ages through modern 

times. Emphasis on major historical fig 

ures and events, on the evolution of polit 

ical and social institutions, on the devel 

opment of religious, philosophical, and 

political beliefs, and on changes in the 

modes of artistic expression. Lectures, 

class discussions, and -written work. 

Mr. Cap, Mr. Rosa 

113


FRENCH SEMINARS 

Prerequisite: One course at the 300 level. 

Students who perform exceptionally well 

in French 211 may be admitted with ap 

proval of the instructor. 

421. French Literature of the Middle 

Ages and the Renaissance. This course 

examines themes and techniques of imita 

tion and/or subversion of classical and 

Biblical sources as strategies for defining 

the self and the creative process in the 

vernacular. Readings include such genres 

as the epic, the courtly romance, the popu 

lar theater, allegorical and lyric poetry, the 

short story, and the essay (La Chanson 

de Roland, Chretien de Troyes, Le Roman de 

la Rose, La Farce de Maistre Pathelin, 

Frangois Villon, Francois Rabelais, 

Joachim du Bellay, Pierre de Ronsard, 

Louise Labe, Marguerite de Navarre, 

Michel de Montaigne). [W] Ms. Dull 

422. French Classicism. A study of repre 

sentative classical authors of the seven 

teenth century and their works, with em 

phasis on the works of Corneille, Moliere, 

Mme de Lafayette, Pascal, Descartes, La 

Fontaine, La Rochefoucauld, Malherbe, 

Theophile, and Racine. [W] Ms. Lalande 

423. French Literature of the Nineteenth 

Century. Study of the development of ro 

manticism, realism, naturalism, and sym 

bolism, with emphasis on such writers as 

Chateaubriand, Constant, Musset, Sand, 

Nerval, Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, 

Zola, Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarme, and 

Villiers de 1'Isle-Adam. Attention also 

may be given to the Parnassian school. 

[W] Mr. Rosa 

424. French Literature of the Twentieth 

Century. The major movements following 

symbolism neo-classicism, surrealism, 

existentialism, feminism, the absurd, and 

francophone are studied in historical 

context and in the works of such authors 

as Claudel, Gide, Proust, Valery, Apolli- 

naire, Breton, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, 

Beauvoir, Camus, lonesco, Barthes, 

Cesaire, and Senghor. [W] M r. Cap 

114 

431. Contemporary France: Political, 

Economic, and Social Institutions. A 

study of French civilization since World 

War II; institutional changes under the 

IVth and Vth Republics; the educational 

system, the economy, the media, cultural 

life. France in the contemporary world 

and francophone countries. Mr. Cap 

441. Junior/Senior Seminar. Study of a 

genre or major theme in French Literature. 

Course content is broad in scope. [W] 

Staff 

460. Reading and Research in French. 

This course gives students the opportunity 

to investigate intensively an area of special 

interest. Students work on their projects 

independently under the guidance of an 

instructor. At the end of the semester, stu 

dents submit a research paper and/or 

make a substantial oral presentation. 

Hours arranged. Prerequisite: Permission 

of research instructor. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis in French. Tutorial ses 

sions related to the student's investigation 

of the area chosen for the honors essay. 

Open to majors in French who are candi 

dates for departmental honors. Prerequi 

site: Permission of research instructor. S taff 

GERMAN 

Requirements for the major: The major 

in German is comprised of eight courses 

(or fewer, if students obtain advanced 

placement) beyond Elementary German 

(101-102). Students are required to com 

plete the language sequence up to and in 

cluding Advanced German (German 101- 

102,111-112, and either German 211 or 

225) or demonstrate equivalent proficien 

cy that would allow for advanced place 

ment. Following their completion of the 

language sequence, majors are required to 

take five courses on the 300- and/or 400 

level, one of which must be taken during 

their senior year. The department recom 

mends that students who plan to under 

take graduate studies in German enroll in 

the upper level German seminars (423, 

424, and 431), and, in the senior year, pur-

sue honors work. All majors are urged to 

take one or more courses in Comparative 

Literature (191,102, 225). 

In some cases, courses taken at other 

institutions may be used to satisfy the re 

quirements for the major. 


in German is comprised of five courses (or 

fewer, if students obtain advanced place 

ment) beyond Elementary German (101- 

102). Students are required to complete 

the language sequence up to and includ 

ing Advanced German (German 101-102, 

111-112, and either German 211 or German 

225), or demonstrate equivalent proficien 


ment. Following their completion of the 

language sequence, minors are required to 

take two 300-level courses. 

In exceptional cases, approved courses 

other than those listed above may be used 

to satisfy the requirements for the minor. 

LANGUAGE COURSES 

All majors and minors are required to 


including Advanced German (German 

101-102,111-112, and either German 211 or 

225), or demonstrate equivalent proficien 


ment. Business German (German 225) is 

required of majors in International Eco 

nomics and Commerce. 

The department strongly recommends 

that all first-year students who have stud 

ied two or more years of German prior to 

entering college take the placement exami 

nation that is administered by the depart 

ment to determine their level of achieve 

ment. Students who would prefer to take 

German self-paced courses should contact 

Professor Lamb-Faffelberger. 

101,102. Elementary German. Funda 

mentals of spoken and written language. 

Development of reading, writing, speak 

ing, and listening skills. An introduction 

to the culture of Germany and German- 

speaking countries. Class/laboratory. 

Staff 


111, 112. Intermediate German. Review 

of fundamental grammar and syntax, and 

expansion of vocabulary with short literary 

and cultural readings. Attention to im 

proving reading and conversational skills 

and developing a deeper understanding of 

the culture of Germany and other German- 

speaking countries. Class /laboratory. Staff 

211. Advanced German. This course is 

designed for students who already have a 

relatively good knowledge of German 

(e.g. four or more years high school in 

struction). Comprehensive review of basic 

principles of German grammar and syntax 

with increasing emphasis on correct con 

versational usage and idioms. Readings 

of literary and cultural texts, class discus 

sion, and oral presentations. Ms. Lamb- 

Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

225. Business German. This course is de 

signed for students who already have a rel 

atively good knowledge of German (e.g. 

four or more years high school instruction). 

It is highly recommended for students who 

plan to study abroad. Focus on business 

culture, terminology, and vocabulary, and 

information about Germany today and oth 

er German-speaking countries and their 

place in both the European Market and the 

World Market. Readings of business-relat 

ed texts, class discussions, and oral presen 

tations. Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

GERMAN CULTURE AND 

CIVILIZATION COURSES 


German 211 or 225 or equivalent. Stu 

dents who perform exceptionally well in 

German 112 may be admitted with the 

approval of the instructor. 

311. Contemporary Society in German- 

Speaking Countries as Reflected in the 

Media. This course offers texts from 

newspapers, magazines, and the Internet, 

as well as news reels and documentary 

videos. Focus on contemporary issues 

and sociopolitical developments in Ger 

many and German-speaking countries. 

Emphasis on everyday conversational and 

115


idiomatic German. Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, 

Mr. McDonald 

312. German Texts and Contexts: Bridg 

ing the Gap from Language to Literature. 

This course makes use of various readings 

in German poetry, prose, and drama of the 

last two centuries. Focus on critical analy 

sis, meaning, and structure of literary 

texts. Introduction to literary terminology 

and techniques of interpretation. Litera 

ture as a reflection of the sociocultural 

'Zeitgeist' (the spirit of the times). Class 

discussions and oral presentations. 

Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

GERMAN LITERATURE AND 

CULTURE SURVEY COURSES 

321. Survey of German Literature and 

Culture before 1750. This course traces 

forms of artistic expression in German litera 

ture as they developed within each respec 

tive historical, cultural, and sociopolitical 

framework. Representative readings rang 

ing from the beginnings of German literary 

writings in the seventh century through the 

Middle Ages, the Renaissance, the Baroque, 

to the Age of Enlightenment. Discussion of 

intellectual and philosophical movements. 


322. Survey of German Literature and 

Culture since 1750. This course traces 

forms of artistic expression in German lit 

erature as they developed within each re 

spective historical, cultural, and sociopo 

litical framework. Representative read 

ings ranging from the Classical Era of the 

late eighteenth century to the present. 

Emphasis on characteristics and trends of 

major literary movements. Introduction 

to the modes of artistic expression such as 

Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Natu- 

aralism, Symbolism and Impressionism, 

Expressionism and Modernism. 


GERMAN SEMINARS 


one 300-level course. 

116 

423. German Literature of the Eighteenth 

and Nineteenth Centuries. This course 

seeks to foster an appreciation and under 

standing of changing social and intellectu 

al thought and to highlight characteristics 

of social perceptions as they are reflected 

in literary movements. Analysis and inter 

pretation of literature as a medium for cri 

tiquing historical and social developments. 

Literary responses to political absolutism 

and the growth of liberalism and national 

ism from the Age of Enlightenment 

through Storm and Stress, Classicism, 

Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism. 

[W] Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

424. Modern German Literature. This 

course provides a comprehensive overview 

of poetry, prose, and drama of the twentieth 

century. Focus on matters of literary styles 

as well as on major social, political, and 

cultural movements that influenced and 

shaped literary and artistic expression from 

the turn of the century until the present. [W] 


431. Contemporary German Literature as 

a Mirror of Social Issues. This course ana 

lyzes literature after 1945 as a reflection of 

the forces of social change in Germany and 

other German-speaking countries. Empha 

sis on the relationship of artistic expression 

and history, social issues, political convic 

tion, and personal experience. Focus on 

techniques for interpretation of literature. 

[W] Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

441. Junior / Senior Seminar. Investigation 

of a topic or study of a genre, literary master 

piece, or dominant theme in German litera 

ture. [W] Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald 

460. Reading and Research in German. 

This course provides qualified students 

with the opportunity to investigate an 

area of special interest. Students work on 

their projects independently under the 

guidance of the instructor. At the end of 

the semester, students submit a research 

paper and/or a substantial oral presenta 

tion. Prerequisite: Permission of research 

instructor. Hours to be arranged. 

Ms. Lamb-Faffelberger, Mr. McDonald

495,496. Thesis in German. Tutorial 

sessions related to an investigation of the 

specific area chosen by the student for an 

honors essay. Open to majors in German 

who are candidates for departmental hon 

ors. Prerequisite: Permission of research 

instructor. Hours to be arranged. 


HEBREW 

101,102. Elementary Hebrew. Funda 

mentals of the spoken and written modern 

language. Development of listening and 

speaking skills and of facility in reading 

and writing standard, unvowelled texts. 

Introduction to the culture of Israel. 

Class/laboratory. Staff 

III, 112. Intermediate Hebrew. Review 

and expansion of the basic grammar, vo 

cabulary, and idioms. Development of 

skills of self-expression and conversation. 

Readings in short stories and in newspa 

per and magazine articles, and monitoring 

of television broadcasts in the language 

laboratory to gain a deeper understanding 

of Israeli culture. Staff 

JAPANESE 

101,102. Elementary Japanese. Funda 

mentals of spoken and written Japanese. 

Development of reading, writing, speaki- 

ing, and listening skills. An introduction to 

the culture of Japan. Class/laboratory. Staff 

III, 112. Intermediate Japanese. Review 

and expansion of the basic grammar and 

vocabulary of the language. Short literary 

and cultural readings. Attention to develop 

ing reading and conversational skills and 

a deeper understanding of the culture of 

Japan.Class/laboratory. Prerequisites: Japa 

nese 101,102 or equivalent proficiency. Staff 

211,212. Japanese Civilization and Culture. 

Major aspects of Japanese civilization and 

culture from antiquity to the present, with 

attention to the role of geography, systems 

of thought and belief, social, economic, and 

political organization and the arts, including 

literature. Taught in English. Staff 


290,291. Independent Study. These cours 

es are intended to expand the student's ba 

sic capability in the four linguistic skills 

listening, speaking, reading, and writing. 

Students learn new sentence structures, 

vocabulary, and Chinese characters in addi 

tion to what they have learned in the inter 

mediate course, using a basic language 

textbook, audio/visual media, and other 

supplementary materials. Prerequisites: 

111, 112 or equivalent. Staff 

RUSSIAN 

Requirements for the minor: A Russian 

minor with a concentration in Russian 

area studies requires seven courses chosen 

from specified offerings in Russian, Histo 

ry, and Government and Law, plus one 

from Comparative Literature, History, 

Interdisciplinary Studies, or Art. 

101,102. Elementary Russian. Funda 

mentals of the spoken and written lan 

guage. Development of reading, writing, 

speaking, and listening skills. An intro 

duction to the culture of Russia. Class/ 

laboratory. S taff 

111, 112. Intermediate Russian. Review 



and cultural readings. Attention to devel 

oping reading, writing, and conversation 

al skills and a deeper understanding of 

Russian culture. Class/laboratory. Staff 

211. Advanced Russian. A course in advanced 

Russian grammar and syntax designed to de 

velop a high degree of aural comprehension 

and conversational fluency. Perceptive reading 

and dear writing are stressed. Discussion of 

the major social, ideological, and artistic trends 

and movements of Russia. Staff 

RUSSIAN LITERATURE AND 

CIVILIZATION 

209,210. Survey of Russian Literature. 

A chronological study of the major literary 

movements and styles from the seven 

teenth century to the present in prose, poet 

ry, and drama. Special attention is given to 

117


the ideological and historical background. 

Prerequisite: Russian 112 or equivalent. Staff 

311. Russian Short Story. A study of the 

Russian novella and short story with em 

phasis on nineteenth- and twentieth-cen 

tury fiction. Reading and interpretation of 

works by writers such as Pushkin, Gogol, 

Turgenev, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, 

Gorky, Babel, Olesha, Solzhenitsyn, and 

others. Prerequisite: Russian 112 or equiva 

lent. Staff 

316. Soviet Russian Literature. A study of 

developments from 1917 to the present for 

their literary, social and political signifi 

cance. Reading and interpretation of works 

by writers such as Mayakovsky, Gladkov, 

Fadeyev, Katayev, Simonov, Panova, 

Evtushenko, Trifonov, and others. Prere 

quisite: Russian 112 or equivalent. Staff 

460. Reading and Research in Russian. 

This course gives the advanced student 

the opportunity to investigate intensively 

an area of special interest. The student is 

required to meet with the instructor peri 

odically throughout the semester and at 

the conclusion of the course to submit a 

scholarly paper and to take an oral exami 

nation on his/her work. Hours arranged. 


SPANISH 

Requirements for the major: In addition 

to demonstrated competence in the lan 

guage, a student who majors in Spanish 

completes a minimum of eight courses or 

seminars in advanced language, literature, 

and civilization. In other words, the major 

in Spanish is comprised of eight courses 

beyond Intermediate Spanish 111-112 (or 

ten courses beyond Elementary Spanish 

101-102, or 103). Students are required to 


including Advanced Spanish 211 or dem 

onstrate equivalent proficiency for ad 

vanced placement. Following completion 

of the language sequence, majors in Span 

ish take the following prescribed course of 

study, consisting of one survey of civiliza 

tion (Spanish 303, 304, 313, or 314), two 

118 

surveys of literature (Spanish 310, 311, 

317, or 318), three seminars (Spanish 425, 

435, and either 421,423, 427, or 428), and 

one course in Hispanic Studies in consul 

tation with a faculty adviser in Spanish. 

Designed to meet the specific needs of 

majors interested in studying abroad, 

teaching, or gaining departmental honors 

(see below), the Hispanic Studies require 

ment may be fulfilled by choosing from 

FLL 380 or 381 (the teaching internship in 

Spanish), or any 300- or 400-level course 

in Spanish. By their senior year, all candi 

dates for the major are required to take 

Don Quixote (Spanish 425) and a Research 

Seminar on a specialized topic (Spanish 

435). 

In lieu of both the Research Seminar 

(Spanish 435) and a course in Hispanic 

Studies (described above), students in 

their junior year have the option to pro 

pose a research topic for an Honors Thesis 

(Spanish 495, 496) to be completed during 

their senior year under the direction of a 

full-time member of the Spanish faculty. 

In this way, the major in the Honors Pro 

gram in Spanish maintains a load of eight 

courses beyond Intermediate Spanish 111- 

112 in order to graduate with both an A.B. 

in Spanish and departmental honors. 

Requirements for the minor: In addition 

to demonstrated competence in the lan 

guage, a minor in Spanish will normally 

complete a minimum of four courses or 

seminars in advanced language, literature, 

and civilization. In other words, the mi 

nor in Spanish is comprised of four cours 

es beyond Intermediate Spanish 111-112 

(or six courses beyond Elementary Span 

ish 101-102, or 103). Students are required 

to complete the language sequence up to 

and including Advanced Spanish 211 or 

demonstrate equivalent proficiency for 

advanced placement. Following comple 

tion of the language sequence, minors in 

Spanish may take any three courses or 

seminars at the 300- or 400-level with at 

least one of those three focusing on the 

study of literature. 

Language skills: Courses at the 100- or 

200-level are primarily designed to help

students acquire the linguistic competence 

necessary to pursue literary and cultural 

studies in Spanish through work with the 

language as well as selected texts and 

multimedia resources. 

Heritage speakers: Students who speak 

Spanish at home may wish to work closely 

with a faculty adviser in the Spanish sec 

tion in order to address specific academic 

needs not met in the classroom. Heritage 

speakers who have already had formal 

schooling in Spanish prior to starting col 

lege are encouraged to begin at the 300- or 

400-level or request conference courses in 

Spanish. Those who speak Spanish and 

received most or all of their schooling in 

English prior to beginning college study 

may wish to consult with faculty teaching 

Advanced Spanish 211 in order to create a 

more individualized program of study 

than the one offered in the standardized 

program. In all cases, heritage speakers 

are encouraged to take course work in 

Spanish as well as work toward a major or 

a minor in the field. 

LANGUAGE SKILLS COURSES 

General prerequisite: Students having two 

or more years of high school Spanish are re 

quired to take a placement examination (AP 

or SAT II) before enrolling in their first 

course in Spanish at Lafayette. First-year 

students may take the SAT II placement test 

during their summer orientation, or, at any 

point in their college careers, students may 

make an appointment with the Department 

of Foreign Languages and Literatures to 

take the placement test. 

101,102. Elementary Spanish. Funda 

mentals of spoken and written language. 

Development of reading, writing, speak 

ing, and listening skills. An introduction 

to the culture of the Hispanic world. Class 

/laboratory. Students having had two or 

more years of high-school Spanish are in 

eligible to take Spanish 101 unless they 

obtain the instructor's permission. Other 

wise, these students are emcouraged to 

enroll in Spanish 103. Staff 


103. Accelerated Elementary Spanish. 

Intensive training in basic grammar and 

vocabulary. Development of reading, 

writing, listening, and speaking skills. 

Ideal for highly motivated beginners, stu 

dents in need of review, and those with 

professional, family, or travel interests. 

Class/laboratory. Prerequisite: Permission 

of instructor. Not open to students with 

credit for Spanish 101,102. Staff 

111, 112. Intermediate Spanish. Review 



and cultural readings. Development of 

reading, writing, listening, and conversa 

tional skills as well as a deeper under 

standing of Hispanic cultures. Class/labo 

ratory. Prerequisite: Spanish 101-102,103, 

or equivalent. Staff 

211. Advanced Spanish. An advanced 

Spanish grammar review with a focus on 

vocabulary building and communication 

skills. Designed to develop both writing 

skills and conversational fluency through 

discussing and writing about selected texts 

and films. Role-playing, skits, and other 

appropriate exercises. Spanish 211 is rec 

ommended before pursuing study abroad 

and is required for further course work in 

Spanish. Class/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

Spanish 111-112 or equivalent. Staff 

225. Business Spanish. This course is de 

signed to teach advanced students how to 

use their language skills within the con 

text of the Spanish-speaking professional 

world. Students acquire specialized vo 

cabulary and knowledge related to topics 

such as banking and finance, telecommu 

nications, import/export operations, ad 

vertising, and marketing. Course activ 

ities include composition of business let 

ters and resumes, summaries and transla 

tion of official documents and business 

correspondence, the exploration and anal 

ysis of commerce-related Internet sites, 

and the completion and class presentation 

of a country-specific team project. 

Class/conferences/library/laboratory. 

Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or equivalent. 

Ms. Geoffrion-Vinci 

119


HISPANIC LITERATURE AND 

CIVILIZATION SURVEYS 

General prerequisite: Spanish 211, equiv 

alent, or permission of instructor. 

303. Spanish Civilization and Culture. 

An interdisciplinary exploration of the Ibe 

rian Peninsula's civilizations and cultures 

as reflected in its history, literature, peo 

ples, politics, and arts. Topics range from 

Spanish Unification in 1492 through the 

rise and fall of Spain as an imperial power. 

Class / conferences / library / laboratory. 

Mr. Donnell 

304 Spanish American Civilization and 

Culture. An interdisciplinary exploration of 

Spanish America's civilizations and cultures 

from the Colonial period through the early 

twentieth century, as reflected in its history, 

literature, peoples, politics, and arts. Class/ 

conferences/library/laboratory. Staff 

310. Survey of Spanish Literature I. An 

introduction to the literature of Spain from 

the Middle Ages through the seventeenth 

century, from the story of the Cid through 

the myth of Don Juan. Class /conferenc 

es/library/laboratory. Mr. Donnell 

311. Survey of Spanish Literature II. An 

introduction to the literature of Spain from 

the eighteenth century to the present, from 

the Enlightenment through the post-Civil 

War Era. The course examines how au 

thors such as Larra, Castro, Pardo Bazan, 

Galdos, and Machado responded to the 

challenges posed by the shifting realities 

of their times. Class/conferences/library 

/laboratory. Ms. Geoffrion-Vinci 

313. Contemporary Spain. An interdisci 

plinary study that examines the evolution 

of Spanish society from the nineteenth to 

the twentieth century. Topics include 

Spain's problematic transition from feu 

dalism to modernity, the rise of regional 

ism and its impact on national identity, 

and literary creativity and censorship in a 

nation vaulting between reactionary and 

democratic political forces. Class/confer 

ences/library. Ms. Geoffrion-Vinci 

120 

314. Contemporary Spanish America and 

Hispanics in the U.S. An interdisciplinary 

study of current cultural and political 

trends in Spanish America with emphasis 

on national and continental identities, polit 

ical responses to development, the vitality 

of popular culture and the arts, and the 

growing importance of Hispanics in the 

United States. Class/conferences/library/ 

laboratory assignments. Mr. Jordan 

317. Survey of Spanish American Liter 

ature I. An introduction to the literature 

of Spanish America, from the sixteenth to 

the early twentieth century, emphasizing 

the literary response to the peoples and 

places of the New World, the transforma 

tion of Spain's literary legacy, the rise of 

national traditions after Independence, 

and the modernistas' answer to regional 

ism. Class/conferences/library/labor 

atory. Staff 

318. Survey of Spanish American Liter 

ature II. An introduction to the literature 

of Spanish America, from the early twen 

tieth century to the present day. Among 

the issues addressed are the literature of 

social protest and reform, artistic experi 

mentation in contemporary poetry and 

narrative fiction, and the rise of the novel 

in the second half of the twentieth centu 

ry. Class /conferences/library /laboratory. 

Mr. Jordan 

HISPANIC LITERATURE AND 

CIVILIZATION SEMINARS 

General prerequisite for the following 400- 

level courses: one course at the 300 level. 

421. Seminar in the Literature and Cul 

ture of the New World. An in-depth study 

of the influence of Colonial literature in 

both the formation of a Latin American 

identity and the development of contempo 

rary Latin American writing. Texts by the 

explorers, missionaries, and conquistadores 

in the New World (including Columbus, 

Friar Bartolome de las Casas, Hernan 

Cortes), and the subsequent generations of 

"American-born" writers (such as "The 

Inca" Garcilaso de la Vega). Prerequisite:

Spanish 304 or 317, equivalent, or permis 

sion of instructor. May be repeated for 

credit when topics vary. Class /conferenc 

es/library/laboratory. [W] Staff 

423. Seminar in Early Modern Spanish 

Literature and Culture. An in-depth study 

of a literary theme, author, or genre relat 

ed to Spain during the Renaissance and 

Baroque periods. Emphasizing their cul 

tural contexts, examples of topics include 

transvestite comedy, the short prose of 

Cervantes, the Spanish Inquisition, or 

Neo-Baroque themes and imagery in con 

temporary film and literature. Prerequi 

site: Spanish 303 or 310, equivalent, or per 

mission of instructor. May be repeated for 

credit when topics vary. Class/conferenc 

es/library/laboratory. [W] Mr. Donnell 

425. Don Quixote. Cervantes' master 

piece as it relates to today's reader, its im 

pact on contemporary culture, and the sty 

listic innovations that make this novel a 

modern classic. Required of all majors in 

Spanish. Prerequisite: one survey course 

in Hispanic literature, equivalent, or per 

mission of instructor. Class/conferences/ 

library/laboratory. Mr. Donnell 

427. Seminar in Contemporary Spanish 

Literature and Culture. An in-depth study 

of a literary theme, genre, author, or cultur 

al movement in Spain from the late nine 

teenth century to the present day. Examples 

include Post-War Novel, Film Studies, and 

Spanish Surrealism. Prerequisite: Spanish 

303,311 or 313, equivalent, or permission 

of instructor. May be repeated for credit 

when topics vary. Class/conferences/ 

library/laboratory. Ms. Geoffrion-Vinci 

428. Seminar in Modern Spanish Ameri 

can Literature and Culture. An in-depth 

study of a literary theme, genre, author, or 

movement in the cultural context of Span 

ish America during the late nineteenth 

century through the present day. Topics 

include Short Story and the Fantastic, Fic 

tions of History in Contemporary Novel, 

and From Popular Culture to Narrative 

Fiction. Prerequisite: Spanish 304, 314 or 

318, equivalent, or permission of instruc 


tor. May be repeated for credit when top 

ics vary. Class/conferences/library/labo 

ratory. [W] Mr. Jordan 

435. Research Seminar in Hispanic Liter 

ature and Civilization. Development of 

research skills and methodologies as ap 

plied to a specific topic in Hispanic stud 

ies: a literary theme, genre, author, or 

movement, and/or a cultural, historical, 

or political trend in Spain or Spanish 

America. Required of all majors in Span 

ish during their senior year. Only open to 

nonmajors with permission of instructor. 

May be repeated for credit when topics 

vary. Class /conferences /library / multi 

media research. [W] Staff 

460. Reading and Research in Spanish. 

Individual research under the guidance of 

a faculty mentor. Open only to qualified 

juniors and seniors. Hours arranged. Pre 

requisites: Two 300-level literature or cul 

ture courses, and permission of a faculty 

mentor. Staff 

495,496. Thesis in Spanish. Open only to 

majors in Spanish who are candidates for 

departmental honors. Tutorial sessions re 

lated to the student's research and essay 

project. Hours arranged. Prerequisite: 

Permission of research instructor. Staff 

GEOLOGY AND 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

GEOSCIENCES 

Professor Hovis, Head; Associate Professors 

Germanoski and Malinconico, Assistant 

Professor Schubel 

Geology is the study of the earth and its 

history. The department offers both the 

Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of 

Arts degree. The B.S. degree is designed to 

meet the needs of students who wish to 

become practicing geologists or environ 

mental geoscientists, or who wish to pur 

sue graduate degrees in the geosciences. 

One may pursue either a geology or an 

environmental geosciences track in the 

B.S. program. The B.A., in the tradition of 

121

GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 

liberal arts education, is designed for stu 

dents who wish to study geology, yet pur 

sue other professional objectives after 

graduation. The B.A. also is an ideal de 

gree for students pursuing a double major; 

recent graduates have combined geology 

with areas such as Government and Law 

(environmental law), International Affairs, 

Economics and Business (environmental 

management), and Chemistry. 

The curriculum and the interests of the 

faculty span a wide range of topics from 

sedimentology, marine geology, and geo- 

morphology to geophysics, geochemistry, 

and earth materials. Field and laboratory 

work are integral parts of the curriculum 

and many opportunities exist for coopera 

tive student-faculty research. Students 

have traveled as far as Alaska, Nevada, 

Mexico, and Cambridge, England, to per 

form cooperative research with Lafayette 

faculty, and many excellent projects also 

are available locally. 

The James L. Dyson Scholarship Prize 

is given to a junior major for a summer 

field experience in geology, usually a sum 

mer field camp. 

Requirements for the major Students in 

the B.S. Degree Environmental Geo- 

sciences track are required to take any 100- 

level geology course, Geology 200,210,215, 

224,300,307,322,428, and two environmen 

tal electives approved by the department. 

Students in the B.S. Degree Geology 

track are required to take any 100-level ge 

ology course, Geology 200,215,224, 300, 

307, 428, and four technical electives ap 

proved by the Department; at least two of 

the latter must be geology courses, one of 

which must be 200-level or above. 

Both B.S. tracks also require Mathematics 

125,186 or 161,162 or 161,176, Chemistry 

121 and 122 (or Chemistry 121 and Geolo 

gy 321), Physics 111 or 121, and the Col 

lege's Common Course of Study. 

Students in the A.B. Degree program, in 

addition to fulfilling requirements in the 

College's Common Course of Study, are 

required to take any 100-level geology 

122 

course, six additional geology courses (at 

least four of which must be 200-level or 

above), and two electives approved by the 

department. In the case of a double major, 

the two elective courses could potentially 

be in the second major. 

Requirements for the minor A minor in ge 

ology requires five geology courses, at least 

three of which must be 200-level or above. 

Additional geology courses may be found 

under Interim Session in this catalog. 

100. From Fire to Ice: An Introduction to 

Geology. A broad introduction to the geo 

logical processes acting within the earth 

and on its surface that produce volcanoes, 

earthquakes, mountain belts, mineral de 

posits, and ocean basins. The course consid 

ers the dramatic effects of plate tectonics, as 

well as the enormous periods of time over 

which geologic processes take place, also 

familiar features of the landscape formed 

by landslides, rivers, groundwater, and gla 

ciers. Practical aspects of the science are 

learned through discovery-oriented labora 

tory exercises, which include several field 

excursions. Lecture/laboratory. Preference 

to first- and second-year students, geology 

majors, and environmental science minors. 

Mr. Hovis 

110. Environmental Geology. From human 

perspective on the earth's surface, the planet 

appears almost infinite. From an Apollo 

spacecraft, however, earth is simply a larger 

spaceship with more resources, but resources 

that are nonetheless finite. Environmental 

Geology is the study of the interaction of 

humans and the earth. The course examines 

the interplay between land-use activity and 

geologic processes such as flooding, shoreline 

erosion, and soil erosion. Students explore 

groundwater resources, geological constraints 

on waste disposal, and the impacts of re 

source utilization, such as acid rain and the 

greenhouse effect. Lecture/laboratory/field 

excursions. Preference to first- and second- 

year students, geology majors, and environ 

mental science minors. Mr. Germanoski

120. Geological Disasters: Agents of Cha 

os. Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, land 

slides, hurricanes, floods, tsunamis, and 

asteroid impacts are all part of the geologic 

evolution of the earth. For many different 

reasons, humans are exposed to the often 

severe consequences of living in areas vul 

nerable to the violence of nature. Through 

lecture and laboratory, this course examines 

these processes from both scientific and 

personal perspectives to understand why 

and where they occur and how human ac 

tivity has interfered with natural processes, 

perhaps making the planet more prone to 

disaster. Lecture/laboratory. Preference to 

first- and second-year students, geology 

majors, and environmental science minors. 

Mr. Malinconico 

130. Origins, Evolutions, and Extinc 

tions. A broad introduction to the origin 

and evolution of the earth system. The 

processes and events that have shaped 

earth history, such as the origin and evolu 

tion of the atmosphere, oceans, continents, 

ocean basins, and life are explored. Labo 

ratory exercises focus on firsthand study 

of earth materials that contain evidence 

for the processes and events studied in 

class and include field trips to local sites. 

Preference to first- and second-year stu 

dents and geology majors. Lecture/labo 

ratory. Ms. Schubel 

200. Earth and Planetary Materials. Intro 

duction to the crystallographic, structural, 

and chemical characteristics of rock-form 

ing minerals. Consideration of the pro 

cesses and variables that control mineral 

formation. Igneous, metamorphic, hydro- 

thermal, and sedimentary environments 

in which common minerals form. X-ray 

powder diffraction techniques used to 

identify earth materials and to determine 

unit-cell dimensions, as well as applica 

tion of this dimensional information. The 

laboratory includes discovery-oriented ex 

ercises in X-ray diffraction, mineral identi 

fication, and crystallography, as well as 

high-temperature experiments in phase 

equilibria. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequi 

sites: Any 100-level geology course and 


elementary chemistry, or permission of 

instructor. Mr. Hovis 

203. X-Ray Diffraction and Analytical 

Techniques. Review of crystallography. 

Use of X-ray powder diffraction tech 

niques to identify various materials, both 

inorganic and organic, including minerals. 

Determination of lattice parameters to ob 

tain information about atomic structure 

and chemical composition. Quantitative 

determination of mixtures. Determination 

of errors in X-ray data and consideration 

of precision versus accuracy. Discussion 

and experiments using additional analyti 

cal techniques. Requires permission of in 

structor. Lecture/laboratory. Mr. Hovis 

205. Oceanography. Exploration of the 

physical, chemical, and biological systems 

of the oceans and human impacts on these 

systems. Topics include marine geology, 

seawater composition, oceanic and atmo 

spheric circulation, waves, tides, coastal 

and open ocean processes, marine ecosys 

tems, marine resources, and ocean pollu 

tion. Lecture/weekend field trips. Week 

end field trips explore barrier island envi 

ronments and erosion along the New Jer 

sey coast; oceanographic sampling tech 

niques on Seneca Lake; and marine biolo 

gy and pollution of the New England 

coast. Prerequisite: Any 100-level geology 

course or permission of instructor. Priority 

given to geology majors and first- and sec 

ond-year students. Ms. Schubel 

210. Hydrogeology. The study of ground- 

water occurrence, flow, quality, and utiliza 

tion. The characteristics of the geologic envi 

ronment which determines the hydrogeo- 

logic system are discussed. Principles of 

groundwater flow, surface water and 

groundwater interaction, aquifer response to 

pumping, and regional groundwater flow 

are examined in detail. The course also fo 

cuses on groundwater contamination and 

remediation ("clean-up"). Field projects us 

ing a well-field at Metzgar Fields and local 

remediation sites are utilized to bridge the 

gap between theory and practice. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Prerequisite: Any 100-level geol 

ogy course. Mr. Germanoski 

123


215. Modern and Ancient Depositional 

Environments. Sedimentary deposits pro 

vide the majority of the water, energy, and 

mineral resources used by humans. This 

course explores the processes whereby sed 

iments are formed and accumulate in mod 

ern environments, as well as the pathways 

that convert loose sediments to solid rocks. 

Emphasis placed on determining environ 

mental conditions recorded in ancient sedi 

mentary rocks. Lecture/laboratory/re 

quired weekend field trips. Prerequisite: 

Any 100-level geology course or permis 

sion of instructor. Ms. Schubel 

224. Structure and Tectonics of the Earth. 

An examination of global tectonics and 

the response of rocks to stress at all scales, 

with an emphasis on an understanding of 

the relationship of structural geology to 

tectonic theory. This includes a systematic 

study of folds, faults, joints, foliations, and 

lineations from which the geometric rela 

tionships and deformational history of the 

earth's crust can be deduced. Lecture/lab 

oratory/required weekend field trips. 

Prerequisite: Any 100-level geology 

course. [W] Mr, Malinconico 

300. Earth Surface Processes. Comprehen 

sive analysis of geological processes that pro 

duce, maintain, and change the earth's sur 

face. Topics include tectonics and landforms, 

rock weathering, soil development, hillslope 

processes, and river and glacial erosion and 

deposition. The subject is to explore through 

the systems approach where earth surface 

processes and landforms are viewed as inter 

acting components of a complex system. The 

operation of geomorphic systems is exam 

ined from a process-response perspective. 

Laboratory includes map and aerial photo 

analysis as well as field work and a field 

project. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: Any 

100-level geology course. Geology 200 and 

224 are recommended. [W] Mr. Germanoski 

307. Igneous and Metamorphk Petrology. 

An examination of igneous and metamor- 

phic rocks as records of the crustal evolu 

tion of the earth. The origins and existence 

of these rocks are examined in view of 

chemical phase equilibria and igneous and 

124 

metamorphic processes. Laboratory work 

emphasizes the identification and classifica 

tion of igneous and metamorphic rocks us 

ing hand samples, thin section identifica 

tion, X-ray powder diffraction, analytical 

techniques, and field relationships. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Prerequisite: Geology 200. 

Geology 224 is recommended. Mr. Hovis 

310. Advanced Environmental Geology. 

The course is divided into three segments: 

geo-hazards, land-use, and fossil fuel utili 

zation and carbon cycling. Geo-hazards 

focuses on assessing geologic hazards 

such as volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, 

and flooding. Land-use focuses on soil 

erosion, channel change related to land-use 

activity, strip mine reclamation, and acid 

mine drainage. Carbon cycling focuses on 

global warming and factors that must be 

considered in climate modeling, including 

analysis of natural variations in global cli 

mate and carbon cycling through geologic 

time. Lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: 

Geology 110 or 120. Geology 300 recom 

mended. Mr. Germanoski 

311. River Form and Function. Examination 

of rivers and their effects on the landscape. 

The course explores such topics as drainage 

network development, sediment yield, sedi 

ment transport, river morphology, landscape 

elements produced by fluvial activity, and 

the interaction between humans and fluvial 

systems. The relationships between rivers 

and landscape evolution over the long term 

is a central issue, capped by a discussion of 

the geomorphic evolution of the Appala 

chians and the concept of peneplanation. 

Prerequisite: Geology 300 or permission of 

instructor. Mr. Germanoski 

320. Paleontology. Broad survey of the 

morphology of invertebrate fossil groups. 

Problems of identification and classification 

of extinct and living organisms. Emphasis 

on use of modern ecological principles for 

interpretation of past environments. Lec 

ture/laboratory. Prerequisite: Geology 130 


321. Geochemistry. An introduction to the 

chemical and thermodynamic principles and

processes that control geological phenomena 

both at the earth's surface and deep within 

the earth. Consideration of solid-earth equi 

libria (igneous, metamorphic, sedimentary, 

and weathering reactions), oxidation-reduc 

tion and isotope geochemistry. The origin and 

evolution of ocean waters, river waters, lake 

waters, groundwaters, basinal brines, and hy- 

drothermal brines in the context of large-scale 

geochemical and biogeochemical cycles. Lec 

ture/problem-solving. Prerequisites: Geology 

200 and elementary calculus, or permission of 

instructor. Mr, Hauls, Ms. Schubel 

322. Environmental Geophysics. Introduc 

tion to the geophysical techniques used to 

study large- and small-scale features and 

processes of the Earth. Emphasis placed on 

the fundamental principles of gravity, mag 

netism, seismology, heat transfer, and electri 

cal methods as they apply to environmental 

problems through classroom lectures and 

laboratory and field exercises. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Prerequisite: Any 100-level geol 

ogy course. Geology 224 and Introductory 

Physics recommended. Mr. Malinconico 

GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES 

351-360. Geological Problems. Original 

research problems in the geosciences: 

(a) environmental studies, (b) mineralogy- 

geochemistry, (c) sedimentology-oceanogra- 

phy, (d) geomorphology-groundwater, (e) 

structural geology-tectonics, (f) geophysics, 

(g) petrology-petrogenesis, (h) paleontology- 

stratigraphy, and (i) additional subjects of 

specialized interest. For advanced geology 

and geoscience students. Requires permis 

sion of the department. Staff 

428. Integrated Methods and Applica 

tions in the Geosciences. A capstone ex 

perience for senior geology students that 

integrates field and laboratory methods in 

solving geologic problems. Field and labo 

ratory data are collected and integrated to 

solve specific problems. Students present 

their research results in both written and 

oral formats. Departmental permission re 

quired for non-B.S. geology students. Staff 

495, 496. Thesis. Individual field and labo 

ratory problems involving the preparation 

of a thesis. Open to qualified students only. 

[W] Staff 

GOVERNMENT AND LAW 

Associate Professor McCartney, Head; Professors 

Kincaid, Murphy, Peleg; Associate Professors 

Lennertz,}. Miller, Siherstein; Assistant 

Professors Englehart, Harrison, Shea 

Politics, leadership, individual rights, 

government, public policy issues that 

dominate the daily lives of citizens 

around the world are the focus of the 

Government and Law major. Students 

in this major address such questions 

as: What are the most critical political 

issues facing the United States and the 

world? What public policies make most 

sense in economics, education, urban 

revitalization, and protection of the 

environment? 

The well-balanced curriculum offers an 

unusually broad selection of offerings in 

domestic and comparative law, foreign 

political systems, international issues, 

federalism, state and local politics, and 

civil liberties. Faculty work with students 

to include special interests in their course 

of study and many students participate, 

for academic credit, in the department's 

internship program. A prelaw adviser is 

available for students interested in a legal 

career. 

Requirements for the major: Majors in 

Government and Law are required to 

take 10 courses within the department. 

The major must schedule at least three 

of the introductory courses (101,102, 

103,104), be exposed to all four subfields 

(American Politics, International Politics, 

Comparative Politics, Political Theory), 

and take course(s) beyond the introduc 

tory level in at least three of the sub- 

fields. A senior seminar is required of 

all majors. 

Coordinate majors: Government and Law 

with History, Religion, and Foreign Lan 

guages and Literatures. 

Requirements for the minor: A minor in 

Government and Law requires completion 

of six courses within the department 

which may be selected to form a general 

minor (three introductory courses and 

three mid-level courses in the respective 

125


subfields), a subfield (concentration) minor 

(one introductory course and five other 

courses in a subfield), or a thematic minor. 

A student who wants to pursue a thematic 

minor must submit to the Department 

Head a statement explaining the rationale 

and the plan behind his/her idea. 

INTRODUCTORY COURSES 

101. Introduction to United States Poli 

tics. An examination of the American po 

litical system, its institutions and process 

es. Topics studied include political behav 

ior, the Constitution, the Congress, the 

Presidency, the courts, and current foreign 

and domestic issues. Recommended to 

students who have not had an adequate 

secondary school preparation in American 

government. Mr. Kincaid, Mr. Lennertz, 

Mr. Murphy, Mr. Shea, Ms. Silverstein 

102. Introduction to International Poli 

tics. This course reviews the main issues 

and problems confronted by the interna 

tional system and the literature devoted to 

them. The course deals with phenomena 

such as peace and war, integration and 

disintegration, economic and military as 

sistance, formulation and execution of for 

eign policy. Special emphasis is placed on 

stability and change in the global system. 

Mr. Englehart, Ms. Harrison, Mr. Peleg 

103. Introduction to Comparative Poli 

tics. A survey of governments and politics 

in the industrialized and Third World 

countries. The course examines the ques 

tion of what it means to compare political 

systems and explores the historical setting, 

nature of political participation, political 

values, governmental structures, and po 

litical performance of selected countries in 

Western Europe, Asia, the Middle East, 

Africa, Latin America. Mr. Englehart, 

Mr. McCartney 

104. Introduction to Political Theory. 

This course introduces students to several 

of the most important thinkers and 

themes in the tradition of political theory. 

The topics and texts of the course will 

vary, but students can expect to confront 

126 

such issues as justice, equality, and power, 

and to read both classic and contemporary 

authors. Mr. Miller, Ms. Silverstein 

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 

AND POLITICS 

204. Gender and the Law. This course ad 

dresses the role of gender in the U.S. legal 

system. The course explores the impact of the 

constitution and legislation on gender-based 

issues such as employment, discrimination 

(including gender-based affirmative action), 

equal pay, sexual harassment, educational 

opportunity, reproductive rights, family 

leave, and child custody. Ms. Muhlfelder 

207. Black Politics in the United States. A 

study of the changing situation of Blacks in 

U.S. politics since the 1950s. Some ways in 

which Congress, the Presidency, the Su 

preme Court, the bureaucracy, and local 

governments have affected Blacks and oth 

er minorities. Analysis of Black experiences 

in American politics in light of constitution 

al theory and the everyday operation of po 

litical institutions and processes. Specific 

problems related to racism and socioeco- 

nomic status. Mr. McCartney 

211. State and Local Government and 

Politics. Examines what state and local 

governments do and why. Topics include 

state constitutions; state legislative, execu 

tive, and judicial processes and policymak- 

ing; state and local budgets, taxes, and 

spending; county, municipal, special-dis 

trict, and school-district governments and 

services; state and local parties, elections, 

interest groups, and media; intergovern 

mental relations; Native American tribes, 

homeowner associations, and associated 

states; and selected policy issues such as 

civil rights, crime, business and economics, 

health care, and environmental protection. 

[W] Mr. Kincaid 

213. Law and Society. Investigation of the 

dynamics of the legal process in the regu 

lation of social conflict, change, and con 

trol. Topics include philosophical sources; 

the administration of criminal and civil 

justice; and litigation as politics. [W] 

Mr. Lennertz, Ms. Silverstein

215. Political Parties and the Electoral 

Process. The role of parties and elections 

in a democratic society. Topics include suf 

frage, turnout, partisanship, public opinion, 

the role of minor parties, the presidential 

nominating process including conventions, 

platforms, and campaigns. A discussion of 

the future of the American political party 

-system and the possibility of realignment 

or de-alignment. Mr. Shea 

217. Public Administration. Examination 

of competing theories of public adminis 

tration and their practical implications in a 

federal system. Topics include basic insti 

tutions of American public administration, 

policymaking and implementation roles of 

administrators, and weaknesses, failures 

and reforms of existing institutions as il 

lustrated in case studies. S taff 

310. Politics, Policy, and Law in Ameri 

can Federalism. Explores American fed 

eralism as a system of democratic self- 

rule and share rule, and examines how 

federal-state-local government relations 

shape law, politics, and policy in the 

United States. Topics include: covenantal 

origins and constitutional theory of 

American federalism; historical transfor 

mations; legal, political, administrative, 

and fiscal dynamics of intergovernmental 

relations; and the impacts of federalism 

on such policy issues as civil rights, busi 

ness and the economy, taxation, environ 

mental protection, and foreign affairs. 

[W] Mr. Kincaid 

311. Constitutional Law and Politics in 

the United States. Constitutional adjudica 

tion as a political process which generated 

and manages social conflicts regarding the 

basic allocation of governmental authority 

in the American system. Topics include ju 

dicial review, limits on executive and legis 

lative power, federalism, and the court and 

social change. Prerequisite: G&L 101 or 

permission of instructor. [W] Mr. Lennertz, 

Mr. Murphy 

314. Liberty in the United States: Law and 

Politics. Many of the social conflicts that 

the law considers relate to claims of right 


grounded upon conceptions of liberty as 

a fundamental value of the constitutional 

system of the United States. This course 

explores the concept of liberty, its place in 

United States law and politics, and its ap 

plication to questions of constitutional and 

political rights. Topics include free expres 

sion and association, privacy, church-state 

relations and criminal justice. Prerequisite: 

G&L 101,311,315, or permission of instruc 

tor. [W] Mr. Lennertz, Mr. Murphy 

315. Equality in the United States: Law 

and Politics. Many of the social conflicts 

that the law considers relate to claims of 

right grounded upon conceptions of 

equality as a fundamental value of the 

constitutional system of the United States. 

This course explores the concept of equali 

ty, its place in U.S. law and politics, and its 

application to questions of constitutional 

and political rights. Topics include discrim 

ination on grounds of race, gender, etc., 

and remedial programs such as busing and 

affirmative action. Prerequisite: G&L 101, 

311, 314, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Murphy, Ms. Silverstein 

316. American Public Policy. A study of 

governmental policy and process at the fed 

eral level. The course undertakes an exami 

nation of the stages of policy development. It 

explores the problems of policymaking in 

the modern bureaucratic state, and thereaf 

ter investigates some specific policy areas in 

cluding economic regulation, labor, welfare, 

and agriculture. Each student undertakes an 

intensive individual study of a specific fed 

eral policy. Prerequisite: G&L 101. Staff 

320. The Presidency and Executive Poli 

tics. This course explores the dynamics of 

executive politics, with primary emphasis 

upon the structure and operation of the 

United States Presidency. Topics include 

the organization of the Presidency and the 

Executive Branch, models of presidential 

power and leadership, the process of pres 

idential selection, relationships with other 

parts of the political system, and executive 

politics and public policy. Prerequisite: 

G&L 101, 209, 211,217, 311, 316, or 321. 

[W] Mr. Lennertz 

127


321. Congress and the Legislative Process. 

This course analyzes the process of lawmak- 

ing in the United States Congress within the 

context of the legislative process generally. 

Topics include the structural and functional 

development of the institution, the rules and 

norms which govern interaction, congres 

sional elections, leadership and party orga 

nization, relationships with other parts of 

the political system, and public policy. Pre 

requisite: G&L 101,209,211,217,311,316, or 

320. Mr. Shea 

337. Politics of the Media. Evaluates the 

role of mass media in American politics. 

Legal/constitutional issues, the news- 

making process, sources of potential bias, 

the development and impact of investiga 

tive journalism, the role of the press during 

elections, the impact of mass media on in 

dividual behavior and opinion formation, 

and the politics of entertainment are just a 

few of the topics explored. In the end, the 

class contemplates how mass media has be 

come a tool indeed a powerful weapon 

in American politics. Prerequisite: G&L 101 

or permission of instructor. Mr. Shea 

COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND 

POLITICS 

221. Government and Politics in West 

ern Europe. Study and analysis of the po 

litical culture and government systems of 

contemporary Western nations, with ma 

jor emphasis on British parliamentary de 

mocracy and the continental democracies 

of France and Germany. Mr. McCartney 

222. Political Change in the Third 

World. Analysis of Third World political 

systems with particular emphasis on the 

concept and dilemmas of political devel 

opment including political change, politi 

cal participation and stability, patron-cli 

ent relations, military governments, and 

mobilization systems. Opportunity for in 

dividual work on topics or countries of 

personal interest. Mr. McCartney 

223. Politics of Africa. Analysis of select 

ed sub-Saharan states with particular at 

tention to common institutional features 

128 

such as ethnic pluralism, weak political 

parties, dominant public bureaucracies, 

dependence on external forces, and the 

problems associated with them, especial 

ly limited capacity to innovate, rural stag 

nation, ethnic competition, corruption, 

and military intervention. The South 

African situation is likewise examined. 

Mr. McCartney 

224. Government and Politics of East 

Asia. This course examines the domestic 

politics and international relations of 

China, Japan, and North and South Ko 

rea. Topics include the Chinese Revolu 

tion; the structure of the Chinese govern 

ment and post-Mao reforms; the Nation 

alist government in Taiwan; Japanese im 

perialism and postwar recovery, Japanese 

relations with the United States and the 

rest of Asia; the Korean War, postwar re 

lations between the north and south, and 

the continuing United States presence in 

South Korea. Mr. Englehart 

225. Politics of Russia, the Other Post- 

Soviet States, and Eastern Europe. After 

a brief examination of the politics of the 

former Soviet Union and Eastern Europe 

before World War II, the bulk of the 

course looks more in depth at develop 

ments in this region during and after the 

cold war. The final section of the course 

examines the post-1989/90 transition 

process toward democracy and a market 

economy in Russia, the other post-Soviet 

states, the Czech Republic, Poland, and 

Hungary and touches on the issue of 

NATO expansion to Poland, Hungary, 

and the Czech Republic. Ms. Harrison 

227. Politics in Latin America and the 

Caribbean. A study of the basic political 

structures of Latin American nations, 

with emphasis on the questions of mass 

political participation and forms of elite 

governance. Topics covered include 

peasants in politics, political parties, 

military and authoritarian regimes, and 

economic/political relationships. 

Mr. McCartney

229. Government and Politics of South 

east Asia. This course examines the do 

mestic politics and relations of the coun 

tries of Southeast Asia. Topics include co 

lonialism, Japanese imperialism, inde 

pendence movements, the Vietnam War, 

the socialist revolutions, democratization 

in the Philippines and Thailand, econom 

ic development and the currency crisis. 

Mr. Englehart 

249. The Politics of Social Change. A 

historical and theoretical examination 

of social movements and their political 

ramifications. An examination of both 

nonviolent participatory movements and 

the politics of violence and revolution. 

Several different movements are exam 

ined in detail. Mr. McCartney 

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 

230. International Politics of the Middle 

East and Persian Gulf. The course exam 

ines topics such as the Arab-Israeli conflict, 

the struggle for domination in the Arab 

World, the role of the superpowers in the 

region, and the politics of oil. An analysis 

of international political processes in some 

of the Middle Eastern countries is used to 

examine explanations for the foreign poli 

cies of these countries. The course assesses 

different solutions to problems confronted 

by the nations of the Middle East. Mr. Peleg 

232. International Political Economy. 

Introduces students to the basic concepts 

, and ideas of international political econo 

my and uses them as a framework to ex 

plore some of the most important issues of 

our times. The role of the nation-state in the 

rise and functioning of modern industrial 

economies is examined from different ideo 

logical perspectives. The course covers 

trade, finance, and the globalization of 

world economies. Mr. Englehart 

234. American Security Policy. A study 

of the formulation, implementation, and 

effects of U.S. foreign policy. The course 

will examine and analyze U.S. defense and 

foreign policy vis-a-vis Europe, Asia, Latin 

America, and Africa; the decision-making 


community, and such concepts as global- 

ism, imperialism, nuclear and limited war, 

insurgency, threat perception, confronta 

tion and coexistence, and foreign policy 

ethics. Mr. Peleg 

235. International Law and Organizations. 

A study of the rules of public international law, 

especially as they are related to the develop 

ment of international organizations. Attention 

is paid to the emergence of global organiza 

tions, the United Nations in particular, as well 

as regional ones (OAS, OAU, NATO, Warsaw 

Pact, and EEC). Efforts to regulate and limit in 

ternational conflict, within and outside of inter 

national organization, are discussed. Staff 

236. International Conflict. An examina 

tion of different forms of international 

conflict: nuclear war, conventional war, 

guerrilla war, limited reprisals, etc. Expla 

nations for international conflicts are sug 

gested in interdisciplinary terms. Some 

better-known historical and contemporary 

conflicts are analyzed. The course also 

deals with the effectiveness of various so 

lutions for the elimination or the minimi 

zation of conflict on the international lev 

el. Mr. Englehart, Ms. Harrison, Mr. Peleg 

237. German Foreign Policy. This course 

looks at "the German question" in its 

varying guises from the first unification of 

Germany in 1870-71 through the division 

of Germany following World War II, and 

the second unification of Germany in 1990. 

The key role of German foreign policy in 

Europe is studied. The course also looks at 

post-1990 German foreign policy and ex 

amines possible future paths for German 

foreign policy drawing on the history of 

that policy. [W] Ms. Harrison 

238. Contemporary Russian and Post- 

Soviet Foreign Policy. The first half of the 

course looks at the foreign policy of the 

Soviet Union, the second half at the for 

eign policies of the 15 post-Soviet states. 

For both periods, the course analyzes the 

factors influencing foreign policy and the 

instruments and goals of foreign policy. 

Policies of the 15 post-Soviet states toward 

129


each other and toward the outside world 

are examined, with particular attention to 

security and economic concerns in Europe 

and Asia. Students carry out a simulation 

at the end concerning the response of the 

post-Soviet states to NATO expansion. 

Ms. Harrison 

239. International Politics of Asia. Major 

developments in the modern relations of 

east and southeast Asian nations with 

each other and with other world regions. 

Analysis of selected issues in contempo 

rary international politics of such coun 

tries as China, Japan, Korea, The Philip 

pines, Indonesia, and Vietnam. Mr. Englehart 

POLITICAL THEORY 

Prerequisite for courses in this group: G&L 


240. Democracy. By looking at several 

historical examples of direct democracy 

(e.g., Athenian polls, Shays' rebels, the 

People's Party, and the Green Party), and 

exploring the arguments of democracy's 

critics (e.g. Nietzche, Tocqueville, and 

Huntington), the course will try to develop 

a theory of democracy. Mr. Miller 

241. The Politics of Fashion. Examining 

the fashion system, a multibillion dollar 

worldwide industry, this course raises is 

sues of appearance, beauty, gender, and 

sexuality; power, liberation, and oppres 

sion; class distinctions and equality. To 

develop a political theory of fashion, the 

course studies the practice and production 

of clothes and style, and analyzes texts 

from literature, sociology, history, and 

cultural studies. M r. Miller 

243. Ancient and Medieval Political Theory. 

This course concentrates on Greek political 

thought in the forms of tragedy, history, and 

philosophy. The nature of democracy, equality, 

power, limits, gender, and justice are explored 

in texts by Aeschylus or Sophocles, Thucy- 

dides, Plato, Aristotle, and selections from 

the Old and New Testaments. \W]Mr. Miller 

130 

244. Modern Political Theory. An exam 

ination of selected theoretical texts from 

the Renaissance to the French Revolution. 

The separation of political theory from reli 

gious discourse, the rise of the state, and 

the development of liberal and democratic 

thought are examined. Machiavelli, Hobbes, 

Locke, Montesquieu, and Rousseau are 

usually treated. [W] Mr. Miller 

245. Early American Political Thought. 

This course studies the theoretical and 

political struggle to define American politics 

that took place among Puritans, radical 

democrats, liberal individualists, and liberal 

nationalists. Early nineteenth-century 

reactions to the liberal founding are also 

explored. Authors studied often include 

Winthrop, Franklin, Jefferson, Paine, the 

Federalists, Emerson, and Douglass. 

[W] Mr. Miller 

246. Recent American Political Thought. 

The themes of racial conflict, equality, the 

rise of the state, social darwinism, educa 

tion, and the changing role of women are 

explored. The course does not emphasize 

the historical contexts of ideas, but seeks 

to discover what is true and relevant for 

the present in texts written from the Civil 

War to the present. [W] Mr. Miller 

341. Contemporary Political Thought. 

This course studies those nineteenth- and 

twentieth-century thinkers most discussed 

by political theorists today. We will at 

tempt to chart both the institutional forms 

of, and theoretical responses to, modern 

power. Hegel, Marx, Freud, Nietzsche, 

Weber, and Foucault are often studied in 

this course. [W] Mr. Miller 

GENERAL COURSES 

121. Political Persuasion and Debate. 

This course helps students develop the 

skills of research, analysis, case construc 

tion, and refutation as well as the knowl 

edge of techniques and strategies of argu 

mentation for success in debate. Students 

debate topics of political, social, and philo 

sophical interest. Training in the use of 

evidence, analysis of public topics, and

presentation of reasoned discourse in de 

fense of one's position fosters growth in 

the art of persuasion. Ms. M. Miller, 

Mr. Murphy 

122. Political Speech in America. The 

notion that political speech deserves spe 

cial protection in a democracy is rooted in 

classic democratic theory. This course ex 

plores classic texts to evaluate the role of 

political speech in American democracy. 

Various forms of speech are evaluated: 

those emanating from ordinary citizens, 

political candidates, and public officials. 

Mediated political speech is also consid 

ered. Topics include: protest speech, sym 

bolic speech, Internet communication, 

stump speeches, keynote addresses, politi 

cal advertising, political debates, and state 

of the union addresses. Ms. M. Miller 

309. Scope and Methods of Political Sci 

ence. Acquaints students with social sci 

ence inquiry the process by which politi 

cal scientists develop research questions 

and attempt to find answers. The course 

explores various approaches to political 

inquiry, ways to structure and critique ar 

guments, methods to conceptualize a research 

question and develop causal models, means to 

create a testable hypothesis, and how to evalu 

ate various methods of data collection. The fi 

nal section focuses on data processing, analy 

sis, and introductory statistics. The objectives 

are to help students better read and evaluate 

political science material and to enable them 

to undertake a social science research project. 

Prerequisite: one introductory-level course or 

permission of instructor. Mr. Shea 

366, 367. Special Topics. An offering on a 

subject selected by the instructor to meet 

student and departmental needs as condi 

tions permit. Announcement of the subject 

is made in advance. Prerequisite: Permis 

sion of instructor. Staff 

380. Internship. A combination of inde 

pendent activities including selected read 

ing, satisfactory completion of an intern 

ship or working assignment in a public 

agency, and a written report covering both 

reading and work assignments. Limited in 


enrollment by the availability of accept 

able projects. Mr. Lennertz 

390, 391. Independent Study. Subjects are 

chosen and arrangements are made to suit 

the needs of each student in consultation 

with the instructor. Staff 

401-409. Senior Seminar. A seminar on a 

topic selected by the instructor. Required 

of all majors beginning with the class of 

1995. [401:W] S taff 

495, 496. Thesis. An independent research 

project on a topic to be selected by the stu 

dent and approved by the department. A 

student must undertake such a program for 

two semesters to graduate with honors. Staff 

GOVERNMENT AND LAW AND 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Government and Law and Foreign Lan 

guage is a coordinate major between the 

Departments of Government and Law and 

Foreign Languages and Literatures. This 

major is good preparation for students 

who are interested in pursuing careers or 

in focusing on intellectual issues that relate 

strongly to both political science and inter 

national studies and to foreign language. 

The major provides the background 

needed for careers in diplomatic service, 

for work in international organizations 

or foundations, and for pursuing higher 

degrees in fields such as Area Studies and 

International Affairs. 

Students may choose from three tracks: 

A coordinate major in (1) Government and 

Law and French, (2) Government and Law 

and German, or (3) Government and Law 

and Spanish. 

Requirements for the A.B. Major: 13 

courses for the French track including 

Government and Law 102,103,401-409 

(one senior seminar) or 495, 496 (thesis) or 

390, 391 (independent study), four elec- 

tives from the following: 221, 222, 227, 230, 

232, 234, 235, 236, 244, 249; French 111, 112, 

211, three electives from 225, 322, 331, 424, 

431, 495,496. 

131

HISTORY 

13 courses for the German track includ 

ing Government and Law 102,103, 401- 

409 (one senior seminar) or 495, 496 (the 

sis) or 390, 391 (independent study), four 

electives from the following: 221,232,234, 

235, 236,237, 238,249, 341; German 111, 

112, 211, three electives from the follow 

ing: 225, 311, 322, 424, 441,495,496. 

13 courses for the Spanish track includ 

ing Government and Law 102,103,401- 

409 (one senior seminar) or 495,496 (the 

sis) or 390,391 (independent study), four 

electives from the following: 221, 222,227, 

232,234, 235, 236, 249; Spanish 111, 112, 

211, four electives from the following: 225, 

311, 313, 314, 318, 427, 428,495,496. 

HISTORY 

Professor Offner, Head; Professors Fix, 

D. Miller, Sharpless, Weiner; Associate 

Professors Jackson, Marbkstone, Rosen; 

Assistant Professor Barclay, Sanborn 

History gives students the opportunity to 

deepen their understanding of the world 

through the study of events, inventions, 

economic and social processes, and the 

ideas that have shaped it. They expand 

their mental horizons by studying cultures 

different from their own, and they acquire a 

set of skills highly valued by professional 

schools and employers in today's job market. 

The curriculum begins with the develop 

ment of historical thinking and research and 

surveys American and European history, 

then moves to courses that analyze specific 

epochs in European, Asian, Latin American, 

and United States history. The advanced level 

of topical seminars involves in-depth study 

and original research. 

Requirements for the Major. The history 

major consists of nine courses that must 

include History 106 and two 300-level 

seminars (or one seminar plus an honors 

thesis). In addition, one of nine courses 

counting toward the major must cover a 

topic distinct from either United States or 

Western European history (i.e., it must fo 

cus on "non-Western" history). 

As part of the history major, students 

must choose a focus cluster that provides 

132 

them with in-depth knowledge of some 

aspect of world history. Each cluster must 

include a total of five courses at the 200- 

level and 300-level. These five courses 

may all be within the history department 

or they may include one related 200-level 

or 300-level course in another department. 

But if a student adopts a cluster that in 

cludes a related course from another de 

partment, he/she still needs nine history 

courses in order to fulfill the major. Most 

students will take both 300-level seminars 

(or one seminar and an honors thesis) in 

their cluster, although in some cases a stu 

dent may take one of the seminars outside 

of the cluster area. 

Sample focus clusters include: Pluralism 

in American Society; Twentieth-Century 

Europe; Modernization, Nationalism, and 

Revolution; Intellectual History; Pre-Mod- 

ern Societies; Russian History; Building 

America; United States Foreign Policy; 

Modern America. Consult the History 

Department for the courses that make up 

these clusters. 


history consists of five courses, chosen to 

focus on one of three areas of concentra 

tion: United States History, European 

History, or Third World History. 

INTRODUCTORY COURSES 

105. Development of the Modern World. 

This course surveys the development of 

the modern world from the Renaissance to 

the present. It stresses the cultivation of 

"historical thinking" by examining themes 

and events such as the scientific and in 

dustrial revolutions; the formation of 

modern nations, economies and ideolo 

gies; Western and global hegemony; and 

the crises of the twentieth century. Lec 

ture/discussion/films. Offered in fall se 

mester. Staff 

106. Introduction to History. This semi 

nar introduces students to the ways in 

which historians work and interpret his 

torical events. Students learn how to read 

critically, to analyze information, and to

process, organize, and report their find 

ings accurately. Through the study of 

such issues as historical causation and 

the role of the individual in history, stu 

dents learn how to make use of the past, 

and achieve practical research, writing, 

and speaking skills. 

Students choose from several sections, 

each taught by a specialist in that topic. 

Current topics include: Slavery and the 

American Civil War; Witchcraft and Evil 

Spirits in Europe 1100-1700; the Holo 

caust; the Atomic Bomb/Atomic Diplo 

macy; the Emergence of the U.S. as a 

World Power. Films. Offered in spring 

semester (usually one section in fall 

semester). [W] Staff 

108. Survey of American History to 

1877. This course provides an introduc 

tion to American political, economic, and 

social history in the Colonial, Revolution 

ary, Early National, Antebellum, Civil 

War, and Reconstruction periods. The 

course examines such topics as the causes 

of the American Revolution and the Civil 

War; industrialization; slavery and the 

origins of racism; everyday life in early 

America; reform movements; and chang 

es in social structure, religion, the envi 

ronment, ethnicity, and gender roles. 

Offered in fall semester. Ms. Rosen 

109. Survey of American History from 

the Gilded Age through the 1980s. A sur 

vey of recent American history focusing 

on political, economic, and social trends 

that have affected all aspects of society. 

The course examines the capital/labor 

clashes of the Gilded Age, the impact of 

the Populist and Progressive movements, 

the social contradictions of the "Roaring 

'20s," the Great Depression of the 1930s, 

World War II and its aftermath, Vietnam 

and the 1960s, and the nature of post-Wa 

tergate America. Lecture/discussion. Of 

fered in spring semester. Mr. Jackson 

INTERMEDIATE COURSES 

Classical Civilization 

HISTORY 

211. Ancient Greece (Hellenic and Hellen- 

nistic Periods). A history of Hellenic civili 

zation from the Middle Bronze Age to the 

Hellenistic Era, with a focus on its principal 

political achievement: the polls (city-state). 

Special attention to the achievements and 

legacy of the classical Athenian polls in gov 

ernment, politics, literature, philosophy, 

and art. Study of other Aegean centers of 

Greek civilization. Lecture/discussion. Of 

fered in spring semester, odd-numbered 

years. Mr. Marbkstone 

212. Ancient Rome. A history of Roman 

culture and society from the founding of 

the City of Rome to the Christianization of 

the Empire. Emphasis on Romanitas, the 

Romans' unique character as expressed in 

government and administration, the arts 

of war and peace, and in the interaction of 

the worlds of philosophy, literature, and 

art with the Republic and then with the 

imperial despotism. Lecture/discussion. 

Offered in spring semester, even-num 

bered years. Mr. Marbkstone 

213. Ancient Israel. This course explores 

Israel from its remotest beginnings among 

desert tribes of the ancient near east and 

the fulfillment of its national destiny as a 

religious commonwealth in Canaan, to its 

transfiguration into an exilic people under 

the Romans. Emphasis is placed on cul 

tural and religious factors that differenti 

ated Israel from other near eastern king 

doms, especially the Temple at Jerusalem, 

the national religious cult, and the role of 

the prophets. The legacy of its religious 

and moral experience to Western civiliza 

tion is also discussed. Mr. Marbkstone 

Europe 

219. Modern European Society through 

Film. Treatment of specific historical is 

sues (war and society, modernization) 

through a combination of films and histor 

ical writings. The emphasis is on historical 

method as a way in which to analyze a va- 

133

HISTORY 

riety of sources covering the same topic. 

Written sources include memoirs, literary 

works, and traditional history texts. (Not 

open to first-year students.) S taff 

221. The Medieval World. A study of Eu 

ropean history from the fall of the Roman 

Empire to the fifteenth century. The course 

focuses upon the interplay of political, 

economic, and ideological forces in the de 

velopment and decline of medieval civili 

zation, and attempts to assess the relation 

ship of the Middle Ages to the Italian Re 

naissance. Lecture/discussion. Mr. Fix 

222. Emergence of Western Europe. Eu 

rope from the Renaissance to the early En 

lightenment. The first half of the course 

concentrates on the Renaissance, the sec 

ond half on the foundations of modern 

Europe. The emphasis in the second half is 

on the interrelationship of socioeconomic 

change, the new European political order, 

and the intellectual revolution of the six 

teenth and seventeenth centuries. Lec 

ture/discussion. Mr. Fix 

223. British History to 1715. Foundations 

of the English monarchy and its evolution 

into a model constitutional system; 17th- 

century revolutionary tradition; expansion 

of England in British Isles, North America, 

and East Indies; origins of an urban, in 

dustrial society. Lecture/discussion. Staff 

224. British History 1715 to the Present. 

Evolution of the constitution from oli- 

garcy to democracy; industrial revolution; 

articulation of class; rise, zenith, and de 

cline of Britain as a world power; English 

culture and society. The readings empha 

size primary documents, including litera 

ture. The course should be of interest to 

pre-legal and English-literature students 

as well as to history majors. Lecture/dis 

cussion. Staff 

225. The Age of Revolution. The course 

centers on the French Revolution, begin 

ning with an examination of its 18th-cen 

tury social, economic, and intellectual 

roots, continuing with the Revolution it 

self, and ending with an assessment of its 

134 

aftermath up to 1848. An underlying 

theme of the course is the connection be 

tween the Industrial Revolution and the 

political revolutions of 1789,1830, and 

1848. Lecture/discussion. Mr. Fix 

227. Europe: 1850-1917. This course exam 

ines the operation of the European state 

system, the impact of the industrial revo 

lution, nationalism, and imperialism on 

European politics and culture, and the 

tensions and crises that culminated in the 

breakdown of the European state system 

during World War I. Lecture/discussion. 

Offered in fall semester. [W] Mr. Weiner 

228. Europe: World War I to the Present. 

This course examines the development of 

European politics and culture since World 

War I, with particular emphasis on the 

impact of the Great War and the Russian 

Revolution, the age of the dictators, the or 

igins and impact of World War II, and the 

rebuilding of European society since 1945 

under the shadow of Soviet-American 

hegemony. Lecture/discussion. Offered 

in spring semester. Mr. Weiner 

253,254. European Thought, Society, and 

Culture. European culture and society 

from the High Middle Ages to the present. 

The courses offer a variety of texts from 

literature, philosophy, political theory, and 

economics, through a perspective provid 

ed by works on social history. Lecture/ 

discussion. 253 offered in fall semester; 

254 in spring semester. Mr. Fix 

The United States 

231. Early American Social and Econom 

ic History. This course examines impor 

tant socioeconomic developments in early 

American history. Topics covered include 

the origins and evolution of the institution 

of slavery, Puritanism and witchcraft, the 

changing experiences of artisans and 

wage earners, and the transformation of 

social structure and community relation 

ships. Lecture/discussion. Prerequisite: 

History 108. Offered every other year in 

spring semester. Ms. Rosen.

232. The American Revolution and the 

Framing of the Constitution. This course 

analyzes the colonial political environment 

leading up to the American Revolution, the 

causes and character of the Revolution, the 

problems of the Confederation period, the 

drafting and ratification of the Constitution, 

and the emergence of the new nation. Pre 

requisite: History 108 or equivalent. Lec 

ture/discussion. Offered every other year 

in spring semester. Ms. Rosen 

233. Slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruc 

tion. This course examines the black/white 

experience in the United States from the ori 

gins of slavery through the Civil War and 

Reconstruction. Special attention is paid to 

American slavery and to the origins and 

impact of racism and racial violence. This 

course examines the culture and world 

view of the white slaveholders as well as 

the world that the slaves made. Lecture/ 

discussion. Offered every year. Staff 

235. Progressivism through the 1920s 

(1877-1932). A study of trends in American 

social and economic life from the begin 

nings of the Progressive Era through the 

1920s. The course focuses on the shifting 

roles of government and private enter 

prise in regulating American life; special 

attention is given to the issues of conser 

vation, natural resources development, 

and the growth of regional public works 

systems. Prerequisite: History 109. Lec 

ture/discussion. Offered in fall semester. 

Mr. Jackson 

236. Recent America: The Great Depres 

sion through the 1980s. American politics 

from the Age of Roosevelt to the Age of 

Reagan. Topics include the New Deal; 

World War II and the home front: Truman 

and the Fair Deal; McCarthyism; corporate 

culture of the 1950s; the Civil Rights 

movement; the Great Society; the politics 

of protest; the quest for equality; the rise 

and decline of Reaganism. Prerequisite: 

Sophomore standing or higher. Lecture/ 

discussion. Mr. Offner 

250. Technology and the American Imag 

ination: History of the Impact of Indus 

HISTORY 

trial Technology on the American Mind. 

An investigation of the impact of industri 

al technology on American thought from 

the beginnings of the industrial revolution 

to the present, examining in particular the 

variety of ways in which American social 

thinkers have responded to the rise of 

modern industry, the linking of industry 

and technology, and the consequent reor 

ganization of society. Lecture/discussion. 

Mr. Miller 

251. The American City. A study of the 

growth of the city in the United States and 

its impact upon American history with em 

phasis on social and ethnic developments, 

politics, city planning, urban decay. Lec 


Mr. Miller 

255. Vietnam and the American Experi 

ence: A Reconnaissance through the War 

in Film, History, and Fiction. This course 

examines the profound impact of the Viet 

nam War on American society. Through 

the use of the 13-part PBS video series on 

the Vietnam War, historical readings, and 

novels, the complexity and multifaceted 

nature of the tragedy that was Vietnam is 

explored. Prerequisites: Students must 

have upper-class standing. Lecture/dis 

cussion. Mr. Sharpless 

256. Themes in American History. 

Themes and instructors to change in re 

sponse to interests of departmental mem 

bers. Possible themes: Race and Ethnicity 

in America; Law and American History; 

the Civil Rights Movement; American So 

ciety in the 1920s; American History 

through Film and Fiction; America at War. 

Prerequisites: History 108 or 109 as appro 

priate. Lecture/discussion. S taff 

258. U.S. Constitutional History. This 

course analyzes the history of the U.S. 

Constitution. The three main topics of 

study are 1) property rights and economic 

regulation, 2) American pluralism and the 

Constitution (civil rights of African Ameri 

cans, women, religious minorities, and 

other groups in American society), and 3) 

constitutional protection of individual 

135

HISTORY 

rights (right of free speech and procedural 

rights of criminal defendants). Offered in 

fall semester. Ms. Rosen 

261. History of American Foreign Policy 

(1776-1941). Study of American foreign pol 

icy from the Age of Revolution to World 

War II. Major topics include Enlightenment 

origins of American policy; the Monroe 

Doctrine; imperial expansion; the Spanish- 

American War; progressivism and power; 

world war and world revolution; quest for 

stability in Europe and Asia; the good 

neighbor in Latin America; appeasement, 

aggression, and the war against the Axis 

Alliance. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing 

or higher. Lecture/ discussion. Offered in 

fall semester. Mr. Offner 

262. History of American Foreign Policy 

(1941-1991). Study of American foreign 

policy from World War II to the present. 

Major topics include the Grand Alliance 

and global politics; the cold war and con 

tainment; China, Korea and anti-commu 

nism; European and Asian reconstruction; 

Cuban and Berlin crises; the Vietnam 

quagmire; nuclear arms races; the rise of a 

multi-polar world; the end of the cold war. 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or high 

er. Lecture/discussion. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Offner 

264. Women in American History. This 

course examines the female experience 

and women's rights in America from the 

colonial period to the present. The course 

studies continuities and changes in a num 

ber of areas, such as women's family life, 

education, work life, and participation in 

politics, and analyzes the different experi 

ences of women in various socioeconomic, 

racial, and ethnic groups. Lecture/discus 

sion. Offered in spring semester. Ms. Rosen 

266. American Jewish History. An analy 

sis of the development of Jewish life in 

America from the colonial era to the 

present, with particular emphasis on the 

impact of the Eastern European Jewish 

migration, the Holocaust and the State 

of Israel, and suburban America. Special 

attention is given to the use of literary 

136 

sources as tools in historical investigation. 

Offered as needed. Mr. Weiner 

Non-Western and Russian History 

243. Traditional Russia and the USSR 

(Part I). A broad introduction to the history 

of Russia from the ninth century to 1855. 

Topics include the role of the Vikings in the 

creation of the first Russian state; the reli 

gious and cultural impact of Byzantium; 

the Mongol conquest and its consequences; 

the emergence of autocratic government 

and serfdom in Muscovy; and the Western 

ization of Russia under Peter the Great and 

his successors. Lecture/discussion. Offered 

in fall semester. Staff 

244. Traditional Russia and the USSR 

(Part II). This course serves as an introduc 

tion to the political, social, and economic 

history of Russia in the nineteenth and 

twentieth centuries. Its central theme is the 

fate of successive attempts to reform or 

thoroughly transform Europe's most 

"backward" society. Six such attempts will 

be examined over the course of the semes 

ter: the "Great Reforms" of the 1860s; the 

industrialization drive of the 1890s; the 

"liberation movement" of 1899-1907; the 

Leninist revolution; the Stalinist revolu 

tion; and the perestroika of the Gorbachev 

era. Lecture/discussion. Offered in spring 

semester. S taff 

245. Spanish and Portuguese America. A 

survey from the pre-conquest era to the 

period of national consolidation following 

independence. Topics include the native 

American civilizations, the Iberian back 

ground, the European conquest, the colo 

nial systems, the origins and development 

of the independence movements, and the 

conflicts between Hispanic conservatism 

and nineteenth-century liberalism. Lec 


Mr. Sharpless 

246. Modern Latin America. A survey 

from the mid-nineteenth century to the 

present. Topics include the consolidation 

of the nation-states, the development of 

modern economies, the rise of national-

ism, the emergence of the middle sectors 

and working classes, and, in the recent pe 

riod, the impact of populism, reform, rev 

olution, and the national security state. 

Prerequisite: History 245 recommended. 

Lecture/discussion. Offered in spring se 

mester. Mr. Sharpless 

247. Traditional Chinese Civilization. An 

introduction to Chinese history beginning 

with some of the major roots of Chinese 

values in the writings of Confucius and 

other early thinkers. This course empha 

sizes the way in which a different philo 

sophical system has affected history, poli 

tics, the economy, and art. Lecture/discus 

sion. Offered in fall semester. Mr. Barclay 

248. The Rise of Modem China. A study 

of the modern history of China culminat 

ing with an examination of the accom 

plishments and problems of the People's 

Republic. Lecture/discussion. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Barclay 

249. Modern Japan. A survey of the trans 

formation of the feudal society of nine 

teenth-century Japan into the modern 

state and "superpower" of the twentieth 

century. Materials from literature and so 

cial history will be used to illustrate politi 

cal and economic developments. Lecture/ 

discussion. Offered in fall semester. Mr. 

Barclay 

Topical and Institutional History 

215. History of Technology. A study of 

technology from the irrigation cities of the 

ancient world through militarily financed 

systems of the late twentieth century. The 

course stresses the important role played 

by cultural influences in determining the 

nature, extent, and direction of technologi 

cal development. Attention focuses on 

processes of invention and innovation and 

their impact on the growth of modern 

Western civilization. Prerequisite: History 

105,106,108, or 109. Open to B.A. and B.S. 

engineering majors without prerequisites. 

Lecture/discussion. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Mr. Jackson 

HISTORY 

265. Modern Jewish History. A survey of 

the Jewish experience in modern times 

which focuses primary attention on devel 

opments in Europe, the United States, and 

the Middle East, and analyzes such issues as 

the process of Jewish emancipation, the rise 

of political anti-Semitism and the Holocaust, 

the Zionist movement and the emergence of 

the State of Israel. Readings include docu 

ments, memoirs, short stories, and second 

ary sources. Lecture/discussion. Mr. Weiner 

History Seminars 

Registration for the following courses is 

subject to the approval of the instructor. 

Enrollment preference is given to upper- 

class History majors. Each major must 

take two seminars, one of them during his 

or her senior year. 

352. Special Themes in the History of 

Early Modern/Europe. Topics may in 

clude revolts and revolutions in Western 

Europe; central governments and local 

elites in early nation-building; the rise of 

modern capitalism. Prerequisite: History 


Offered as needed. Mr. Fix 

354. Seminar in Russo-Soviet History and 

Culture. Each year, this course addresses 

some major theme in the intellectual history 

of Russia during the nineteenth and twenti 

eth centuries. Recent topics include: the 

anti-revolutionary tradition in Russian 

political and ethical thought from the 

Slavophiles of the 1830s through Pasternak, 

Mandelstam, and Solzhenitsyn; the moral 

dilemmas of the idealistic communist in the 

Soviet period; the theme of "Russia vs. the 

West" in Russian writing since the early 

nineteenth century. Prerequisite: one of the 

following: History 243, 244,228; Govern 

ment and Law 225; Russian 209 and 210; 

or permission of instructor. [W] Staff 

358. American Social and Intellectual 

History. Topics change annually and in 

clude: American lives; American cities; 

technology and social change. Prerequi 

site: Permission of instructor. Mr. Miller 

137

HISTORY 

364. History Colloquium. Discussions of 

consequential historical issues and major 

new monographs. The topic of the collo 

quium varies according to the scholarly inter 

ests of the instructor. Offered as needed. Staff 

365. American Technological Develop 

ment. The growth of American technology 

is examined from the early years of the Re 

public through the latter twentieth century. 

Topics include interchangeable parts and 

the implementation of mass production; the 

factory as system and community; the 

transportation revolution; regional electric 

power systems; communication technolo 

gies; corporate invention; and the role of 

the military in developing "modern" tech 

nologies. Readings from recent works on 

the history of technology are the basis for 

class discussion. Prerequisite: History 215 

or permission of instructor. Offered every 

other year in spring semester. Mr. Jackson 

366. The Rise of the American West 

(1800-1980). An examination of the devel 

opment of the trans-Mississippi American 

West from the time of the earliest Anglo 

explorations through the flourishing of 

major urban centers in the late twentieth 

century. A range of readings and films fo 

cus discussion on social, economic, and 

technological factors shaping the 

West's culture. Prerequisites: History 108 

or 109, or permission of instructor. 

Offered in fall semester. [W] Mr, Jackson 

367. Race and the Law in American His 

tory. This seminar examines the legal his 

tory of race in the United States. Topics 

include the slave codes of colonial Ameri 

ca; slavery and the Constitution; Indian re 

moval cases; race and the 14th amend 

ment; Chinese exclusion laws; segregation 

and political exclusion of African Ameri 

cans; lynching and other extralegal pun 

ishment and control; the civil rights move 

ment; integration and affirmative action; 

and race and the criminal justice system. 

[W] Ms. Rosen 

368. Seminar in Latin American History 

and Culture. This seminar provides ad 

vanced students with an opportunity to 

138 

develop an in-depth investigation of a 

subject in an area of their interest. Stu 

dents report the results of research to the 

seminar and write a substantial paper. 

Students are encouraged to use the meth 

odology of their major discipline in the 

paper, or skills in foreign languages. Pre 

requisite: one of the following: History 

245, 246; Spanish 214, 314, Government 

and Law 227, or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Sharpless 

370. Diplomacy and Imperialism. Select 

ed studies in European diplomatic history 

since the late nineteenth century. When 

this seminar is next offered, the topic will 

be the origins of World War II. Readings 

will include documents, memoirs, literary 

works, and secondary sources. Knowledge 

of a European language is desirable, but 

not required. Prerequisite: History 227 or 

228, or permission of instructor. Mr. Weiner 

371. Seminar on American Foreign Poli 

cy. Readings and research on American 

foreign policy in the twentieth century. 

Discussions and analyses of major histori 

cal literature; research paper based on ex 

tensive use of primary as well as second 

ary sources. Prerequisite: History 261 or 

262, or permission of instructor. Open to 

juniors and seniors only. Offered in fall or 

spring semester. [W] Mr. Offner 

372. Studies in Asian History. This semi 

nar will emphasize, in different years, one 

of the following topics: the Chinese civil 

war; present-day society in the People's 

Republic of China; the relations of the PRC 

and other nations of eastern Asia; compar 

ative revolution in China, Japan, and Viet 

nam. Prerequisite: one of the following: 

History 248, 249; Government and Law 224, 

228, 229, 239, or permission of instructor. 


373. The Middle East and North Africa. 

An analysis of the major developments in 

the region from the late eighteenth centu 

ry to the present, with emphasis on the 

impact of European imperialism, the de 

velopment of nationalism and indepen 

dence movements, the conflict between

traditional Islamic society and moderniza 

tion, the Arab-Israeli conflict, and the 

changed place of the region in world af 

fairs. Prerequisite: Government and Law 

230 or permission of instructor. Mr. Weiner 

Honors and Individual Study 

380,381. Historical Internship. The de 

partment will arrange internships each se 

mester for qualified juniors and seniors 

with such agencies as Historic Easton, the 

Canal Museum, Main Street Program 

Easton, PA, Historic Bethlehem, etc. Writ 

ten reports and conferences required. En 

rollment limited by availability of accept 

able projects. 380 offered in fall semester; 

381 in spring semester. Mr. Miller 

390,391. Independent Study. Qualified 

students may develop, in consultation 

with an instructor in the department, a 

single-semester course directed to a partic 

ular theme or topic of historical inquiry, 

providing practice in historical research 

and writing. 390 offered in fall semester; 

391 in spring semester. Staff 

495,496. Thesis. Guided by a member of 

the staff, the student writes a thesis in a 

specialized field. If at the end of the first se 

mester the student's project appears to have 

honors potential, the student may apply to 

pursue graduation with honors. Upon sat 

isfactory completion of the essay, the stu 

dent takes an oral examination on the thesis 

and its historical field. 495 offered in fall se 

mester; 496 in spring semester. Staff 

HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT 

AND LAW 

History and Government and Law is a co 

ordinate major between the Departments 

of History and Government and Law. 

Teaching and scholarly study in these two 

disciplines often overlap. For example, a 

study of the political, economic, and social 

history of a nation; constitutional history 

and the study of law or society; or the 

study of conflict resolution. 

Historians tend to focus on analysis of 

past events, while political scientists usually 

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 

emphasize the present with a view to pre 

dicting the future. Historians are less con 

cerned with theory than with objective anal 

ysis of particular developments, while polit 

ical scientists tend to use theory as the basis 

for interpreting events. Still, most historians 

write with a theoretical eye on the present as 

a means of understanding the past, and po 

litical scientists depend on an extensive 

knowledge of history to develop theory. 

Students have often taken a double major 

in these two areas, especially those interest 

ed in graduate study in law, international af 

fairs, or teaching. Study in these two disci 

plines helps students to develop critical 

thinking, analysis, and writing skills the 

qualities most sought after by employers 

and opens the way to a broad range of ca 

reers in the public and private sectors or for 

advanced graduate/professional training in 

virtually every area. 

Requirements for the major: 14 courses in 

cluding two chosen from History 105,106, 

108, and 109; five 200- or 300-level courses 

chosen from one of the History Department 

clusters, one of which must be a 300-level 

seminar; two chosen from Government and 

Law 101,102,103,104; five 200- or 300-level 

courses chosen from at least three of the 

Government and Law Department sub- 

fields, one of which must be a seminar; 

the Common Course of Study including 

the Foreign Culture requirement. 


Professor Pribic, Chair (Foreign Languages and 

Literatures), Professors Peleg (Government and 

Law), Van Gulick (Mechanical Engineering), 

Associate Professor DeVault (Economics), 

Assistant Professors Fischer (Foreign Languages 

and Literatures), Swoboda (History) 

In this major, you gain a multifaceted per 

spective on world issues and foreign policy 

from several fields of study while preparing 

for a career in foreign service, international 

banking, insurance, law, government, infor 

mation and social agencies, multinational 

businesses, the military, journalism, and 

teaching. 

139


Because the major requires the scholarly 

insights and analytical tools of several disci 

plines, students are exposed to a variety 

of viewpoints in the social sciences and 

humanities. A required concentration in four 

major disciplines government, history, 

economics, and foreign languages pro 

vides a diversified and balanced view of 

international relations. 

Majors are strongly encouraged to 

study abroad. You may also consider a 

semester studying international relations 

in Washington, D.C. A variety of other ac 

tivities are available such as a three-day 

European Union simulation at the State 

Department and various embassies in 

Washington, D.C. 

Requirements for the major: Foreign 

Language requirement: Advanced level 

language proficiency (e.g. French 211, 

German 211, Spanish 211; or an equivalent 

Japanese or Russian language course). 

Economics and Business requirement 

(three courses): Economics and Business 

101, 210, and one international economics 

seminar chosen from an approved list. 

Government and Law requirement (three 

courses): Government and Law 102 and 

two 200-level courses chosen from an ap 

proved list. History requirement (three 

courses): History 105 and two courses at 

or above the 200-level chosen from an ap 

proved list. Two additional courses must 

be taken from the list of approved lA-re- 

lated courses in Economics and Business, 

Foreign Languages and Literatures, Gov 

ernment and Law, or History. Internation 

al Affairs thesis courses or Independent 

Study courses may also be used to satisfy 

this requirement. All majors are required 

to complete IA 261: Research Methods and 

IA 362: Seminar. Students earning ad 

vanced placement course credit must still 

complete a total of 16 courses and so must 

select from a list of approved courses: 

Foreign Languages: Any foreign language 

course (minimum 211 or above) 

Economics and Business: Normally com 

pleting Economics 101, 210, and one inter 

national economics seminar chosen from 

140 

the following: Economics 344,345,346, 

347, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355 

Government and Law: Normally com 

pleting Government 102 and two courses 

chosen from the following: Government 

221, 222, 223,224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 

230, 232,234, 235, 236. 237,238, 239 

History: Normally completing History 105 

and two courses chosen from the follow 

ing: History 222,223,224,225, 227, 228, 

243, 244,245, 246,248, 249,255, 261, 262, 

265, 354, 368, 370, 371, 372, 373 

International Affairs: IA 261, 362 (semi 

nars); IA 495,496 (Honors Thesis); IA 301, 

302 (Independent Study) 

261. Research Methods in International 

Affairs. The course introduces students to 

the research methods utilized in the study 

of international relations. Emphasis is on 

the interdisciplinary nature of the disci 

pline. Quantitative and qualitative methods 

are examined. The goal is to provide stu 

dents with the ability to critically read the 

sophisticated literature of the discipline and 

understand its methodology. Required of 

all International Affairs majors; others with 

permission of instructor. Mr, Englehard 

301, 302. Independent Study. Junior and 

senior International Affairs majors are en 

couraged to focus on a topic of particular 

interest to them, under the supervision of 

a selected faculty member. Generally, this 

course involves intensive reading and 

written reports, though other arrange 

ments can be made between the student 

and faculty member. Students must obtain 

the approval of the International Affairs 

Chair and the selected faculty member. 


362. Seminar. Designed as a capstone 

seminar to provide an opportunity for the 

major to bring together, through research 

and the completion of several papers, his 

or her various experiences in the disci 

pline. Normally the seminar explores 

a topic or topics of current international 

interest through an interdisciplinary 

approach. Required of all International 

Affairs majors; others with permission of 

instructor. [W] Mr. Pribic

495,496. Thesis. Students interested in com 

pleting a thesis for Program Honors are ad 

vised to consult with the Chair toward the 

end of their junior year. Following selection 

of a topic and a thesis director, a research de 

sign must be provided at the opening of the 

fall semester. The student then completes 

495. If the thesis director and Chair con 

clude that sufficient progress has been 

made, the student takes 496 and completes 

a thesis for submission for honors. Staff 

International Experience. All Internation 

al Affairs majors are strongly encouraged 

to complete a significant foreign study 

program, defined as a semester or year 

abroad, summer school study, language 

training abroad, or an interim session. Stu 

dents intending to study abroad consult 

first with the Chair for approval of their 

programs, then submit their applications 

to the Academic Progress Committee. 

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS 

AND COMMERCE 

International Economics and Commerce is a 

coordinate major between the departments 

of economics and business and foreign lan 

guages and literatures. It gives students 

who are interested in the language, culture, 

and economics of a specific country a way to 

pursue that interest. They may choose from 

three tracks: French, German, or Spanish. 

The major requires the development of ad 

vanced language skills and an internship in 

the country where the language is spoken. 

Requirements for the major: Economics 

and Business 101, 210, or 211-212, 218; 

French, German, or Spanish 111, 112, 211, 

225; three electives in Economics and 

Business chosen from 344, 345, 346, 347, 

351, 352, 353, 354, 355, and INDS 250; two 

electives in the language of choice from 

French 331, 322,424,431,441,495 and 496; 

German 301, 322, 424, 427, 441, 495, and 

496; Spanish 311, 313, 314, 318, 427, 428, 

495 and 496; and the Common Course of 

Study including the foreign culture re 

quirement. 

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE 

MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor L. T. Hill, Head; 

Professors Crawford, Traldi; Associate 

Professors Fisher, Gordon, German, Latka, 

McMahon, Meier, Reiter, Root, Salwach, 

Stonesifer, Yuster; Assistant Professors 

Andrews, Zhu. 

Mathematics is the language of science, 

the foundation of our exact knowledge of 

natural phenomena, and a source of end 

less fascination in its own right. Modern 

mathematics is rich with vivid images 

and provocative ideas for those willing 

to do the work it takes to get beyond the 

basics. Beginning with laboratory experi 

ences in introductory calculus and con- 

tinuingthrough all levels of the program, 

the curriculum challenges students to 

experiment with mathematical concepts, 

explore newideas, and use the techniques 

of mathematics to solve problems in vari 

ous contexts. Majors are built around a 

common core of courses but provide 

enough flexibility to permit students to 

pursue their special interests in depth. 

Requirements for the majors: The Math 

ematics Department administers three 

majors: the A.B. in Mathematics, the B.S. 

inMathematics, and the A.B. Joint Major 

in Mathematics and Economics. Require 

ments for these majors, in addition to 

theCommon Course of Study, are listed 

below. 

Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics: 

Mathematics 161,162, 263, 275, 282, 351, 

356, and three additional mathematics 

courses numbered 300 or higher. 

Bachelor of Science in Mathematics: 

Mathematics 161,162, 263, 275, 282, 351, 

356, 400 or 496, and at least five elective 

courses in mathematics numbered 300 or 

higher; Physics 121-122; and Computer 

Science 102. 

It is recommended that all students 

wishing to major in mathematics take 

Mathematics 275 in the first semester of 

their second year to permit the widest 

possible choice of courses in their junior 

and senior years. 

141

MATHEMATICS 

Bachelor of Arts Joint Major in Mathe 

matics and Economics: See page 145. 

Requirements for the minor in Mathemat 

ics: The minor in Mathematics consists of 

Mathematics 161,162,263 plus three math 

ematics courses numbered higher than 263, 

including at least two numbered 300 or 

higher. Normally independent study 

courses may not be used toward satisfying 

the requirements for a minor in mathematics. 

110. Statistical Concepts. An introduction 

to the concepts and reasoning underlying 

the interpretation of data and chance. 

Emphasis is on understanding how statis 

tical analysis is used to gain insight into a 

wide variety of areas of human interest. 

Topics include elements of descriptive 

statistics, design of experiments, laws of 

probability, and inference from a sample 

to a population (including confidence in 

tervals and hypothesis testing). Not open 

to students who have credit for Mathe 

matics 125 or 161. 

125. Elements of Calculus. A one-semester 

course in calculus emphasizing applica 

tions to the social and life sciences. Topics 

encountered include: the differential calcu 

lus of algebraic, exponential, and logarith 

mic functions; exponential growth and de 

cay; optimization problems for functions of 

one variable; partial derivatives; the meth 

od of Lagrange multipliers. All students re 

quired to have and use a graphing calcula 

tor. Not open to students who have credit 

for Mathematics 161. Prerequisite: Two 

years of high school algebra. 

146. Discrete Structures. An introduction 

to discrete structures and algorithms and 

some mathematical tools and methods of 

reasoning that aid in their development 

and analysis. Topics include: sets, count 

ing, algorithms, mathematical induction, 

relations, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 

Computer Science 102. Offered in spring 

semester. 

161. Calculus I. The sequence of Mathemat 

ics 161,162,263 offers a complete under 

graduate calculus program and is required 

142 

of all mathematics, physics, and engineering 

majors. Main topics are limits, derivative of 

a function, differentials, applications to relat 

ed rate and maximum-minimum problems, 

the mean value theorem, integration and 

applications to area and volume. Prerequi 

site: High school trigonometry. 

162. Calculus II. A continuation of the 

study of analytic geometry and calculus 

begun in Mathematics 161, including the 

transcendental functions and their calcu 

lus, polar coordinates and plane areas in 

polar coordinates, infinite series, Taylor 

series. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better 

in Mathematics 161 or 165. 

165. Calculus I+. A course which covers 

the same topics as Mathematics 161 while 

using a workshop experience and 

collaborative learning to give special em 

phasis to the development of problem- 

solving skills. Prerequisite: High school 

trigonometry. Enrollment is by invitation 

of the Department of Mathematics. 

166. Calculus II+. A course which covers 

the same topics as Mathematics 162 

while using a workshop experience and 

collaborative learning to give special 

emphasis to the development of problem- 

solving skills. Prerequisite: A grade of 

C- or better in Mathematics 161 or 165. 

Enrollment is by invitation of the Depart 

ment of Mathematics. 

176. Mathematics for the Social and Life 

Sciences. A course designed to follow Math 

ematics 161 and meet the mathematical 

needs of students whose studies are concen 

trated in the social or life sciences. Topics 

useful to study in these areas are chosen 

from: differential calculus of functions of 

several variables, exploratory data analysis, 

design of experiments, least squares analy 

sis, probability, sampling distributions and 

methods of inferential statistics. Includes 

an introduction to a statistical computing 

package. Prerequisite: Mathematics 161. 

Not open to students who have credit for 

Mathematics 186 or Psychology 120. 

Offered in spring semester.

186. Applied Statistics. An introductory 

course emphasizing standard methods 

and reasoning used in analyzing data. 

Topics include exploratory data analysis, 

design of experiments, least squares anal 

ysis, probability, sampling distributions 

and methods of inferential statistics. In 

cludes an introduction to a statistical com 

puting package. Prerequisite: Mathematics 



Mathematics 176 or Psychology 120. 

263. Calculus III. A continuation of Mathe 

matics 162. Includes parametric equations, 

scalar and vector products, vector calculus, 

gradient, curvature, solid analytic geometry, 

directional derivative, partial derivative, to 

tal differential, chain rule, multiple integrals, 

line integrals. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or 

better in Mathematics 162 or 166. 

264. Differential Equations. A course in 

ordinary differential equations for scien 

tists and engineers with emphasis on solu 

tions and applications of a variety of first 

order equations and second order linear 

equations with constant coefficients. Other 

topics include the Laplace transform, nu 

merical methods, series methods, linear 

systems, and existence-uniqueness theo 

rems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 263. 

272. Linear Algebra with Applications. 

An introductory course in linear algebra 

emphasizing applications to fields such as 

economics, natural sciences, computer sci 

ence, statistics, and engineering. The course 

covers solutions of systems of equations, 

matrix algebra, vector spaces, linear trans 

formations, determinants, eigenvalues and 

eigenvectors. Corequisite: Mathematics 263 

or permission of instructor. Not open to stu 

dents who have credit for Mathematics 275. 

275. Vector Spaces. An introductory 

course in linear algebra emphasizing the 

reading and writing of proofs. The course 

covers solutions of systems of linear equa 

tions, matrix algebra, vector spaces, linear 

transformations, determinants, eigenval 

ues and eigenvectors. Corequisite: Mathe 

matics 263 or permission of instructor. 

MATHEMATICS 



282. Techniques of Mathematical Model 

ing. A course that introduces students to 

the fundamentals of mathematical model 

ing through the formulation, analysis, and 

testing of mathematical models in a vari 

ety of areas. Modeling techniques covered 

include proportionality, curve fitting, ele 

mentary linear programming, and simula 

tion. Prerequisite: Mathematics 162 or 166. 

Offered in spring semester. 

301. Case Studies in Mathematical Mod 

eling. A course which engages students 

in the creation of mathematical models 

to answer questions about a variety of phe 

nomena. Students work in small teams on a 

sequence of projects which require the for 

mulation, analysis, and critical evaluation 

of a mathematical model and conclude 

with the submission of a written report by 

each student. Prerequisite: Mathematics 

272 or 275. Offered in fall semester. [W] 

306. Operations Research. A study of 

some mathematical methods of decision 

making. Topics include: linear program 

ming (maximizing linear functions subject 

to linear constraints), the simplex algorithm 

for solving linear programming problems, 

networks, probability, queueing and inven 

tory problems, and applications. Prerequi 

site: Mathematics 272 or 275, or permission 

of instructor. Offered in spring semester. 

310. Ordinary Differential Equations. 

A course in the theory and applications of 

ordinary differential equations which em 

phasizes qualitative aspects of the subject. 

Topics include analytic and numerical solution 

techniques for systems of equations, graphical 

analysis, stability, existence-uniqueness theo 

rems, and applications. Prerequisites: Mathe 

matics 263, and 272 or 275. Offered in spring 

semester of even-numbered years. 

312. Partial Differential Equations. An in 

troduction to partial differential equations 

and their applications. Formulation of ini 

tial and boundary value problems for these 

equations and methods for their solution 

143

MATHEMATICS 

are emphasized. Separation of variables 

and Fourier analysis are developed. The 

course includes interpretation of classical 

equations and their solutions in terms of 

applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 

263. Offered in spring semester of odd- 

numbered years. 

321. Numerical Analysis. Mathematical 

analysis of algorithms for the numerical 

solution of a variety of problems in ap 

plied mathematics. Topics include: trunca 

tion and round off errors; solution of non 

linear equations and systems of equations; 

acceleration of convergence; Taylor and 

Lagrange interpolation; and numerical 

differentiation and integration. Prerequi 

sites: Mathematics 263 and knowledge of a 

programming language. Offered as needed. 

323. Geometry. Various geometries are 

considered including absolute, Euclidean, 

and the classical non-Euclidean geome 

tries. General properties of axiomatic sys 

tems, models, and the role of Euclidean 

geometry in the development of other 

branches of mathematics are discussed. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 162 or permis 

sion of instructor. Offered in fall semester 

of even-numbered years. 

325. Combinatorics. An introduction to 

the techniques and theory of enumeration 

of finite sets. Topics include combinations, 

permutations, generating functions, recur 

rence relations, the inclusion-exclusion 

principle, block designs, and graph theory. 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 263, or permis 

sion of instructor. Offered in fall semester 

of odd-numbered years. 

328. Number Theory. An introduction to 

the theory of the integers and techniques 

for their study and application. Topics in 

clude primality, modular arithmetic, arith 

metic functions, quadratic residues, and 

diophantine equations. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 263 or permission of instruc 

tor. Offered in spring semester of odd- 

numbered years. 

335. Probability. A mathematical devel 

opment of basic probability theory includ 

144 

ing the axioms of probability, random 

variables, expected value, the law of large 

numbers and the central limit theorem. 

Additional topics include conditional 

probability, distribution functions, and 

generating functions. Prerequisite: 


336. Mathematical Statistics. A mathe 

matical development of fundamental re 

sults and techniques in statistics. Topics 

include estimation, sampling distribu 

tions, hypothesis testing, correlation and 

regression. Prerequisite: Mathematics 335. 


343. Advanced Multivariable Calculus. 

A continuation of the study of some of the 

topics of Mathematics 263 including a treat 

ment of series of functions and an emphasis 

on the concepts and techniques of the calcu 

lus of vector functions and functions of sever 

al variables and its applications. Prerequisites: 

Mathematics 263, and 272 or 275. Offered in 

fall semester of odd-numbered years. 

345. Complex Analysis. An introductory 

course in the calculus of complex func 

tions including the algebra and geometry 

of complex numbers, elementary map 

pings, complex derivatives and integrals, 

Cauchy-Riemann equations, harmonic 

functions, Cauchy's Integral Theory, Tay 

lor and Laurent series, residues. Prerequi 

site: Mathematics 263. Offered in fall se 

mester of even-numbered years. 

351. Abstract Algebra I. An introduction 

to some of the fundamental ideas and 

structures of abstract algebra. Homomor- 

phisms and isomorphisms, substructures 

and quotient structures are discussed for al 

gebraic objects such as fields, vector spaces, 

rings, and groups. Other topics may include 

factorization in rings, and finite group theo 

ry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 275 or permis 

sion of instructor. Offered in fall semester. 

352. Abstract Algebra II. Topics may include 

extension fields, geometric constructions, alge 

braic coding theory, and algebraic number 

theory. Prerequisite: Mathematics 351. Offered 

in spring semester of even-numbered years.

356. Introduction to Real Analysis. A rig 

orous development of the calculus of func 

tions of one real variable including the to 

pology of the real line, limits, continuity, 

differentiation and integration. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 275 or permission of instruc 

tor. Offered in spring semester. 

358. Topology. The main topics are set theo 

ry, the separation axioms, connectedness, 

compactness, and the continuity of func 

tions. Classical general topological spaces 

are studied including regular spaces, normal 

spaces, first or second countable spaces, and 

merrizable spaces. Prerequisite: Mathematics 

356 or permission of instructor. Offered in 

spring semester of odd-numbered years. 

372. Mathematics Seminar. This course 

offers a major branch of mathematics not 

covered by the regular offerings of the 

department. Course descriptions are sent to 

potential students and are available in the 

department office. Prerequisites: Depend 

on subject matter. Usually, completion of 

the calculus sequence constitutes a minimal 

prerequisite. Offered as needed. 

375-379. Advanced Special Topics. Chosen 

from among a wide range of mathematical top 

ics accessible to junior and senior mathematics 

majors. When offered, the special topic to be 

studied will be listed in the Semester Course 

and Hour Schedule and course descriptions 

will be available in the department office. 

391-394. Independent Study. Study by an 

individual student, under the supervision of 

a mathematics faculty member, of a mathe 

matical subject not covered by courses offered 

by the department. The program of study 

must be drawn up by the student and the 

faculty supervisor and approved by an ad 

hoc committee of the department. 

400. Senior Seminar. A course in which each 

student undertakes a thorough and indepen 

dent study of one or more topics in mathe 

matics. Students are required to make oral 

presentations on their work and to prepare 

written reports on their topics. Prerequisites: 

Senior standing and satisfactory completion 

of at least two 300-level courses in mathemat 

ics. Offered in spring semester. [W] 

MATHEMATICS AND ECONOMICS 

495,496. Thesis. Students desiring to take 

Honors in Mathematics should inform their 

department advisers early in the second 

semester of the junior year. Honors work 

involves a guided program of independent 

study culminating in a thesis on a topic to be 

selected by the student in consultation with 

his or her adviser and approved by the de 

partment. [496: W] 

MATHEMATICS AND ECONOMICS 

In today's world, mathematical models pro 

vide the means for making business decisions 

and for building economic theories. Mathe 

matical analysis, operations research, and sta 

tistics are the tools used to formulate and ana 

lyze those models. This interdisciplinary ma 

jor gives mathematically talented students 

with career plans in economics or business a 

wide range of mathematical skills and signifi 

cant experience with the fundamental ideas 

of economics and business. It also distin 

guishes them from the thousands of students 

around the country who major in economics 

and business. The capstone experience in 

the senior year is a distinctive feature of the 

major. Students follow a one-semester course 

of study that is designed to integrate their 

study of mathematics, economics, and busi 

ness. They meet this requirement through a 

course in modeling, independent study, or 

honors work. 

Requirements for the major: Mathematics 

161,162,263,272,282,306,335,336; Eco 

nomics and Business 101,211,212,218,365, 

and two electives numbered 300 or higher; 

a capstone experience in the form of a one- 

semester course, taken during the senior 

year, designed to integrate the ideas and 

techniques students have encountered in 

their work in mathematics and economics. 

(The capstone experience may consist of 

Mathematics 301 or appropriate work on an 

independent study basis.) Computer Science 

102 is recommended as an elective for stu 

dents in this major. Administration of the 

Joint Major in Mathematics and Economics 

and advising of students in the program is 

done by the Department of Mathematics. 

145

MILITARY SCIENCE 


Professor of Military Science, Major Margie 

Griffith; Assistant Professors, Captains 

Thomas Detrick, Jim Hanson, Instructors 

MSG James R. Landers, SFC Thomas Gleason 

Military Science is part of the United States 

Army Cadet Command. As such, it spon 

sors the Reserve Officers' Training Corps 

(ROTC) Program. Classes (first-year stu 

dent and sophomore) are taught on the 

Lafayette campus under the auspices of the 

Lehigh Valley Steel Battalion ROTC pro 

gram which acts as the local headquarters 

for ROTC and Military Science instruction. 

Junior- and senior-level classes are taught 

at Coxe Lab, Lehigh University. 

The ROTC Program complements the ed 

ucational process by adding those additional 

skills and areas of knowledge critical to suc 

cess in a position of leadership in either the 

Army or as a leader in business or industry. 

The objectives of the military science 

program are to develop leadership and 

management ability in each student; to 

provide a basic understanding of the Ar 

my's history, philosophy, organization, re 

sponsibilities, and role in American soci 

ety; and to develop fundamental profes 

sional knowledge and skills associated 

with officership. These objectives are 

achieved through classroom instruction, 

leadership laboratories, field trips, role- 

playing, leadership simulations, and indi 

vidual assessment and counseling. 

Army ROTC offers a four-year program 

and a two-year program. The four-year pro 

gram consists of the two-year basic course 

and a two-year advanced course. The two- 

year program consists of the two-year ad 

vanced course offered to students with pre 

vious military experience and those who 

have successfully completed a six-week 

ROTC Basic Summer Camp. Basic course 

students incur no obligation for service in 

the Army as a result of taking these courses. 

Basic Course. Normally taken in the 

first-year and sophomore years, the course 

provides training and instruction in lead 

ership, public speaking, and basic military 

subjects, such as the Army's role and orga 

nizational structure, history and philoso 

phy of the Army, basic tactics, land navi 

146 

gation, first aid, group dynamics, and 

leadership traits and characteristics. 

Advanced Course. Normally taken in the 

junior and senior years, advanced instruc 

tion includes management, military skills, 

advanced leadership and tactics, logistics, 

administration military law, ethics, and 

professionalism, and includes attendance 

at ROTC Advanced Camp. Students receive 

$150 per month subsistence pay during the 

junior and senior years. To enroll in the 

advanced course, an applicant completes 

either the basic course or the six-week Basic 

Summer Camp; or has received basic course 

credit for previous military experience. 

Professional Military Education. This 

education is required for a commission and 

consists of two essential parts: a baccalaure 

ate degree and at least one undergraduate 

course from each of four designated fields 

of study. ROTC cadets must successfully 

complete a course in written communica 

tion (English 101), military history (History 

255,262,370), computer literacy (may be 

waived with military science adviser ap 

proval), and mathematical reasoning (any 

Lafayette mathematics course). 

Uniforms and Equipment. The de 

partment supplies all uniforms and equip 

ment needed by the student for military 

science courses. Students are charged 

only for those items that are not returned 

when they leave the program. 

Transfers. Qualified students transfer 

ring from another institution may enter the 

ROTC program at the appropriate level and 

year provided they have received the neces 

sary credits, the recommendation of their 

former professor of military science (if appli 

cable), and the approval of the College. 

Obligation after Graduation. Upon 

graduation a student will receive a commis 

sion as a Second Lieutenant in either the ac 

tive Army or the Reserve Forces. If offered 

active duty, scholarship students serve four 

years while non-scholarship students serve 

three. If offered reserve duty, students nor 

mally serve six to eight years in a Reserve or 

National Guard unit. 

Graduate Studies. ROTC graduates may 

request to delay their active service to pur 

sue a full-time course of instruction leading 

to an advanced degree. Delay does not

lengthen the active service obligation unless 

the degree is obtained at military expense. 

Career Opportunities. Individuals are 

commissioned as officers in the United 

States Army after completion of the ROTC 

program, advanced camp, and a bachelor's 

degree. They then qualify in branches (spe 

cialties) such as the Corps of Engineers, Avi 

ation, Armor, Infantry, Field Artillery, Air 

Defense Artillery, Signal Corps, Military In 

telligence, Military Police, Chemical Corps, 

Ordnance Corps, Finance, Transportation, 

Adjutant General, Quartermaster, Medical 

Service Corps, or Nursing Corps. Officers 

work as leaders/managers, specialists, or 

combinations of the two depending on the 

assignment. 

There are many opportunities for ad 

vanced military and civilian schooling be 

ginning with nearly three months of train 

ing in the branch specialty. A person may 

later receive additional training in a special 

ty area such as: Information Systems Engi 

neering, Information Operations, Strategic 

Intelligence, Psychological Operations, 

Space Operations, Human Resource Man 

agement, Comptroller, Public Affairs, For 

eign Area Specialization, Operations Re 

search/Systems Analysis, Nuclear Opera 

tions and Research, Information Systems 

Management, Simulations Operations, or 

Strategic Plans and Policy. 

Students selected for reserve forces duty 

become officers in the Army Reserve or 

Army National Guard in their hometown 

area and essentially have a part-time mili 

tary career. Active duty officers are assigned 

at various locations throughout the world. 

An officer can earn retirement through both 

programs after 20 years of service. 

Course Credit Credits earned in MS 101, 

102, 201, 202,303, and 304 are recorded on 

the transcript and count toward the GPA, 

but may not be used to fulfill the minimum 

course requirement for graduation. MS 401 

and 402 may be used to fulfill two course 

credits toward the 32 course requirement 

for graduation in A.B. and B.S. science pro 

grams. In the case of B.S. engineering 

programs, MS 304 and 401 may be used to 

fulfill two free electives and MS 402 to sat 


isfy one of the required Humanities/So 

cial Science electives. 

Leadership Laboratory. For all MS cours 

es, a Leadership Laboratory is scheduled. 

The lab provides students the opportunity 

to demonstrate an understanding of the 

leadership process and develop funda 

mental military skills. Lab dates and 

times are included in the course syllabus. 

During labs, instruction on a variety of 

subjects with military application pro 

vides the context within which students 

have opportunities to both teach and lead 

in a group setting. Responsibility is ex 

panded as the student progresses through 

the military science program. In the se 

nior year, students assume responsibility 

for the planning, preparation, and conduct 

of the laboratory. Leadership Laboratory 

is mandatory for all students enrolled in 

military science courses. 

101. Introduction to Military Science. 

The American Army as an institution; its 

roots, history, customs, traditions, and 

philosophy of leadership. Emphasizes the 

development and role of the professional 

officer corps. Includes Leadership Labo 

ratory and Field Training Exercise (FTX). 

One course credit with completion of both 

MS 101 and 102. Offered in fall semester. 

102. Leadership Assessment and Group 

Dynamics. Role of the individual and the 

leader within the group, leadership skills 

and characteristics. Emphasis on problem- 

solving and practical applications. Includes 

Leadership Laboratory and FTX. One course 

credit with completion of both MS 101 and 

102. Offered in spring semester. 

201. Leadership Theory and Manage 

ment. Contemporary theories, traits, prin 

ciples, and small unit tactics development. 

Emphasizes leadership philosophies, com 

munications, leader-follower relation 

ships, and leadership problem-solving. 

Leadership simulations. Includes Leader 

ship Laboratory and FTX. One course 

credit. Offered in fall semester. 

147


202. Topographic Analysis and Land 

Navigation. Use of maps as tools in basic 

terrain analysis and as navigational aids. 

Emphasis on practical application in a 

field environment. Includes Leadership 

Laboratory and FIX. One course credit. 


303. Advanced Military Skills. Essential 

junior officer skills: advanced land naviga 

tion, principles of war, small unit tactical 

planning, tactics and techniques of the sol 

dier, team-leading techniques, oral commu 

nications, and trainer skills. Emphasizes 

application, field experience, and Advanc 

ed Camp preparation. Includes Leadership 

Laboratory and FTX. Prerequisite: Formal 

enrollment in ROTC Advanced Course. 

One course credit. Offered in fall semester. 

304. Advanced Leadership. Critical exami 

nation of leadership qualities, traits, and 

principles with an emphasis on the military 

environment. Self, peer, and instructor lead 

ership evaluation. Advanced military skills 

reinforced. Advanced Camp preparation is 

emphasized. Includes Leadership Laborato 

ry and FTX. Prerequisite: Formal enroll 

ment in ROTC Advanced Course. One 

course credit. Offered in spring semester. 

401. Military Command and Staff. Role, 

authority, and responsibilities of military 

commanders and staff in personnel, logis 

tics, and training management. Emphasis 

on staff procedures, problem-solving, 

training methods, and oral and written 

communication skills used in military or 

ganizations. Includes Leadership Labora 

tory and FTX. Prerequisite: Formal en 

rollment in ROTC Advanced Course. One 

course credit. Offered in fall semester. 

402. Officer Responsibilities, Ethics, and 

Military Professionalism. Development 

of the profession of arms, its fundamental 

values, and institutions; ethical responsi 

bilities of military professional in contem 

porary American society; just war theory, 

international law of war, and American 

military law. Also covered are current 

topics to assist cadets in making the tran 

sition to the officer corps and service on 

148 

active duty or in the reserve forces. In 

cludes Leadership Laboratory and FTX. 

Prerequisite: Formal enrollment in ROTC 

Advanced Course. 

ROTC SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 

This program is designed to offer financial 

assistance to outstanding men and women 

entering the ROTC program or those who 

are currently enrolled. Each scholarship 

provides $16,000 annually in tuition and 

fees, a textbook and supplies allowance of 

up to $450, and pay of $150 per month for 

the period the scholarship is in effect. 

Three-year scholarships are available to 

outstanding cadets who are currently en 

rolled in ROTC and are completing their 

first year of college. 

This program is also open to all quali 

fied students who are not currently en 

rolled in Army ROTC but who are willing 

to join in their sophomore year. A similar 

two-year scholarship is available to soph 

omores. Two-year scholarships are also 

available at Basic Camp (see below). 

Four-year scholarships are open to any 

one entering ROTC when they are a first- 

year student. Application for scholarships 

must be made to Headquarters, U.S. Army 

Cadet Command, Fort Monroe, Virginia, 

by August 15 before the senior year of 

high school for early selection, but no later 

than December 1 for normal application. 

Application booklets are available from 

most high school guidance offices, or may 

be obtained from Cadet Command at the 

address above or from the Army ROTC 

web site. 

BASIC CAMP 

Students who have not considered the 

benefits of ROTC and a military commis 

sion until late in their sophomore year 

may attend a six-week Basic Camp at Fort 

Knox, Kentucky during the summer be 

tween the sophomore and junior years. 

Upon successful completion they are 

awarded "credit" for the Basic Course and 

enter the Advanced Course the beginning 

of their junior year. Special two-year

scholarships are awarded to outstanding 

performers. 

ADVANCED ROTC SUMMER CAMP 

Formally enrolled students in pursuit of a 

commission must successfully complete a 

five-week training program normally con 

ducted at Fort Lewis, Washington, be 

tween their junior and senior year. Focus 

is on evaluation of military leadership 

skills over a broad spectrum of training 

events. Students are paid for travel and 

attendance. Prerequisites are completion 

of the basic military science courses or 

their equivalent and MS 301 and 302. 

ADDITIONAL TRAINING 

OPPORTUNITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Volunteer activities include: U.S. Army Air 

borne School, U.S. Army Air Assault School, 

Ranger Club (study of small unit tactical op 

erations), orienteering, formal military social 

affairs, rappelling, Marquis Guard (color 

guard), and trips to various military installa 

tions and historical battlefields. 

MUSIC 

Professor Stockton (Head); Associate Professor 

Melin; Assistant Professor Dobbins 

The Music Department offers students from 

all disciplines opportunities to develop an 

understanding and appreciation of music 

through a wide range of courses and perfor 

mance activities. Students may elect to pur 

sue a major or minor in music, or to partici 

pate at whatever level their background and 

interest dictates. Faculty members are active 

performers and scholars who take a special 

interest in personalized instruction. 

The curriculum includes offerings in 

theory, composition, performance, history, 

and literature. In addition to the more con 

ventional areas of music study, the depart 

ment offers opportunities to study world 

music traditions, jazz and popular styles, 

and electronic music. The Williams Center 

for the Arts includes rehearsal and practice 

facilities, an electronic music studio, a score 

and multimedia library, concert hall, and 

MUSIC 

computer instruction facilities. Students 

have opportunities to perform in choral 

groups as well as jazz, brass, string, wind, 

and percussion ensembles. The artist-in-res- 

idence program brings noted artists from all 

over the world to interact with students 

through workshops and classes. 

Requirements for the major: Music 101, 

102,103,221,222,491 or 495, eight semesters 

of Applied Music (Music 141,142,150), two 

additional Music courses, and demonstrated 

piano proficiency (by examination or two 

semesters of piano study [Music 141] with 

grades of B or better). 

Requirements for the minor: Music 101, 

102,221, four semesters of Applied Music 

(Music 141,142,150), one additional Music 

course, and demonstrated piano proficiency 

(by examination or two semesters of piano 

study [Music 141] with grades of B or better). 

101. Basic Musicianship. An introduction 

to music, emphasizing the development of 

practical musical skills in addition to an 

understanding of elementary music theory 

skills (such as ear-training, sight-singing), 

basic performance techniques, and composi 

tion. Theoretical topics include: scales, inter 

vals, chords, and rhythmic organization. A 

wide range of musical styles is incorporated. 

In addition to developing perceptive listening 

skills, students participate in analysis, per 

formance, and composition. No previous 

experience required. Lecture/laboratory/ 

listening. Offered each semester. S taff 

102. Music in Western Civilization. The fo 

cus of this course is the development of mu 

sic in the civilizations of Europe and Ameri 

ca, not only as an art with its own history, 

but also as a mirror of the artistic, social, po 

litical, and economic development of the 

Western world. Students are introduced to a 

basic repertoire in classical music. Lecture/ 

listening. Offered each semester. Mr. Melin 

103. Introduction to World Music Tradi 

tions. An exploration of the history, styles, 

and performance practices of music of Afri 

can, Asian, and Indian cultures. The study of 

the music in the context of cultural traditions 

and institutions and its influence on the mu- 

149

MUSIC 

sic of Europe and America encourages stu 

dents to examine music from a cross-cultural 

perspective and to experience the music 

through performance. Lecture/assigned lis 

tening. Offered each semester. Mr, Stockton 

104. Composition Using Electronic Me 

dia. A course in which students are intro 

duced to the creative musical process of 

composing using modern electroacoustic 

technology, as well as the historical devel 

opment of electroacoustic music. Students 

use analog and digital synthesizers as well 

as tape recorders, MIDI-interfaced sequenc 

ers, and digital processors. Open to all stu 

dents. No previous music experience re 

quired. Written permission of instructor re 

quired. Lecture/laboratory. Mr. Melin 

130. Class Piano Laboratory. This course 

is intended for those students who wish to 

begin study of the piano, particularly those 

with limited or no music reading skills. 

The class of five or six beginning piano stu 

dents meets 50 minutes twice a week for 12 

weeks. Music reading in both treble and 

bass clefs, as well as basic piano techniques 

such as scales, hand position, and other 

technical concepts are taught. 1 /4 course. 

Ms. Fisher 

140. Applied Music Instruction (non-cred 

it). Private instruction for students who 

wish no academic credit. Twelve private 

lessons of 45 minutes each. Considered an 

"audited course." (Extra fee) Staff 

141. Applied Music Instruction. This is 

the primary course for students interested 

in private instrumental or vocal instruc 

tion. Twelve lessons of 45 minutes each. 

Jury examination is required. Credits may 

be combined up to the equivalent of two 

courses to satisfy Humanities elective re 

quirements. 1/4 course. (Extra fee) Staff 

142. Intensive Applied Music Instruction. 

This course is reserved for advanced stu 

dents who have completed a minimum of 

two semesters of Music 141 with grades of 

"A." Both jury examination and exemplary 

recital participation are required. Twelve 

lessons of 60 minutes each. Credits may be 

combined up to the equivalent of two 

ISO 

courses to satisfy Humanities elective re 

quirements. 1/2 course. (Extra fee) Staff 

150. Ensemble Performance. Active par 

ticipation in an approved musical ensemble 

(Chamber Music Ensemble, Vocal Ensem 

ble, Choir, Jazz Ensemble, Wind Ensemble, 

String Ensemble, or Pep Band). Regular at 

tendance at rehearsals and all performanc 

es in addition to other requirements as 

deemed necessary. Credits may be com 

bined up to the equivalent of two courses 

to satisfy Humanities elective require 

ments. 1/4 course. (Extra fee) Staff 

221. Music Theory I. A first course in 

music theory, integrating the study of ele 

mentary harmony, ear training, keyboard 

harmony, simple formal structures, and 

principles of composition. Beginning with 

scales, keys, intervals, and triad struc 

tures, the course provides students with 

basic theoretical and analytical skills 

through aural and written exercises, up to 

and including simple modulation and the 

dominant seventh chord. Prerequisite: 

Music 101. Ms. Dobbins 

222. Music Theory II. The continuation of 

the study of theory, including extended and 

chromatic chordal structures, chromatic mod 

ulation, altered chords, and the harmoniza 

tion of chromatic melodies. Composition and 

aural exercises include complex structural 

processes, counterpoint, and chromatic har 

mony. Prerequisite: Music 221. Ms. Dobbins 

230. Beginning Music Composition. For 

students already familiar with scales, 

keys, intervals, diatonic harmony 

(chords), and notation. Projects enable 

students to explore differing forms and 

styles of music. Emphasis is on student 

composition to be performed in class. In 

strumentation, orchestration, and analysis 

of scores and recordings. Prerequisites: 

Music 101 or 221 or equivalent and per 

mission of instructor. Ms. Dobbins 

251-259. Selected Studies in Music Theo 

ry and Analysis. Courses focus on an area 

of music theory, analysis, or composition. 

Possible topics include the theoretical con 

cepts that underlie an era of "school" (e.g.,

the New Viennese School), a theoretical/ 

compositional discipline such as Eigh 

teenth-Century Counterpoint, or a special 

aspect of analysis such as Form and Struc 

ture in Music. Descriptions of current of 

ferings are available through the depart 

ment office and the Registrar's Office. 

Prerequisites: Music 101 and others as 

appropriate to the topic. Lecture/ 

discussion /laboratory / listening. S taff 

261-269. Selected Studies in Music 

History and Literature. Courses focus 

on an area of music history and literature. 

Possible topics include the historical devel 

opment and the repertoire of an era of 

"school" (e.g., the Baroque Era, French 

Music, Music in the United States, the 

History of Jazz). These courses typically 

investigate the masterworks and lives of 

the principal composers of the era as well 

as the social and musical concepts that in 

fluenced the period. Classes typically in 

volve lecture, discussion, student presenta 

tions, field trips, and live and videotaped 

performances as well as sound recordings. 

Descriptions of current offerings are avail 

able through the department office and the 

Registrar's Office. Prerequisites: Music 

101 or 102 and other courses as appropriate 

to the topic. Lecture/discussion/laborato 

ry/assigned listening. Staff 

271-279. Selected Studies in Musical 

Forms and Genres. Courses focus on a 

particular musical form or genre. Possible 

topics include the historical development 

and literature of opera, the symphony, 

chamber music, vocal and choral music, 

music for keyboard instruments, etc. 

These courses typically investigate the 

masterworks in a genre, the lives and con 

tributions of composers in several areas, 

and the social, technological, and musical 

factors that have affected the development 

of that genre. Classes involve lecture, dis 

cussion, student presentations, field trips, 

and live and videotaped performances as 

well as sound recordings. Descriptions of 


department office and the Registrar's Of 

fice. Prerequisites: Music 101 or 102 and 

other courses as appropriate to the topic. 

MUSIC 

Lecture /discussion/ laboratory/ listening. 

Staff 

281-289. Selected Studies of Great 

Composers. Courses focus on the music 

of an individual composer. Possible choices 

include Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, 

Stravinsky, to name but a few. These 

courses investigate the masterworks in the 

important genres, the life and musical devel 

opment of the individual studied, and the 

social factors that affected the time period in 

which he/she lived. Classes involve lecture, 

discussion, student presentations, field trips, 

and live and videotaped performances as 

well as sound recordings. Descriptions of 


department office and the Registrar's Office. 

Prerequisites: Music 101 or 102 and other 

courses as appropriate to the topic. Lecture/ 

discussion/laboratory/listening. Staff 

351-360. Special Topics. The detailed 

study of a composer, school, specific style 

or topic, employing more advanced ana 

lytical tools. Topics in past years have in 

cluded African-American Music; Mozart: 

The Man, the Myth, the Music; History of 

Jazz; The Music of J. S. Bach. Topics for the 

following year are announced at spring reg 

istration. Classroom experiences are aug 

mented by artist visits and field trips to 

suitable venues, for example, a jazz club or 

concert for the course on Jazz History. Per 

mission of instructor required. Staff 

371, 372. Internship. Students majoring 

in music may wish to explore career op 

portunities by participating in an ap 

proved internship with a professional per 

forming organization, arts management 

consultant, or related music industry rep 

resentative. Under the supervision of a 

designated internship sponsor, the student 

develops and completes a work-related 

project. Additional activities include as 

signed readings and a final written report. 

Permission of department head required. 

Mr. Stockton 

380. Junior/Senior Seminar. Advanced 

special topics studies emphasizing re 

search in greater depth of a selected musi- 

151

PHILOSOPHY 

cological problem. Open only to junior 

and senior music majors and minors. Per 

mission of department head required. 

391,392. Independent Study. Individual 

projects in musicology, theory, or composi 

tion, with emphasis on the bibliographical 

and analytical tools of music research or 

composition. Open to students with a 

strong background in music. Permission 

of department head required. 

491,492. Senior Project. Independent 

study of a selected problem in musicology, 

theory, or composition, with emphasis on 

the bibliographical and analytical tools of 

music research, resulting in the comple 

tion of a project such as a research paper 

or a series of original compositions. Open 

only to senior Music majors. Permission 

of department head required. 

495,496. Senior Project. Thesis/Honors 

independent study of a selected problem in 

musicology, theory, or composition, with 

emphasis on the bibliographical and analyt 

ical tools of music research, resulting in the 

completion of a project such as a research 

paper or a series of original compositions. 

Open only to senior Music majors. Upon 

completion of 496, the awarding of Depart 

mental Honors is determined by successful 

defense of the thesis. Permission of depart 

ment head required. [496: W] 

PHILOSOPHY 

Associate Professor Panichas, Head; Professors 

Losee, Slaght; Assistant Professor McLeod 

The study of Philosophy helps students to 

think critically, to understand and enjoy the 

literature of philosophy, and to make rea 

sonable decisions relevant to the problems 

of contemporary life. 

Courses include logic, philosophy of sci 

ence, ethics, social and political philosophy, 

philosophy of mind, philosophy of art, and 

existentialism. All of the courses empha 

size the precise, logical use of language and 

the exercise of careful judgment and judi 

cious evaluation in thinking. Students are 

152 

encouraged to broaden their study with 

special topic courses. Recent courses have 

included the aesthestics of films, death, and 

feminist philosophy. Individualized tutori 

als are available for selected students who 

wish to study a specific philosophical prob 

lem or philosopher in depth. 

Majors are encouraged to consider 

course work in several related disciplines to 

give them a broad background in the hu 

manities, the sciences, or both. 

Requirements for the major: Majors are re 

quired to take nine courses in Philosophy. 

Philosophy 103,105,107, and 108, at least 

three 200-level courses and one of the fol 

lowing: Philosophy 320, Philosophy 322, a 

300-level seminar, Philosophy 390, or hon 

ors. Philosophy majors who plan to under 

take graduate work in Philosophy are 

strongly advised to take Philosophy 320. 

Double major: Students wishing to major 

in Philosophy and another subject should 

discuss with their advisers the possibility of 

courses in other departments or programs 

counting toward both majors. 


Philosophy consists of at least six courses 

from among the offerings of the depart 

ment, no more than four of which may be 

100-level courses. The department strongly 

recommends that students pursuing a mi 

nor in Philosophy take a course in logic and 

a course in the history of philosophy. Stu 

dents with an interest in the minor should 

consult with a member of the department. 

101. Introduction to Philosophy. An in 

troduction to the methods of philosophy 

including logical analysis and traditional 

philosophical problems such as the nature 

and extent of knowledge, the dilemma of 

freedom and determinism, the justification 

of the belief in god, personal identity, and 

the mind-body problem. Offered in fall 

and spring semesters. Staff 

102. Basic Social Questions. An exami 

nation of conceptual and moral questions 

associated with selected contemporary so 

cial issues. Following topics are studied:

the morality of abortion, the justification 

of reverse discrimination, the permissibili 

ty of homosexuality and prostitution. 

Offered each semester. Mr. Panichas 

103. Logic. An investigation of the prop 

erties of logical systems, including com 

pleteness, compactness, computability, 

and decidability. Offered in fall semester. 

Mr. Slaght 

105. Ethics. A systematic and critical 

investigation of traditional and contempo 

rary theories of morality including God- 

based theories, ethical egoism, utilitarian 

ism, etc. Analysis and understanding 

of the meaning of moral terms and the 

nature of moral judgments. Mr. McLeod 

107. The First Philosophers. A survey of 

the major Western philosophical traditions 

from the pre-Socratics through the medi 

eval period. Emphasis is placed on those 

works of Plato and Aristotle on the nature 

of knowledge and morality. Offered in fall 

semester. No prerequisites. Mr. Losee, 

Mr. McLeod 

108. Modem Philosophy. Rationalism and 

Empiricism in the seventeenth and eigh 

teenth centuries. Readings in Descartes, 

Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, 

and Kant. Offered in spring semester. No 

prerequisites. Mr. Losee, Mr. McLeod 

111. Philosophy of Art. A historical and 

critical examination concerning the nature 

of works of art (e.g., paintings, music, and 

poetry), the creation of art, and the evalua 

tion of art. No prerequisites. Mr. Panichas 

113. Existentialism. The philosophies of 

Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, Heidegger, 

Sartre, and others. No prerequisites. Staff 

117. Business Ethics. An introduction to 

the application of ethical reasoning in busi 

ness, this course includes a critical review 

of classical ethical theories and their appli 

cation to truth in advertising, product lia 

bility, affirmative action, employer and 

employee rights and duties, whistle blow 

PHILOSOPHY 

ing, corporate responsibility, and others. 

No prerequisites. Mr. McLeod 

204. Metaphysics. A detailed examination 

of substance, universals, mind-body, person 

al identity, freedom of the will, causality, 

space, and time. Contemporary and tradi 

tional solutions are presented. Prerequisite: 

Philosophy 101 or permission of instructor. 

Mr. Slaght 

206. Theories of Knowledge. A detailed 

examination of the concept of knowledge, 

nature of beliefs, justification of beliefs, 

relationship between knowledge and 

beliefs, truth, perception. Prerequisite: 

Philosophy 101 or permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. Slaght 

210. Social Philosophy. A critical exami 

nation of the traditional theories of liberty, 

equality, justice, and the social good found 

in Plato, Hobbes, Locke, and Marx. Pre 

requisite: Philosophy 101, or 102, or 105, 

or permission of instructor. Offered in al 

ternate years. Mr. Panichas 

212. Philosophy of Science. The course 

covers theories of scientific method, the na 

ture of scientific explanation, and the evalu 

ation of scientific theories. Prerequisite: 

Philosophy 103 or permission of instructor. 

Offered in alternate years. Mr. Losee 

215. Feminist Philosophy. Recent devel 

opments in feminist philosophy and their 

application to contemporary social issues. 

Topics include motherhood, prostitution, 

pornography, heterosexuality, lesbianism, 

and ecological feminism. No prerequisites. 

Staff 

217. Contemporary Philosophy. An in 

vestigation of Logical Positivism, Analyti 

cal Philosophy, and Pragmatism. Readings 

in Russell, Wittgenstein, Ayer, Whitehead, 

Peirce, Dewey, and others. Prerequisite: 

Philosophy 103 or permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. Losee, Mr. Slaght 

250. Philosophy of Mind. A general intro 

duction to the philosophy of mind, address 

ing four key philosophical issues: the nature 

153

PHYSICS 

of psychological explanation, the mind-body 

problem, the possibility of artificial intelli 

gence, and the nature of persons. Prerequi 

site: one course in philosophy or psychology. 

Mr. Skght. 

320. Philosophical Analysis. Advanced 

training in critical analytical reading and 

writing using current philosophical writ 

ings. Prerequisite: Philosophy 103 or per 

mission of instructor. Offered in alternate 

years. [W] Mr. Slaght 

321. Advanced Logic. An investigation of 

the properties of logical systems and the 

foundations of deductive logic. Prerequi 

site: Philosophy 103 or permission of in 

structor. Offered in alternate years. 

Mr. Slaght 

322. Philosophy of Law. An examination 

of conceptual and normative issues relat 

ed to law and the legal system. The nature 

of law and of the legal systems, liberty 

and the limits of law, causation in the law, 

responsibility, strict liability, and punish 

ment are studied. Prerequisite: Philosophy 

102,105, or permission of instructor. 

Offered in alternate years. [W] Mr. Panichas 

351-360. Special Topics. Intensive investi 

gation of selected areas of philosophy in 

cluding Knowledge; Artificial Minds; 

Souls, Bodies, and Persons; Philosophy 

and Feminism; and Death. Prerequisite: 

Determined at time of offering. Staff 

390. Independent Study. Individual 

projects with advice from a faculty mem 

ber resulting in a paper of substantial sub 

stance and content. Prerequisite: permis 

sion of department head. [W] 

495, 496. Thesis. Readings in original and 

translated works of philosophers and the 

writing of a paper of substantial substance 

and content. Majors not continuing to 496 

from 495 may petition to change 495 to 

390. Prerequisite: permission of depart 

ment head. [W] S taff 

154 

PHYSICS 

Professor Novaco, Head; Professors 

Hogenboom, Hoffman; Associate Professors 

Antanaitis, Dougherty 

Physics is the study and analysis of physi 

cal systems with the view of uncovering 

the basic principles that govern the behav 

ior of these systems. This involves a meth 

od of analysis by which complex physical 

problems are broken down into sets of rel 

atively simple processes that are easier to 

understand. Those systems to which phys 

ics is applied vary from the macroscopic 

structure of the universe to the microscop 

ic structure of matter. The same funda 

mental methodology may be used to 

study the structure of crystals and the 

density of liquids at high pressure, create 

numerical simulations of clusters of galax 

ies, or examine the relationship between 

structure and function of metal-bearing 

proteins and enzymes. For this reason, 

physicists can be found working in many 

different professions. 

Courses are about equally divided be 

tween macroscopic and microscopic phys 

ics. Students may also develop an inter 

disciplinary program in such areas as ma 

terial science, biophysics, or geophysics. 

Opportunities are provided for research 

on campus and at national facilities such 

as Arecibo Observatory. The department 

houses a digital image processing labora 

tory to study dendritic crystal growth, a 

laboratory for high pressure/low temper 

ature studies, a Nuclear Magnetic Reso 

nance facility, and a computer laboratory 

equipped with high power workstations 

for data acquisition, data analysis, and 

computer modeling. 

Requirements for the major: The A.B. de 

gree major requirements include four 

courses in Mathematics (161,162, 263, 

264); ten Physics courses, nine with num 

bers greater than 110, including 121 (or 

131), 122,132, 215, 216, 218; two courses in 

Biology, Chemistry, or Geology from an 

approved list; and other courses needed to 

meet the Common Course of Study.

The B.S. degree major requires a First-Year 

Seminar, English 110, and Values and 

Science/Technology (VAST) seminar; five 

courses in Mathematics including 161,162, 

263,264; two courses in Chemistry, Biology, 

or Geology from a selected list; 13 courses 

in Physics with the restrictions and excep 

tions noted below; and three courses in 

Humanities/Social Sciences. 

The standard B.S. degree requires 11 

courses: Physics 121 (or 131), 122,132, 

215, 216, 218, 327, 335, 338, 342, and 351. 

However, in special circumstances, stu 

dents who have taken advanced Electrical 

and Computer Engineering or Mechanical 

Engineering courses in electromagnetic 

theory, electronics, dynamics, or thermo 

dynamics may be permitted to waive the 

requirement of certain of these required 

courses. This requires the approval of the 

head of the Physics Department and the 

Academic Progress Committee. Also, ad 

vanced courses from other science or engi 

neering departments may be substituted 

for Physics elective courses and up to two 

required Physics courses with the approv 

al of the head of the Physics Department 

and the Academic Progress Committee, 

when doing so will produce a coherent 

program of physics applied to an interdis 

ciplinary field such as material science, 

biophysics, geophysics, etc. 


consists of six courses, including Physics 

121 (or 131), 122 or 132,215, and three oth 

er courses approved by the department. 

104. Planetary Astronomy. An introduc 

tion to the study of the planets and their 

major satellites as large geological worlds 

to explore. Up-to-date information on the 

surfaces, atmospheres, and interior struc 

tures of these bodies as well as informa 

tion on asteroids, comets, meteorites, and 

the Sun is presented. The elementary 

physics of gravity, orbits, and distance 

measurement leads to a limited amount of 

problem solving. Six biweekly laboratory 

sessions and at least three observing ses 

sions with telescopes. This is a non-mathe 

matical course (requiring only high school 

PHYSICS 

algebra and trigonometry) that satisfies 

the A.B. lab science requirement. Offered 

in fall semester. Mr. Hogenboom 

106. Physics of Music. A study of the phys 

ics of musical sound and musical instru 

ments: wave motion and sound, sound syn 

thesis, room acoustics, woodwinds, brasses, 

strings, piano, percussion, and the human 

voice. Open to all students but specifically 

intended for those who have not previously 

studied physics. Lecture/laboratory. Satis 

fies the A.B. lab science requirement. Offered 

in spring semester, even years. Mr. Hoffman 

108. Cosmology: The Big Bang. A study 

of theories of the evolution of the uni 

verse, stressing modern cosmology as an 

observational science. Evolution of stars 

and galaxies, dark matter, evidence for the 

Big Bang model, history of the universe. 

Open to all but specifically intended for 

those who have not previously studied 

physics. One evening telescope observing 

session. Lecture/laboratory. Satisfies the 

A.B. lab science requirement. Offered one 

semester, alternate years. Mr. Hoffman 

111. General Physics Mechanics and 

Thermodynamics. Classical mechanics of 

particles and rigid bodies; laws of thermo 

dynamics with emphasis on microscopic 

foundation; oscillations and waves. Physi 

cal ideas are stressed, but considerable em 

phasis is placed on problem solving. To 

gether with Physics 112, this course satisfies 

requirements for medical school, B.S. ma 

jors in biology and computer science, and 

A.B. majors in biology, chemistry, geology, 

and engineering, but not B.S. majors in en 

gineering, chemistry, geology, or physics. 

Requires high school algebra and trigonom 

etry; Mathematics 125 is recommended. 

Satisfies the A.B. lab science requirement. 

Offered in fall semester. Mr. Dougherty 

112. General Physics Electricity, Mag 

netism, and Optics. Electric and magnetic 

fields; electromagnetic induction; electric 

circuits; geometrical and physical optics; 

Einstein's special theory of relativity; 

foundations of quantum mechanics; and 

nuclear physics. Physical ideas are 

155

PHYSICS 

stressed, but considerable emphasis is 

placed on problem solving. Together with 

Physics 111, this course satisfies require 

ments for medical school, B.S. majors in 

biology and computer science, and A.B. 

majors in biology, chemistry, geology, and 

engineering, but not B.S. majors in engi 

neering, chemistry, geology, or physics. 

Requires high school algebra and trigo 

nometry; Mathematics 125 is recommend 

ed. Prerequisite: Physics 111. Satisfies the 

A.B. lab science requirement. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Dougherty 

121. The Dynamics of Particles. A rigor 

ous introduction to the study of physics 

designed primarily for science majors; a 

foundation on which an understanding of 

physics, physical chemistry, or engineer 

ing can be built. Kinematics and dynamics 

with emphasis on conservation laws for 

linear momentum, angular momentum, 

and energy. A calculus-based course satis 

fying degree requirements in all B.S. or 

A.B. degree programs, including the A.B. 

lab science requirement. Prerequisite or 

corequisite: Mathematics 161. Offered in 

fall semester. Mr. Novaco 

122. Thermodynamics and Waves. A rig 

orous introduction to the study of physics 

designed primarily for science majors; a 


physics, physical chemistry, or engineer 

ing can be built. Thermodynamics, har 

monic motion, and wave propagation; ray 

optics, interference and diffraction. A cal 

culus-based course satisfying degree re 

quirements in all B.S. or A.B. degree pro 

grams, including the A.B. lab science re 

quirement. Prerequisites: Physics 121 or 

131; Mathematics 161. Corequisite: Mathe 

matics 162. Offered in spring semester. 

Mr. Novaco 

131. Newtonian Dynamics. A rigorous 

introduction to the study of physics pri 

marily designed for engineering majors; a 


engineering, physics, or physical chemis 

try can be built. Kinematics and dynamics 

with emphasis on conservation laws for 

linear momentum, angular momentum, 

156 

and energy. A calculus-based course satis 

fying degree requirements in all B.S. or 

A.B. degree programs, including the A.B. 

lab science requirement. Prerequisite: 

Mathematics 161. Corequisite: Mathemat 

ics 162. Offered in spring semester. Staff 

132. Electricity and Magnetism. A rigor 

ous introduction to the study of physics 

primarily designed for engineering and 

science majors; a foundation on which an 

understanding of engineering, physics, or 

physical chemistry can be built. Electro 

statics, electric currents, magnetostatics, 

electromagnetic oscillations, and waves. 

A calculus-based course satisfying degree 

requirements in all B.S. or A.B. degree pro 

grams, including the A.B. lab science re 

quirement. Prerequisite: Physics 121 or 131. 

Corequisite: Mathematics 263. Offered in 


215. Introduction to Quantum Physics. 

The study of the basic concepts needed to 

understand the physics of the atom, the 

nucleus, the solid state of matter, and ele 

mentary particles. The course begins with 

the experimental basis and early develop 

ment of quantum theory including: 

Planck's theory of blackbody radiation, 

the photon, Bohr's theory and atomic 

spectra, DeBroglie's theory and matter 

waves, and electron diffraction. The foun 

dations of modern quantum theory are 

then developed with emphasis on the 

wave function and its probabilistic inter 

pretation, the time-independent Schrod- 

inger equation in one dimension, and ap 

plications of quantum mechanics to sim 

ple model systems. The course concludes 

with a discussion of the hydrogen atom, 

multielectron systems, atomic spectra, and 

the Pauli exclusion principle. Prerequisite: 

Physics 122 or 132. Offered in fall semes 

ter. Staff 

216. Topics in Contemporary Physics. 

An application of the concepts of quantum 

physics introduced in Physics 215 and the 

theory of relativity to several areas of con 

temporary physics. Topics include quan 

tum statistics, molecular spectra, lasers, 

introductory solid state physics, models of

nuclear structure, radioactivity, nuclear re 

actions, elementary particles, and grand 

unification of the fundamental forces. 

Prerequisite: Physics 215. Offered in 


218. Oscillatory and Wave Phenomena. 

A continuation of the study of oscillations 

and waves begun in the fundamental 

courses, with a significant emphasis on ex 

perimental work using computerized data 

collection and analysis techniques. The 

course focuses on both experimental and 

theoretical methods in physics, examining 

oscillatory and wave phenomena found 

throughout nature. Phenomena studied 

include vibration of mechanical systems, 

oscillations in electrical circuits, the general 

behavior of damped oscillations and reso 

nance, normal mode analysis, standing 

wave phenomena, wave propagation, op 

tics, and other such physical phenomena 

found in nature. Students are introduced to 

the theoretical techniques used to analyze 

these phenomena as needed. Prerequisites: 

Physics 122,132. Corequisite: Mathematics 

264. Lecture/laboratory. Offered in spring 

semester. Mr. Dougherty 

220. Medical and Biological Physics. 

Demonstrates how the principles, tools, 

and strategies of physicists can be applied 

to problems that have biological, medical, 

or ecological import. Methods taught in 

this course are applied to a broad range of 

interdisciplinary problems from biome- 

chanics to nerve impulse propagation to the 

latest imaging techniques, including three 

dimensional ultrasonic imaging and mag 

netic resonance imaging. The course is 

aimed at students nearing a decision on a 

career direction who are curious about 

what areas of research are open to them, or 

to those who simply wish to broaden their 

biophysical or biomedical outlook. Prereq 

uisite: Physics 112 or 122. Offered in spring 

semester alternate years. Mr. Antanaitis 

306. Acoustics. An introduction to the 

acoustics of musical instruments for stu 

dents with some background in physics. 

Spectral analysis and synthesis; waves on 

strings, membranes, and bars; waves in 

PHYSICS 

fluid media; acoustical coupling; sound 

radiation; acoustics of instrumental fami 

lies. The course parallels Physics 106 but is 

more technical in scope and may be count 

ed toward the B.S. Physics degree require 

ments. Prerequisite: Physics 218. Offered 

in spring semester alternate years, concur 

rent with Physics 106. Mr. Huffman 

308. Astrophysics. An introduction to 

astronomy and astrophysics for students 

with some background in physics. Stellar 

structure and evolution; galactic structure 

and evolution; physical processes in the 

early universe; radioastronomy. The 

course parallels Physics 108 but is more 

technical in scope and may be counted to 

ward the B.S. Physics degree require 

ments. Prerequisite: Physics 216. Offered 

in spring semester alternate years, concur 

rent with Physics 108. Mr. Hoffman 

327. Advanced Classical Mechanics. A 

rigorous development of nonrelativistic 

mechanics: nonlinear oscillations; central- 

force motion, celestial mechanics, and the 

N-body problem; Lagrangian and Hamil- 

tonian formulations; rotation and rigid 

body motion; collisions and scattering. 

Prerequisites: Physics 218; Mathematics 

264. Offered in spring semester alternate 

years. Staff 

335. Thermal Physics. The fundamental 

concepts of heat, temperature, work, inter 

nal energy, entropy, reversible and irre 

versible processes, thermodynamic poten 

tials, etc., are considered from a modern 

microscopic as well as traditional macro 

scopic viewpoint. Statistical thermody 

namics is used primarily to study the 

equilibrium properties of ideal systems 

and simple models. This course provides 

the background needed to understand 

materials from a microscopic point of 

view. Prerequisites: Physics 215; Mathe 

matics 163. Offered in fall semester alter 

nate years. Mr. Novaco 

338. Advanced Physics Laboratory. 

Design of experiments, statistical analysis 

of observations, report writing, funda 

mental experiments in atomic, nuclear, 

157

PSYCHOLOGY 

and condensed matter physics. Also ex 

periments selected from electron spin 

resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance, 

properties of liquids at high pressures, 

properties of matter at low temperatures. 

Computer interfacing with instruments 

for online data collection and analysis. 

May involve independent investigation 

if appropriate. Prerequisites: Physics 216, 

218. Offered in fall semester alternate 

years. Mr. Dotigherty 

342. Electromagnetic Fields. Electric 

fields due to static charges, magnetic 

fields due to steady currents, fields in mat 

ter, Laws of Coulomb, Gauss, Biot-Savart, 

Ampere, Faraday; scalar and vector poten 

tials; solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's 

equations. Mathematical emphasis is on 

the solutions to boundary value problems. 

Prerequisites: Physics 132, 218; Mathemat 

ics 264. Offered in fall semester alternate 

years. Mr. Novaco 

351. Quantum Theory. The failure of 

classical physics, the basic concepts of 

quantum mechanics, Schrodinger's equa 

tion, one dimensional systems including 

barriers and the harmonic oscillator, Her- 

mitian operators, angular momentum, the 

hydrogen atom, perturbation theory, and 

interpretations of quantum mechanics. 

Prerequisites: Physics 215, 218; Mathemat 

ics 264. Mr. Huffman 

352. Special Topics. Investigation of spe 

cial topics under supervision of a faculty 

adviser. The most recent offering was 

Topics in Astrophysics. Staff 

391. Individual Study. Juniors and se 

niors may investigate a research topic in 

physics under the supervision of a faculty 

member. The project culminates in an ex 

tensive report. Departmental permission 

in required for enrollment. See individual 

faculty members about topics of interest. 

Recent individual study topics include: 

acoustics, advanced quantum mechanics, 

philosophy of quantum mechanics, bio 

physics, general relativity, astronomical 

image analysis, and radioastronomy. Staff 

158 

424. Solid State Physics. The fundamental 

aspects of solid state phenomena and the 

basic quantum physics needed to under 

stand these phenomena. Topics include the 

basic principles of quantization and matter 

waves; Fermi statistics; crystal structures; 

diffraction phenomena in crystals; conduc 

tion electrons in metals; the concept of con 

duction by holes; and the basic physics of 

electrons and holes in both homogeneous 

and doped semiconductors. Prerequisites: 

Physics 335,351. Offered in spring semes 

ter alternate years. Mr. Novaco 

442. Electromagnetic Waves. Maxwell's 

equations, wave equations for dielectrics 

and conductors. Reflection, refraction, in 

terference, diffraction, guided waves, radi 

ation. Prerequisite: Physics 342. Mr. Hoffman 

451. Applications of Quantum Theory. 

Additional topics in quantum mechanics, 

depending upon student interests. Possi 

ble topics include addition of angular mo 

menta, applications of perturbation theo 

ry, scattering theory, and relativistic quan 

tum mechanics. Prerequisite: Physics 351. 

Mr. Novaco 

495, 496. Thesis. Independent study of a 

topic chosen for participation in the hon 

ors program, culminating in the presenta 

tion of a complete written report. Stu 

dents should see individual faculty mem 

bers whose research interests are most 

closely aligned to their own. Staff 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor Basow, Head; Professor McGillicud- 

dy-DeLisi; Associate Professors Allan, Childs, 

W. L. Hill, Vinchur; Assistant Professors Mc- 

Glone, Neuhoff, Shaw, Swiatek 

The Department of Psychology emphasiz 

es psychology as the scientific study of be 

havior, mental and physiological process 

es. Courses are offered in a variety of ar 

eas, encompassing experimental fields, 

such as learning and perception, as well as 

clinical, developmental, social, and indus 

trial/organizational areas.

The department's scientific orientation 

can be seen in the courses required of all 

psychology majors and minors, and in the 

orientation of the introductory courses. 

Students begin with the a survey of the 

field and of the basic research techniques 

used by psychologists. As students 

progress, they study more advanced re 

search designs and statistical analysis of 

data. Majors are encouraged to develop 

breadth by studying a variety of content 

areas in psychology. They also are encour 

aged to develop depth through our ad 

vanced level courses. Students interested 

in behavioral neuroscience should see the 

separate listing. 

Requirements for the major: All A.B. 

majors are required to take 10 courses in 

psychology including Psychology 110, 

120, and 203, plus two other laboratory 

courses in psychology from the set 304- 

327, one course from the set 335-496, and 

four other courses. 

All courses from 225 and above are to 

be distributed among at least four of the 

six major subdivisions of psychology to 

achieve a broad foundation in the major. 

The six subdivisions are: Biological (225, 

322, 323, 324, 423), Clinical (231, 232, 337), 

Cognitive/Learning (236, 242, 321, 325), 

Developmental (233,234, 338), Industrial/ 

Organizational (326, 335, 336), and Social 

(235, 240,248, 327). 

It is recommended that A.B. students 

consider taking Psychology 304; 391, 392; 

491,492; or 495, 496. Choice of major pro 

gram should always be made in close con 

sultation with the student's major advisor. 

All B.S. Psychology majors are required 

to complete Mathematics 125 or 161; five 

courses in natural sciences outside the de 

partment to be selected on the basis of 

concentration interest; three courses in the 

humanities and social sciences; and 12 

courses in Psychology including 110,120, 

and 203, plus three other laboratory courses 

in psychology from the set 304-327, one 

course from the set 335-496, and five other 


All courses from 225 and above are to 

be distributed among at least four of the 

six major subdivisions of psychology to 

PSYCHOLOGY 

achieve a broad foundation in the major. 

The six subdivisions are: Biological (225, 

322, 323, 324,423), Clinical (231, 232, 337), 

Cognitive/Learning (236, 242, 321, 325), 

Developmental (233,234,338), Industrial/ 

Organizational (326, 335, 336), and Social 

(235, 240, 248, 327). 

It is strongly recommended that B.S. 

students consider taking Psychology 304; 

491, 492; or 495, 496. Choice of major pro 

gram should always be made in close con 

sultation with the student's major adviser. 


Psychology consists of a minimum of six 

courses in psychology to be selected in 

consultation with a faculty member in the 

Psychology department. These courses 

must include: Psychology 110,120, and 

203. The remaining three courses must be 

selected from other departmental offerings, 

and should form a coherent set of courses. 

110. Introduction to Psychological Sci 

ence. Psychology is the scientific study of 

behavior and of underlying mental and 

physiological processes. In this course, 

students are introduced to the goals of 

psychological science, the nature of scien 

tific thinking, and the scientific methods 

psychologists use to study, explain, and 

predict animal and human behavior. A 

variety of content areas in psychology are 

discussed. Students apply their knowl 

edge in weekly laboratory activities using 

various scientific methods. Lecture/labo 

ratory. Offered every semester. Staff. 

120. Quantitative Methods in Psycholo 

gy. An introduction to basic research de 

sign, measurement, and the use of de 

scriptive and inferential statistics in psy 

chological research. Topics include corre 

lation, regression, reliability, validity, hy 

pothesis testing, nonparametric tech 

niques, and inferential statistics including 

analysis of variance (ANOVA). Prerequi 

site: Psychology 110. Lecture. Offered ev 

ery semester. S taff. 

203. Design and Analysis I. Additional 

methods for studying behavior including 

complex experimental designs, surveys, 

159

PSYCHOLOGY 

naturalistic observations, field studies, 

and statistical analysis of data. Prerequi 

site: Psychology 120 or permission of in 

structor. Lecture/laboratory. Offered ev 

ery semester. Staff 

225. Psychopharmacology. Psychopharma- 

cology is the study of drugs and behavior. 

The neurological, physiological, and psy 

chological effects of psychoactive drugs, 

such as sedatives, stimulants, opiates, anti- 

depressants, alcohol, and hallucinogens are 

examined. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. Of 

fered in fall semester. Ms. Hill 

231. Personality. An examination of the 

major theories of personality including an 

evaluation of their strengths and weak 

nesses. Theories are applied to specific 

people in order to facilitate understanding 

how and why people behave. Current is 

sues in personality research are also high 

lighted. Prerequisite: Psychology 110 or 


sion. Offered in fall semester. Ms. Basoiv, 

Mr. Shaw 

232. Abnormal Psychology. This course 

examines current practices in classifying 

and diagnosing mental illnesses. Major 

psychological disorders, such as depres 

sion, substance abuse, and schizophrenia 

are evaluated in light of the latest research 

findings. Prerequisite: Psychology 110 or 


sion. Ms. Basow, Ms Swiatek 

233. Child and Adolescent Development 

Theories of development and the processes 

underlying physical, cognitive, social, and 

personality growth during infancy, childhood, 

and adolescence are examined. Research and 

practical applications related to changes in 

abilities and behavior are discussed. Prerequi 

site: Psychology 110. Lecture. Offered in fall 

semester. Ms. McGillicuddy-DeLisi 

234. Adult Development and Aging. 

Theoretical models of change during the 

adult years, and research designs and meth 

ods that indicate sources of individual differ 

ences during adulthood are reviewed. Select 

ed topics such as interpersonal relationships, 

160 

career development, biological changes, and 

intellectual abilities in relation to adult devel 

opment and aging are studied. Prerequisite: 

Psychology 110. Lecture. Offered in spring 

semester. Ms. McGillicuddy-DeLisi 

235. Social Behavior. The psychological 

bases of social phenomena in individuals 

and groups. Topics covered include: theo 

ry and methods, social perception, atti 

tudes, prejudice and discrimination, lead 

ership, aggression, small groups, attrac 

tion and love. Prerequisite: Psychology 

110 or permission of instructor. Lecture/ 

discussion. Mr. Child's, Mr. Shaw 

236. Behavior Modification. An examina 

tion of the application of the principles of 

learning to the control of human behavior. 

Lectures explore specific principles of op- 

erant and Pavlovian conditioning includ 

ing, but not limited to, the concepts of re 

inforcement, punishment, stimulus con 

trol, and schedules of reinforcement. Stu 

dents explore how these techniques may 

be applied in personal, therapeutic, insti 

tutional, corporate, and social settings. 

The historical and empirical roots are also 

considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 110 

or permission of instructor. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Allan 

240. Health Psychology. The role of psy 

chology in all aspects of the health care 

system is examined. Students study and 

discuss such issues as the use of psycho 

logical methods in preventive medicine 

and treatment; research methods for ex 

amining and improving interpersonal re 

lationships within the hospital setting; 

and the role of psychology in health care 

delivery. Prerequisite: Psychology 110 or 

permission of instructor. Offered in 

spring semester. Mr. Childs 

242. Educational Psychology. This course 

introduces students to the theory and re 

search underlying instructional practice. 

The following topics are covered: cogni 

tive and behavioral approaches to learn 

ing, components of effective teaching, 

classroom motivation, measurement and 

testing issues, and considerations of indi-

vidual differences. Prerequisite: Psycholo 

gy 110 or permission of instructor. Offered 

in spring semester. Ms. Swiatek 

248. Psychology of Gender. An examina 

tion of gender from a psychological per 

spective including research on gender 

similarities and differences and gender so 

cialization. Emphasis is placed on the con 

sequences of gender stereotypes and roles 

for the individual, relationships, and soci 

ety as a whole. Change strategies and 

goals are also discussed. Prerequisite: Psy 

chology 110 or permission of instructor. 

Ms. Basow 

304. Design and Analysis II. This course 

focuses on theory and application in the ar 

eas of measurement, research design, and 

statistical analysis and interpretation. Top 

ics include coverage of selected multivari- 

ate techniques (e.g., multiple regression, 

discriminant analysis, factor analysis), mea 

surement theory, and meta-analytic tech 

niques. Emphasis is placed on developing 

the necessary skills for success as an inde 

pendent researcher. Prerequisite: Psycholo 

gy 203 or permission of instructor. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Offered every other year. [W] 

Mr. Vinchur 

321. Learning. The course focuses on 

three aspects of the field of learning: the 

study of empirical phenomena, the devel 

opment of learning theory, and the appli 

cation of behavioral principles. Of particu 

lar emphasis are the research methods 

used to analyze learning at behavioral, 

mechanistic, and cognitive levels. Prereq 

uisite: Psychology 120. Lecture/laborato 

ry. [W] Mr. Allan 

322. Perception. Perceptual systems 

evolved so that organisms could acquire 

information about the environment in or 

der to survive and reproduce. This course 

explores the structure and function of per 

ceptual systems such as vision and audi 

tion, as well as the experimental methods 

employed to investigate these systems. 

The course examines various perspectives 

on studying perception that range from bi 

ological to cognitive. Topics include the 

PSYCHOLOGY 

physics of stimuli, the physiology of sen 

sory receptors, and the relationships be 

tween the environment, perceptual pro 

cesses, and behavior. Prerequisite: Psy 

chology 203 or permission of instructor. 

Lecture/laboratory. [W] Mr. Neuhoff. 

323. Physiological Psychology. The neu 

ral, hormonal, and physiological bases of 

animal and human behavior are exam 

ined. Physiological aspects of such topics 

as language, learning and memory, feed 

ing, sexual behavior, emotions, sleep, and 

abnormal behavior are covered. Prerequi 

site: Psychology 120. Lecture/laboratory. 

Offered in fall semester. [W] Ms. Hill 

324. Comparative Psychology: Animal 

Behavior. Comparative psychology, as its 

name implies, compares behaviors among 

animals, in both the generalities and the 

diversity. The discipline examines how evo 

lution has shaped the behaviors of animals to 

be adaptive (i.e., increase survival and repro 

duction) and so the course primarily explores 

the functional significance of animal behav 

ior. Topics examined include animal commu 

nication, foraging, antipredator strategies, 

sociality, mating systems, and parental care 

patterns. The laboratory involves naturalistic 

observations and experimental research with 

a variety of animal species. Prerequisite: 

Psychology 120. Lecture/laboratory. 

Offered in spring semester. [W] Ms. Hill 

325. Cognitive Psychology. The study of 

how humans process (i.e., acquire, store, 

and use) information. Topics include atten 

tion, pattern recognition, short- and long- 

term memory, mnemonics, implicit memo 

ry, imagery, language, reading, problem 

solving, and reasoning. Approximately 

equal time is spent on research techniques, 

empirical findings, and theoretical explica 

tions. Prerequisites: Psychology 203 or per 

mission of instructor. Lecture/laboratory. 

[W] Mr. McGlone 

326. Human Factors and Engineering Psy 

chology. This course examines the investi 

gation and application of the psychological 

principles used in designing products, ma 

chines, and environments for human use. In 

161

PSYCHOLOGY 

particular the course explores the physical, 

cognitive, and perceptual limits of humans 

as users of machines and processors of infor 

mation. An examination of the literature 

and survey of experimental methods reveals 

how human factors psychologists work 

with engineers in designing equipment 

that will enhance the efficiency of human- 

machine interaction {i.e., increase productiv 

ity) and decrease accidents and fatigue. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 120 or permission 

of instructor. Lecture/laboratory. Offered 

every other year. [W] Mr, Neuhoff. 

327. Advanced Social Psychology. This 

advanced laboratory course demonstrates 

how social psychologists conduct re 

search. Students read and critique primary 

sources on such topics as altruism and 

compliance. For laboratory, students con 

duct research projects illustrating various 

social psychological methods. Lecture/ 

laboratory. Prerequisites: Psychology 203 

and 235 or permission of instructor. 

Offered every other year. Mr. Shaw 

335. Industrial Psychology. An overview 

of industrial (personnel) psychology. 

Topics include criterion development, 

performance appraisal, recruitment and 

selection, validation research, selection 

bias, job analysis, training and develop 

ment, compensation, and personnel 

psychology and the law. Prerequisites: 

Psychology 120, or Mathematics 176 or 


Offered in fall semester. Mr. Vinchur 

336. Organizational Behavior. An over 

view of organizational psychology. Topics 

include motivation, leadership, group pro 

cesses, organizational stress, job satisfac 

tion, communication processes, decision 

theory, power, and organizational effective 

ness, development, and theory. Prerequi 

site: Psychology 120 or Mathematics 176 or 

186. Offered in spring semester. Mr. Vinchur 

337. Counseling Psychology. An exami 

nation of some of the major current theo 

ries of counseling, such as transactional 

analysis, behavior therapy, and client-cen 

tered therapy. Students are involved with 

162 

both conceptual and practical aspects of 

each counseling approach, while develop 

ing their own approach to counseling. Pre 

requisite: Psychology 231 or permission of 

instructor. Lecture/discussion. Offered in 

spring semester. Ms. Basow 

338. Exceptional Children. This course 

provides a comprehensive introduction to 

the study of children who require special 

education and services to develop to their 

full potential. The history of special educa 

tion, prevalent attitudes toward exception 

al children, and several different types of 

disabilities and giftedness are studied. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 233. Lecture/ 

discussion. Ms. McGillicuddy-DeLisi 

339. Tests and Measurement. The empha 

sis in this course is on the principles under 

lying psychological testing. These princples 

are applied to tests in all content areas in 

psychology (e.g., clinical, educational, 

neurological, industrial). Topics include 

the history of psychological tests, technical 

and methodological concerns such as reli 

ability and validity, and legal, social, and 

ethical issues. Prominent tests in selected 

content areas of psychology are examined. 

Prerequisite: Psychology 120 or permis 

sion of instructor. Offered every other 

year. Mr. Vinchur, Ms. McGillicuddy-DeLisi 

340. Theory and History of Psychology. 

This seminar places contemporary meth 

odological, philosophical, and ethical is 

sues of psychology in a theoretical and 

historical context. Topics may include en 

vironmental versus genetic influences on 

behavior, free will versus determinism, the 

role of psychological research in contem 

porary society, the politics of therapy, and 

other areas of psychological thought. Pre 

requisite: Psychology 110, junior or senior 

standing, or permission of instructor. 

Offered every other year. [W] Mr. Childs, 

Mr. Vinchur 

342, 343. Advanced Applied Psychology. 

An experientially based practicum in 

which students apply their knowledge 

from academic course work to a field set 

ting and explore research relevant to their

field activities. The internship site will 

match the student's interest (e.g., human 

service agency; a personnel department). 

Prerequisites: Psychology major or minor, 

junior or senior status, and permission of 

instructor. Field supervision/seminar. 

[W] Ms. Basow, Ms. Swiatek 

351-360. Special Topics. A seminar each 

semester devoted to a subject of interest to 

students and faculty. Announcement of 

the proposed subject will be made before 

the registration period each semester. Em 

phasis is on topics of direct relevance to 

the world of today. Open to senior psy 

chology majors or by permission of in 

structor. Staff 

391,392. Independent Study. An opportu 

nity for students to pursue a topic of choice. 

Each student examines the topic, using pri 

mary and secondary sources, and writes a 

paper of distinguished quality. The study 

may be designed for one or two semesters. 

Prerequisites: Psychology 203 and permis 

sion of department head. [W] Staff 

423. Advanced Behavioral Neuroscience. 

This course explores advanced topics in 

the field of behavioral neuroscience, pur 

suing in greater detail areas examined in 

Psychology 323. Through seminar and 

laboratory components, the course pro 

vides students with a deeper understand 

ing of the field of behavioral neuroscience 

and increases their familiarity with the sci 

entific techniques and methods of inquiry 

used by behavioral neuroscientists. 

Through readings and field trips, students 

explore the practical application of re 

search in behavioral neuroscience. Semi 

nar/laboratory. Prerequisite: Psychology 

323 or permission of instructor. Offered in 

spring semester. [W] Ms. Hill 

491,492. Advanced Research. An opportu 

nity for students to continue study of re 

search techniques. Students undertake a 

research project in an area of choice designed 

for one or two semesters. The work should 

culminate in a paper of distinguished quality. 

Prerequisites: Psychology 203 and permission 

of department head. [W] Staff 

RELIGION 

495,496. Thesis. Open to qualified majors by 

permission of department head. [W] Staff 

RELIGION 

Professor Cohn, Head; Professor Lammers, 

Visiting Professor Opoku; Associate Professor 

Ziolkowski; Assistant Professor Rinehart 

Studying Religion provides an under 

standing of the various cultures of the 

world and the human condition on the 

verge of the twenty-first century. The 

major introduces students to world reli 

gions including Christianity, Judaism, 

Hinduism, and Buddhism. 

The approach in the courses is both sys 

tematic and historical, and the offerings 

touch on all key areas such as religious tra 

ditions, religious ethics, sacred texts, and 

religion and literature. Current ideas and 

contemporary manifestations of religion 

show up in various courses. For example, 

the alternative religions course includes 

discussion of the Waco, Texas incident, and 

the Hinduism course studies religious con 

flict in South Asia. The religion major pro 

vides training in values and ethics regarded 

with high importance in preparing for ca 

reers in medicine, law, or business. 

Requirements for the major: A major in 

Religion consists of nine courses. Among 

those courses, students are required to 

take Religion 101, one course in scripture 

or literature, one course in ethics or reli 

gion in America, courses in at least two 

different religious traditions, and either 

Religion 301 or 302. Majors are also re 

quired to complete Religion 490 (Senior 

Capstone). Students may choose to count 

toward the major one related course from 

another department (subject to Religion 

Department approval) and one Indepen 

dent Study (Religion 390). 

Students wishing to take honors in Re 

ligion should inform their departmental 

advisers early in the second semester of 

the junior year. Honors work involves a 

guided program of independent reading 

and research culminating in a thesis on a 

topic to be selected by the student in dis 

cussion with his or her adviser and ap- 

163

RELIGION 

proved by the department. Honors candi 

dates enroll in Religion 496, as a tenth 

course, after successfully completing Reli 

gion 490/495. 


consists of five courses in religious studies 

chosen from a broad survey of the field or 

a concentration in a particular area. 

TRADITIONS 

101. Introduction to Religion. This 

course introduces the student to basic reli 

gious questions, concepts, and phenome 

na in the human religious experience, both 

Eastern and Western. Different forms of 

religious experience are examined along 

with the myths, rituals, and symbols that 

convey that experience. A variety of meth 

odologies and source materials are used. 

Offered in fall and spring semesters. Staff 

104. Saints, Mystics, Ecstatics. An intro 

duction to the comparative and historical 

study of religion through an examination 

of three often interrelated types of reli 

gious personality: saint, mystic, ecstatic. 

After considering classic and recent stud 

ies of these three types from both Western 

and Eastern perspectives, the course ana 

lyzes autobiographical, biographical, ha- 

giographic, iconographic, and cinematic 

portrayals of representative figures, focus 

ing upon the expression of the figures' de 

fining experiences and followers' respons 

es to the persons' lives and experiences. 

Mr. Ziolkowski 

211. Hinduism. An introduction to Hin 

duism, with special consideration to the 

question of what precisely Hinduism 

is a religion, or something more. Read 

ings from important Hindu texts such as 

the Rig Veda, Upanishads, and the Bhagavad 

Gita. Discussion includes Hinduism's rich 

mythological tradition and the caste sys 

tem and its implications, as well as consid 

eration of the many forms of Hindu wor 

ship and meditation. The course includes 

slides, pictures, films, and a visit to a local 

Hindu temple. Ms. Rinehart 

164 

212. Buddhism. An introduction to the 

Buddhist tradition in Asia beginning with 

the origin of Buddhism in India and the 

development of important Buddhist con 

cepts such as suffering, meditation, and 

the means to attaining release from suffer 

ing. The course covers the spread of Bud 

dhism into China, Japan, and southeast 

Asia, and considers the practices of monks 

and laypeople. Readings are from Bud 

dhist texts (in translation) throughout the 

course. Ms. Rinehart 

213. Judaism. A general course covering 

the religion, history, and literature of the 

Jewish people. Among the areas covered 

are: the religious development of Israel in 

Biblical times; the development of rabbin 

ic Judaism; the flowering of Jewish philos 

ophy and mysticism; and the reactions of 

Judaism to modern developments such as 

political emancipation, the Holocaust, and 

the state of Israel. Mr. Cohn 

214. Christianity. A study of the main 

branches of Christianity Eastern Ortho 

doxy, Roman Catholicism, and Protestant 

ism with reference to their common bib 

lical inheritance, historical developments, 

characteristic doctrines, and institutional 

expressions. Readings are assigned in au 

thors representing the viewpoints studied. 

Mr. Ziolkowski 

215. Islam. This course is a study of the ori 

gin and growth of Islam as a religious, cul 

tural, and political force in the world. Be 

ginning with the founding by the Prophet 

Muhammad in the early seventh century, 

the course presents a detailed explanation 

of the Qur'an, the fundamental scripture of 

Islam, as well as the core of Islamic leaders 

and sects, the worldwide growth of Islam, 

and Islam's strength and influence in the 

contemporary world. Mr. Opoku 

216. Traditional West African Religion. 

A systematic study of the attitudes of mind 

and belief, as well as practices, which have 

evolved in the many societies of West 

Africa, showing the traditional religious 

heritage as a profound reflection on the 

human condition. The course examines

the meaning, structure, and sources of 

West African traditional religion. 

Mr. Opoku 

231. American Religious History. An ex 

amination of the development of religious 

life and thought in America from the colo 

nial period to the present time with spe 

cial attention to areas such as Puritanism; 

religious liberty; the Great Awakenings; 

the Enlightenment; Revivalism; the rise of 

denominations, sects, and cults; the social 

gospel; Fundamentalism, Liberalism and 

Neo-orthodoxy; contemporary religious 

movements. Mr. Ziolkowski 

232. Jewish Responses to the Holocaust. 

Investigation of reactions to the Holocaust 

in the context of reactions to and explana 

tions for catastrophe in the history of Ju 

daism. Study of Jewish sources biblical, 

rabbinic, medieval, early modern that 

address the problem of suffering and of 

Holocaust writing that challenges tradi 

tional responses. Examination of modes of 

Holocaust memorialization and their role 

in contemporary Jewish life and thought. 

[W] Mr. Cohn 

233. Key Topics in Christian Thought. 

A study of ideas recognized as integral to 

the Christian faith such as, the nature of 

God, the nature of Christ, the nature of 

humans, sin, the church, the sacraments, 

social justice, the meaning of history. Staff 

234. Modern Jewish Thinkers. Studies in 

some of the approaches that Jewish think 

ers employ to come to terms with the situ 

ation of modern Jewry including the mod 

ern Jewish religious movements, Zionism, 

reactions to the Holocaust, the writings of 

modern Jewish philosophers. S taff 

235. Alternative Religious Movements 

in the United States. This course exam 

ines some of the alternative religious 

movements that have arisen in the United 

States, from nineteenth-century Spiritual 

ism to the New Age movement in the 

1990s. Several are studied in-depth in or 

der to understand the contexts in which 

these movements arise, the reasons that 

people are attracted to them, and the effect 

RELIGION 

that they have had on American religious 

experience overall. Movements discussed 

include: Christian Science, the Nation of 

Islam, the Peace Mission movements and 

Father Divine, the Unification Church 

("Moonies"), the International Society for 

Krishna Consciousness ("Hare Krishnas"), 

and David Koresh and the Branch Davidi- 

ans. One field trip. [W] Ms. Rinehart 

236. African Religion in the Americas. 

This course is a study of the African reli 

gious heritage brought to the Americas by 

African people who held a different world 

view. Eventually, as a result of their expe 

riences in the new environment, the Afri 

cans created a coherent faith that pre 

served and revitalized the basic aspects of 

African spirituality although blended with 

Christianity. Historical developments as 

well as issues of syncretism and cultural 

camouflage are discussed. Mr. Opoku 

SCRIPTURE 

201. Hebrew Bible (Old Testament). 

Introduction to the history, literature, and 

religion of ancient Israel; examination of 

biblical perspectives on the great ques 

tions through close reading of selected 

texts; appropriation and interpretation of 

the book as "scripture" by both Jewish 

and Christian communities. Mr. Cohn 

202. Religion of the Christian Scriptures. 

An introduction to Christianity with spe 

cial attention to its Judaic context, the life 

and teachings of Jesus, the letters of Paul, 

the rise and expansion of the Christian 

community to the end of the first century. 

Mr. Lammers 

251. The Art of Biblical Narrative. This 

course explores the power of biblical tales 

(from the Hebrew Bible [Old Testament]) to 

shape the religious imagination of the West. 

Emphasizing close reading of selected bibli 

cal stories, the course examines the forms 

and themes that the authors exploited to 

create their distinctive artistry. Mr. Cohn 

165

RELIGION 

RELIGION AND LITERATURE 

103. Religion and Fantasy. An introduc 

tion to the fantasy literatures of the East 

ern and Western traditions, with special 

attention to the religious themes in these 

literatures; the sense of wonder and reli 

gion; fantasy as religious quest; fantasy 

and religious sentiments. Offered in fall 

semester. Mr. Ziolkowski 

203. Religion and the Literary Imagina 

tion. A study of religious issues as they 

are articulated in literature. Classical and 

biblical echoes in modern literature. Imag 

ination and fantasy as a mode of religious 

awareness. Modern literature as a way of 

dealing with the modern crisis in belief. 

[W] Mr. Ziolkowski 

RELIGION AND SOCIETY 

102. Contemporary Religious Issues. 

Questions confronting Western religious 

traditions in the twentieth century includ 

ing the condition and stature of humans in 

the world of technology, the conflict be 

tween old and new moralities, the crisis of 

belief and disbelief, and being human in 

modern society. Lecture/discussion. Of 

fered in fall and spring semesters. 

Mr. Lammers 

130. Contemporary Catholic Issues. 

An exploration of Catholicism as it has de 

veloped within the particular culture of 

the United States and the reasons for its 

evolution. Elements in the Catholic tradi 

tion that have adapted to American sur 

roundings, examination of tensions and 

debates which have accompanied those 

adjustments, and Catholics speaking for 

themselves on a variety of issues. Staff 

204. Religious Ethics. A study of the bases 

of normative claims about behavior in vari 

ous religious traditions. Materials from Chris 

tian, Jewish, Buddhist, and other religious 

traditions are used. Topics include freedom, 

responsibility, and destiny. Mr. Lammers 

221. Religion and Society. A historical 

and critical study of the way in which 

166 

religion in the Western world has been 

related to other structures in its cultural 

environment through the close of the 

nineteenth century. Mr. Lammers 

222. Religion and Political Life. This course 

focuses on the interaction between individu 

als and communities with religious commit 

ments and the political order within which 

they find themselves. Special attention is 

given to the situation within the United 

States its historical antecedents, particular 

history, and current problematic. Prerequisite: 

Previous course in religion recommended 

but not required. Mr. Lammers 

223. Religion and Medicine. This course 

examines questions in traditional medical 

ethics as well as modern bioethics. The 

focus is on religious analyses of these 

questions. Issues discussed include killing, 

experimentation, and the implications of 

the new genetics. Lecture/discussion. 

Mr. Lammers 

ADVANCED 

301. Philosophy of Religion. An examina 

tion of some basic religious concepts. 

Among those that may be considered are: 

the nature of religion and its relation to phi 

losophy and science, the nature of religious 

language and religious knowledge, the ex 

istence and the nature of God, the problem 

of evil, immortality and eschatology. [W] 

Offered every other year. Mr. Ziolkowski 

302. Theories of Religion. A study of 

some of the principal attempts in the nine 

teenth and twentieth centuries to interpret 

the nature of religion in the light of mod 

ern thought. Works of both defenders and 

critics of religion are examined. Offered 

every other year. [W] Ms. Rinehart 


study subjects of current interest to stu 

dents and members of the staff. Staff 

390, 391. Independent Study. Open to 

junior or senior Religion majors or minors. 

Students select a specific area of interest 

for reading and investigation in consulta-

tion with the faculty adviser and subject to 

the approval of the department. Students 

confer regularly with advisers on their 

work and prepare an essay on an ap 

proved subject. Open to other qualified 

juniors or seniors with permission of the 

department. 

490. Senior Capstone. Students who ma 

jor in religion develop a capstone project 

under the direction of a faculty member in 

the department. This takes place in the first 

semester of the senior year. If, in the judg 

ment of the faculty member, the project has 

the potential for becoming an honors thesis, 

the student may apply to continue toward 

graduation with honors. Students ap 

proved to continue will have their registra 

tion changed from 490 to 495. Prerequisite: 

Students must be Religion majors. Staff 

495,496. Honors Thesis. Students desiring 

to take honors in religion should inform 

their department advisers early in the sec 

ond semester of the junior year. Honors 

work involves a guided program of inde 

pendent reading and research growing out 

of the capstone project culminating in a the 

sis on a topic to be selected by the student in 

discussion with his or her adviser and ap 

proved by the department. Honors candi 

dates enroll in Religion 496 after successful 

ly completing Religion 490/495. [W] Staff 

RELIGION AND POLITICS 

Religion and Politics is a coordinate major 

between the Departments of Government 

and Law and Religion. The major pro 

ceeds under two assumptions. First, reli 

gious phenomena are a fundamental and 

often essential component of political 

analysis. Second, the political implications 

of religious beliefs, behavior, and institu 

tions are important to the study of reli 

gion. In brief, this major gives students 

greater insight into political dynamics and 

enhances their ability to assess the impact 

that religious values have on politics. 

Students may choose from two tracks 

1) American Politics and Theory: empha 

sis on religious study in the realm of 

American politics and theory, 2) Interna 

RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 

tional: emphasis on religious study in the 

international arena. 

Requirements for the A.B. Major: 

American Politics and Theory track: 14 

courses including Government and Law 

101,104, 401-409 (one senior seminar) or 

495, 496 (thesis) or 390, 391 (independent 

study), and four electives from the follow 

ing: 207, 211, 213, 215, 243, 244, 245, 

310, 311, 314, 320, 321, 341; Religion 101, 

102, 261, 282, 301 or 302; and two elec 

tives from the following: 201, 203, 265, 

266. 

International track: 14 courses includ 

ing Government and Law 102,103, 401- 

409 (one senior seminar) or 495, 496 (the 

sis) or 390, 391 (independent study), and 

four electives from the following: 221,222, 

223, 224, 225, 227, 228, 229, 230, 234, 235, 

236, 239, 249; Religion 101,102, 282, 301 

or 302, and three electives from the follow 

ing: 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 262. 

RUSSIAN AND EAST 

EUROPEAN STUDIES 

Professor Pribic (Foreign Languages and 

Literatures), coordinator; Professor Heavey 

(Economics and Business); Assistant 

Professors Harrison (Government and Law), 

Sinkevic (Art), Sanborn (History); Visiting 

Instructor Chaplygina (Foreign Languages 

and Literatures) 

Events in Russia and the other East Europe 

an states have had a huge impact on twen 

tieth-century history. Since the collapse of 

Communist rule in 1989-91, the area has 

been one of the most volatile parts of the 

globe and the scene of many exciting devel 

opments. The restructuring of East Eu 

rope's economies has opened up many ca 

reers for college graduates who can speak 

Russian or another East European language 

and who are familiar with the culture of 

one or more countries in the area. 

The core of the REES program is the 

study of the Russian language. Other as 

pects include acquiring familiarity with the 

classics of Russian literature, the politics 

and economics of Eastern Europe, and Rus 

sian history. Many students combine this 

167

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 

major with a related one such as Econom 

ics and Business, Government and Law, 

History, or International Affairs. 

Requirements for the major: Achievement 

of Russian proficiency on a second-year 

level (Russian 101-102,111-112; two cours 

es in Russian literature in Russian or En 

glish (Russian 209,210, 311, 316; 

Comparative Literature 161,162); History 

243 or 244; Government and Law 225, or 

238; and at least three other courses in 

Russian/East European Studies such as 

Art 216; Economics and Business 377; 

Government and Law 225, 238; History 

243, 244, 354; Russian 209, 210,211, 311, 

316; Comparative Literature 161,162; 

INDS 280, REES 460, REES 495-496. In ad 

dition, all majors must fulfill a capstone re 

quirement. It is recommended that this be 

met by participation in some form of 

study-abroad program in Russia or East 

ern Europe (INDS 280 meets this require 

ment); or by writing an Honors Thesis 

(REES 495, 496). Students can also meet 

this requirement by completing either 

REES 460 or History 354. 

460. Reading and Research in Russian/ 

East European Studies. This course gives 

advanced students the opportunity to in 

vestigate intensively an area of special in 

terest. The student is required to meet with 

the instructor periodically throughout the 

semester and at the conclusion of the 

course to submit a scholarly paper as well 

as to be prepared to take an oral examina 

tion on his or her work. Hours arranged. 

Offered as needed. S taff 

495,496. Thesis. Students interested in 

completing a thesis for Program Honors are 

advised to consult with the program coordi 

nator toward the end of their junior year. 

Following selection of a topic and thesis di 

rector, a research design must be provided 

at the opening of the fall semester. The stu 

dent then completes 495. If the thesis direc 

tor and program coordinator conclude that 

sufficient progress has been made, the stu 

dent takes 496 and completes a thesis for 

submission for honors. Staff 

168 


Lafayette encourages students to integrate 

and evaluate the knowledge gained in 

many different courses and departments 

through a number of interdisciplinary aca 

demic programs. 

Majors and minors: Seven major programs 

(Africana Studies, American Studies, Behav 

ioral Neuroscience, Biochemistry, Interna 

tional Affairs, Mathematics and Economics, 

and Russian and East European Studies) and 

eight minor programs focusing on broadly 

organized interdisciplinary topics are offered 

within the A.B. curriculum. In addition, a 

student may develop an individual interdis 

ciplinary A.B. program. Petitions for such 

majors must be endorsed by three faculty 

members representing the disciplines in 

volved and must be approved by the Aca 

demic Progress Committee. 

INDS130. The Violent Earth Humans 

and Earthquakes. This course is designed to 

demonstrate the interdisciplinary nature of 

science. The topic, earthquakes, is examined 

from three different scientific perspectives in 

an attempt to understand the geological and 

physical reasons for their occurrence as well 

as their social and psychological effects. 

An important aspect of this course is a basic 

understanding of scientific methodology. 

Mr. Antanaitis, Mr. Malinconico 

INDS 232. Charisma and Charismatic 

Leadership: An Interdisciplinary Course 

in Social Scientific Inquiry. An explora 

tion of the concepts "charisma and charis 

matic leadership." Max Weber's "ideal 

type" of the charismatic leader provided a 

general model and useful starting point 

for social scientists of many different disci 

plines and theoretical points of view. The 

course considers a wide range of analyti 

cal readings organized around a series of 

case studies of charismatic leaders from 

different periods, cultures, and walks of 

life. Lecture. Mr. Schntiderman 

INDS 240. From Generosity to Justice: 

Addressing Social Problems through 

Action and Reflection. This interdiscipli 

nary seminar centers on questions that

arise when students volunteer to work 

with people in the community who are 

poor. Specific problems homelessness, 

poverty, or crime as well as the social 

system in which they exist are studied. 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or 

above and one semester of volunteer 

work. Corequisite: Volunteer experience is 

also required. [W] Ms. Beckman, Mr. Miller 

INDS 492. Politics and the Arts: France, 

1919-1945. An analysis of the major histor 

ical and artistic developments during the 

late Third Republic and World War II, 

with particular emphasis on the intercon 

nection of history, literature, and the other 

arts. The course is value-oriented, focus 

ing on the individual's capacity to resist 

totalitarianism, the role of artists and intel 

lectuals in society, and modern alienation. 

Mr. Weiner 

CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION 

Associate Professor Marblestone (Foreign 

Languages and Literatures), coordinator 

Requirements for the minor: Six ap 

proved courses including Comparative 

Literature 121,125; History 211, 212,213; 

and electives from the following list: 

Comparative Literature 103: Classical 

Mythology 

Latin 111, 112: Intermediate Latin (and/or 

Advanced Latin) 

Greek 111,112: Intermediate Greek (and/ 

or Advanced Greek) 

Art 221: Ancient Art 

Philosophy 107: The First Philosophers 

Religion 202: Religion of the Christian 

Scriptures 

EAST ASIAN STUDIES 

Professor Stockton (Music), coordinator 


in East Asian Studies requires a minimum 

of five courses: INDS 112 plus four ap 

proved courses from at least two different 

departments. Current offerings focusing 

on East Asia include: Japanese Language 


and Culture, History, Government and 

Law, Religion, and Music. Students should 

consult with the program coordinator re 

garding other approved options. Electives 

may be chosen from: 

Government and Law 224: Government 

and Politics in Asia 

Government and Law 228: Human Law in 

Asia 

Government and Law 229: Politics, Law, 

and Diplomacy in Japan 

Government and Law 239: International 

Politics of Asia 

History 247: Traditional Chinese Civiliza 

tion 

History 248: The Rise of Modern China 

History 249: Modern Japan 

History 372: Studies in Asian History 

Japanese 101,102: Elementary Japanese 

Japanese 111, 112: Intermediate Japanese 

Japanese 211, 212: Japanese Civilization 

Music 103: Introduction to World Music 

Traditions* 

Religion 211: Hinduism 

Religion 212: Buddhism 

*To count for the minor program, the course 

must focus on East Asia. Contact program co 

ordinator for additional course options. 

INDS 112. Introduction to East Asia. 

This course introduces students to the great 

traditions and modern development of East 

Asia: China, Japan, and Korea. The ap 

proach is interdisciplinary, covering subject 

areas such as history, social culture, art, liter 

ature, music, economics, politics, and law. 

The course offers a comprehensive overview 

of the region and provides an important 

foundation for students interested in taking 

more specialized courses. Mr. Stockton 

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 

Associate Professor Germanoski (Geology and 

Environmental Geosciences), chair; Assistant 

Professor Roth (Civil and Environmental 

Engineering); Associate Professor Tavakoli 

(Chemical Engineering); Associate Professor 

Waters (Biology) 

Requirements for the minor: The Environ 

mental Science minor is an interdisciplinary 

program designed to serve science and 

169


engineering majors, and students of other 

disciplines interested in environmental 

careers or environmental matters. 

The minor requires five courses appor 

tioned in three components: a core compo 

nent, a technical elective component, and 

a policy/issues component. No more than 

three courses required (a) for the major or 

(b) to satisfy Common Course of Study 

requirements may be counted toward the 

minor. Students participating in the minor 

are strongly encouraged to take more than 

three courses outside of their major and to 

pursue an environmentally oriented Inde 

pendent Study or Honors thesis. Please 

note that some courses have prerequisites 

(indicated by *); it is the students responsi 

bility to fulfill any prerequisites. Courses 

that are not offered every year are indicat 

ed by t- Students electing the minor must 

have their program of study approved by 

the Environmental Science Minor Adviso 

ry Committee. 

Any course selection differing from 

those prescribed requires petition to the 

Environmental Science Minor Advisory 

Committee and the Academic Progress 

Committee for approval. 

Lafayette College is also a member of a 

consortium of schools whose students may 

participate in the "Semester at Woods Hole 

Marine Biological Laboratory" program. 

Courses taken at Woods Hole may be used 

to meet some of the Environmental Science 

Minor requirements at Lafayette. 

1) Core Component. Select two courses 

from the following list: 

Biology 106: Human Ecology*! 

Chemistry 252: Environmental Chemistry* 

Chemical Engineering 334: Chemical Pro 

cesses in Environmental Engineering*! 

Civil Engineering 221: Introduction to En 

vironmental Engineering* 

Geology 110: Environmental Geology 

(should be taken during first or 

second year) 

2) Technical Component. Select two 

courses from the following list. Of the 

two, one course must be outside of the 

student's major department and cannot be 

a specific course required for the major. 

170 

Environmental Focus Courses: 

Biology 225: Bacteriology and Mycology* 

Biology 231: Ecology* 

Biology 332: Limnology*t 

Biology 271: Marine Biology* 

Biology 290: Botanical Measurements* 

Chemistry 221: Organic Chemistry* 

Chemistry 471: Field Methods in 

Environmental Chemistry*! 

Civil Engineering 421: Hydrology*! 

Civil Engineering 422: Environmental 

Site Assessment* 

Civil Engineering 423: Water Quality 

Modeling*! 

Civil Engineering 424: Groundwater 

Hydrology*! 

Civil Engineering 425: Water Supply 

and Pollution Control*! 

Civil Engineering 426: Water Resources 

Engineering*! 

GeologylOO: From Fire to Ice: An Intro 

duction to Geology 

Geology 205: Oceanography* 

Geology 150: Geologic Evolution of the 

Hawaiian Islands! 

Geology 300: Earth Surface Processes* 

Geology 210: Hydrogeology*! 

Geology 322: Environmental Geophysics*! 

Geology 311: River Form and Function*! 

Geology 310: Advanced Environmental 

Geology*! 

3) Policy/Issues Component. Select one 

course from the list of approved courses 

that examine issues of technology and so 

ciety. Please note, this list is updated annually 

and is subject to change. The list will be sent 

to academic advisers each year. 

The current (1999-2000) list of ap 

proved courses is: 

Engineering Policy 365: Seminar in 

Engineering and Policy* 

Engineering Policy 470: Engineering and 

Public Policy* 

Engineering Science 225: Engineering 

Professionalism and Ethics* 

Economics 235: Environmental Economics 

Government 250: Environmental Politics, 

Policy, and Law 

Government 368: Politics of the Environment 

History 215: History of Technology*

Philosophy 225: Environmental Ethics* 

VAST 201: Environmental Problems/ 

Public Concerns 

VAST 202: Appropriate Technology for 

Development 

VAST 205: Water and Society 

VAST 211: Oil, Politics, and the Environment 

VAST 213: Technology', Economics, and 

the Environment 

VAST 215: Technical Literacy 

VAST 218: Technological Development in 

the Third World 

VAST 223: Technological Catastrophes 

VAST 226: Sustainable Development 

VAST 227: Green Revolution 

VAST 230: Natural Forces, Human Choices 

VAST 233: Endangered Species 101: 

Should We Save the Whales? 

VAST 242: 3C's: Conception, Contracep 

tion, and Carrying Capacity 

VAST 236: Energy, Environment and Society 

ETHICAL STUDIES 

Associate Professor Panichas (Philosophy), 

coordinator 

Requirements for the minor: The interdisci 

plinary minor in Ethical Studies is designed 

to provide students with a foundation in ethi 

cal theory, an understanding of the applica 

tion of ethical theory to specific contemporary 

problems, and an appreciation of the social 

and institutional contexts in which these 

problems arise. Further, by requiring inde 

pendent work in the form of either an inde 

pendent studies course or a faculty-directed 

internship, the minor emphasizes the impor 

tance of direct individual engagement in mat 

ters of vital interest and human dignity. 

The minor consists of at least six approved 

courses beginning with Philosophy 105. Elec- 

tives may be selected from two content areas: 

(1) Applied Ethics, (2) Ethical Traditions and 

Societal Contexts. At least one course must 

be chosen from each content area. Students 

are also required to take either Interdiscipli 

nary Studies 380,381 or 390,391. 

1) Applied Ethics 

Philosophy 102: Basic Social Questions 

Philosophy 107: Business Ethics 

Philosophy 322: Philosophy of Law 


Religion 283: Topics in Religious Ethics 

2) Ethical Traditions and Societal Con 

texts 

Anthropology & Sociology 235: Busi 

ness and Society 

Computer Science 200: Computers and 

Society 


Professionalism and Ethics 

Government and Law 213: Law and 

Society 

Religion 102: Contemporary Religious 

Issues 

Religion 203: Religious Ethics 

Interdisciplinary Studies 222: Technology, 

Values, and Society 

Other courses may be taken with approval 

from the coordinator. In addition, existing in 

ternships and independent studies currently 

within various departments could count to 

ward fulfilling the requirements of the minor. 

INDS 380,381. Internship in Ethical Stud 

ies. An off-campus experience in which stu 

dents are actively involved in the study and 

evaluation of ethical issues. The student 

chooses from a variety of approved organiza 

tional settings and works closely with a facul 

ty adviser and designated members of the or 

ganization. Examples of appropriate settings 

are hospitals, business corporations, engineer 

ing firms, public associations, and govern 

mental agencies. Some attention should be 

paid to an understanding of the structure and 

dynamics of the organization as they relate to 

the ethical analysis undertaken by the stu 

dents. Prerequisite: Philosophy 105. Staff 

INDS 390,391. Independent Studies in 

Ethics. Individual investigation of an ethical 

issue of either a theoretical or applied nature 

with the approval and under the supervision 

of a faculty adviser. The student is required 

to apply various ethical theories to an analy 

sis of an important ethical issue. Ordinarily 

the student is required to submit an exten 

sive term paper. Prerequisite: Philosophy 

105. Staff 

171


HEALTH CARE AND SOCIETY 

Professor Lammers (Religion), coordinator 


Health Care and Society consists of at least 

five approved courses in an interdepartmen 

tal program drawing from the humanities, so 

cial sciences, and natural sciences. The follow 

ing three courses are required for the minor: 

Anthropology 222: Medical Anthropology 

Psychology 240: Health Psychology 

Religion 283: Religion and Medicine 

Elective courses for the minor may be select 

ed from the following list: 

Government and Law 217: Public Admin 

istration 

Philosophy 105: Ethics 

Psychology 235: Social Behavior 

Psychology 337: Counseling Psychology 

Physics 220: Medical and Biological Physics 

One VAST course may be selected. Cur 

rently, the following courses are approved for 

the minor. 

VAST 206: AIDS: A Modern Pandemic 

VAST 208: Evaluating Medical Technologies 

VAST 210: Scientific Prospects and Societal 

Implications of Genetic Engineering 

VAST 214: The Human Genome Project: 

Benefits and Costs 

VAST 222: The Patient-Practitioner Inter 

action: the Role of Medical Technology 

VAST 225: New Drug Development: 

Benefits and Costs 

Other courses may be substituted with ap 

proval from the coordinator. 

JEWISH STUDIES 

Professor Cohn (Religion), coordinator 

Requirements for the minor: At least five 

approved courses in both the humanities 

and social sciences from at least three 

departments. Minors are required to take 

Religion 213. Not more than two courses 

in Hebrew may be applied toward the 

minor requirements, both of which must 

be intermediate level. Courses should be 

172 

chosen in consultation with the Jewish 

Studies coordinator from the following 

list and from special courses offered in 

cooperation with the Berman Center for 

Jewish Studies: 

English 228: American-Jewish Literature 

Government and Law 230: Politics of the 

Middle East 

Hebrew 111, 112: Intermediate Hebrew 

History 106: Introduction to History: The 

Holocaust 

History 213: Ancient Israel 

History 265: Modern Jewish History 

History 266: American Jewish History 

History 373: History of the Middle East 

and North Africa 

Religion 201: Hebrew Bible (Old Testament) 

Religion 213: Judaism 

Religion 251: The Art of Biblical Narrative 

Religion 262: Jewish Responses to the 

Holocaust 

Religion 264: Modern Jewish Thinkers 

TECHNOLOGY STUDIES 

Coordinator to be announced 

Students interested in pursuing a minor in 

Technology Studies should see the chair of 

A.B. Engineering. 

Requirements for the minor: Six ap 

proved courses beginning with Interdisci 

plinary Studies 222 and History 215. Elec 

tive courses may be selected from two 

broadly organized content areas: (1) Meth 

odological Studies and (2) Contextual 

Studies. At least one course must be cho 

sen from each content area. An approved 

VAST course may be taken as an elective 

course, and A.B. majors are encouraged to 

do so. One approved Independent Study 

may be selected as an elective course. 

1) Methodological Studies 

Engineering Science 111: Graphics 


Professionalism and Ethics 

INDS 321, 322: Technology Clinic 

INDS 361: The Gothic Cathedral Struc 

tural Rationalism in Medieval Archi 

tecture

INDS 365: The Engineering Method 

2) Contextual Studies 

American Studies 241: Work, Culture, 

and Society in Industrial America 

Art 125,126: History of Architecture 

CS 200: Computers and Society 

History 250: Technology and the Ameri 

can Imagination 

Approved VAST courses 

INDS 222. Technology, Values, and Society. 

This course introduces students to the role 

and impact of technology in society. The first 

half of the course includes discussions of so 

cial, philosophical, economical, and political 

perspectives on technology; and methods for 

forecasting, assessing, and controlling tech 

nology. The second half of the course focuses 

on contemporary technological issues such as 

nuclear energy, global climate change, elec 

tronic communications, biotechnology, and 

nuclear weapons. Prerequisite: Sophomore 

standing or permission of instructor. 

INDS 321,322. Technology Clinic. A small 

group of selected students work together 

with faculty mentors to solve a real-world 

problem proposed by an industrial or 

government sponsor. The year-long study 

addresses the social, technological, and 

economic factors relevant to a successful 

solution. Students work on campus as a 

team and at times independently and on-site 

with the sponsors. Prerequisite: Committee 

recommendation. Coordinator: Mr. Baiter 

INDS 361. The Gothic Cathedral: Structur 

al Rationalism. A course which considers 

Gothic cathedrals as representing the physi 

cal embodiment of the values of medieval 

society. It explores the dependence of their 

construction on medieval developments in 

construction technology and the essential 

interdependence of societal values and tech 

nological progress. It also considers how the 

structural rationalism of Gothic architecture, 

as interpreted during the nineteenth century, 

is the foundation for much of modern archi 

tectural theory. [W] Mr. Van Gulick 

INDS 365. The Engineering Method. 

An introductory course for nonengineering 


students which describes the engineering 

design process and the constraints under 

which it operates. Illustrations of economic 

risk, and ethical and legal considerations are 

presented to show their effect upon engi 

neering designs. These examples lead to 

an appreciation of the many nontechnical 

elements involved in technical decisions and 

the avenues by which such decisions can be 

influenced by the public. Mr. Ruggles 

WOMEN'S STUDIES 

Professor Byrd (English), coordinator 

Requirements for the minon Five ap 

proved courses, beginning with Women's 

Studies 101 and including four electives 

from among Women's Studies courses and 

the following list: 

Africana Studies 213: Racism and Sexism 

Anthropology & Sociology 212: Sex and 

Gender: A Cross-Culrural View 

English 219: Literary Women 

Government & Law 204: Gender and the 

Law 

History 264: Women in American History 

Philosophy 215: Feminist Philosophy 

Psychology 248: Psychology of Gender 

Other relevant courses may be approved 

by petition to the Women's Studies coordina 

tor, including departmental Special Topics, In 

dependent Study, Honors, or Internship 

courses. The coordinator will publish during 

registration period a list of relevant courses to 

be offered the next semester. Women's Stud 

ies minors are strongly encouraged to take 

Women's Studies 390,391 or 380,381 in the 

senior year. 

101. Introduction to Women's Studies. 

This interdisciplinary course acquaints 

students with the content and methodology 

of women's studies. Attention is focused on 

how gender, together with race, class, sexu 

al orientation, etc., shapes people's lives 

and experiences. This gender analysis is 

used to examine American women in rela 

tion to society, other people, and to them 

selves. Staff 

173


250. Gender and Science. This course is an in 

terdisciplinary study of the relation between 

gender and science. Social expectations regard 

ing women's abilities, women's roles, and the 

nature of science are discussed. The effects of 

gender on experiences with science as a field of 

study and with science as a profession are ex 

plored through discussion, readings, and class 

assignments of activities that involve the aca 

demic and scientific communities. Staff 

251-255. Special Topics. An interdisciplinary 

topic of special interest to students and staff 

interested in Women's Studies is offered. 

380,381. Internship in Women's Studies. This 

course involves the application of academic 

knowledge to a field setting of particular rele 

vance to women (for example, a battered 

women's shelter). Students work approxi 

mately eight hours a week in their placement, 

meet bi-weekly with the supervising instruc 

tor, and prepare a final project. Prerequisites: 

Women's Studies 101, two other Women's 

Studies courses, and permission of instructor 

and the coordinator of Women's Studies. 

390,391. Independent Study. This course pro 

vides an opportunity for students to investi 

gate a topic in Women's Studies in depth. The 

student confers regularly with the instructor 

and prepares a research project or term paper 

on an approved topic. Prerequisite: Women's 

Studies 101 and permission of instructor and 

coordinator of Women's Studies. 


STUDY ABROAD 

INDS 120. Inside the People's Republic of 

China. This course introduces the complex 

interaction between traditional culture, com 

munist thinking, and the forces of modern 

ization in the People's Republic of China. 

The practices and characteristics of distinct 

Chinese subcultures are examined by travel 

ing to representative areas: Beijing in the 

north, Kuruning in the southwest, and 

Guangzhou on the southeast coast. Students 

meet with government officials and business 

people, attend arts performances, visit a 

174 

factory, hospital, and university; and attend 

supplemental lectures. Mr. Bennett 

INDS 160. Comparative Legal Systems: 

England, Scotland, and Ireland. The com 

mon law developed in the United States, 

England, and other parts of the British Com 

monwealth, emphasizing judicial case law as 

an authoritative source along with legislative 

enactments. Nations with roots in the com 

mon-law tradition exhibit important differ 

ences growing out of the particulars of do 

mestic conditions, local legal traditions, and 

developing relationships of national identity 

and autonomy. Mr. Lennertz, Mr. Whitcomb 

INDS 165. Berlin, Prague, and Munich: The 

Open Wall and the New Europe. With the 

opening of the Berlin Wall, Germany and the 

rest of Europe are facing rapid political, social, 

and economic changes. This session primarily 

in Berlin reexamines the events leading to 

two world wars, the division of Europe, and 

the new European reality in the 1990s. 

Through visits to historical sites, meetings 

with people in East and West, readings, and 

class discussions, students obtain an under 

standing of the events and ideologies that 

made history and today's new reality in 

Europe. Mr. Pribic, Mr. Weiner 

INDS 170. Modern Sub-Saharan Africa. 

A course designed to offer three weeks of 

practical exposure to Africa's precarious bal 

ance between traditions and modern devel 

opments, in the expression and interpreta 

tion of its social culture, music, art, literature, 

economic development, and politics. 

Mr. Ahene 

INDS 175. Back to the Roots of Western 

Civilization: Israel and Greece. An on-site 

study of the two great civilizations that 

form the intellectual and spiritualfounda- 

tions of the Western world: Israel, where 

the three great monotheistic religions set 

the spiritual and moral course, and Greece, 

where rationality and "people-power" 

democracy originated. This course seeks 

to understand the enduring force of these 

cultures. Lectures and discussions comple 

ment the contributions of local guides. 

Mr. Marblestone

INDS180. Fine-de-Siecle Vienna: An Apoca 

lyptic Waltz. World War I ended in the disinte 

gration of the Habsburg monarchy that for cen 

turies had united peoples of widely differing 

races and languages. This course focuses on the 

cultural upheaval in the twilight years of the 

empire (c. 1870-1919) by indicating how these 

apocalyptic years found expression in the cul 

ture, art, and intellectual work of the most fa 

mous luminaries of the period. Mr. Mattison 

INDS 185. Contemporary French Civiliza 

tion in Paris. This course provides students 

with firsthand experience of France and 

French people through exploration and 

study of Paris as the historic center of French 

civilization. Major institutions (educational, 

artistic, scientific, governmental), problems 

(unemployment, immigration, excessive 

centralization), achievements (urban plan 

ning, archi-tecture, transportation), and Pari 

sian arts and music are studied in historical 

context. Field trips. Mr. Cap, Mr. Melin 

INDS 190. Discovering West Indian Identi 

ties. This course introduces students to West 

Indian literature, culture, and society. Particu 

lar attention is given to the key political and 

economic issues that are faced by the nations 

of the Caribbean today and are reflected in 

their literature(s). Field trips and guest lec 

tures play an integral role. Offered in Nassau, 

Bahamas. Mr. McCartney, Mr. Washington 

INDS 195. The History and Politics of 

Israel: The Peace Process and Internal Cleav 

ages. This course focuses on the evolving 

peace process in the Middle East, with particu 

lar attention to Israel and the West Bank/Gaza 

and some attention to the Golan Heights and 

the relations between Israel-Jordan. Seminar 

meetings are supplemented by visits to histori 

cal sites, museums, and political locations. Ses 

sions with political leaders, academic analysts, 

and public officials (Israelis, Jordanians, and 

Palestinians) add another dimension to the 

program. Mr. Pekg, Mr. Weiner 

INDS 200. The Land and Landscape of 

Ireland. The history of Ireland centers on 

definitions of the land as an economic, politi 

cal, and symbolic even religious value. 

Using sources from Irish history and litera 


ture, along with guest lecturers and an exten 

sive field program including the Boyne valley, 

Glendalough, Cork, Galway, Donegal and 

Dublin, the instructors lead students on an 

exploration of the Irish landscape. The itiner 

ary roughly parallels the chronological order 

of 5,000 years of Irish history. Mr. Heavy 

INDS 250. French Commerce and Culture. 

An introduction to the French business en 

vironment and the ever-changing economic 

marketplace within the European Commu 

nity. The course examines French culture 

and its impact on the production and mar 

keting process and immerses students in 

both the cultural and business aspects of 

France. The French banking system, stock 

market, common currency, and the privati 

zation process are discussed. Visits to the 

French Stock Exchange and several French 

and American companies are arranged. 

Ms. Bukics, Ms. Lalande 

INDS 280. Russia. Through firsthand experi 

ence of Russia with examination of official 

statements, the views of citizens, and critical 

points of view students should comprehend 

the social changes, how they came about, the 

problems the new Soviet society faced, the 

meaning of World War n for the Russians, the 

rationale for Soviet domestic and foreign poli 

cies, and today's complex situation. Mr. Pribic 

English 280. The London Theater. 

England's rich theatrical tradition is continu 

ally affirmed by the excellence of its London 

theater productions. During this course, 

students attend 10-12 plays at West End and 

fringe theaters, the National Theatre, and 

the Barbican Center, which hosts the Royal 

Shakespeare Company. Though the specific 

works studied depends on theater offerings, 

the course focuses on literary and perfor 

mance aspects of Shakespearean and modern 

plays. Mr. Litsardi, Ms. Schlueter 

Geology 140. Coral Reefs and Caves: The 

Geology of the Bahamas. This course pre 

sents an opportunity to study physical, chem 

ical, and biological processes that operate to 

produce carbonate platforms. Such processes 

include tides, waves, the growth of corals, 

and the activities of other marine organisms. 

175


Redistribution of carbonate material by wind 

and water, and the geomorphic processes that 

operate to further shape carbonate platforms, 

including groundwater flow, cave develop 

ment, and the unique hydrolic interaction be 

tween the oceans, groundwater, and inland 

lakes and ponds are considered. Field studies 

based on San Salvador and North Andros Is 

lands. Mr, Germanoski, Ms. Schubel 

Geology 150. Geologic Evolution of the Ha 

waiian Islands. The Hawaiian Islands, which 

range from 25 million years to minutes in age, 

provide a unique opportunity to study both 

the active volcanic processes that have built 

the islands and the geomorphic processes 

that have altered the volcanic landscape. By 

examining active lava flows, volcanic terrains, 

rain forests, deserts, and beaches, we will at 

tempt to understand the volcanic processes, 

surface and groundwater flow, glaciers, and 

coastal processes that reshape the landscape. 

Meets lab science requirement. 

Mr. Malinconico, Mr. Germanoski 

ART 

191. Promotion Design: The Creative 

Potential of Production Techniques. This 

course looks at promotion design as not sim 

ply decoration of verbal content, but as the 

visual communication of that content. It ex 

plores the three main aspects of the produc 

tion process typography, paper, and spe 

cial production techniques with regard to 

their inherent creative and communicative 

properties as well as their efficient use in 

effective visual communication. Mr. Minter 

193. Techniques with Watercolor. An 

introduction to the elements of line, value, 

color, and composition as they relate to water- 

color. All aspects of watercolor are covered in 

a step-by-step program. Types of techniques 

range from dry brush to the various wet-on- 

wet styles. The types of paper available to the 

medium are explored as well. Staff 

196. Basic Photography (Black and White). 

This course introduces students to the tech 

niques of film exposure, developing, contact 

printing, and proofing. In addition, the 

course exposes students to the aesthetics of 

176 

black and white photography, presentation of 

work, and a brief history of the subject. Stu 

dents should have their own cameras. Limit 

ed to 12 students. Mr. Mason 

219. Visual Expression and "Controlling" 

the Painted Surface. This course focusses 

on manipulating the painted surface in ab 

stract painting. Students experiment with 

methods of applying paint and work toward 

developing their own expressive techniques. 

The course requires the completion of three 

sequenced projects, participation in project 

critiques, and museum and studio visits. 

Mr. Tiernan, Mr. Toia 

290. Graphic Design: Solving Communi 

cation Problems. Communicating through 

design is as complex as the amount of infor 

mation being disseminated in today's envi 

ronment of rapid communication. This is 

an intermediate studio course which ex 

plores in-depth the technologies, visual lan 

guage, and studio skills necessary to create 

effective marketing communication. Pre 

requisite: Art 191. Mr. Minter 

BIOLOGY 

304. Tissue Culture and Virology. An 

introduction to the theories, principles, 

and evaluations of the latest techniques 

employed in tissue culture and virology. 

Laboratory work stresses experimental pro 

cedures and designs used in the culturing, 

handling, and study of animal cells. Addi 

tionally, students carry out one or more in 

dependent research projects. Prerequisites: 

Biology 101-102, and permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. Majumdar 

390. Botanical Measurements. Employing 

techniques commonly used with botanical 

materials, this course surveys the algae, 

lichens, and bryophytes in the areas of 

anatomy, morphology, physiology, and 

ecology. Laboratory includes field collec 

tions, specimen identification, practice in 

aseptic techniques, physiological measure 

ments, and assessment of morphogenic 

changes. Prerequisites: Biology 101-102, 

and permission of instructor. Limited to 

12 students. Ms. Mineo

ECONOMICS 

325. Real Estate Investment Feasibility 

Analysis (Business elective). Real estate 

investment analysis incorporates ele 

ments from land economics, market re 

search, capital budgeting, finance and 

the federal income tax, as well as intro 

duction to real estate financial feasibility 

analysis for students with limited expo 

sure to the disciplines upon which con 

temporary practice relies. Prerequisite: 

Economics 101 or permission of instruc 

tor. Mr. Ahene 

ENGLISH 

180. The Art and History of the Book. 

An examination of the development and 

use of the printed book in the West dur 

ing the last six centuries. The course cov 

ers the transition from manuscript to 

printed book; the evolution of book pro 

duction and design (paper, typography, 

binding, illustration, decoration); pat 

terns of book distribution and the rise of 

the publishing industry; considerations 

of audience, reading, and literacy; the 

curatorial issues with respect to the 

book. Staff 

260. The New York Theater. This course 

combines reading and analysis of texts 

with experience of live theater. On-cam- 

pus seminars include discussion of plays 

and dramatic theories to explore styles, 

themes, and intentions of playwrights 

and directors. Students see productions, 

tour theaters, and talk with theater pro 

fessionals in New York to discover how 

text, theory, and practice combine to cre 

ate theatrical experience. Prerequisite: 

English 110 or equivalent, or permission 

of instructor. Mr. O'Neill, Ms. West/all 

HISTORY 


290. The Civil War. A study of the most 

terrible war in American history, based 

on the critically acclaimed documentary 

film by Ken Burns and on the writings of 

those who lived through the war sol 

diers and generals, nurses and house 

wives, politicians and slaves. The course 

deals with the entire sweep of the war, 

from the battlefield to the homefronts, 

from the causes of the war and the open 

ing guns at Fort Sumter to the still at Ap- 

pomattox and Lincoln's assassination. 

Other historical films, such as Glory, are 

shown, and a field trip is taken to the 

Gettysburg battlefield, the scene of the 

climactic event of the war. 

Mr. D. Miller, Mr. Tiernan 


482. Applied Mechanical Design.. Stu 

dents apply state-of-the-art techniques 

in computer-aided engineering to solve 

'applied mechanical design problems de 

veloped in conjunction with local indus 

trial organizations. Students obtain ex 

perience in solving real-world problems 

in engineering design, expand their ex 

pertise in computer-aided engineering, 

develop their skills in written and oral 

communications. As scheduled. Staff 

MUSIC 

193. New York Jazz Experience. This 

course introduces students to the wide 

range of activities and experiences in 

New York's jazz community. Through 

concerts, jam sessions, conversations 

with artists, historical film, oral histo 

ries, and selected readings, the course 

provides experiences equally valuable to 

jazz players and nonmusicians. Though 

emphasis is placed on the historical de 

velopment, elements, and process of 

jazz, the primary focus of the course is 

experiential. Mr. Melin, Mr. Stockton 

177

ATHLETICS AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

ATHLETICS AND PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION 

Professor Atkinson, Head; Instructors Fisher, 

Gold, Lawson, Piazza, Russo, Shaffner, Tavani, 

Young. (For a complete listing of administra 

tors and head coaches, see pp. 191-192. 

There's no doubt that Lafayette students 

get enough brain exercise in the classroom. 

The Department of Athletics and Physical 

Education, under the direction of Dr. Eve 

Atkinson, encourages the student body to 

exercise its collective body through a vast 

array of physical fitness programs ranging 

from intercollegiate athletic teams to recre 

ation and intramural activities to physical 

education seminars. 

OUTSTANDING FACILITIES 

The majority of the outdoor teams com 

pete at Metzgar Fields, an 80-acre facility 

three miles north of campus. The football 

team competes in the tradition-rich 

13,750-seat Fisher Field. The indoor 

teams compete in the greatly expanded 

and renovated Allan P. Kirby Sports Cen 

ter, located on the main campus, which 

houses a 3,500-seat basketball facility, a 

200-yard flat track, and a six-lane racing 

pool and separate diving well. The new 

addition of 110,000 square feet adds an 

athletic training room, additional coaches 

and administrative offices and expanded 

recreational space. The new recreational 

spaces include a I/10th mile jogging 

track, three 50-by-84-foot multi-purpose 

courts, six racquet courts, a 35-foot climb 

ing wall, a 6,600-square-foot fitness cen 

ter, and two group exercise rooms total 

ing roughly 4,300 square feet for aerobics 

and instructional programming. 

WELL-BALANCED PROGRAM 

Nearly one-fourth of the students partic 

ipate on at least one of the College's 23 

nationally recognized intercollegiate 

teams. During the fall, Lafayette fields 

teams in football, men's and women's 

soccer, crosscountry, and tennis, and 

women's field hockey and volleyball. 

Men's and women's basketball, swim 

ming and diving, and track and field, 

178 

in addition to coed fencing, take center 

stage in the winter. When the warm 

spring weather rolls around, Lafayette 

sponsors teams in baseball, softball, golf, 

men's and women's tennis, lacrosse, and 

track and field. 

For students not involved in intercol 

legiate athletics, the department offers a 

vast number of recreational and intra 

mural activities. Instructional programs 

include cross-country skiing, country 

line and swing dancing, golf, scuba div 

ing, weight training, yoga, CPR certifica 

tion, kayaking, and fly fishing. Recre 

ational facilities, such as basketball and 

racquet courts are available for "open" 

recreation from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. on 

weekdays. These activity spaces are also 

capable of hosting badminton, walley- 

ball, volleyball, roller hockey, indoor 

soccer, and team handball. 

For those who want a quick workout 

on their own time, the 6,600-square-foot 

fitness center includes a full selectorized 

strength training circuit, a spacious free 

weight area and more than 30 cardio 

vascular machines. Individual and 

group instructional sessions are avail 

able by appointment. Students interested 

in group exercise classes have ample 

opportunity with a spacious aerobics 

room and a dividable multipurpose 

room in which regularly scheduled pro 

grams are held throughout the week. 

INTRAMURALS 

The College's highly successful intramu 

ral program offers more than 35 competi 

tive events for males and females. Teams 

can be created from living units, social 

units, or individual registration. Intra 

mural offerings include field hockey, 

punt-pass-kick, grass volleyball, bowling, 

ping pong, biathlons, billiards, flag foot 

ball, tennis, basketball, super shooter 

contest, floor hockey, racquetball, swim 

relays, badminton, softball, fall relays, 

squash, tug of war, wrestling, golf, horse 

shoes, home run derby, soccer, spades, 

backgammon, wiffleball, kickball, 

scavenger hunt, and first flake contest.

TERM TRUSTEES 

OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

(Trustee elections will occur in May 1999) 

(Parenthetical information indicates term of active trustee service) 

Lawrence J. Ramer (1976-2001), A.B., LL.D., President, Ramer Equities, Inc. 

Arthur J. Rothkopf (1978-91; 1993 Trustee during tenure as President of Lafayette College), 

A.B., J.D., President, Lafayette College. 

Thomas F. McGrail (1983-88,1989-99), A.B., M.B.A., Retired President, General Products 

Group, ICI Americas, Inc. 

Alan D. Pesky (1984-89,1990-2000), A.B., M.B.A., Chairman, A. D. Pesky Co. 

Lucy Wilson Benson (1985-2000), B.A., M.A., L.H.D., LL.D., Consultant, former United States 

Undersecretary of State. 

Laneta J. Dorflinger (1988-2003), B.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., Vice President, Research and Develop 

ment, Family Health International. 

Walter A. Scott (1988-2003), B.S., M.S., M.I.A., Chairman Emeritus, ACE Limited. 

William C. Cassebaum (1989-99), A.B., LL.B., Attorney and President, Cassebaum, McFall, 

Layman & Jordan, P.C. 

Roger B. Hansen (1989-99), B.S., Chairman, Ole Hansen & Sons, Inc. 

George F. Rubin (1989-99), B.S., President and Chief Operating Officer, The Rubin Organiza 

tion, Inc. 

Edward W. Ahart (1992-2002), A.B., J.D., Attorney, Managing Partner, Schenck, Price, Smith 

& King. 

Nancy Brennan Lund (1992-2002), A.B., Group Vice President, Marlboro and New Products, 

Philip Morris U.S.A. 

Thomas J. Neff (1992-2002), B.S., M.B.A., Chairman, Spencer Stuart U.S. 

William P. Rutledge (1992-2002), B.S., M.S., Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 

Teledyne, Inc. 

Robert L. Yohe (1992-2002), B.S., M.B.A., Former Vice Chairman and Director, Olin Corporation. 

Neil J. Gagnon (1994-2003), B.S., M.B.A., Partner, Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. 

Alan R. Griffith (1994-99), A.B., M.B.A., Vice Chairman, The Bank of New York. 

Richard S. Gurin (1994-99), B.A., President and Chief Executive Officer, Binney & Smith Inc. 

David M. Roth (1994-99), A.B., M.A., J.D., Attorney/Partner, Levy & Droney. 

Ellen S. Hurwitz (1995-2000), B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President, Albright College. 

Walter Oechsle (1995-2000), A.B., M.B.A., Managing General Partner, Oechsle 

International Advisors. 

Jefferson W. Kirby (1996-2001), A.B., Vice President, Alleghany Corporation. 

Michael H. Moskow (1996-2001), A.B., M.A., Ph.D., President, Federal Reserve Bank of 

Chicago. 

John A. Fry (1997-2002), A.B., M.A., Executive Vice President, University of Pennsylvania. 

James F. Billet, Jr. (1998-2003), A.B., Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, 

Trenwick Group, Inc. 

Barbara Levy (1998-2003), A.B., Senior Vice President, Ross Stores, Inc. 

ALUMNI TRUSTEES 

Riley K. Temple (1994-99), A.B., J.D., Attorney and Partner, Halprin, Temple, Goodman & 

Mayer. 

Jeffrey P. Feather (1995-2000), B.S., President, Pentamation Enterprises, Inc. 

179

OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE 

Wilbur W. Oaks (1996-2001), A.B., M.D., Professor of Medicine, Hahnemann University. 

Darlyne Bailey (1997-2002), A.B., M.Sc., Ph.D., Dean, Case Western University, Mandel 

School of Applied Social Sciences. 

Frederick S. Benson III (1998-2003), A.B., M.A., Vice President, Weyerhaeuser Company. 

TRUSTEES EMERITI 

Thomas W. Pomeroy, Jr. (1943-84), A.B., LL.B., LL.D., Counsel, Kirkpatrick and Lockhart. 

Cyrus S. Fleck (1948-54,1956-97), A.B., L.H.D., Retired President, Mack Printing Company. 

Sumner H. Babcock (1956-62; 1964-74), B.S., LL.B., Attorney, Former Partner, Bingham, Dana 

& Gould. 

K. Roald Bergethon (1958-78), A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Lit.D., LL.D., Litt.D., L.H.D., President 

emeritus of Lafayette College. 

Herbert P. Harkins (1962-68,1973-82), B.S., M.Sc., M.D., Retired Physician/Surgeon. 

John W. Landis (1962-68,1976-88), B.S., Sc.D., Chairman, Public Safety Standards Group. 

Edward A. Jesser, Jr. (1968-86), A.B., Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Summit 

Bank. 

Walter E. Hanson (1969-87), A.B., LL.D., Retired Chairman and Chief Executive, Peat 

Marwick Mitchell & Company. 

Jeanette F. Reibman (1970-85), A.B., LL.B., LL.D., Retired Pennsylvania State Senator. 

Mitchel Flaum (1971-89), B.S., Retired Chairman of the Board, S&S Corrugated Paper 

Machinery Company, Inc. 

William E. Simon (1972-73,1977-90), A.B., LL.D., D.C.L., D.H., D.Sc., D.Econs., Ph.D. 

(honoris causa), Chairman, William E. Simon & Sons, and former Secretary of the Treasury 

of the United States. 

Robert H. Britton (1973-88), A.B., Retired Vice Chairman, Briggs Schaedle & Company. 

Samuel Labate (1973-88), A.B., M.S., Retired Chairman, Bolt, Beranek & Newman, Inc. 

William W. Lanigan (1975-94), A.B., LL.B., LL.D., Attorney. 

Roland M. Brown (1975-90), B.S., M.S., Retired, Department of the Army. 

Charles E. Hugel (1977-92), A.B., LL.D., Sc.D., Retired Chairman, Asea Brown Boveri Inc. 

Mark B. Weisburger (1978-83,1984-94), A.B., Secretary, B. & D.A. Weisburger, Inc. 

David W. Ellis (1978-90), A.B., Ph.D., LL.D., Sc.D., President emeritus of Lafayette 

College; President and Director, Boston Museum of Science. 

Harry V. Keefe, Jr. (1980-90), A.B., LL.D., Founder-Chairman, Keefe Managers, Inc. 

Robert E. Kusch (1980-95), A.B., LL.B., Attorney. 

Boyer L. Veitch (1981-86,1987-97), A.B., President, Veitch Printing Corporation. 

E. Wayne Nordberg (1986-96), A.B., Vice Chairman, KBW Asset Management 

Joan W. Rhame (1986-96), B.A., Vice President and Board Member, Superior Pine Products Co., Inc.. 

ISO

ANTHOPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

FACULTY 

(Rank as of Academic Year 1998-99) 

Susan A. Niles, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A., Ph.D. (California-Berkeley) 

Professor (1981) 

Thomas W. Norton, B.A. (Lafayette), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) 


FACULTY/ADMINISTRATION 

Howard G. Schneiderman, B.A. (City College of New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 

Professor and Head of the Department (1973) 

Dan F. Bauer, B.A. (California State-San Jose), Ph.D. (Rochester) 

Associate Professor (1972) 

David H.P. Shulman, B.A. (Clark), M.A. (Boston), Ph.D. (Northwestern) 

Assistant Professor (1997) 

ART 

Edward J. Kerns, Jr., B.F.A. (Virginia Commonwealth), M.F.A. (Maryland Institute, College of Art) 

Eugene H. Clapp II Professor of Art and Head of the Department (1980) 

Diane Cole Ahl, B.A. (Sarah Lawrence), Ph.D. (Virginia) 

Charles A. Dana Professor of Art (1977) 

Robert S. Mattison, B.A. (Middlebury), M.A. (Williams), M.F.A., Ph.D. (Princeton) 


Curlee Holton, B.F.A. (Cleveland Institute of Art), M.F.A. (Kent State) 


Jehanne-Marie Gavarini, B.A. (California-Berkeley), M.F.A. (California-Davis) 


Ida Sinkevic, B.A. (University of Belgrade), M.A. (Southern Methodist), Ph.D. (Princeton) 


BIOLOGY 

Bernard Fried, A .B. (New York University), M.S. (New Hampshire), Ph.D. (Connecticut) 

Gideon R., Jr., and Alice L. Kreider Professor of Biology (1963) 

Shyamal K. Majumdar, B.Sc. (Calcutta), M.S., Ph.D. (Kentucky) 

Marshall R. Metzgar Professor and Head of the Department (1969) 

Charles W. Holliday, B .S. (Marietta), Ph.D. (Oregon) 


Wayne S. Leibel, B.A. (Dartmouth), Ph.D. (Yale) 


Nancy M. Waters, B.S. (St. Francis), Ph.D. (Notre Dame) 


181


Elaine R. Reynolds, B .S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon) 


Bruce A. Young, B .S. (Washington State), M.S. (Northern Arizona), Ph.D. (Calgary) 



J. Ronald Martin, B.S. (Lafayette), Ph.D. (Princeton) 

Associate Professor and Head of the Department (1976),P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Polly R. Piergiovanni, B.A. (Kansas State), Ph.D. (Houston) 


James P. Schaffer, B.S.E., M.S., Ph.D. (Duke) 


Javad Tavakoli, B.S. (Pahlavi), M.S. (Illinois Institute of Technology), Ph.D. (New Jersey 

Institute of Technology) 

Associate Professor (1988), P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Mehmet Uz, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa) 


Bruce D. Drake, B.S. (Montana State), Ph.D. (South Carolina) 


S. Scott Moor, B.S., M.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), M.A., Ph.D. (California-Berkeley) 

Assistant Professor (1995), P.E. (California) 

CHEMISTRY 

Joseph A. Sherma, Jr., B.S. (Upsala), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

John D. and Francis H. Larkin Professor of Chemistry (1958) 

H. David Husic, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Michigan State) 

Associate Professor and Head of the Department (1986) 

William H. Miles, B.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Wisconsin) 


Charles F. Nutaitis, B.S. (King's College), Ph.D. (Dartmouth) 


Valeric A. Walters, B.A. (Kalamazoo), M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) 


Daniel E. Barber, B .S. (Furman), Ph.D. (Virginia) 


Kenneth O. Haug, B.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) 


182

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


Terence J. McGhee, B.S. (Newark College of Engineering), M.S. (Virginia Polytechnic), Ph.D. (Kansas) 

Charles A. Dana Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and Head of the Department 

(1989), P.E. (Nebraska) 

B. Vincent Viscomi, B .S. (Drexel), M.S. (Lehigh), Ph.D. (Colorado) 

Simon Cameron Long Professor (1964), P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Roger W. Ruggles, B .S., M.S., Ph.D. (Clarkson) 


David A. Veshosky, B.C.E. (Catholic), M.A. (George Washington), Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Associate Professor and Chair of the A.B. Engineering Program (1991) 

Maria P. Boile, Diploma (National Technical University of Athens), M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. 

(New Jersey Institute of Technology) 


Dwayne S. Breger, B .S. (Swarthmore), M.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), Ph.D. 

(Massachusetts- Amherst) 


Robert G. Driver, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Alberta) 

Assistant Professor (1997), P.E. (Ontario) 

Mary J.S. Roth, B.S. (Lafayette), M.S. (Cornell), Ph.D. (Maine) 

Assistant Professor (1991), P.E. (Maine) 

Edmond P. Saliklis, B .S. (Illinois-Chicago), M.S. (Syracuse), Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison) 



James P. Schwar, B.S. (Lafayette), M.S.E. (Princeton), Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Professor (1962), P.E. (Pennsylvania, Texas) 

William J. Collins, B.A., M.A. (Boston College), M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue) 


Iliana Bjorling-Sachs, F.K. (UmeS University), M.S. (Ohio State), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Chun Wai Liew, B.Sc. (Cornell), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 



Donald R. Chambers, B .S. (SUNY-Binghamton), Ph.D. (North Carolina) 

Walter E. Hanson/KPMG Peat Marwick Professor of Business and Finance (1992) 

Harold M. Hochman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) 

William E. Simon Professor of Political Economy (1992) 

Rose Marie L. Bukics, B .S. (Scranton), M.B.A. (Lehigh) 

Professor (1980),C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

183


Edmond J. Seifried, A.B. (Indiana-Pennsylvania), A.M. (Connecticut), Ph.D. (West Virginia) 


Rexf ord A. Ahene, B.S. (University of Science and Technology, Ghana), M.A. (Virginia State), Ph.D. 

(Wisconsin) 


Susan L. Averett, B.S. (Colorado State), M.A., Ph.D. (Colorado) 


Mary P. Beckman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Notre Dame) 

Associate Professor and Faculty Liaison, First-Year Seminar (1985) 

Howard N. Bodenhorn, B .S. (Virginia Polytechnic), M.A., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Thomas H. Bruggink, A .B. (Hope), M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois) 


James M. DeVault, B.A. (Rhode Island), MA., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) 


Edward N. Camber, B.A. (Towson State), M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia Polytechnic) 


Jerome F. Heavey, B .S. (St. Joseph's), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 


Gladstone A. Hutchinson, B.A. (SUNY-Oneonta), M.A., Ph.D. (Clark) 


Philip A. Shively, B.A. (Lake Forest), M.B.A. (Chicago), M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) 


ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING 

William A. Hornfeck, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S., Ph.D. (Auburn) 


Kimberly D. Bennett, B.S. (William and Mary), M.S., Ph.D. (Virginia Polytechnic) 


John F. Greco, B.E., M.E., Ph.D. (City College of New York) 


Ismail Jouny, B .S. (Beirut), M.S., Ph.D. (Ohio State) 


William D. Jemison, B .S. (Lafayette), M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Drexel) 


Janet K. Robertson, B.S., M.S. (Texas A&M), Ph.D. (Michigan-Ann Arbor) 


ENGLISH 

June Schlueter, B.A. (Fairleigh Dickinson), M.A. (Hunter), Ph.D. (Columbia) 

Charles A. Dana Professor of English and Provost (1977) 

184


Lee Upton, B.A. (Michigan State), M.F.A. (Massachusetts), Ph.D. (SUNY-Binghamton) 

Professor and Writer-in-Residence (1988) 

James Woolley, B.A. (Wake Forest), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) 

Frank Lee and Edna M. Smith Professor of English (1980) 

Susan L. Blake, A.B., A.M. (Brown), Ph.D. (Connecticut) 


David R. Johnson, B.A. (Maryland), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 


Carolynn Van Dyke, B.A. (Grinnell), Ph.D. (Yale) 


Deborah L. Byrd, B.A. (Duke), M.A., Ph.D. (Emory) 

Associate Professor and Coordinator of Women's Studies (1981) 

Patricia Ann Donahue, B.A. (Redlands), M.A., Ph.D. (California-Irvine) 

Associate Professor and Director of College Writing Program (1985) 

Joseph J. Martin, B.S. (Fordham), M.A. (Indiana), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 


Laura D. Walls, B.A., M.A. (University of Washington), Ph.D. (Indiana) 

Associate Professor and Faculty Co-Liaison, VAST (1992) 

Bryan R. Washington, B.A. (Pennsylvania), B.A.-M.A. (Oxford), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard) 


Suzanne R. Westfall, B.A. (Southeastern Massachusetts), M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto) 


Carlo Rotella, B.A. (Wesleyan), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) 


lan D. Smith, B.A. (University of the West Indies), License de Lettres, Maitrise de Lettres 

(Paris), Ph.D. (Columbia) 


Paul A. Cefalu, B.A. (Johns Hopkins), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) 


Bianca M. Falbo, B.A. (Swarthmore), M.A., Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) 


Michael C. O'Neill, A.B. (Fordham), M.A., Ph.D. (Purdue) 

Lecturer and Director of Theater (1992) 


Jean-Pierre Cap, B.A., M.A. (Temple), M.A. (Pennsylvania), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

Oliver Edwin Williams Professor of Languages (1968) 

Edward R. McDonald, B.S. (St. Peter's), M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) 


Rado Pribic, B.A. (Florida State), M.A., Ph.D. (Vanderbilt) 

Professor and Chair of International Affairs Program (1971) 

185


Roxanne E. Lalande, B.A., MA., Ed.S., Ph.D. (Iowa) 


Margarete Lamb-Faff elberger, B.S. (Pedagogische Academie, Austria), MA. (Illinois), Ph.D. (Rice) 


Howard J. Marblestone, A.B. (Cornell), M.A., Ph.D. (Brandeis) 


George M. Rosa, B.A. (California-Los Angeles), D.Phil. (Oxford) 


Sidney E. Donnell, Jr., B.A. (Texas-Austin), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


Olga Anna Dull, M.A. (University of Clug-Napoca, Romania), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Yoshihiko Ariizumi, B.S., M.A. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Brigham Young) 


Michelle C. Geoffrion-Vinci, B.A. (Wellesley), M.A., Ph.D. (Stanford) 


Michael S. Jordan, B.A. (Carleton College), M.A. (Northwestern) 

Instructor (1998) 

GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES 

Guy L. Hovis, A.B. (Franklin and Marshall), M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard) 

John H. Markle Professor of Geology and Head of the Department (1974) 

Dm Germanoski, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Southern Illinois), Ph.D. (Colorado State) 


Lawrence L. Malinconico, Jr., A.B., M.S., Ph.D. (Dartmouth) 


Kathryn A. Schubel, B.A. (Oberlin), M.A. (SUNY-Binghamton), Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins) 



John Kincaid, B.A. (Temple), M.A. (Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Ph.D. (Temple^ 

Robert B. and Helen S. Meyner Professor of Government and Public Service; Director of the Mey 

ner Center for the Study of State and Local Government (1994) 

Bruce A. Murphy, B.A. (Massachusetts-Amherst), Ph.D. (Virginia) 

Fred Morgan Kirby Professor of Civil Rights (1998) 

Ilan Peleg, B.A., M.A. (Tel Aviv), M.A., Ph.D. (Northwestern) 

Charles A. Dana Professor of Government and Law (1974) 

James E. Lennertz, A.B. (Boston College), J.D. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


John T. McCartney, B.A. (Drake), M.A. (Detroit), Ph.D. (Iowa) 


186


Joshua I. Miller, B.A. (California-Santa Cruz), M.A., Ph.D. (Princeton) 


Helena Silverstein, B.A. (Pennsylvania), M.A., Ph.D. (University of Washington) 


Neil A. Englehart, B.A. (Oberlin), M.A., Ph.D. (California-San Diego) 


Hope M. Harrison, B.A. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Columbia) 


Daniel M. Shea, B.A. (SUNY-Oswego), M.A. (West Florida), Ph.D. (SUNY-Albany) 


HISTORY 

Donald L. Miller, B.A. (St. Vincent's), M.A. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Maryland) 

John Henry MacCracken Professor of History (1977) 

Arnold A. Offner, B.A. (Columbia), M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana) 

Cornelia F, Hugel Professor of History and Head of the Department (1991) 

Andrew C. Fix, B.A. (Wake Forest), M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana) 


Richard E. Sharpless, A.B. (Elizabethtown), M.A., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Robert I. Weiner, B.A. (Temple), M.A., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Donald C. Jackson, B.S. (Swarthmore), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


Deborah A. Rosen, A .B. (Princeton), J.D. (Boston University School of Law), M.A. (New York 

University), Ph.D. (Columbia) 

Associate Professor and Chair of American Studies Program (1990) 

MATHEMATICS 

James P. Crawford, A.B. (Grove City), M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) 


Lorenzo Traldi, B.A. (Queens-New York), Ph.D. (Yale) 


Evan D. Fisher, B.A. (Rochester), M.S. Ph.D. (Illinois) 


Gary P. Gordon, B.S. (Florida), Ph.D. (North Carolina) 


Arthur D. Gorman, B .S. (Illinois), M.A. (Washington University), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 


L. Thomas Hill, B .S. (North Carolina State), Ph.D. (Virginia) 


187


Brenda J. Latka, B.S. (Maryland), M.A. (Johns Hopkins), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 


Elizabeth W. McMahon, A .B. (Mount Holyoke), M.S. (Michigan), Ph.D. (North Carolina) 


Clifford A. Reiter, B.S. (Bucknell), M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 


Robert G. Root, A .B. (Vassar), M.A. (Johns Hopkins), Ph.D. (Delaware) 


Chester J. Salwach, B.S. (LaSalle), M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) 


J. Randolph Stonesifer, A.B. (Dartmouth), Ph.D. (California Institute of Technology) 


Thomas R. Yuster, B .S. (Stanford), M.A., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) 

Associate Professor and Faculty Co-Liaison, VAST (1983) 

John E. Meier, B.A. (Virginia), M.S., Ph.D. (Cornell) 



Michael A. Paolino, B .S. (Siena), M.S., Ph.D. (Arizona) 

Professor and Director of Engineering (1986), P.E. (Virginia) 

Leonard A. Van Gulick, B.S. (Newark College of Engineering), M.A., M.S., Ph.D. (Princeton) 

Matthew Baird Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Head of the Department, and Chair of B.S. in 

Engineering/'A.B. in International Studies Program (1974-77,1981), P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Richard A. Merz, B .S., M.S., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

Associate Professor (1981), P.E. (Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio) 

Steven M. Nesbit, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (West Virginia) 


Karl A. Seeler, S.B.C.E., S.M.C.E., S.M.M.E., Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) 


M. Erol Ulucakli, M.S. (Technical University of Istanbul), Ph.D. (Michigan) 


Scott R. Hummel, B.S. (Hartford), M.S. (Stevens Institute of Technology), Ph.D. (Lehigh) 


MUSIC 

J. Larry Stockton, B.S., M.M.E. (Western Carolina), D.M.A. (Temple) 


William E. Melin, Mus.B. (Lawrence), Mus. M. (American Conservatory of Music), Ph.D. 

(Ohio State) 


188


Lori E. Dobbins, B.A. (San Jose State), M.F.A. (California Institute of the Arts), Ph.D. 

(California-Berkeley) 


PHILOSOPHY 

John P. Losee, Jr., A.B. (Colgate), M.S. (Cornell), Ph.D. (Drew) 

James Renivick Hogg Professor of Philosophy (1961) 

Ralph L. Slaght, A .B. (Eastern), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


George E. Panichas, B.A. (Rhode Island), MA., Ph.D. (Arizona) 


J. Owen McLeod, B.A. (King's College, London), M.A. (University of Washington), Ph.D. 

(Massachusetts- Amherst) 


PHYSICS 

David L. Hogenboom, B.A. (Wooster), M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 

Marshall R. Metzgar Professor of Physics (1965) 

G. Lyle Hoffman, B.A. (Dartmouth), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Cornell) 


William A. Jeff ers, Jr., A.B. (Amherst), Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) 


Anthony D. Novaco, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Stevens Institute of Technology) 


Bradley C. Antanaitis, A.B. (Northeastern), Ph.D. (Columbia) 


Andrew J. Dougherty, B.S. (St. Joseph's), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Susan A. Basow, B.A. (Douglass), M.A., Ph.D. (Brandeis) 

Charles A. Dana Professor of Psychology and Head of the Department (1977) 

Ann V. McGillicuddy-De Lisi, B.A. (Rochester), M.A., Ph.D. (Catholic) 


Robert W. Allan, B .S. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (New York University) 


Alan W. Childs, B .A. (Maryville), Ph.D. (Tennessee) 


Wendy L. Hill, B.A. (Douglass), Ph.D. (University of Washington) 

Associate Professor and Chair of Behavioral Neuroscience Program (1989) 

189


Andrew J. Vinchur, B.A. (Rutgers), M.S., Ph.D. (Memphis State) 


Matthew S. McGlone, B.A. (Louisiana State), M.A., Ph.D. (Princeton) 


John G. Neuhoff, B.A. (Baldwin Wallace), M.A., Ph.D. (Kent State) 


John S. Shaw, III, B.A. (Vanderbilt), J.D. (Stanford Law School), M.A., Ph.D. (California-Los 

Angeles) 


Mary Ann C. Swiatek, B.A. (Oberlin), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa State) 


RELIGION 

Robert L. Cohn, B.A. (Northwestern), A.M., Ph.D. (Stanford) 

Professor, Philip and Muriel Herman Chair of Jewish Studies, and Head of the Department (1987) 

Stephen E. Lammers, A .B., M.A. (Marquette), Ph.D. (Brown) 

Helen H.P. Manson Professor of the English Bible (1969) 

Eric J. Ziolkowski, B.A. (Dartmouth), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) 


Robin C. Rinehart, B.A., M.A. (University of Washington), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


LIBRARY 

Neil J. McElroy, B.A. (Rhodes), M.L.S. (Simmons), M.T.S. (Harvard) 

Director of Libraries and Academic Information Resources (1990) 

Susanna Boylston, B.A. (Sweet Briar), M.Litt. (Oxford), M.S.L.S. (Catholic) 

Public Services Librarian, Skillman Library (1998) 

Robert E. Duncan, B.A. (Skidmore), M.L.S. (SUNY-Albany) 

Systems Librarian, Skillman Library (1997) 

Helen V. Dungan, B .S. (Kutztown), M.S.L.S. (Drexel) 

Cataloging Librarian, Skillman Library (1969) 

Daniel A. Evans, B.A. (Elizabethtown), M.S.L.S. (Drexel) 

Acquisitions Librarian and Interlibrary Services, Skillman Library (1971) 

Terese A. Heidenwolf, B.A. (Notre Dame), M.I.L.S. (Michigan) 

Head, Information Services, Skillman Library (1992) 

Mercedes Benitez Sharpless, B.A. (Universidad de Antioquia, Colombia), M.A.L.S. (Michigan) 

Librarian, Kirby Library (1975) 

Diane W. Shaw, B.A., M.L.S. (Emory) 

Special Collections Librarian/College Archivist (1985) 

Vaswati R. Sinha, B.A. (Johns Hopkins), M.A. (Chicago) 

Coordinator for Library Instruction and Outreach, Skillman Library (1989) 

190

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 

Eve Atkinson, B.S., M.S. (West Chester), Ed.D. (Temple) 

Director of Athletics, Professor, and Head of the Department (1990) 

Matthew F. Bayly, B.S. (Springfield), M.Ed. (Virginia) 

Assistant Athletic Trainer (1991) 


Lloyd Brewer, B.A. (UNC-Chapel Hill), M.Ed. (East Stroudsburg) 

Acting Head Baseball Coach and Acting Assistant Coordinator of Recreational Sports (1998) 

Patrick S. Brogan, B.A. (Dickinson), M.Ed. (East Stroudsburg) 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach (1997) 

Stacey B. Cagenello, B.A. (Lafayette) 

Head Softball Coach and Assistant Women's Basketball Coach (1994) 

James L. Dailey, B.S. (SUNY-Courtland), M.Ed. (Lehigh) 

Head Men's and Women's Swimming Coach, Director of Aquatics (1993) 

Patricia M. Fisher, B.S. (East Stroudsburg) 

Assistant Director of Athletics and Instructor (1980) 

Jodie A. Frey, B.S. (West Chester), M.Ed. (Lehigh) 

Assistant Director of Athletics and Coordinator of Recreation, Intramurals, and Physical Educa 

tion (1994) 

Ann Paul Gold, B.S. (Ursinus) 


Michael A. Joseph, A.B. (Lafayette) 

Assistant Coach of Football (1992) 

William L. Lawson, B.S. (Springfield), M.Ed. (Westfield State) 


G. Timothy Lenahan, B.S. (Richard Stockton College of NJ), M.A. (Rider) 

Head Men's Soccer Coach (1998) 

Francis B. O'Hanlon, B.S. (Villanova) 

Head Men's Basketball Coach (1995) 

Julio A. Piazza, B.A., M.S.Ed. (Pennsylvania) 


Mark Reardon, B.A. (Lafayette), M.S. (University at Albany) 

Assistant Football Coach-Defensive Line (1998) 

William J. Russo, B.A. (Brown) 


Dawn M. Schleiden, B.A. (Millersville) 

Assistant Athletic Trainer (1995) 

Paul R. Shaffner, B.S., M.S. (Ithaca) 


191


John M. Strollo, A.B. (boston college), M.Ed. (Springfield) 

Assistant Football Coach-Defensive Line (1998) 

Frank A. Tavani, Jr., B.A. (Lebanon Valley) 


Christopher Taylor, B.A. (Lafayette), M.B.A. (Wagner) 

Assistant Football Coach (1999) 

Scott D. Weiser, B.S. (East Stroudsburg) 

Assistant Men's and Women's Track & Field and Cross Country Coach (1997) 

Donald L. Wheeler, B.S.(Springfield), M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) 

Head Athletic Trainer (1980) 

Barbara Young, B .S. (Delaware), M.S. (West Chester) 


FACULTY EMERITI 

Joseph R. Arboleda, A .B. (New York University), M.A. (Florida), M.A., Ph.D. (Princeton) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages and Literatures (1964-94) 

Lawrence W. Beer, A .B., M.A. (Gonzaga), Ph.D. (University of Washington) 

Professor Emeritus of Government and Law (1982-97) 

K. Roald Bergethon, A.B. (DePauw), M.A., Ph.D. (Cornell), Litt.D. (Brown), Lit.D. 

(Franklin and Marshall), LL.D. (Rutgers, Muhlenberg, Lehigh, Waynesburg, DePauw, 

Cannon, Lafayette, Temple, Allegheny), L.H.D. (Bloomfield) 

President Emeritus of the College (1958-7S) 

Charles L. Best, B.S. (Princeton), M.S. (Brooklyn Polytechnic), Ph.D. (Virginia Polytechnic) 

Professor Emeritus of Engineering Science (1948-89) 

Mary Jane C. Bradford, A.B. (Mt. Holyoke), Ph.D. (Wisconsin) 

Associate Professor Emerita of Biology (1960-85) 

Robert W. Bradford, A.B. (Dartmouth), A.M. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Syracuse) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1953-85) 

J. Marshall Brown, B.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1954-89) 

H. Maurice Carlson, B.S. in Ed., B.S. in M.E. (Minnesota), M.S. in M.E. (Louisville), M.S. 

in Env. Sci. (Rutgers) 

Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1957-81), P.E. (Pennsylvania, Ohio) 

Wallace M. Catanach, Jr., B .S. in Ag.E. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. in M.E. (Bradley), 

Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1959-92) 

Robert S. Chase, Jr., A .B. (Haverford), M.A. (Arkansas), Ph.D. (Bryn Mawr) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology (1958-96) 

Dorothy L. Cieslicki, B.S. (Bucknell), M.L.S. (Columbia), M.L.A. (Johns Hopkins) 

Librarian Emerita (1980-90) 

Jacob E. Cooke, A .B. (North Carolina), M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) 

Professor Emeritus of History (1962-90) 

192

Minott L. Coombs, B.A. (New Hampshire), M.A. (Syracuse) 


David S. Crockett III, A.B. (Colby), M.S., Ph.D. (New Hampshire) 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1959-96) 

George E. Davidson, A.B. (Lafayette), M.A. (Lehigh) 

Instructor Emeritus in Physical Education (1965-90) 

William M. Dobriner, A .B. (Hofstra), M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) 

Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1971-88) 


David W. Ellis, B.A. (Haverford), Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), LL.D. 

(Lehigh, Lafayette), Sc.D. (Susquehanna, Ursinus) 

President Emeritus of the College (1978-90) 

Lester C. Erich, B .S., M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics (1947-82) 

Richard W. Faas, A.B. (Lawrence), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa State) 

Professor Emeritus of Geology (1964-95) 

Howard F. Gallup, B.A. (Rutgers), M.A. Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1958-95) 

Albert W. Gendebien, B .S., M.A. (Lafayette), Ph.D. (American) 

Professor Emeritus of History (1948-78) 

C. Burroughs Gill, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), M.S., Ph.D. (Missouri) 

Professor Emeritus of Metallurgical Engineering (1957-89) 

Ralph S. Grover, B .S., M.S. (Juilliard), M.A., Ph.D. (North Carolina) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music (1965-82) 

Warren J. Guy, B .S. (Drexel), M.A. (Temple), Sc.D. (Newark College of Engineering) 

Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1964-98) 

William F. Hart, A .B. (Lafayette), M.A. (Princeton), Ph.D. (New York University) 


Clyde L. Haselden, B.A. (Furman), B.S. in L.S. (Columbia), M.A. (Chicago) 

Librarian Emeritus (1959-80) 

George D. Heath III, B.S., LL.B. (Virginia), M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1952-77) 

George M. Hoerner, Jr., B.S. in Ch.E. (Lafayette), M.Ed. (Rochester), Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (1958-91) 

William C. Holstein, B.C.E. (Union), M.C.E. (Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1959-92) 

Laylin K. James, Jr., B.S., M.S. (Michigan), Ph.D. (Illinois) 


Donald R. Jenkins, B .S. in M.E. (Rutgers), M.S. in M.E. (Lehigh) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1947,1959-87), P.E. (Pennsylva 

nia, New Jersey, Michigan) 

193


William R. Jones, B.S. (Glassboro State), M.S., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1963-94) 

Bernard S. Katz, B.B.A., M.A. (Michigan), Ph.D. (Connecticut) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics and Business (1967-91) 

Winfield Keck, B.A. (Amherst), M.A. (Pennsylvania), Ph.D. (Brown) 

Professor Emeritus of Physics (1949-83) 

Clay A. Ketcham, A.B. (Wilson), M.A. (Bryn Mawr), Ed.D. (Lehigh) 

Professor Emerita of Education (1954-90) 

Olav B. Kollevoll, B.A. (Colgate), M.A. (Saint Lawrence) 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Athletics (1965-89) 

Pauline Komet, B.S. in L.S. (Simmons) 

Assistant Cataloger Emerita (1970-84) 

Edward V. Krick, B.S. in I.E. (Lehigh), M.M.E. (Cornell) 

Professor Emeritus of Engineering Science (1960-88) 

Martin D. Landau, B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), M.A. (Syracuse), Ph.D. 

(Lehigh) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1965-88) 

Herman I. Liebling, B.A. (Brooklyn), M.A., Ph.D. (American) 

Professor Emeritus of Economics and Business (1976-82) 

James P. Lusardi, A.B. (Lafayette), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) 

Professor Emeritus of English (1966-98) 

Joseph N. Mancini, B.S. (Rhode Island), M.Ed. (Providence) 

Instructor Emeritus of Physical Education (1984-96) 

Donald McCluskey, A.B. (Lafayette), Ph.D. (Yale) 


Leon J. McGeady, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) 

Professor Emeritus of Metallurgical Engineering (1949-86) 

William G. McLean, B.S. (Lafayette), M.S. (Brown) 

Professor Emeritus of Engineering Science (1937-75), P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Thomas G. Miller, A.B. (Miami), M.S., Ph.D. (Illinois) 


Arthur Montgomery, A.B. (Princeton), Ph.D. (Harvard) 

Professor Emeritus of Geology (1951-75) 

Catherine R. Perricone, B.A. (Notre Dame College), M.A. (Oklahoma), Ph.D. (Tulane) 

Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages and Literatures (1988-98) 

Alfred E. Pierce, Ph.B. (Muhlenberg), M.A. (Lehigh), D.S.S. (Syracuse) 

Professor Emeritus of Economics and Business (1957-86) 

Ralph E. Playfoot, B.S. (Mansfield State), M.A. (Michigan) 


194

Earl A. Pope, B.A., M.A. (Wheaton), B.D. (Yale), Ph.D. (Brown) 

Professor Emeritus of Religion (1960-90) 


John D. Raymond, B.S. (West Chester), M.A. (Columbia), Mus.D. (Phillips) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music (1946-76) 

John G. Reifsnyder, B.S. (Lafayette), M.S. (Lehigh) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1947-83), P.E. (Pennsylvania) 

Charles W. Saalfrank, B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.S. (Nevada), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1952-86) 

Arthur Statum, B.S., M.S. (North Carolina A&T) 

Instructor Emeritus of Physical Education (1969-94) 

Samuel Stoddard, Jr., B.S. (Bates), M.S. (Lehigh) 


Elwyn E. Tilden, A.B. (Harvard), Th.B., Th.D. (Princeton Theological Seminary) 

Professor Emeritus of Bible (1949-78) 

James R. Vitelli, A .B. (Wooster), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 


Lee R. Walters, B.S. (Bucknell), Ph.D. (Kansas) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1959-90) 

William W. Watt, A.B., M.A. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Yale) 


Francis J. Zimmermann, B .E. (Yale), M.S. Mech.E., Sc.D. (Massachusetts Institute of 

Technology) 

Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1962-86), P.E. (Massachusetts) 

195

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

PRESIDENT 

Arthur J. Rothkopf, A.B.(Lafayette), J.D. (Harvard Law School) 

President 

Philip G. Schroeder, A .B. (Gettysburg), M.A.(Cornell) 

Executive Assistant to the President and Administrative Secretary to the Board of 

Trustees 

Jeannette Majka 

Assistant to the President 

PROVOST 

June Schlueter, B.A. (Fairleigh Dickinson), M.A. (Hunter), Ph.D. (Columbia) 

Provost and Charles A. Dana Professor of English 

196 

Jeffrey S. Bader, B.A. (Pennsylvania State) 

Associate Frowst and Director of Research Services 

Emily A. Schneider, B.A. (Rutgers) 

Assistant to the Provost 

ENGINEERING 

Michael A. Paolino, B .S. (Siena), M.S., Ph.D. (Arizona) 

Director of Engineering and Professor of Mechanical Engineering 

Rebecca L. Rosenbauer, B .S. (Lafayette), M.E. (Rensselaer) 

Director of Engineering Computer Graphics Laboratory and Lecturer in Engineering 

Terry A. DeRossett, B .S., M.S., Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

Director of Mechanical Engineering Laboratories 

LIBRARY 

Neil J. McElroy, B.S. (Rhodes), M.S.L. S. (Simmons), M.T.S. (Harvard) 

Director of Libraries and Academic Information Resources 

Patricia A. Facciponti, B.S. Ed. (Kutztown) 

Instructional Technologist 

Jack R. Kayser, B.S. (Michigan Technological University), M.S., Ph.D. (University of Michigan) 

Instructional Technologist 

LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Amale A. Gaffney, B.A. (Univessite' Libanaise) 

Director of Language Laboratory 

DEAN OF ENROLLMENT SERVICES 

Barry McCarty, A.B. (Muhlenberg), M.A. (Lehigh) 

Dean of Enrollment Services 

ADMISSIONS 

G. Gary Ripple, A.B. (Colgate), M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Ohio State) 

Director of Admissions Recruitment 

Carol A. Rowlands, A.B. (Lafayette), M.S. (Villanova) 

Director of Admissions Operations 

Susan E. Burns, B.A. (Bucknell) 

Associate Director of Admissions

Laurie A. Chisesi, B.A. (Rider) 

Associate Director of Admissions 

Ann L. Kruger, B.A. (University of Pennsylvania) 

Associate Director of Admissions 

Jessica D. Bell, B.S. (Tufts), M.A., (Bowling Green) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 

Malika M. Browne, B.A. (Lafayette) 


Kristen L. Johnson, B.A. (Lafayette) 


Joan B. Lichtenwalner, A.B. (Lafayette) 


Sarah P. Wascura, A .B., M.A. (Middlebury) 


STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

Arlina DeNardo, B.A., M.B.A., (Tulane) 

Director of Student Financial Aid 

Diane F. Rupert 

Assistant Director of Student Financial Aid 

REGISTRAR 

Francis A. Benginia, B.S.Ed. (Mansfield State), M.Ed. (Lehigh) 

Registrar 

David K. Thomas, B.A. (Colby) 

Assistant Registrar 


DEAN OF STUDIES 

Christopher W. Gray, B.A. (Amherst), M.A. (Michigan), Ph.D. (Rutgers) 

Dean of Studies and Lecturer in English 

Elisha J. Nixon, B.A. (Geneva), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) 

Assistant Dean of Studies 

Ronald E. Robbins, A.B., M.A.T., M.A. (Indiana) 

Assistant Dean of Studies 

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 

Sandra J. McCarthy, A .B. (Lafayette) 

Director of Special Programs 

DEAN OF STUDENTS 

Herman C. Kissiah, A.B. (Wheaton-Illinois), M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan State) 

Dean of Students and Lecturer in Education 

STUDENT RESIDENCE AND ACTIVITIES 

James F. Krivoski, A .B. (James Madison), M.S. (Shippensburg), Ed. Spec. (James 

Madison), Ed.D. (Columbia) 

Associate Dean of Students, Director of Student Life 

197


198 

Pamela E. Brewer, B.A. (North Carolina-Chapel Hill), M.Ed. (James Madison) 

Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Student Activities 

Kevin D. Worthen, B .S. (William & Mary), M.S. (Tennessee) 

Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Student Residence 

Tracy Garnick, B.A., M.Ed. (Kutztown) 

Assistant Dean of Students and Adviser to Fraternities and Sororities 

John W. Kelly, Jr., B.A., M.A. (SUNY-Binghamton) 

Assistant Dean of Students/Director of Multicultural Affairs 

Grace E. Reynolds, B.A. (Univ. of Michigan), M.A. (William & Mary) 

Assistant Director of Student Residence 

Barbara B. Kerridge 

Assistant Director of Student Activities 

CHAPLAIN 

The Rev. Gary R. Miller, A.B. (Dartmouth), M.Div. (Yale Divinity School), 

D. Min. (Princeton Theological Seminary) 

College Chaplain and Lecturer 

Trisha Thorme, B.A. (Yale), Ph.D. (Cornell) 

Community Outreach Coordinator 

CULTURAL PROGRAMS 

H. Ellis Finger, A .B. (Davidson), M.A. (Duke), Ph.D. (Princeton) 

Director of Cultural Programs 

Michelle Reiser-Memmer, B.A. (UNC-Chapel Hill), M.A.M. (Carnegie-Mellon) 

Assistant Director of Cultural Programs 

Richard A. Kendrick, B.A. (Colorado), M.A. (North Carolina) 

Technical Director of Cultural Programs 

Michiko Okaya, B.A. (SUNY-Stony Brook) 

Director of the Art Gallery 

HEALTH AND COUNSELING SERVICES 

Alan W. Johnson, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. (Vermont), M.D. (Temple) 

Director of Health Services and College Physician 

Karen J. Forbes, B.A. (Oberlin), M.S., Ph.D. (Florida) 

Director of Counseling Services 

Luis G. Manzo, B.A. (Bates), M.A. (UNC-Chapel Hill) 

Psychologist/Coordinator of Alcohol and Drug Counseling 

ATHLETICS 

Eve Atkinson, B.A., M.S. (West Chester), Ed.D. (Temple) 

Director of Athletics 

Bruce E. McCutcheon, B.A. (William & Mary), M.A., Ph.D. (Ohio State) 

Associate Director of Athletics 

George L. Bright, B.A. (Claflin), M.Ed. (South Carolina State) 

Assistant Director of Athletics

Patricia Fisher, B.S., (East Stroudsburg) 

Assistant Director of Athletics 

Jodie A. Frey, B.S. (Westchester), M.Ed. (Temple) 

Assistant Director of Athletics 


Scott D. Morse, rse, B.S. (Slippery Rock) 

Assistant Director of Athletics and Media Relations Director for Sports 

BUSINESS AFFAIRS AND FINANCE 

Frederick J. Quivey, B.A. (Maine), M.B.A. (New Hampshire) 

Vice President for Business Affairs and Treasurer 

Rosemary M. Bader, B.S. (Allentown College) 

Associate Treasurer 

CONTROLLER 

Paul H. Zimmerman, B.S. (Trenton State), C.P.A. 

Associate Vice President for Business Affairs and Controller 

Geraldine A. Alley, B.S. (Bloomsburg) 

Associate Controller 

Eileen E. Petula, B.S. (Indiana-Pennsylvania) 

Senior Funds Accountant 

COMPUTING SERVCICES 

William Lisowski, B.A. (Claremont McKenna), M.S. (George Washington), Ph.D. 

(The Rand Graduate School) 

Director of Computing Services 

James J. Klien, B.S. (Franciscan) 

Deputy Director of Computing Services 

Tracy H. Logan, B.S.E. (Princeton), M.AT. (Wesleyan), D. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) 

Associate Director of Computing Services 

Paulette R. Poloni, B.S. (Allentown College), M.B.A. (Wilkes) 

Manager, Administrative Information Systems 

William J. Gross, B.S. (Moravian) 

Manager of Networking and Technical Services 

Susan V. Leopold, B.S. Ag. (Delaware) 

User Services Consultant 

Chris J. Koch 

Hardware Consultant 

PLANT OPERATIONS 

Bruce S. Ferretti, B.S. (Lafayette), B.S. (New Jersey Institute of Technology) 

Director of Plant Operations 

George A. Xiques, B.S.M.E. (New Jersey Institute of Technology) 

Assistant Director of Plant Operations for Engineering and Planning 

William J. Stank, B. Arch. (Miami University) 

Assistant Director of Plant Operations 

199


PUBLIC SAFETY 

Hugh W. Harris, B.S (Pennsylvania State) 

Director of Security and Safety 

Jeffrey E. Troxell, B .S. (Indiana-Pennsylvania) 

Assistant Director for Safety 

PURCHASING AND GENERAL SERVICES 

Nancy A. Tregoe 

Director of Purchasing and General Services 

COLLEGE STORE 

Charles J. Corsi 

Manager of the College Store 

DEVELOPMENT AND COLLEGE RELATIONS 

Gary A. Evans, A .B. (Lafayette) 

Vice President for Development and College Relations 

Linda H. Thomson, B.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Trenton State) 

Assistant to the Vice President and Director of Development Services 

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 

Stephanie A. Hayes, B.S. (Lafayette) 

Associate Director of Development Services 

Donna L. Krivoski, B .S. (Shippensburg) 

Assistant Director of Development Services and 

Coordinator of Parents Programs 

DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS 

James W. Dicker, A.B. (Lafayette) 

Director of Development and Alumni Affairs 

Amy P. Ahart, B.A. (Lafayette) 

Assistant to the Director 

Autumn Leciston Bragg, A .B. (Lafayette) 

Associate Director of Alumni Affairs 

Frederick D. Brown, Jr., B .S. (Lafayette) 

Associate Director of Alumni Affairs 

Joseph T. Erckert, A.B. (Lafayette), M.A. (Teachers College, Columbia) 

Director of the College Fund 

Cara Beth Mohlmann, B.A. (Lafayette) 

Assistant Director of the College Fund 

Joseph E. Samaritano, B.A. (Lafayette), M.Ed. (East Stroudsburg) 

Assistant Director of the College Fund 

John R. Piper, B.A. (Muhlenberg) 

Associate Director of Major Gifts 

Gary A. Camey, B .S. (Ithaca), M.S. (West Virginia) 

Assistant Director of Major Gifts 

John E. Leone, B.A. (Hartwick) 

Assistant Director of Major Gifts 

200

Thomas C. Hampsey, B.A. (Mount Saint Mary's), M.A. (Scranton) 

Assistant Director of Development Research 


ESTATE PLANNED GIVING 

Robert H. Nourse, B.S. (U.S. Military Academy), M.A. (New Hampshire), 

M.A. (Central Michigan) 

Director of Estate Planned Giving and Deputy Director of Capital Campaign 

Susan M. Bradlau, B.A. (College of New Rochelle) 

Assistant Director of Estate Planned Giving 

FOUNDATION RELATIONS AND SPONSORED PROGRAMS 

Nancy L . Ball, A .B. (Denison), M.S. in Ed. (Indiana) 

Director of Foundation Relations and Sponsored Programs 

DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATIONS 

Ann R. Carter, A.B. (Randolph-Macon Women's College), M.A., Ph.D. 

(Case Western Reserve) 

Director of Development Communications 

CAREER SERVICES 

Marvin J. Roth, B.A. (Theil), M.A. (Indiana-Pennsylvania) 

Director of Career Services 

Susan Heard, B.A. (Indiana-Pennsylvania), M.S. (Northeastern) 

Associate Director of Career Services 

Jonathan S. Ferguson, B.A. (Messiah), M.S. (Shippensburg) 

Assistant Director of Career Services 

PUBLIC INFORMATION 

Glenn Airgood, B.A. (Lehigh) 

Director of Public Information 

Stevie O. Daniels, B.A. (St. Andrews Presbyterian) 

Director of Publications 

Roger B. Clow, A.B. (Pennsylvania) 

Director of College Communications 

Jeffery Lindenmuth, B.F.A. (Kutztown) 

Art Director 

Donna Kneule, B.F.A. (Kutztown) 

Graphic Designer 

HUMAN RESOURCES AND GENERAL COUNSEL 

Leslie F. Muhlfelder, B.A. (Lafayette), J.D. (Georgetown University Law Center) 

Vice President for Human Resources and General Counsel 

Cheryl S. McMahon, B.S. (New York Institute of Technology) 

Assistant Director of Human Resources 

201

Hv:i;ij;jlli! 

liili^MSi'j 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1999-2000 

FALL 1999 

Aug. 26-29: New Student 

Orientation 

Aug. 30: Classes begin 

Sept. 6: Labor Day (classes in 

session) 

Sept. 13: Deadline for adding 

and dropping courses; con 

version to pass/fail, audit 

declaration 

Oct. 8: Midterm grades due 

Oct. 11-12: Fall break 

Oct. 25: Preregistration begins 

Nov. 12: Preregistration ends 

Nov. 17: Last day to with 

draw from courses 

Nov. 24-26: Thanksgiving 

holiday 

Dec. 10: Last day of classes 

Dec. 13: Reading day 

Dec. 14-21: Final exam 

period 

Dec. 28: Final grades due 

SPRING 2000 

Jan. 3-21: Interim Session 

Jan. 24: Classes begin 

Jan. 28: Interim grades due 

Feb. 7: Deadline for adding 



declaration 

Mar. 3: Midterm grades due 

Mar. 13-17: Spring break 

Apr. 3: Preregistration 

begins 

Apr. 18 Last day to withdraw 

from courses 

Apr. 21: Preregistration ends 

May 5: Last day of classes 

May 8-15: Final exam period 

May 16: Senior grades due 

by 4 p.m. 

May 20: Commencement 

May 23: All other grades due 

V^W:H^iS':ftl^.i'.f:f:fli'! [:H^^'. 

 

 

 

Klilffi!fl|tolii^! :^5j

;24;J25; 

:; 20; I 

BI;J:; : ;U : ; 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2000-2001 

FALL 2000 

Aug. 24-27: New Student 

Orientation 

Aug. 28: Classes begin 

Sept. 4: Labor Day (classes in 

session) 

Sept. 11: Deadline for adding 



declaration 

Oct. 9-10: Fall break 

Oct. 13: Midterm grades due 

Oct. 24: Preregistration begins 

Nov. 10: Pre-registration ends 

Nov. 14: Last day to with 

draw from courses. 

Nov. 22-24: Thanksgiving 

holiday 

Dec. 8: Last day of classes 

Dec. 11: Reading day 

Dec. 12-19: Final exam period 

Dec. 22: Final grades due 

SPRING 2001 

Jan. 2-20: Interim Session 

Jan. 22: Classes begin 

Feb. 2: Interim grades due 

Feb. 5: Deadline for adding 



declaration 

Mar. 9: Midterm grades due 

Mar. 12-16: Spring break 

Apr. 16 Last day to withdraw 

from courses. 

Apr. 18: Pre-registration begins 

May 1: Preregistration ends 

May 4: Last day of classes 

May 7-14: Final exam period 

May 15: Senior grades due by 

4p.m. 

May 19: Commencement 

May 21: All other grades due 

Accurate at time of printing. 

For updates, contact 

Registrar's Office, ! 

24; I:

The Lafayette Experience 

Lafayette College is dedicated to helping 

young men and women achieve their full 

academic, social, and personal potential. 

Students are prepared for leadership 

through student-centered, active-learning 

experiences that combine high academic 

standards with diverse extracurricular pro 

grams in a unique college environment. 

The Lafayette Experience consists 

of four key elements: 

An exceptionally qualified faculty 

committed to each student's success. 

Teaching and student mentoring are the 

top priorities of the faculty at Lafayette. 

All faculty members hold the Ph.D. or 

the highest equivalent degree in their 

field. Undergraduate research, directed 

by fully involved and supportive faculty, 

is a priority and a key component in the 

primary teaching mission of the College. 

Lafayette's faculty take a deep profes 

sional and personal interest in the suc 

cess of their students in relationships 

that can last a lifetime. 

FACT: With an 11 to 1 student/faculty 

ratio, students have ample opportunity to 

forge personal relationships with faculty 

both inside and outside the classroom. 

A challenging, broad-based academic cur- 

riculum that offers strong programs in the 

liberal arts, sciences, and engineering. 

Lafayette's approach to teaching and learning 

goes well beyond traditional classroom meth 

ods. Through active-learning experiences in 

small-group seminars, student-centered team 

projects, independent study, and student/ 

faculty research, students have the unique 

opportunity to cross often restrictive academ 

ic boundaries in the liberal arts, sciences, and 

engineering. To expand their horizons, stu 

dents also study abroad, participate in work/ 

study experiential learning opportunities, 

and serve externships with alumni and in 

ternships in government and industry. 

FACT: By the time they graduate, all 

students are exposed to Lafayette's intimate 

and individualized approach to teaching 

and active learning. 

204 

A small college environment with large 

college resources. 

Lafayette's residential, 110-acre campus is 

consistently referred to as one of the most 

beautiful in the nation. Coupled with this 

beautiful, close-knit family environment 

are major financial resources that make 

superb teaching and learning facilities 

available to all Lafayette students. These 

characteristics create an environment con 

ducive to learning. Also integral to the 

Lafayette experience is the strong support 

the College receives from its global net 

work of loyal alumni. 

FACT: With 2,000 students, Lafayette's 

financial endowment per student is ranked 

among the top 2 percent of all U.S. Colleges 

and universities. 

A uniquely friendly community offer 

ing an exciting social life with a broad 

spectrum of extracurricular activities. 

Whether you are a campus visitor or 

a member of the Lafayette family, warm 

smiles and friendly greetings character 

ize the campus scene. Lafayette's diverse 

student body provides an enriching so 

cial and cultural experience with more 

than 200 student groups and special ac 

tivities on campus. Students can explore 

new areas of interest, providing numer 

ous opportunities for leadership and per 

sonal growth that include participation 

in 23 Division I intercollegiate sports, a 

variety of on-campus cultural enrichment 

programs, and a wide range of living 

groups such as fraternities, sororities, 

academic, cultural, and other special- 

interest types of residential housing. 

FACT: More than 95 percent of Lafay 

ette's students live in residential housing 

on campus, and most students remain at the 

College on weekends to enjoy the wealth of 

diverse social and cultural activities. 

The Lafayette Experience allows students 

to achieve the future they imagine, tak 

ing advantage of unique opportunities to 

customize their learning it is an experi 

ence that begins here and lasts a lifetime.

www.lafayette.edu 

Click on "Calendar of Events" on the opening page for a full listing of activities at Lafayette. 

Academics 

Academic Calendar 

Academic Journals 

Catalog 1996-98 

Computing Services 

Course Home Pages 

Degrees and Graduation Requirements 

Departments and Majors 

Faculty Home Pages 

Lafayette Scholars Program 

Libraries (Skillman and Kirby) 

Part-Time Studies 

Registrar 

Special Opportunities 

Study-Abroad Program 

Student Life 

Athletics 

Bulletin Boards 

Career Services 

Community Service 

Counseling Center 

Cultural Life 

Dining Services (Menus) 

Organizations 

Religious Life 

Residences 

Student Government 

Student Home Pages 

Student Profiles (Happening Now) 

Admissions 

Academic Calendar 

Admissions Staff 

Career Services 

Directions 

Early Decision 

Fees 

Financial Aid 

Important Dates 

Information Request Form 

International Students 

Interviews 

Lafayette Scholars Program 

Overnight Program 

Requirements 

Residences 

Tours 

Transfer Students 

Community 

Administrative Offices 

Bulletin Boards 

Campus Map 

City of Easton 

College Store 

Directions 

Food and Lodging Guide 

History 

Lehigh Valley Web Sites 

Public Safety 

Threshing Floor 

Parents 

Volunteering 

Williams Center for the Arts 

Sports 

Athletics Headlines 

Team Profiles 

Schedules 

Directory 

News 

Recreational Sports 

Facilities/Directions 

Patriot League 

Features 

Alumni 

Online Directory 

Class Notes 

Networking 

Business Card Exchange 

Alumni Association 

205

INDEX 

Academic calendars, 202 

Academic honesty, 16 

Academic probation, 15 

Academic program, 8-33 

Academic Scholarships, 33 

Accounting, see Economics and Business 

Accreditation, 7 

Administrative officers, 196-201 

Admission, 33 

Advanced placement, 33 

Advisers, 18 

Africana Studies 52 

American Studies, 55 

Anthropology and Sociology, 56 

Art, 61 

Athletics, 178 

Attendance, class, 17 

Bachelor of Arts requirements, 8-9 

Bachelor of Science requirements, 8-9 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 

programs, 84 

Behavioral Neuroscience, 65 

Biochemistry, 66 

Biology, 66 

Board of trustees, 179 

Business, see Economics and Business 

Change of curriculum, 13 

Chemical Engineering, 87 

Chemistry, 72 

Civil & Environmental Engineering, 91 

Class attendance, 13,17 

Classical Civilization, 169 

Classical Languages, 110 

College Writing program, 30 

Comparative Literature, 111 

Computer facilities, 32 

Computer Science, 75 

Common Course of Study, 8 

Costs, 34 

Courses, 

auditing, 16 

listed, 37-177 

registration, 16 

withdrawal from, 16 

Cross-registration, 17 

Curriculum, change of, 13 

Dean's List, 21 

Degrees, 8 

Departmental honors, 21 

Dining plans, 35 

Disciplinary suspension, 15 

206 

Divisions, college, 8-9 

Double majors, 12 

Drama, 104 

East Asian Studies, 169 

Economics and Business, 77 

Education, 83 

Electrical and Computer Engineering, 95 

Engineering, A.B., 84 

Engineering, B.S., 84 

English, 103 

Enrollment, 6 

Entrance requirements, 33 

Environmental Science, 169 

Ethical Studies, 171 

Evaluation of faculty and courses, 18 

EXCEL Scholars program, 30 

Faculty, 181 

Fees, 34 

Fellowships, 18 

First-Year Seminars, 8,37 

Five-Year programs, 13 

Flex dollars, 35, 36 

Foreign Culture Clusters, 9-11 

Foreign Languages and Literatures, 110 

Foreign students, 35 

Foreign study, 30,165 

French, 112 

Geology and Environmental 

Geosciences, 121 

German, 114 

Government and Law, 125 

Government and Law and Foreign 

Language, 131 

Grades, 14 

Graduation requirements, 8 

Greek, 105 

Health insurance, 36 

Health professions advising, 18 

Health Care and Society, 172 

Hebrew, 117 

History, 132 

History and Government and Law, 139 

History of the College, 5 

Honorary societies, 21-22 

Honors, 21 

Incompletes, 17 

Independent study, 31 

Individualized majors, 12 

Interdisciplinary Studies, 168 

Interim Session, 29,174

International Affairs, 139 

International Economics and Commerce, 141 

International students, 34 

International Studies/Engineering, 80 

Internships, 30 

Japanese, 112 

Jewish Studies, 165 

Lafayette, directions, 2 

Lafayette Experience, The, 204 

Lafayette web site index, 205 

Latin, 110 

Leave of absence, 15 

Legal professions, advising, 18 

Lehigh Valley Assn. of Independent 

Colleges, 7,17 

Library, 31 

Marquis Scholars, 33 

Major, 12 

Mathematics, 141 

Mathematics and Economics, 145 

McKelvy House, 31 

McKelvy Scholars program, 31 

Mechanical Engineering, 100 

Midterm grades, 14 

Military Science, 31,146 

Minor, 13 

Mission of the College, 4 

Music, 149 

Part-Time Studies, 18-21 

Pass/fail option, 14 

Payment of fees, 35 

Philosophy, 152 

Physical Education, 169 

Physics, 154 

Political Science, see Government and Law 

Postgraduate 

fellowships, 18 

Presbyterian Church 

(U.S.A.), 4 

Preprofessional advising, 18 

Prizes and awards, 22 

Probation, academic, 15 

Psychology, 158 

Refunds, 35, 36 

Registration, 16 

Religion, 163 

Religion and Politics, 167 

Research assistantship program, 30 

Resignation, 15 

Room and board, 35, 36 

ROTC, 31,148 

Russian, 117 

Russian and East European Studies, 167 

Sociology, see Anthropology and Sociology 

Spanish, 118 

Special academic opportunities, 29 

Sports, 178 

Statute of Limitations, 11-12 

Student research assistants, 30 

Study abroad, 29,174 

Summer courses, 17, 29 

Suspension, 15 

Teacher preparation, 83 

Technology Studies, 172 

Theater, 99,104 

Transcripts, 16 

Transferring, 15 

Transfer students, 33 

Trustees, 179 

Trustee Scholarships, 33 

Tuition prepayment plan, 35 

Tuition refund insurance, 36 

Two-degree programs, 13 

Values and Science/Technology 

(VAST) Seminar, 8, 46-51 

Withdrawal from courses, 16 

Withdrawal, required, 15 

Women's Studies, 173 

Writing Program, 30 

207

April 1999

courses of instruction - Lafayette College

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Delete template?

Save as template ?